a
ee
Sa ici
roid
per
ape sean tt ese ae } n'y
eae Weed p . p eb’ ote
SAE, was Hmigrs at ah is
Meath.
tit Se
aoe hs ys
cy oe dye NCH D ai)
*y “a Bee enna
FORE Fal La 1) : i itn
: Ca
eet ay
0 EE 8G
v4
‘i ey ‘
os
a
Cra 4
ae
Fag hier
pee
Pia hd : iy
WR ipa ye a 4 SE Men are
we 2 ee pda i
;
Pusha
ny:
ney
ns
ae
PROCEEDINGS,
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIBTY
OF LONDON.
1901, vol. LI.
(JANUAR Y—APRIL.)
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
liga Garewal
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1901.
COUNCIL.
(Elected April 29th, 1901.)
His Gracrk Tue Duxe or Buprorn, President.
Wirtram Bateson, Esq., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Wittram T. Branrorp, Hsq.,
LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.
Grorce A. Bounenesr, Esq.,
F.RS.
Wrottam KE. pe Winton, Esq.
Hersert Deuce, Esa.
Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., Trea-
surer.
Str Josepa Farrer, Bt., F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
Dr. Cuartss H. Garry, LL.D.
Proressor Grorce B. Howes,
LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.
Lr.-Cot. Lzonarp H. Irsy.
Str Huer Low, G.C.M.G.
Georce S. Macxenziz, Esq.,
C.B.
Tur Lorp Mrpway.
P, CHatmers Mrtonert, Hsq.,
D.Sc.
Str THomas Paine.
Howarp Sacnoers, Esq., F.L.S.,
Vice-President.
Paine Lurizy Scrater, Esq.,
M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary.
Dr. Davin Suarp, F.R.S.
Ouprretp T'Homas, Esq., F.R.S.
Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S.,
Vice-President.
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.
P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Secretary.
Frank EK. Brpparp, Esq., M.A., E.R.S., Vice-Secretary and
Prosector.
/ 1 if
Mr. Crarencr Barruerr, Superintendent of the Gardens.
Mr. Arrnur Txonson, Head-Keeper and Assistant S
imtendent.
uper-
Mr. F. H. Watrrnovse, Librarian.
Mr. Jonn Barrow, Accountant.
Mr. W. H. Cor, Chief Clerk,
Mr. Grorcu Arruur Dovsrepay, Clerk: of Publications.
LIST OF CONTENTS.
January 15, 1901.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Mewacerichiny December WOO 0N ei. ste. tla. sy he Sennen
Mr. W. E. de Winton. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a
specimen of the large Grey Meerkat (Cynictis selousi).
(EBS TEN 0 a ea le A ee
Mr. Lydekker. Exhibition of the skull of a Fox (Canis
vulpes) with two canine teeth on each side of the upper
TDG? ‘alain oly piSie a Bick cipsh aren eI Ie SIE SCE ean RADE
Mr. G. A. Boulenger. Notice of a Memoir on the Fishes of
Lakes Tanganyika and Kivu, obtained during the Tan-
Panyikas plone Mxpedibiont....1. 2's voc. sls ae ale
1. On the Fishescollected by Dr. W. J. Ansorge in the Niger
Delta. By G. A. Bourencsr, F.R.S. (Plates II.—-IV.)
2. On some new and interesting Exotic Spiders collected by
Messrs. G. A. K. Marshall and R. Shelford. By the
Rev. Octavius Pickarp-Campripes, M.A., F.R.S., &e.
(GTA OR Vi) cect Ry yee empresa deans) slot lceevs) Sea Meera eho
3. Notes on the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—No. IV. On
the Skeletons of Bucorvus cafer and B. abyssinieus ; with
Notes on other Hornbills. By Frank E. Bepparp,
M.A., F.R.S., Prosector and Vice-Secretary to the
SOIC VaMee eae eels tia sical alrsol sll «cap ceemeewrey aretha Syste an
4. On some Butterflies from the White Nile collected by
Capt. H. N. Dunn of the Egyptian Army. By Arruur
Gapememe eae ES 5 ZS ey Gser atepede, 220, acy. ale st:
. On the Muscles and Joints of the Giant Golden Mole
(Chrysochloris trevelyam). By VF. G. Parsons, Lecturer
on Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital .
a2
Or
Page
il
Wik
16
bo
OV
iv
February 5, 1901.
Mr. Howard Saunders. Address on the occasion of the
decease of Queen Victoria ......---+++-+ee seer eee
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie in January 1901...........+.+.- +++ eee:
Mr. Sclater. Remarks on a mounted specimen of Prejevalsky’s
Horse (Equus prejevalskii) in the Muséum d'Histoire
INGUIN, IAIN S oo sone boat BG ool e Coco cepU Oe OED CCS
1. On the Mammals of the Balearic Islands. By OLpFrenp
AM EKONON Sy ID Bsnaueen o SiG MOOD ot meen oO a ome bb Ss oo 56
. On the Structure of the Horny Excrescence, known as the
‘Bonnet,’ of the Southern Right Whale (Balena austrahs).
By W. G. Riprwoop, D.Sc., F.L.S., Lecturer on Biology
at the Medical School of St. Mary’s Hospital. (Plate VL.)
3. A List of the Batrachians and Reptiles obtained by
Dr. Donaldson Smith in Somaliland in 1899. By G. A.
Bovutencsr, F.R.S. (Plate VII.)
be
4, On an apparently new Species of Zebra from the Semliki
iHoresia by 2. i ScuaTnR..) MeAy PhD) seb yR se
Secretary to the Society
ee ce ee ee eo eo ee ee owe woe eo ee
5. On a Second Collection of Mammals made by Mr. Th. H.
Lyle in Siam. By J. L. Bonnors, B.A
oe 2 ee ee ow ew ew eo oO
ecole shies ode) (eiei erie ses ele} i>) /elvellelielahrelre)ve(Jelle/isitelreieiielielielicl siielieticiieionin
7. On a Freshwater Annelid of the Genus Bothrioneuron,
obtained during the “ Skeat Expedition” to the Malay
Peninsula. By Frank E. Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S. ....
February 19, 1901.
Mr. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S. Exhibition of a skin of a female
Monkey (Cercopithecus schmidti) bearing a pair of super-
numerary mammee
OOF “OO ON DIGS Oe Ora CeO OcO OO G06 0 66 O18.
Dr. W.G. Ridewood. Exhibition of some microscopic slides
of the hair of Johnston’s Zebra (Eyuus johnstoni)
ee ee a
Prof. J. C. Ewart. Remarks on the microscopic structure of
the hair of Johnston’s Zebra (Equus Johnstoni)
1. Notice of an apparently new Estuarine Dolphin from
Borneo. By R. Lypexxer, (Plate VIII.)
OOS fet id a0
Page
30
39
44
47
o7
81
Vv
2. Note on the Kashmir Ibex (Capra sibirica sacin). By R.
Tiammakern ey (Plate: TX anime ee. 0 ee
3. Description of a new Freshwater Crustacean from the
Soudan ; followed by some Remarks on an allied Species.
By Dr. J.G. pu Man, of Ierseke, Zeeland, Holland.
(Ca ECON) pees Soo) tele yey rea. woah tr Gere
4, A Contribution to the Myology and Visceral Anatomy of
Chlamydophorus truncatus. By R. H. Burne, B.A.,
F.Z.S., Anatomical Assistant in the Museum of the
ayal Collegeiol Surcconses, sadeee ea eer a. 3 os
5. Notes on the Broad-nosed Lemur, Hapalemur simus. By
IER ASN Keeulldl-oy Er DATED) VE eAU aE) IER 6,3) ope va
6. On some Characters of the Skull in the Lemurs and
Monkeys. By C. I. Forsyru Masor, F.Z.S8. (Plates
Pl e= DUDE) ube 6:0. AR el a RP ce AD
. Descriptions of some new Species of Phytophagous Coleo-
ptera of the Family Chlamyde. By Marrin Jacosy,
Ht) Semen Cielabe MUN ns Wa Pe ecules) Coa peyote
“J
March 5, 1901.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
IMenagerieniay Hebruayy OOM ae lies sulle ae esheets
The Secretary. List of the specimens of the Quagga that
have lived in the Society’s Menagerie................
Mr. Arthur Thomson. Report on the Insect-house for 1900.
Capt. Stanley 8. Flower, F.Z.8. | Exhibition of some photo-
graphs of animals taken in the Ghizeh Gardens ......
Dr. Einar Lonnberg. Exhibition of photographs of a skull
of the Musk-Ox from East Greenland ..............
1. On some Extinct Reptiles from Patagonia, of the Genera
Miolania, Dinilysia, and Genyodectes. By A. SMITH
Woopwagrp, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Plates XV.—XX.).
2. Note on the Innervation of the Supraorbital Canal in the
Cat-fish (Chimera monstrosa). By R. H. Buryn, B.A.,
F.Z.S., Anatomical Assistant in the Museum of the
ovaleColleaerot Sureeoms : (ese seeesee! 1) vac) 4 1c tere
3. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Structure and
Systematic Arrangement of Harthworms. By Frank
APSE DAR UNM eAv oe uy Os vane Wista Get 4 s&s aedelra «aye
Page
91
94
104
121
169
169
184
187
V1
4, On some new Trap-door Spiders from China. By R. I.
eG woore, INAS, (CER WE RODD es cundonavcodeuoce cas
5. On the Clitellum and Spermatophores of an Annelid of
‘ the Genus Alma. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.
March 19, 1901.
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of
Mammals obtained by Sir Harry Johnston in Uganda ..
Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of Lepidoptera collected in St. Lucia,
Wrest) Indies} by Major AW EH Cowie, FeZiS)) see
Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a mounted head
and shorns\or ublensablevAmbelOpert rine ce eae ee eee
Dr. G. Stewardson Brady, C.M.Z.S. Notice of a Memoir on
a Collection of Ostracoda belonging to the Zoological
Ninsenmyor Copenagenw.jyce aot ea eee
poy
. On the Hymenoptera collected in New Britain by Dr.
Aliaiane \Willleny” Isher, OUMONRONT
OU CO
WS WwW bb to
Ore CO
LIS? OF TEXT-FIGURES.
1901.—Vot. I.
Page
. Skull of Fox showing double canine teeth .......... Alor cae 3
Pi Sisullvotecorus (abYSsimcHsy Gy \alale sills stall -icleieiele iii tetere 18
. Sikaill we imaarons Guta @ obscsvoncosnccescucdgocanonadd 19
Paliett Hoot OleBrCOnDUsIAUY SSL ICUS \ any aneelara senna eaters a2
. Left foot of Buceros rhanoceros............ event ive wercnctaae 23
. Superficial dissection of Chrysochloris trevelyant .......-.. Ken Ie
. Bandoliers made from the skin of Johnston’s Zebra .......... 51
. Bothrioneuron iris. A. Prostomium from below. B. Ditto
from above....... beeen eect eee teeters eeeeae [gg
. Bothrioneuron tris. Longitudinal section through the pro-
BEONMUUIN Re eA ee cere Shall eta eeloiece aisha i anene ae) «eee
. Spermatophore of Bothrioneuron tris in situ ..........000 00% 84
. Lower and lateral views of the skull of Sotalia borneensis .... 89
. Body-skins of Irtish, Baltistan, and Kashmir races of the
Nstaticelibe xs sisal osc cramer ccceaitetacoy th wits cee eee tee ey ee 92
. Muscles of anterior region of Chlamydophorus truncatus .... 106
. Muscles of neck and chest of Chiamydophorus truncatus ...... 108
. Muscles of inside of fore-limb of Chlamydophorus truncatus .. 111
. Muscles of outer side of hind-limb of Chlamydophorus
truncatus
. Muscles of inside of hind-limb of Chlamydophorus truncatus ., 114
. Salivary glands of Dasypus sexcinctus
9. Salivary glands of Three-toed Sloth (Bradypus tridactylus) .. 119
. Heart of Three-toed Sloth (Bradypus tridactylus)
0. Heart ot three-toed Sloth (Bradypus tridactylus) .......... 120
. A. Upper jaw of Hapalemu simus. B. Upper jaw of H.
ey RUBCUS Vtisln 250s) ste tne area PO eke ee eek Dea 123
. Liver of Hapalemur simus ......... RETO EIS Ate oe ata 125
. Liver of Hapalemur griseus
. Brain of Hapalemur simus
. Brain of Hapalemur griseus
jt ft
BS bk) bO
Co Mer)
Os Hole el eu ane)lalvel elite alolellellallelalieliolieiiaiailellalts
(os
UOOUDDOOOOOO GOOD OHA OGOD OO Gab 0b 4
XVil
Page
26. Orbital region of Chiromys madagascarvensts ... 06 c cee eee 51
ij. Cydonia! sRerenom Ole TONS (AOE 5 ao cogs on nan uoon done a ooU
28. Orbital region of Propithecus coquereli .......- cece eee lsetye oe
29. Orbital region of Chrysothrix sciureus ...........+55.5..-.-
a0n Orbital resionioh Adapis partstersts ss .itterie 1 eo eve es 184
olm Orbitalresvonlot Perodictecusiportome trite ais ys 8 on) |
32. Orbital region of Perodicticus calabarensis ......... 000. e eee 136
35. Orbital region of the type of “ Perodicticus geoffroyt Benn.”.... |
34. Orbital region of Galago (Otolemur) crassicaudatus .......... |
35, Orbital region of Tarstus philippinensis 1.1.02... esc e ec ee ee ~ 138
36. Orbital region of Galago (Otolienus) allent ........ 000 e eee |
37. Orbital region of Opolemur thomast ............ 00. e ss eeee | 139
38, 39. Orbital region of Galago (Hemigalago) demidoffi.......... (Poca
240), Grea RON OLIGO (IABEINS on ob bo go oUp BES bobc Loud 40S
41. Orbital region of Nycticebus tardigradus ..... 0... ee eee eee 140
Hee Orbitaluresonvoly 01s: Giccules ei cea. sisesio)4 ci) er eee one
43. Lachrymal region of Avahis laniger....... 6... cece eee ceees 141
44, 45. Orbital region of Microcebus smitht ........0ceceseeeeee l 142
46. Orbital region of Callithrix personata .......-....0.-. cece aay
aly, lneimnalle, Qn Weyl) cites eco bes cea bu udm OBO Bp obeneGe a5 166
48. Male Ostrich with vocal sac extended ..................-. 168
49, Part of ophthalmicus superficialis vil. and profundus v. of
COPRLID WGCPIHOSE coosscsosopeoadonssobsncduarod op Or 186
50, Polytoreutus gregorianus. Head-end ............:.eesveae 188
51. Polytoreutus kilindinensis. Wead-end.............+...-500- l 190
52. Polytoreutus finn. Head-end ............++.05. Sede) Repke \
58. Polytoreutus gregorianns. Genitalia ...........00 see eee 193
54, Typhoeus nicholsont. Head-end .............00eseenceeees 196
5p: Typhoeus nicholson’. Genitalia .......+..0.25+++-+21+-00-- 198
56. Typhoeus incommodus. Head-end .........-- seer e cence 201
57. Typhoeus incommodus, penial seta, greatly magnified ........ 202
3s, LDWOES TEI IBIGNIEGNGL Go ooobo goon te bee eaouo Oncor s 203
poe Anterionend of pody, Of-Alma Spy IMCs. cs ots sjeys celal) - <1 sheh-) = 216
60. Penis-like appendage of Alma sp. inc. .......0--. eee ee eee 220
Gieeaiahtrorbitall rexion) oh eenm wn CALlan wal sacs a Sele oie els aie) l O56
62. Left orbital region of the same specimen of Lemur catta .... |
. Left orbital region of Lepidolemur mustelinus ..........405.
. Lepidolemur mustelinus. Same specimen as fig. 63, the bones( ,..
FA (
ait
forming the roof of the sinus having been removed, in sa
HO GRIMM TH) WOOP, so sdgaugapeceuonegodncoouus Saolbouna
65. Left orbital region of Lepidolemur mustelinus ........ Salat ste | o58
66. Left orbital region of Lepidolemur globiceps ........++.005- on
67. Left orbital region of Lepidolemur grandidiert .......+...5.. l o59
68. Reversed right orbital rezion of Hapalolemur griseus ........
69. Right palatal view of Lem mongoz, showing the large opening
of the right-side sinus into the cavum nasale ............ 262
70. Lemur rubriventer. Right orbital region ................-- 266
MunGHaguiganeiia nicht hind=oot)sea-4 4.446 sss eee oss 272
Proc, Zoou, Soc.—1901, vor. I. b
XVill
Page
72. Galago garnetti. Patch of horny outgrowths more highly
THEME. goayoocgoadnasrcouRsoeicoerebonsaaeAosos : 275
73. Galago garnetti. One of the horny outgrowths, teased in
glycerine to show cornified cells ...-. +... ++++ees eee ees 274
74. Galago garnetti. Section through the skin of the forearm in
the region of the horny outgrowth. ..........+++++-s sess 275
75. Diagrammatic longitudinal section through the larynx of :
A. Man; B. Balenoptera; C. Cogia ......++..eeeerees 296
76. Map of part of the Malay Peninsula, to show the localities
TMA OMetl TN WKS WEA cogooboodyoooogbuovdHasadaoonoce 302
77. Pterylosis of Patagona gigas, side view ......-+.---.-+0+++- 312
78. Pterylosis of Patagona gigas, dorsal view ............+.+0-+ 313
79. Pterylosis of Collocalia spodiopyga .....+. 0. sve eee c anes 315
80. Pterylosis of head of Caprimulgus macrurus, from above and
OHOVN HNO MCS ooo cb o0 doe CobsvehsdoudadoosdoboEHoe soos 316
81. Part of the wing of Patagona, dorsal view...............+.- 318
82. Wing of Caprimulgus macrurus, dorsal view............++++ 321
3, Clitellar region of Polytorewtus hindet .............0ee. ees 337
84. Spermatophores of Polytoreutus hinder ............0+.004-- 341
85, Spermatophores of Polytoreutus magilensis...........0+.40.- 342
86, Spermatophore of Stukimannia “1.0.05. 00... ees nee ne 348
87. Semidiagrammatic representation of the female generative
SMUGM OH SMOG sdocvosdandecse soon 550600000006 304
88. Ventral aspect of clitellar and neighbouring segments of G‘erdio-
CUUS PA DUGLUS! sc. icnente eens ee iReis Se TO et 309
89. Syrinx of Anastomus oscitans, front view .........-..--++-- 367
90. Syrinx of Anastomus oscitans, back view ..................
91, A. Skull of Anastomus oscitans. B. Quadrate and adjoining
IhonesxoreCrconta tng i aie ces... eu tin tee ee En 370
OZ Man Garin era COLChAnIOTUND Ar ee ee Pe eR eee 381
By MCG GTA OMT TISOS cadconocaunsodbeveboonodn boos. - 383
EL GIA ATG OUUOBAE 5 HEAL Ee oon oe mabeb oda Gumouldoas once « 390
Dome Wang anttiperd Maurie miners anh. snk Senne aE en ool
LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS
- PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME (1901, vol. 1.).
Page
Cratobracon (Hymenopt.)...... 226
Dinilysia (Reptilia) ............ 176
HKurycryptus (Hymenopt.) ...... 231
Genyodectes (Reptilia) ......... 179
Halonoproctus (Arachn.) ...... 208
Latouchia (Arachn.) ............ 210
Page
Leptophion (Hymenopt.) ...... 227
Melania (Rhynchota) ............ 326
Phractolemus (Pise.) ............ 6
Polycentropsis (Pisc.) ............ 8
AMMBIS (CATEVON,)) ooar concoadedaboseco0 12
Xanthocryptus (Hymenopt.) ... 238
.
mee
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
1901, Vol. I. (January to April).
January 15, 1901.
Prof. G. B. Howzs, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1900 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of December 1900 were 211 in number. Of these 91 were
acquired by presentation and 16 by purchase, and 104 were
received on deposit. The total number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 158.
Amongst the additions attention may be specially directed to
the seven specimens of Verreaux’s Guinea-fowl (Guttera edouardi)
presented on December 31st by Mr. J. F. Walker of Bulawayo.
Mr. Walker states that this Guinea-fowl is found only, so far as
he knows, in the Wankie Hills, a district due north of Bulawayo,
and about midway between that city and the Zambesi. Only one
specimen of it had previously reached the Society’s aviaries (see
P.Z. 8. 1890, p. 86).
I wish also to direct attention to the valuable series of Indian
birds lately presented to the Society by Mr. E. W. Harper, F.Z.S.,
of Calcutta, consisting of examples of twenty species, all new to
the Society’s Collection, of which the following is a list.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. I. 1
bo
MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON CYNICTIS SELOUSI. (Jan, 15,
First consignment (August 14th, 1900) :—
1 Indian Roller (Coracias indica).
1 Bengal Weaver-bird (Ploceus bengalensis) 3 .
1 Manyar Weaver-bird (Ploceus many’) oe
4 Black-throated Weaver-birds (P/oceus atriqula), 2 3,
2) ON
Second consignment (September 21st, 1900) :—
2 Western Yellow-winged Laughing-Thrushes (7'rochalo-
pterum nigrimentum) 3 OF “
1 Rufous-chinned Laughing-Thrush (Janthocincla rufi-
gularis). 2
1 Slaty-headed Scimitar Babbler (Pomatorhinus schis-
ticeps).
1 Black-throated Ouzel (Turdus atrigularis) ¢ .
2 Tickell’s Ouzels (Turdus unicolor ).
1 Spotted-wing (Psaroglossa spiloptera).
Third consignment (November 27th, 1900) :—
4 Ashy-crowned Finch-Larks (Pyrrhulauda grisea), 3 3.
Oe
2 Singing Bush-Larks (Mirafra cantillans) Is) Oe
2 Slaty-headed Parrakeets (Palwornis schisticeps) 3 Q.
1 Burmese Slaty-headed Parrakeet (Palwornis finschi) 3 .
1 Golden-eyed Fruit-Pigeon (Carpophaga concinna).
Fourth consignment (January Ist, 1901).
2 Blue-winged Sivas (Siva cyanoptera).
1 Silver-eared Mesia (Mesia argentauris).
1 White-capped Redstart (Ruticilla leucocephala).
1 Rufous-bellied Niltava (Niltava sundara),
1 Burmese Roller (Coracias affinis).
Mr. W. E. de Winton exhibited a specimen of the large Grey
Meerkat (Cynictis selousi de Winton), described in the * Annals
and Magazine of Natural History,’ ser. 6, vol. xviii. 1896, p. 469,
hitherto known from a skull only, obtained near Bulawayo.
The skin exhibited (see Plate I.), together with a skull, had
been obtained by Mr. P. C. Reid on the west bank of the Linyanti
River on the 5th July, 1899. The following description was
given :—
Size about half as large again as the Bay Meerkat (C. peni-
cillata) ; body-colour grizzled drab-grey ; hairs of the tail broadly
white-tipped ; both fore and hind feet black; belly buff. The
grizzling of the head and body is much coarser than in the Bay
Meerkat, owing to the broader annulations on the hair, but the
pattern on the hairs of the tail is similar in both species. There is
an entire absence of rufous in the colouring of the Grey Meerkat,
the tips of the under-fur and the broad subbasal band of the
IP, oS), AON sv-oll IU PLA,
Mintern Bros.imp.
J.Smit del, et hth.
CM INUCTIS SELOW Si:
1901.] ON FISHES FROM LAKES TANGANYIKA AND KIVU. 3
coarser fur being dull buff, and the tail whitish instead of orange
colour. The hands and feet of the larger species are black, while
in the smaller they are golden-fawn.
Measurements taken from the dried skin:—Head and body
400 millim., tail 230, hind foot 90, ear 30; all these figures must
be considered only approximate.
Mr. Lydekker exhibited the skull of an English Fox (Canis
vulpes) with two perfect canine teeth on each side of the upper
jaw (see text-fig. 1). A dog’s skull with the upper canine of each
side partially divided had been figured on p. 211 of Mr. Bateson’s
Text-fig. 1.
Skull of Fox showing double canine teeth.
Study of Variation, and the present specimen would seem to
indicate a fuller development of the same feature. An instance of
the full duplication of the corresponding teeth of both sides was
afforded by the skull of a Cat figured on p. 225 of the work cited.
The Fox to which the skull belonged had been killed by the
South Oxfordshire Hounds. The skull itself was the property of
Mr. H. G. Pease.
In describing the collection of Fishes brought home from Lakes
Tanganyika and Kivu by the Tanganyika Exploring Expedition,
under the leadership of Mr. J. E. S. Moore, Mr. G. A. Boulenger
pointed out that the study of this important collection did not
modify the conclusions embodied in his first report published in
1898. The exploration of Lake Kivu had thrown no light on the
origin of the Tanganyikan fauna; the smaller lake had proved to
be very thinly populated with Fishes, which all belonged to widely
distributed genera, the species showing a mixture of Nile and
Tanganyika elements, with two that might prove to be endemic.
The list of the Fishes from the two lakes comprised 91 species,
74 of which had been named by the author. The collection now
described consisted of examples of 50 species, 26 of which were
1*
4 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Jan. 15,
new to science, two being made the types of additional genera of
the family Oichhde.
This Memoir will be published in full in the Society’s ‘ Trans-
actions.’
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Fishes collected by Dr. W. J. Ansorge in the Niger
Delta. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
[Received January 4, 1901.]
(Plates I1.-LV.")
Whilst recently staying at Sapelle Station, at the junction of
the Ethiop and Jamieson Rivers, Dr. Ansorge has, at my request,
made a small collection of the Fishes, which proves to be of quite
an exceptional interest, from the fact that through it representatives
of two families are added to the African freshwater fish-fauna, one
being even entirely new, an event that has not happened since
1873, when the late Professor Peters described the genus Pantodon,
the type of the family Pantodontide. I feel extremely grateful
to Dr. Ansorge for the trouble he has taken, under difficult
circumstances and without better preserving-fluid than common
trade-gin.
The collection was made in August and September 1900. Some
of the small Perch-like fishes (Cichlidw) were caught with hook
and line baited with worms. But most of the fishes, including
Calanuchthys, the Mormyrs, and the new Phractolemus, were
captured in creels bailed with the orange-red fleshy nut of the
oil-palm, set at the mouth of the Ethiop River, close to the bank,
by Dr. Ansorge’s native boy. All these fishes are considered
good-eating by the blacks.
T am pleased to add that the examples of the new species
have been generously presented to the British Museum by
Dr. Ansorge.
POLYPTERIDA.
1. CALAMICHTHYS CALABARICUS J. A. Smith.
The single specimen contained in the collection, a female
measuring 345 millimetres, with 11 dorsal spines, is extremely
remarkable for having a very small, but perfectly distinct sub-
operculum. The absence of this bone, verified on a considerable
number of specimens, had been regarded as one of the generic
characters distinguishing Calamichthys from Polypterus. The
coloration of the specimen is a dark olive-brown above, gradually
shading into a bright yellow beneath; a large deep-black spot on
the pectoral fin.
Hyery possibility of the presence of a suboperculum indicating a
’ For an explanation of the Plates, see p. 10.
UDSHOSNV SOND IOLOVYHA
‘hat soiguresuyy “AILF2 Tep aS pg
MMSE WU TOG SZ ai
‘VWIVIAKCURAEY SISAOYULNADATOd @ “SITVNVIDNOT SQINASNOUVN 1
‘Har sorgussquyg CGRLA ID SMS) ach
TNC VT OGL SZ vat
le o74 1S), LOO oll Ede IW
PJ.Smut de] et lth. Mintern Bros .imp.-
TL PELMATOCHROMIS ANSORGII. 21> J UILCIEBIEIR . 3.P. TANIATUS.
" Ser
1901.] FISHES OF THE NIGER DELTA. 5
species distinct from Calamichthys seems to me removed by the
fact that I have carefully compared this specimen with others like-
wise from the Niger delta, without being able to detect any other
important difference. I look upon it as an atavistic individual
anomaly.
MorMYRID®.
2, IsSICHTHYS HENRYI Guill.
The single specimen is more elongate than any on record, the
depth of the body being contained 13 times in the total length,
the length of the head 8} times. D.53; A. 52; lat. 1. 140.
Total length 210 millim.
3. MARCUSENIUS LONGIANALIS, sp. n. (Plate IIT. fig. 1.)
Depth of body 5 to 5% times in total length, length of head 6 to
63 times. Head 17 as long as deep; snout convex, + length of
head, slightly projecting beyond the mouth; latter small, sub-
inferior, below level of eye, its width 1 length of head; teeth
feebly notched, 5 in the upper jaw, 6 in the lower; nostrils nearly
equally distant from end of snout and from eye, anterior on a level
with centre of latter, posterior with its lower border; eye small,
4 length of snout, 2 interorbital width. Dorsal 15-16, its length 4
its distance from the head, originating above 16th or 17th ray of
anal. Anal 32-33, thrice as long as dorsal, nearer base of caudal
than base of ventral. Pectoral obtusely pointed, a little shorter
than head, 14 length of ventral, reaching base of latter. Caudal
scaly at the base, with pointed lobes. Candal peduncle 34 times
as long as deep, nearly as long as head. 63 to 66 scales in the
lateral line, 5 in a transverse line on the body, = between dorsal
and anal, 12 round caudal peduncle. Purplish brown, more or
less profusely speckled with blackish ; fins dark brown.
Total length 145 millim.
Two specimens.
Closely allied to M. brachyhistius Gill. Distinguished by the
more elongate form, the more slender caudal peduncle, the longer
anal fin, and the higher number of scales in the lateral line.
NOroPrEeRIp”.
4, Noroprerus Arer Gthr.
PHRACTOLEZMID 2.
The highly remarkable fish discovered by Dr. Ansorge, which I
here describe under the name of Phractolemus ansorgii, cannot be
incorporated into any of the families known at present. It falls
into the suborder Malacopterygii as restricted and defined by me },
and occupies a position intermediate between the Ostcoglosside and
the Clupeide. The family Phractolemide may be characterized as
follows :—
Mouth edentulous, projectile, bordered by the very slender
' Poissons du Bassin-du Congo, p. 44 (1901).
6 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON ‘THE (Jan. 15,
premaxillaries and maxillaries. Supraoccipital in contaey ee ee
trontals, widely separating the small ecg amen ae ua br
suboperculum well developed; preoperculum small; in es um
enormous, covering the gular region and overlapping its fe Lows
symplectic absent ; only three slender bn rays ee
pharyngeal teeth. Ribs stout, sessile, nearly completely encire ing
the body; slender epineurals ; no epipleurals : caudal eles
short. No postelavicle. Pectoral fins inserted low down, folding
like the ventrals ; latter with 6 rays.
PHRACLOLEZMUS, gen. n.
Body elongate, subcylindrical, covered with large striated scales ‘
lateral line complete, formed of a series of straight tubes extending
along the entire length of the exposed part of the seales. Head
small, strongly ossified, covered with thin skin; mouth small,
proboscidiform, capable of being thrust forward, when at rest
folded over and received into a depression on the upper surface
of the head; a single narial orifice, preceded by a barbel; eyes
small, lateral. Gill-openings narrow, restricted to the sides;
gular region protected by the interopercles, that on one side
(usually the right) overlapping that on the other side. Four
gills; no pseudobranchie. Pectoral fins small, with 18 rays ;
ventrals far back, with 6 rays; dorsal short, with 6 rays, opposite
to the space between the ventrals and the anal ; latter short, with
6 rays; caudal fan-shaped, with 18 to 20 rays; all the fin-rays
articulated. Air-bladder very large, extending as far back as the
anal fin. Stomach with 3 pyloric appendages ; intestine extremely
long and much convoluted.
5. PHRACTOLEMUS ANSORGII, sp. n. (Plate LI.)
Depth of body 5 to 6 times in total length, length of head 63
to 7% times. Head depressed, with very broad, slightly convex
interorbital region ; diameter of eye 43 to 53 times in length of
head, 3 to 33 times in interorbital width ; barbel nearly 4 length
of head. Dorsal with the two anterior rays simple, the other
four bifid; the first ray equally distant from the head and from
the root of the caudal; second ray longest, 14 length of head.
Anal similar to dorsal, but rays shorter, the second or longest
only # length of head. Pectoral rounded, a little shorter than
head, as long as ventral, which is pointed and equally distant
from head and from anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle
compressed, nearly as long as deep, as long as head. Scales large,
longitudinally striated, 35 to 37 in a longitudinal series, 2 ima
transverse series. On the caudal region the scales of the lateral
line and those of the series above it may bear a central sclerous
tubercle (probably a seasonal character). Uniform olive-grey.
The vertebra, in a male specimen of which a skeleton has been
prepared, number 34, 26 precaudal and 8 caudal, the last bearing
6 hypurals to support the homocereal fin; the ribs are subequal,
1901.] PISHES OF 'HH NIGHR DEWTA. ff
very thick, with a wing-like expansion behind at the base, and
begin on the second vertebra, there being besides a strong occipital
rib. The frontals are very large and the right extends with its
curved border beyond the median line, as if overlapping its fellow;
two supraorbital bones on each side; the parietals are very small,
and completely separated by the broad and short supraoccipital,
which does not bear a crest. The pair of large bones covering the
throat, the right overlapping the left, and which at first suggest
the gular plates of the Polypteride, are to be identitied as inter-
operculum ; above the interoperculum two very large suborbitals,
covering the hyomandibular and quadrate, which are thrust forward
for the suspension of the feeble mandibular rami, which are dis-
connected at the symphysis; the premaxillary and maxillary bones
more slender still and connected by ligament with the mandible.
The shoulder-girdle is suspended from the posttemporal close to
the operculum ; it includes the ordinary elements (clavicular,
supraclavicular, coracoid, scapula), but a postclavicular is absent:
the mesocoracoid arch is present, slender ; the coracoids are much
smaller than the claviculars, and do not meet on the median line ;
4 pterygials support the pectoral fin-rays.
Four specimens of this extraordinary fish, measuring from 50
to 150 millim., were brought home by Dr. Ansorge, to whom it
gives me great pleasure to dedicate the species.
CHARACINID®.
6, SARCODACES ODOo# BI.
ALESTES LONGIPINNIS Gthr.
SILURID 2.
S, CEARIAS ANGOLENSIS Stdr.
9, SCHILBE DISPILA Gthr.
10. CHRYSICHTHYS NIGRODIGIVATUS Lacép,
11. MaALopreRuURUS ELECTRICUS Gm.
CYPRINODONTID &.
12. HAPLOGHILUS INFRAFASCIATUS Gthr.
OPHIOCEPHALID &.
13. OPpHIOCEPHALUS OBSCURUS Gthr.
ANABANTID ©.
14, ANABAS KINGSLEY Gthr.
NANDID#.
The Nandide (ineluding the Polycentride) ave a small family of
8 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Jan. 15,
freshwater fishes from 8.E. Asia and South America, apparently
most nearly allied to the Centrarchide, but distinguished from them
by the absence of the entopterygoid. = e
The new genus here described is its first-known African
representative.
POLYCENTROPSIS, gen. Nn.
Body short, elevated, very strongly compressed ; scales mode-
rately lmge, ciliated. Lateral line incomplete, reduced to a few
tubes. Mouth large, extremely protractile, the ascending processes
of the premaxillaries extremely long and extending to the occipital
region ; villiform bands of very small teeth in the jaws, on the
vomer, and on the palatines; head for the greater part covered
with scales; preorbital, preopercle, and interopercle serrated ;
opercle ending ina spine. Gill-membranes separate ; six branchi-
ostegals ; no pseudobranchie. Dorsal and anal fins nearly equally
developed, with numerous strong spines and the soft portion
much reduced. Ventrals below the pectorals, close together, with
a strong spine. Vertebre 23 (10+13)?.
15. PoLYCENTROPSIS ABBREVIATA, sp.n. (Plate III. fig. 2.)
Depth of body twice in total length, length of head twice and a
half. Snout acutely pointed, chin slightly projecting; diameter
of eye a little longer than snout or interorbital width ; nearly one
third length of head; maxillary extending to below posterior third
of eye; suborbital arch very slender; 6 or7 series of scales on the
cheek. 10 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch, the longest
nearly as long as gill-filaments. Dorsal XV-XVI 11; spines in-
creasing in length to the fourth and decreasing from the seventh
or eighth, the longest half length of head and a little longer than
the soft rays. Anal similar, X 9. Pectoral obtusely pointed, half
length of head. Ventral longer, produced in a filament, extending
beyond origin of anal. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle
extremely short. Sq. 32-35 a3 lat. 1. 5-6. Pinkish brown,
warbled with darker; spinous dorsal and anal dark brown, with
darker and ligliter spots and edged with black ; ventrals blackish ;
base of soft dorsal, anal, and caudal blackish, edged with pink.
Total length 68 millim.
Two specimens,
CICHLID®.
16. Hemicnuromis rascratus Peters.
17. H»pMicHRomis BIMACULATUS Gill.
18. PELMATOCHROMIS GUENTHERI Sauv.
(Hemichromis volte Stdr.; H. tersquamatus Gthr.)
19, PELMATOCHROMIS ANSORGII, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 1.)
Teeth in 2 or 3 series in each jaw, outer largest but rather
small. Depth of body 2! to 24 times in total length, length of
* Nandus marmoratus has also 23 vertebree, but 138+10.
1901.] FISHES OF THE NIGER DELTA. 9
head 24 or 3 times. Snout broad, rounded, with straight or
slightly convex upper profile, as long as the diameter of the eye,
which is contained 34 to 32 times in length of head and 13 times
in interorbital width; maxillary extending to below anterior border
of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek; large scales on the
opercle. Gill-rakers short, 10 or 11 on lower part of anterior arch.
Dorsal XV-XVI 10-11; spines subequal, not quite 3 length of
head; middle soft rays somewhat produced, 2? or + length of head.
Pectoral 2 or 3 length of head. Ventral produced into a filament,
reaching origin of anal or a little beyond. Anal III 8; third
spine as long as dorsals. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle much
deeper than long. Scales smooth, with very distinct concentric
striation, 28-29 a3 lat. 1. —- Dark olive-brown above, yellowish
beneath ; a blackish opercular spot; three or four vertically
elongate large dark spots on each side of the body, below the
upper lateral line; fins greyish, soft dorsal, anal, and caudal
chequered with small darker and lighter spots.
Total length 90 millim.
Four specimens.
Allied to the preceding, from which it differs chiefly in the
shorter snout, the smaller mouth, and the more rounded caudal.
20. PELMATOCHROMIS PULCHER, sp. n. (Plate LV. fig. 2.)
Teeth in 4 or 5 series in each jaw, outer largest. Depth of
body 23 to 3 times in total length, length. of head 3 to 32 times.
Snout broad, rounded, with convex upper profile, as long as the eye,
which is contained 33 times in length of head and does not quite
equal interorbital width ; maxillary extending to between nostril
and eye; 2 or 3 series of scales on the cheek ; large scales on the
opercle. Gull-rakers short, 10 to 12 on lower part of anterior arch.
Dorsal XVI 9-10; spines gradually increasing in length to the
last, which measures half length of head; some of the soft rays
more or less produced, often longer than the head. Pectoral 3 or
* length of head. Ventral more or less produced into a filament,
reaching origin of anal, or beyond. Anal III 7-8; third spine as
long as longest dorsal. Caudal rounded or subacuminate. Cauda]
pedunele as long as deep. Scales smooth, 27-29 ae late 1 a
Olive, with two darker or blackish longitudinal bands on each
side, the upper from the occiput to the base of the soft dorsal, the
lower from the eye, over the opercle, to the extremity of the caudal
fin; sides of body below lower lateral band and between pectorals
and ventrals of a beautiful rose-colour; spinous dorsal grey, black
at the base, the black area gradually rising to cover nearly the
whole of the soft dorsal; pectoral, outer side of ventral, and
extremity of anal blackish; caudal grey, with an oblique white
streak above in the males.
Total length 95 millim.
Several specimens.
Most nearly related to P. swbocellatus Gthr., from the Gaboon,
but easily distinguished by the proportions of the dorsal spines.
10 ON THE FISHES OF THE NIGER DELTA. (Jan. 15,
21, PELMATOCHROMIS THNIATUS, sp. n. (Plate IV. fig. 3.)
Teeth in 2 series in the upper jaw, in 3 in the lower, outer largest.
Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 34 times.
Snout broad, rounded, with convex upper profile, as long as the
eye, which is contained 33 times in length of head and nearly
equals interorbital width; maxillary extending slightly beyond
vertical of anterior border of eye; 2 series of scales on the cheek ;
large seales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 11 on lower part
of anterior arch. Dorsal XVIII 7; spines gradually increasing
in length to the last, which measures half length of head;
longest soft rays produced into a filament, as long as head.
Pectoral 4 length of head. Ventral produced into a filament,
extending beyond origin of anal. Anal III 7; third spine as long
as longest dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle a little
deeper than long. Scales smooth, 28 : alateale ae Brownish
above, yellowish beneath; two blackish longitudinal bands on
each side, the upper from the occiput to the base of the soft dorsal,
the lower from the eye, over the opercle, to the root of the caudal ;
fins greyish, ventrals white with a black outer border; oblique dark
streaks on the soft dorsal ; small blackish spots on the caudal
and two larger ones edged with white on its upper border,
Total length 75 millim.
A single specimen.
Also nearly allied to P. subocellutus. Readily distinguished from
it, and from P. ansorgii, by the dorsal formula.
22, TILAPIA MARIE Bley.
This species was described from a single specimen from Azumine
Creek, Opobo River, in Miss Kingsley’s collection. Three
specimens are in Dr. Ansorge’s collection, the largest measuring
135 millim. The caudal fin is rounded rather than truncate.
: : A Gyn oS 20-2
D. XVI 12-13; A. 111 10; Sq. 29-30 3; tat. 1 22d.
23. Tinapra bara Gthr.
(FOBILD &.
24, ELEOVRIS SENEGALENSIS Stdr.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats II.
Phractoleius ansorgii, with upper, lower, and side views of head,
and skeleton, p. 6.
Prats TT,
Fig. 1. Marcusenius longianalis, p. 5.
2. Polycentropsis abbreviata, and skeleton, p-3.
Puars LY.
Fig. 1. Pelmatochromis ansorgit, p. 8.
» y A Nar Q
2. 5 pulcher, p. 9.
3. 3 teniatus, p. 10.
© 7%. S, 19Ol, voll. ELV.
ATHollick delet lith.
West, Newman chromo,
NEW EXOTIC SPIDERS.
1901.} REY. 0. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON EXOTIC SPIDERS. 1]
2, On some new and interesting Exotic Spiders collected by
Messrs. G. A. K. Marshall and R. Shelford. By the
Rev. Octavius Pickarp-CamBrines, M.A., F.R.S., &e.
[Received December 6, 1900.]
(Plate V.1)
Order ARANEIDEA.
Fam. DRASSID&®,
Gen. Prosruzsima L. Koch.
PROSTHESIMA ALBOMACULATA, sp. n. (Plate V. figs. 2-2 ¢.)
Adult female, length 23 lines (4°5 mm.).
Cephalothorax flattish, oval, truncate at each end, fore end
rather the narrowest, lateral marginal impressions at caput very
slight, profile-line nearly level. Colour deep black-brown, softening
to yellowish brown round the thoracic indentation ; surface thinly
covered with grey adpressed hairs.
Eyes in two transverse rows of very nearly equal length. Curve
of posterior row slight and its convexity directed backwards.
Anterior row almost straight, laterals of this row largest of the
eight, the two centrals being placed on a slight prominence,
and further from each other than from the laterals. The two
centrals of the posterior row are much further from each other
than from the laterals and are slightly the largest. The four
centrals form a quadrangle as long as broad, the fore side being
shortest.
Legs moderate in length and strength, 4, 1, 2, 3. Colour
yellow to yellow-brown ; the tibiz, femora, and genue of the first
pair black-brown, these joints of the second pair yellow-brown,
and of the third and fourth pairs more or less deeply marked
longitudinally and suffused with black and brown, furnished with
coarse hairs and- spines, the latter most numerous and strongest
on the tibie and metatarsi of the third and fourth pairs.
Falees, maaille, and labiwm deep brown.
Sternum oval, pointed behind ; colour reddish yellow-brown.
Abdomen oval, somewhat flattened, black, with four conspicuous
white spots forming a quadrangle on the fore half of the upperside,
the two hinder spots largest and nearly round, the anterior, near
the fore margin, oval or subtriangular and forming a shorter
transverse line than the hinder spots. On each side of the under-
side, about the middle, is a large somewhat irregular triangular-
shaped white patch, whose inner angles are nearly contiguous a
little way behind the middle. Spinners of the inferior pair much
wider apart than the superiors. Genital aperture simple but
characteristic in form.
Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, 8. Africa, 5000 feet, Nov. 1898
to Jan. 1899 (G@. A. K. Marshall).
* For an explanation of the Plate, see p. 16.
12 REV. 0. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON EXOTIC SPIDERS. [Jan. 15,
Gen. nov. TITUS.
Cephalothorax elongate-oval, rounded behind, broadly and a
little roundly truncate before ; lateral marginal impressions at the
caput gradual but distinct ; upper surface strongly convex ; from
the fore part of the caput to the hinder slope the rise 1s strong, a
little curved and even, with a very slight dip at the thoracic
junction. The sides of the cephalothorax project over the bases of
the legs, making them appear to be articulated on the same plane
as the sternum. ‘The thoracic indentation is very minute, and the
other normal ones obsolete; hinder slope steep; height of the
clypeus, which projects, is half that of the facial space, its fore
margin overhanging the base of the falces.
Eyes moderate and not greatly unequal in size; in two trans-
verse curved rows; the hinder row considerably longest, its eyes
ave very nearly equally separated, and the conyexity of its curve is
directed forwards, while that of the anterior row is backwards.
The hind-lateral eyes are larger than the hind-centrals and are
placed outside a strong tubercle ; those of the anterior row on a
well-marked transverse prominence or ridge. The fore-centrals
are yery nearly if not quite of equal size, the interval between
them being about double that which separates each from the fore-
lateral eye on its side. ‘The central quadrangle is slightly broader
than long, and its anterior side shortest.
Legs short, rather slender, 4, 1, 2, 3; the femora strongly
elavate or tumid at their posterior end, furnished with hairs and
spines ; two pairs of these are beneath the metatarsi and three
pairs beneath tibie of the first pair. ‘T'arsi end with 2 claws.
Palpi (@). The digital joint is double the length of the radial,
rather claviform, and ending with a very minute, slightly curved
single claw.
Falces moderate in length, powerful, subconical.
Mawille rather short, strong, straight, but inclined to the
labium; rounded at their outer extremity, and a little impressed
and obliquely truncate at their inner extremity.
Labium short, broader than long, narrowest at the apex, the
outer corners of which are rounded, and the middle a little im-
pressed.
Sternum longer than broad, oval, slightly hollow-truncate in
front, bluntish pointed behind, and its margins strongly indented
by the basal joints of the legs. From the hinder end a chitinous
plate runs between the coxe of the fourth pair of legs and
spreading out behind them joins in with the upperside of the
cephalothorax.
Abdomen short, broad, its upper surface covered with a strong
kind of granulose coriaceous shield furnished with plumose and
other hairs; sides, especially backwards, protuberant and tumid,
these parts connected behind by transverse ruge or folds, in the
midst of which the spinners are placed and almost hidden in a
circular cavity.
1901. ] REV. 0. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON EXOTIC SPIDERS. 13
TITUS LUGENS, sp.n. (Plate V. figs. 3-3 ¢.)
Adult female, length 21 lines.
Cephalothoraxz bright red-brown, suffused with a darker hue on
the sides and on the caput, the fore part of which is nearly black ;
the surface is thickly covered with small round shining tubercles
or granulosities, and it is thinly clothed with hairs, of which some
on the sides and hinder part are white and of a plumose nature.
Legs yellow tinged with brown; the femora much strongest,
granulose, as also are the uppersides of coxze. Colour of the femora
of Ist pair black-brown, of the second pair not so dark, of the
third and fourth pairs paler and indistinctly banded with darker.
The tarsi are enlarged slightly and gradually to the ends, which are
furnished with two claws and a compact claw-tuft.
Falces deep reddish black-brown, paler at the fore extremity,
furnished in front with bristly hairs.
Masille and labium yellow-brown.
Sternum yellow-red, covered thickly with small granulosities like
the cephalothorax.
Abdomen coriaceous, covering of the upperside black with a
central triangular patch of white plumose hairs, two patches of the
same on the lateral margins, and one at the hinder extremity, sides
and underside of a paler browner hue. The fore extremity on the
underside is covered with a coriaceous granulose integument (the
granulosities much strongest and becoming tubercular at the fore
end), which forms a short sheath, covering most of the connecting
pedicle as well as the spiracular openings and the genital aperture,
For the peculiar form of the abdomen, see generic characters
above ; but whether this is only specific or whether generic, it is
hard to say in the absence of allied species.
Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, 8. Africa, 5000 feet, Nov. 1898
to Jan. 1899 (GA. K. Marshall),
Fam. HPEIRID 4,
Genus NEPHILENGYs L. Koch.
NEPHILENGYS MALABARENSIS Walck.
An adult female of this common and widely dispersed Epeirid
from Karkloof, Natal (@. 4. K. Marshall).
Fam. GASTERACANTHID®.
Subfam. Eurycomin».
Gen. CYRTARACHNE Thor.
CYRTARACHNE CONICA, sp. n. (Plate V. figs. 1-1.)
Adult female, length rather over 3 lines, or 8 mm.; leneth of
abdomen 23 lines, width 34 lines. ;
Cephalothorax short, slightly longer than broad, broadest and
14 REV, 0. PIOKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON EXOTIC SPIDERS. [Jan. 15,
rounded behind, truncate before; the profile-line forms a con-
tinuous curve; the lateral marginal impressions at the caput are
yery slight. Colour yellowish brown. ay
Eyes small, in the ordinary Epeirid position ; the four centrals
form as nearly as possible a square, its posterior eyes slightly
largest. The lateral pairs are close to the anterior corners of the
caput, minute; those of each pair are contiguous to each other and
form nearly a straight line with the anterior pair ot the central
quadrangle. Pies) ae
Legs short, not very strong, 1 2) Ares devoid of spines, furnished
with fine hairs only; colour brownish yellow, tinged with orange.
Falces short, strong, subconical ; colour like that of the cephalo-
thorax. Maxille and !abium normal in form, and similar in colour
to the cephalothorax, perhaps rather paler.
Sternum similar in colour to the legs.
Abdomen coriaceous, large, subtriangular, broader than long,
rounded in front, the fore corners rounded, though scarcely to be
described as forming distinct prominences ; upper surface consider-
ably elevated in a subconical form; colour yellowish white, that
of the cone tinged with yellow-brown. Near the middle of the
anterior margin, quite visible but not very distinct, are three
sigilliform markings with two others behind, halfway to the
summit of the conical abdomen; behind these last, and one on
either side of the base of the cone, are two others similar, in a
transverse line, and forming a line equal in length to that formed
by the three anterior sigillz ; the upper part of the cone is encircled
by some indistinct fine darker concentric lines. The underside
is dark dull yellow-brown, and from the outer margins of it sundry
fine dark lines issue upwards in groups of two or three, converging
until they meet about one-third of the way towards the top of the
cone. Genital process broad and very characteristic m form.
Hab. Singapore (R. Shelford).
Fam. THOMISI1D ™.
Subfam. AMYCIIN®.
Genus Amycrma Sim. (Amycle Cambr.).
AMYCIEA LINEATIPES, sp. n. (Plate V. figs. 4-4 d.)
Adult female, length 24 lines.
This Spider is nearly allied to A. forticeps Cambr. (P. Z. 38.
Lond. 1873, p. 122) from Ceylon, and bears a close general
resemblance to it; but it may be distinguished by the shorter legs,
by the area of the four larger outer eyes, of which the anterior is of
the same length as the posterior side, and the four anterior eyes —
forming a straight transverse line. The markings on the legs,
palpi, and abdomen, and the form also of the abdomen, differ from
those of A. forticeps, though it is possible that this last character
may only be sexual.
The palpi have a longitudinal black streak on their inner sides.
1901.] REV, 0. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE ON EXOTIC SPIDERS. 15
The legs have a longitudinal red-brown streak on the outer
side of the femora of the first pair, and a blackish one on
the inner side of those of the fourth pair, a white line also runs
along the side of the tibie and metatarsi; the tarsi of the first
and second pairs are white; the general colour of the legs is dull
orange-yellow.
The abdomen is joined to the thorax by a distinct jointed pedicle ;
it is of an oval form, broadest behind and pointed in front, and
without any lateral transverse constriction. It is of a dull
yellowish hue tinged with reddish ; on either side towards the hinder
extremity is a large black spot ; along the middle of the upperside
on the hinder half are two converging rows of small white spots,
with some other white ones towards the fore extremity ; on each
side also of the fore half are two broadish, but not very strongly
defined, oblique brownish stripes, the hinder ones meeting at an
angle in the middle and continued in the median line to the fore
end. The genital aperture is well marked and of a very charac-
teristic form.
Hab. Singapore. Sent to Mr. Shelford by Mr. H. N. Ridley,
Director of the Botanic Gardens, Singapore.
The type of the genus, A. forticeps Cambr. (Ceylon), has two
similar spots on the abdomen.
This Spider was found in company with the ant Cecophylla
smaragdina, the habits of which have been descrited by Mr. Ridley
(Journ. Asiat. Noc., Straits Branch, 1890, No. 42, p. 345).
Fam. SALTICID &.:
Genus Sanricus Latr. (sensu restricto).
SALTICUS ATTENUATUS, sp. n. (Plate V, figs. 6-6 c.)
Female (immature), length (including falces) 33 lines = 7 mm.
Cephalothoraxv oblong, narrowing gradually to the posterior end,
which is truncate. Caput flat, rather longer than the thorax and
rather longer than broad, divided from the thorax by a deep inden-
tation or constriction. Colour deep black-brown on the thorax ;
eaput black; in the constriction are three short lines or patches of
white hairs, one on each side and one in the middle.
Hyes normal, ocular area longer than broad.
Legs rather short, furnished with short hairs, and a few fine
spines in pairs beneath the tibie of the first and second pairs ;
these are of a pale yellow colour; the outer side of the tibie, meta-
tarsi, and tarsi of the first pair, and of the tibie and metatarsi of the
second, marked with a longitudinal black stripe; the coxee, femora,
tibiz, and base of the metatarsi of the third pair black, the rest
pale yellow; the fourth pair have the coxze pale yellow, with an
exterior longitudinal black line on the outer side, and the femora
and tibiz black, the metatarsi and tarsi being yellow.
Palpt yellowish ; radial joint blackish ; digital joint large, oval,
flattish and tumid.
16 MR. F. HE, BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 15,
Fulees vather shorter than the caput, strong, prominent, of a dull
yellow-brown colour. es
Mazille dull blackish, extremities pale yellowish.
Labium dull black, apex pale. ve:
Sternum elongate, narrow; the basal joints of the legs are
articulated around it on the same plane, the first two pairs with
their coxe almost contiguous on their inner sides.
Abdomen narrow, elongate-oval, strongly and broadly constricted
towards the fore extremity; pedicle as long as the caput, two-
jointed, the posterior joint longest and set in a circular cavity
or socket at the extremity of the abdomen. Colour black, a little
paler at the constricted part, just below the sides of the constriction
white.
Hab. Singapore. Sent by Mr. H. N. Ridley to Mr. R. Shelford.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.
Fig. 1. Cyrtarachne conica, 9 (p. 13). 1a, profile; 1%, eyes and falces from
in front; 1c, genital aperture.
2. Prosthesima albomaculata, 2 (p.11). 2a, profile; 24, eyes and falces
from in front; 2¢, genital aperture.
3. Titus lugens, 2 (p.18). 34a, profile; 54, eyes and falces from in front ;
3c, maxille, labium, and sternum; 3d, cephalothorax and eyes from
above and behind; 3¢, genital aperture.
4. Amyciea lineatipes, 9 (p. 14). 4a, profile; 44, eyes and falces from
in front; 4¢, eyes and cephalothorax from above and behind; 4d,
genital aperture.
5. Ccophylla smaragdina (p. 15). (Ant with which Amyciea lineatipes
lives. )
6. Salticus attenuatus, 2 (p.15). 64a, profile; 66, cephalothorax and
connecting pedicle from above; 6c, genital aperture. (It is doubtful
whether this example is quite adult.)
3. Notes on the Anatomy of Picarian Birds—No. IV. On
the Skeletons of Bucorvus cafer and B. abyssinicus ; with
Notes on other Hornbills. By Frank E. Bepparp,
M.A., F.R.S., Prosector and Vice-Secretary of the
Society.
[Received January 14, 1901.]
(Text-figures 2-5.)
The opportunity of comparing the two known species of Ground-
Hornbills, Bucorvus cafer and B. abyssinicus, has been afforded me
by the death of an example of each of them during the past year
in the Society’s Gardens. I have taken the opportunity of com-
paring the structure of the genus Bucorvus with several forms
of arboreal Hornbills, of which I possess skeletons, with a view of
separating from a general description of Bucorvus those features
in which it is different from other Hornbills, and which are there-
fore distinctive characters of the genus, or subfamily as some
would prefer to regard it.
T limit myself in the present communication to the skeleton,
—
1901. | ANATOMY OF PICARIAN BIRDS. 17
since L have nothing new to add to my! earlier account of the
muscles and the viscera of Bucorvus and other genera of Hornbills,
or to Prof. Fiirbringer’s* almost contemporaneous investigations
upon the same subject. The latter work contains, naturally, a
number of facts relating to the skeleton of the Hornbills in general,
as well as of Bucorvus; but these, as might be expected, deal
chiefly with the shoulder-girdle. Another source of information
concerning the bones ot the Bucerotide is Mr. Hyton’s ‘ Osteologia
Avium,’ which work includes figures of the skeletons of Bucorvus
and of a few other forms together with some quite brief notes in
the text. The family is of course not neglected in the general
works of Dr. Gadow ° and myself* upon bird-anatomy.
There is, however, at least so far as | am aware, no account of
the bones of the two species with which I deal here—no comparison
of the two forms.
Vertebral Column.—Only two features in the vertebral column
distinguish the two species of Bucorvus. In the first place, the
relative lengths of the several regions differ: in Bucorvus cafer the
cervical series (13 vertebre in both birds) is shorter than that of
B. abyssinicus. The total difference of length is rather more than
an inch, and each individual vertebra is distinctly shorter than the
corresponding one of the other species. This is not an expression
of a smaller-sized bird, since the dorsal vertebre are of exactly the
same length collectively and individually in the two species. Nor
is there any difference except the very minutest in the lengths of
the sacral and caudal series. The last cervical vertebra of B. cafer
has a transverse process which is slightly more rib-like than is that
of B. abyssinicus. Though firmly welded to its vertebra, the
homologue of the rib is more slender, as is the case in those birds
where it is a free structure.
The second point of difference concerns the presence of an
additional rib in B. cafer at the end of the series. The vertebra
bearing that rib is not, however, free itself. The rib is long and
slender.
Vertebrul Column of Bucorvus compared with other Hornbills.—
The great breadth and excavation below of the cervical vertebree
distinguish Bucorvus from Buceros. There are, moreover, thirteen
of them, while in Buceros the thirteenth vertebra bears a small but
movable rib on each side. In Bucorvus there are no closely
approximated catapophyses ; in Buceros the 1ith vertebra has a
pair of these. The remaining salient characteristic of Bucorvus is
the slenderness of the pygostyle, which might be expected in a
eround-living bird.
_ Sternum—The only difference that I could detect between the
sterna of the two species was that in B. abyssinicus the lateral
incision of the xiphisternum is not nearly so deep as in B. cafer.
1 “ On some Points in the Structure of the Hornbills,” P. ZS. 1889, p. 587.
‘Untersuchung. zur Morph. d. Vogel,’ Amsterdam, 1888.
Bronn’s ‘ Ordnungen des Tierreichs, Aves.
‘The Structure and Classification of Birds,’ Longmans, 1896.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. II. 2
ro Nn
MR. F. BE. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 15,
1
(9 0)
There is no need to enter into comparisons between this and
of the shoulder-girdle in the Ground-Hornbills and the
arboreal forms, since the structure and relations are as nearly as
possible identical. This seems to show that use is a more important
factor than disuse in the modification of organs, since the hind
limbs show noteworthy differences.
Skull.—Very slight, but still perfectly recognizable and defin-
able, differences distinguish the skulls of the two species of
Bucorvus (ef. text-figs. 2, 3).
The most striking difference is, however, possibly a sexual one: in
B. cafer the bony prominence on which sits the casque of the bird
is much lower than it is in B. abyssinicus, and at the same time its
texture is decidedly more solid ; in B. abyssinacus this part of the
skull is formed of very delicate cancellated bony tissue which
immediately underlies the horny casque. My specimen of B. afer,
other parts
Text-fig. 2.
Skull of Bucorvus abyssinicus, 6. (X 4.)
however, is a female bird; the skeleton of B. abyssinicus belongs
to a male.
_ When the two skulls are viewed from above, they can be readily
distinguished by the greater breadth of that of B. cafer. The
widest part is Just behind the orbits. The measurements in the
two species are as follows:
Bucorvus cafer...... Length 206 mm.; breadth 63 mm.
LB HOSSHMOUIS <4 8 6 Length 203 mm. ; breadth 59 mm.
A very small fragment of the tip of the beak in B. abyssinicus
was, however, broken off and lost. This would therefore increase
the length of the skull in that species, and thus render the propor-
tions a little more striking than is apparent from the measurements
The greater breadth of the skull in B. cafer can, however, be well
appreciated without any measurements at all.
A third feature in which the skulls of the two Ground-Hornbills
1901. ] ANATOMY OF PICARTAN BIRDS. 19
differs is in the form of the occipital condyle. In B. cafer it is
a little more elongated transversely than in B. abyssinicus. As
will be seen from an inspection of the accompanying drawings
(text-figs. 2, 3), the outline of the orbit is a little different in the
two species.
In other respects the two skulls can hardly be distinguished.
Characteristics of the Skull of Bucorvus.—These can be arrived at
frem a comparison of the two species of Bucorvus with a skull of
Buceros rhinoceros, which I shall take as a type of the arboreal
Hornbills, indicating at the same time such divergences as are
exhibited by other arboreal Hornbills. In comparing the skulls of
the two, the first striking difference between the two genera is
that shown by the cancellated bone which fills the casque. This,
in Buceros, is solid behind where it projects back considerably over
the root of the skull; anteriorly it ends abruptly in a steep declivity
Text-fig. 3.
Skull of Bucorvus cafer, 2. (x 4.)
which is formed of finely and beautifully cancellated bone. In
Bucorvus, cn the contrary, whether the cancellated bone shows
exteriorly or not, the whole bony process slopes gradually, first
upwards and then downwards in an even curve, there being no
abrupt demarcation between it and the maxille in front. In
Buceros a delicate shelf of bone slightly projecting marks the an-
terior boundary of the bony part of the casque. When the skulls
of the two Hornbills are viewed laterally, notable differences are
obvious. The walls of the brain-case are seen to arise in Buceros
to a considerable distance above the orbit. The top of the skuli is
in fact swollen and convex. In Bucorvus, on the other hand, the
top of the skull is almost flat and it is contimued to form a
projecting shelf over the orbit, which thus stands out more con-
spicuously from the sides of the head than im Buceros. The
prominence of the orbit in Bucorvus is further emphasized by the
prolongation downwards in front of the lacrymal region of a plate
Ox
20 MR, F. EH. BEDDARD ON THE [Jan. 15,
of bone to form a projecting ridge which joins the jugal arch behind.
his renders the margins of the orbit perfectly visible when the
skull is viewed directly from the front. In Buceros there is no
such ridge, and the orbit is invisible when the skull is looked at
from in front. ies RJ
The narial aperture is double on each side in Bucorvus as rt 1s in,
for example, the Toucans. Hach of the two apertures into which
the originally single aperture is divided in this genus 1s of a rather
elongated oval outline. In Buceros the single narial orifice is
circular in outline. A;
A comparison of the dorsal aspect of the skull in the two genera
shows several points of divergence in the two types. The greater
breadth of the cranium of Bucorvus is apparent, this bemg mainly
due to the projecting shelf of bone over the orbit, already referred
to. Furthermore the “ lacrymal” ring in front of the orbit which
is absent or at least not so fully developed in Buceros, causes a
very sharp demarcation between the cranium and the face in Bu-
corvus, a distinction which is wanting in Buceros, where one region
gradually fades into the other. The commencement of the beak
region is quite as wide asthe anterior part of the orbit in Buceros ;
in Bucorvus it is very plainly much narrower. The contrast 1s so
great that measurements are unnecessary to express the differences.
The basal aspect of the skull of Bucorvus is in some respects
different from that of Buceros. In the first place, the foramen
magnum in Bucorvus is much more distinctly upon the ventral sur-
face than in Buceros, where this foramen looks partly backwards. It
thus happens that the dorsal wall of the foramen is more apparent
on a dorsal view in Buceros than it is in Bucorvus. The palatal
region too shows differences which are not without a certain interest
in relation to the connection between the two types of Hornbill.
As has been already recorded by Fiirbringer, the Bucerotide
possess basiptervgoid processes, These are, however, rudimentary,
and are far from being in contact with the pterygoids. In Buceros
not only are there present a pair of somewhat jagged rudimentary
basipterygoid processes. but the pterygoids themselves are bowed
inwards opposite to these processes ; at the place where they should,
so to speak, articulate with the basipterygoid processes they bear
a roughened outgrowth which seems to suggest the remains of a
pterygoid articular facet.
So exactly does the position of this facet correspond to the
Dasipterygoid process, that if the bones could be forcibly pushed
together they would meet at those points. Bucorvus shows a
further stage of degeneration, which fits in well with the presump-
tion that it is a later type than Buceros. The basipterygoid pro-
cesses are distinctly more rudimentary, and, indeed, they are only
just recognizable in B. abyssinicus. The pterygoids are straight,
and are not at all bowed inwards towards the basipterygoid pro-
cesses. In the place of what I have regarded as an articular
facet upon the pterygoids in Buceras, there is in Bucorvus a thin,
large, upwardly directed lamellar process of bone. This, however,
1901. ] ANATOMY OF PICARIAN BIRDS. 21
is only to be-seen in B. cafer. I consider this plate of bone arising
from the pterygoid to be the homologue of the rudimentary arti-
cular facet of Buceros, but increased in a different direction. As is
sometimes seen with degenerating Oinen, it has as it were run to
seed. Thatit does not point toward the basipterygoid may perhaps
be put down to the straightening and consequent rotation of the
pterygoid.
The majority of these differences also hold good for other genera
of arboreal Hornbills. The distinction between the cancellated
bone which fills the casque, the maxilla, and between the posterior
and anterior regions of the core of the casque is apparent even
in the almost casque-less Aceros. The really casque-less Voccus
may be left out of consideration. The principal feature in which
the skulls of other Hornbills are less marked than Buceros are the
lower elevation of the. brain-case and the comparative straightness
of the pterygoids.
Pelvis of Bucorvus and Buceros.—The pelves of the two species
of Bucorvus agree exactly in the proportions of the pre-and of the
post-acetabular regions. But when the genus is compared with
Buceros, differences appear. In the latter genus the two regions
of the pelvis which are separated by the antitrochanter are as
nearly as possible equal in length; in Bucorvus the posterior region
of the pelvis is rather the longer. This difference is coupled with
another, viz., the greater depth of the ischia of Buceros, and the
consequently more acute angle formed by the pubes with the
longitudinal axis. In Bucorvus the pubes slope more nearly
parallel to the long axis ot the pelvis. One cannot but put down
this difference to the difference in mode of life exhibited by the
two genera.
Hind Limb.—Measurements of the proportions of the several
sections of the hind limb in the two species show some slight
differences which are perhaps worthy of being recorded. “Tn
Bucorvus ubyssinicus the measurements were as follows: femur
110 mm. ; tibia 200 mm.; metatarsus 157 mm.; middle toe 90 mm.
Of B, cafer the corresponding figures were 100; SHS Nee Te
Hind limb of Bucorvus and Buceros.—It ‘is of course well
enough known that the Ground-Hornbills have longer legs than
the arbore al genera; but nevertheless a few exact measurements
may be useful. I append therefore a number of such measure-
ments (in millim.), which have been taken in every case from the
dried skeleton :—
Femur. Tibia. Metatarsus. Middle toe.
Buceros rhinoceros ...... 90 1D5; 62 Tht
Kthytidiceros plicatus .... 74 102 49 62
Dichoceros bicornis ...... 108 141 al 80
It is plain from these measurements that the tibia is shorter
relatively to the femur in the flying Horubills, and that the meta-
tarsus in the same birds is shorter relatively to the tibia than
in the Ground-Hornbills. Taking the femur in all cases as 1, the
MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE
Text-fie. 4.
Left foot of Bucorvus abyssinicus. (Nat. size_)
(Jan. 15,
1091.]
ANATOMY OF PICARIAN BIRDS.
23
proportions of the segments of the hind limb in Bucorvus and
Buceros will be (quite roughly) these :—
Bucorvus...... 1 2 We 1
IBCEROS a my IL 13 = 1
5.
Left foot of Buceros rhinoceros. (Nat. size.)
24 ON THE ANATOMY OF PICARIAN BIRDS. [ Jan, 15,
A final point of some little interest concerns the bones of the
foot. Perching and walking on the ground are clearly two very
different modes of using the feet, and we should therefore expect
to find some corresponding differences in the structure of the foot.
As a matter of fact, such differences do occur in the two series of
Hornbills. In Buceros the middle metacarpal is if anything slightly
longer than that of the second toe, while the fourth metacarpal
is about one half of the length of the two metatarsals of the
middle toes. In Bucorvus the second metatarsal is slightly
longer, and also rather stouter, than the third metatarsal, while
the fourth metatarsal is not so much reduced as in Buceros.
It is clear then, that, apart from the differences in length which
distinguish the genera, the prevailing toe in the bipedal Bucorvus
is the second, which is really functionally the first toe, for the true
first toe is of course turned backwards. It is true that the third
toe is the longest ; but nevertheless the increased length of the
second metatarsal gives to that toe a preponderance in the foot.
This state of affairs contrasts with that observable in the quadru-
pedal Ungulates, where it is the middle toe (or the two middle toes )
that is the prevailing one. In correspondence with the greater
length of the second metatarsal, the tibio-tarsus is more strongly
developed on that side and projects beyond the rest of the bone,
the articular surface of which is therefore oblique to the trans-
verse axis of the leg. In Buceros the line of articulation is exactly
transverse. This will be apparent from the drawings exhibited
(text-figs. 4 & 5, pp. 22 & 23). The last-mentioned feature is not,
however, distinctive of Bucorvus; for in Rhytidiceros the same
obliquity at the end of the tibio-tarsus occurs. In Voccus, more-
over, in addition to the obliquity, the second metatarsal is the
longest.
From this description of certain features in the anatomy of
Bucorvus, the osteological characters of the genus and of the twe
subspecies B. cafer and B. abyssinicus can be formulated :—
Genus Bucorvus.—Cerviecal vertebrae 18, short and broad, with
concave centra and transverse processes forming a gutter
beneath. No catapophysial canal or approach towards one.
Pygostyle comparatively rudimentary.
Skull flat above, with marked shelf-like supraorbital plates.
Foramen magnum ventral in position. Pterygoids straight.
Basipterygoid processes rudimentary. Bony core of casque
not sharply marked off from maxilla in front. ;
Second metatarsal the stoutest and longest: end of tibio-
tarsus oblique. ‘Tibia twice as long as femur; tibio-tarsus
one and a half times as long.
B. cafer.—Neck comparatively short. | Sternum rather deeply
notched with one incision. Skull broad in proportion to
length.
B. abyssinicus.—Neck comparatively long. Sternum not deeply
notched. Skull narrower in proportion to length.
ho
Ou
1901. ] ON BUTTERELIES FROM THE WHILE NILV.
4. On some Butterflies from the White Nile collected by
Capt. H. N. Dunn of the Egyptian Army. By Arruur
G, Burner, Ph.D., F.0.S., F-Z.S. &e:
[Received November 14, 1900.]
Although the number of species recorded in the present paper
is small, several of them are of considerable interest.
In the genus Teracolus are three interesting species—T. phlegycs,
T. liagore, and T. glycera. The first was originally described from
what I fook to be the wet phase of the species, and which
consequently was for some time confounded with the insect to
which Miss EB. M. Sharpe has given the name of 7’. difficilis; Capt.
Dunn has now secured both sexes of the true wet phase, which
shows that the nearest relation of 7. phleqgyas is 7’. bacchus (the
form bitherto regarded as the wet phase being an intermediate
phase of the species). 7’. liagore is represented in the collection
by wet and intermediate phases; the intermediate phase having
both a large and small form, the large form will represent 7. stygia
of Felder, and the small form 7. odysseus of Swinhoe. 7. glycera,
which I originally described from a single male example without
definite locality, has now come to hand in all its seasonal phases,
and proves to be an easily distinguishable form of the 7. antigone
eroup: the males always characterized by an unusually straight
outer margin to the primaries and hardly a trace of the dividing
spot at the posterior edge of the orange apical patch ; the female
of the wet phase is dimorphic, either with an orange apical patch
very distinctly divided by an angulated dusky line, or with the
apex dusky brown enclosing four to five hastate yellowish streaks.
Another species of interest, of which both sexes were obtained,
is Belenois abyssinica of Lucas (the wet phase approaching typical
B, gidica), of which the Museum previously only possessed three
examples ; this is the insect for which, thinking it undescribed,
M. Oberthiir has proposed to use M. Boisduyal’s MS. name of
“ Pieris allica.” It is apparently strictly limited to N. Africa, though
the (typical) dry-season phase more nearly resembles the dry phase
of the widely distributed southern and eastern B. westwoodi than
might be expected from a comparison of the respective wet phases
of the two species.
Perhaps one point of interest in this collection should be noted,
namely, the resemblance of the species generally to, and their
frequent identity with, those of Aden. At least fifteen of the
Butterflies occurring at Aden are conspecific with those in the
present collection, whilst Precis boopis and Teracolus tiagore are
nearly related to the Arabian forms; perhaps, however, the
strangest thing is that Limnas chrysippus is tetramorphic both at
Aden and on the White Nile, and it is probable that the same is
true of Catopsilia florella, three of the four forms of that species
being in the present collection.
26 DR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 1,
Capt. Dunn made his collection on the Zeraf River (apparently
the Giraffe River, sometimes spelt Seraf and sometimes Zarafe) ;
many of the specimens are ticketed with a definite locality which
looks like ‘ Gabt-el-Meghahid or Neeghahid,” but, as it is written
in pencil, I am not certain of the spelling. Many of the specimens
are in tolerably good condition and all are readily recognizable.
The following is a list of the species :—
| 17. Teracolus calais, Cramer.
| 18 phisadia, Godart
1. Tirumala petiverana, Doubl. | 7) ” Le a aa :
2. Limnas chrysippus, Linn. ee phiegyas, buzier.
2 : 2 pa 20) evarne, Klug.
3. Precis boopis, Zrimen. Wess eae ta,
4, ,, clelia, Cramer. | Ses aay Ge
5
6
7
NyMPHALIDS.
} 2) 7 itler.
. 4, eebrene, Trimen '. ee ” ever © - he
iat : cueiad 23. eupompe,
3. Pyrameis cardui, Lin. v ” : ¢
yr : 24. protomedia, Klug.
. Hypolimnas misippus, Linn.
8. Atella phalantha, Drury. 25. Catopsilia florella, Fabr.
9. Byblia ilithyia, Drury. ao Belenois severina, pes
10. , vulgaris, Stawd, | ae ” boguensis, Pele er.
11. Acreea natalica, Boisd. 28. ” mesentina, Cramer.
12. ,, abdera, Hewits. 29). YS abyssinica, Lucas.
30. Pinacopteryx venatus, Butler.
| 31. Herpsenia melanarge, Butler.
32. Papilio demodoeus, Lsper.
Lycmnipe&.
3. Lyceenesthes amarah, Lefeb. |
14. Polyommatus beeticus, Linn.
| Hsprriip”.
PAPILIONID ©. 33. Baoris fatuellus, Hopf
15. Terias brigitta, Cramer. 34. Rhopalocampta forestan, Cram.
16. ,, senegalensis, Boisd.
5. On the Muscles and Joints of the Giant Golden Mole
(Chrysochloris trevelyani). By F.G, Parsons, Lecturer
on Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital.
[Received December 15, 1900.]
(Text-figure 6.)
The two specimens of Chrysochloris on which the following
notes are made were kindly placed at my disposal by Prof. G. B.
Howes and Prof. C. Stewart. The muscles of more than one
species of the animal have already been recorded by Dr. Dobson
in his work on the Insectivora*. It has been my lot to repeat
many of Dobson’s dissections, and I have as great a respect for his
accuracy as for that of any other morphologist with whose writings
Tam familiar: still it is of great importance that our knowledge
of any animal should rest, as far as possible, on the work of
several observers ; and in this case, although the chief result of my
' The White Nile specimens seem to be generally rather small for this
species.
* All the specimens are of the extreme wet phase—B. infida; only one
male was obtained. Of B. boguensis wet, intermediate, and dry phases of the
Temale were taken.
° «A Monograph of the Insectiyora’: London, John Van Voorst, 1882.
1901.] ANATOMY OF CHRYSOCHLORIS TREVELYANT. 27
labour is merely to bear witness to the reliability of my prede-
cessor’s work, there are certain points in which we differ in the
record of facts and others in the interpretation of facts on the
accuracy of which we are both agreed.
Since completing the dissection of these two specimens, I
have had the opportunity of examining a third, which has been
prepared for the muscle series of the College of Surgeons Museum ;
so that all the following observations are founded on at least
two, sometimes three animals, and one is less likely to be misled
by individual variations. :
Text-fig. 6.
(6)
LLL N \ \\
\ MQ nqr
RABIAQq
\ LSS
Sa
Superficial Dissection of Chrysochloris trevelyant.
A. Occipito-frontalis. M. Serratus magnus.
B. Leyator labii superioris. N. Latissimus dorsi.
C. Masseter. O. Superficial panniculus (reflected).
D. External auditory meatus. P. Anterior mammary gland.
E. Occipito-cuticularis. P’. Posterior ditto.
F. Cervico-euticularis. Q. Serratus posticus.
G. Acromio-cuticularis. R. Ecto-gluteus.
H. Anterior trapezius. 8. Caudo-femoralis.
H’. Posterior trapezius. T. Semitendinosus.
J. Dorso-cuticularis. U. Biceps femoris.
K. Rhomboid. V. External oblique.
L, L’. Triceps. W. Vastus externus.
The joints have been examined with the view of carrying on the
work which I began for the Hunterian Lectures at the College of
Surgeons in 1899'. I have not burdened the paper with the
points in which the joints of Chrysochloris agree with those of a
generalized mammal ; but by comparing the present paper with the
lectures already referred to, it will be possible to get a good idea
of the details of the articulations of the animal.
1 Journ. Anat. & Phys. vol. xxxiv.
28 DR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 15,
Trunk-Muscles.
Panniculus carnosus.—This is very specialized, probably in con-
nection with the underground habits ot the animal, so that the
typical mammalian dorso- and abdomino-humeralis muscles are
remarkable for their absence, and their characteristic relation to the
nectoral muscles is wanting. As usual, there are many layers of
fibres in the panniculus, and to many ot these special names have
been given by Dobson. The main scheme consists ofa longitudinal
set of fibres running over the back region from the root of the
snout to the root of the tail, forming Dobson’s occipito-frontalis
and dorso-cuticularis, while various oblique bands cross the general
antero-posterior direction of the fibres and acquire attachments
to fixed points, such as the acromion process, the elongated
auditory meatus, and the ligamentum nuche. Tn this way the
acromio-cuticularis, occipito-cuticularis, dorso-cuticularis, cervico-
cuticularis, cervico-auricularis, and retractor naris are formed ;
muscles which in our specimen fully bore out Dobson's descriptions
of them (text-fig. 6, p. 27).
The ventral panniculus consists of the piatysma in the neck and
a set of abdominal fibres which have the same direction as those
of the external oblique; some of these fibres are prolonged down
over the anterior (cephalic) surface of the leg as far as the
dorsum of the foot. There is, so far as I could see, no indication
of the sterno-facialis or sphincter colli so common among mammals ;
but a muscle ruus almost directly outward from the manubrium
sterni on a deeper plane than the ventral panniculus with which
it ultimately blends, and is well-named by Dobson the sterno-
cuticularis. The specimen in my possession shows that this muscle
lies superficial to and probably compresses the anterior of the
two mammary glands. The posterior mammary gland lies in the
eroin and extends as far as the front of the knee, it is merely
covered by the general fibres of the ventral panniculus.
The muscles of the head, neck, and trunk closely correspond
with Dobson’s descriptions ; perhaps the following points, however,
may be worth calling attention to. There are three separate parts
to the sterno-cleido-mastoid :—1. The sterno-mastoid is inserted
separately by tendon. 2. The cleido-mastoid is inserted by flesh.
3. The cleido-occipital which near the clavicle lies superficial to the
last, and is separated from it by the spinal accessory nerve.
The two parts of the trapezius are widely separate as in Dobson’s
specimens; the anterior portion only is inserted into the acromion.
Both parts are supplied by the spinal accessory nerve.
The hinder (caudal) part of the rhomboids passes across the
mid-dorsal line to join its fellow of the opposite side. This
arrangement is described by Dobson as the transversus scapularum,
and reminds one of a similar arrangement of the acromial fibres
of the trapezius (acromio-cucullaris) described by Prof. Windle and
inyself in certain Carniyores '.
* “ Myology of the Terrestrial Carnivora,” P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 385.
1901. | ANATOMY OF CHRYSOCHLORIS TREVELYANT. 29
The splenius capitis, biventer cervicis, and complexus agree with
Dobson’s descriptions. The scalenus anticus (ventralis) rises from
the transverse processes of the 5th and 6th cervical vertebre and is
inserted into the first rib ventral to the subclavian artery and
brachial plexus.
There is no splenius colli, and the so-called biventer cervicis,
vlthough it is quite a separate muscle from the complexus, is not
at all biventral.
The trachelo-mastoid is present and distinct.
The rectus abdominis or rectus ventralis, as it would be more
appropriate to call it, agrees with Dobson’s description in C. tre-
velyani and C. villosa. After the closest scrutiny I could detect
no indications of linex transverse.
The external oblique rises from the 5th to the 17th ribs.
The internal oblique is well developed and distinct in the
posterior (caudal) portion of the abdomen, but is hardly marked at
all in the anterior part.
The transversalis in its attachments and direction of fibres
agrees with Dobson’s descriptions.
Both the sterno-costalis and pyramidalis are absent.
Muscles of the Fore Limb.
The muscles of the pectoral region and shoulder agree with
Dobson’s description, with the following exceptions :—
The teres major is a small muscle entirely unconnected with the
latissimus dorsi. It has the usual attachments and it is evident
that the muscle which Dobson ealls teres major is really part of
the triceps.
The teres minor is absent, the origin of the middle head of the
triceps is so great that there is no room for it. The muscle which
Dobson describes as teres minor is really teres major.
The latissimus dorsi agrees with Dobson’s description, but there is
a tendinous intersection in it opposite the elbow in one specimen,
not in the other two. The levator scapule and levator clavicule
are just as Dobson described them, but they are distinct at their
insertion. Iam inclined to regard them as a longitudinally split
levator clavicule or trachelo-acromial muscle, because this is the
only mammal I have even seen with two muscles in this position.
Elsewhere! I have stated my reasons for regarding the trachelo-
acromial muscle as a fixer of the scapula for the scapular head of
the triceps to rise from, and it is probable that the extra size of that
head in this animal is correlated with the donble-fixing muscle.
The supra- and infra-spinati have the usual attachments, but the
former is much the larger of the two.
The subscapularis is very thick, rising as it does from the deeply
concave fossa. A great many of its fibres rise behind the axillary
border from the front of the tendon of origin of the middle head of
1 * Muscles of Mammals,” Journal of Anatomy, vol. xxxii. p. 428.
30 DR. EF. G. PARSONS ON THE [ Jan. 1,
the triceps; these fibres are slightly separate at their insertion
from the rest of the muscle, and form what 1s sometimes called a
subscapularis accessorius. '
The levator anguli scapule and serratus magnus agree with
Dobson’s description but are practically one sheet. —
The sterno-scapular muscle is very large, and rises from the inner
half of the first rib and passes to the dorsum of the clavicle, into
which some of its fibres are inserted, constituting a subclavius ;
the rest of the fibres pass deep to the clavicle and are inserted into
the supra-spinous fascia.
The deltoid has the clavicular end acromial portions small and
fused together ; the spinous portion, however, is distinct and un-
usually large.
The triceps has an enormous long or middle head, which rises
from the whole length of the axillary border of the scapula; the
external and internal heads are of ordinary size, and in addition
there is a fourth head from the angle of the scapula which reminds
us of the arrangement found im the Mustelide among the Carni-
yora!, and in most of the Edentata except the Sloths*. It is
worthy of remark that all the animals mentioned are accomplished
diggers, as is Chrysochloris.
The brachialis anticus rises, as is usual in mammals, from the
back of the surgical neck of the humerus; it winds round the
outer side of that bone and is inserted into the ulna. It is supplied
by a branch from the musculo-cutaneous nerve, but alter a careful
search on both fore limbs of two specimens I could find no supply
from the musculo-spiral.
The epitrochleo-anconeus muscle is especially massive.
The anconeus is present, but is only about a quarter as large as
the last. There is neither supinator longus nor extensor carpi
vadialis longior, but the brevior passes from the external condyle
to the metacarpal bone of the medius.
The extensor communis digitorum divides into two tendons for
the terminal phalanges of the medius and annularis._
There is a separate muscle which is inserted into the metacarpal
bone of the annularis, and which probably corresponds to the
extensor minimi digiti, since in the second specimen it was inserted
into the terminal phalanx of the minimus.
The extensor carpi ulnaris rises only from the external condyle
and is inserted into the base of the 5th metacarpal.
The flexor carpi radialis was not enclosed in the osscous tunnel
described by Dobson in either specimen.
The flexor carpi ulnaris comes from the great olecranon, and
not from the internal condyle ; it runs to the pisifurm.
The flexor sublimis digitorum is absent.
The flexor profundus digitorum comes from the internal condyle
and olecranon and bones of the forearm; the bony tendon men-
tioned by Dobson extends from the middle of the forearm to the
1 P.Z. 8. 1897, p. 394. 2 P. Z.S. 1899, p. 330.
1901. ] ANATOMY OF CHRYSOCHLORIS TREVELYANT. ol
wrist ; below that three fibrous tendons pass to the medius, annu-
laris, and minimus in one specimen, in the other the slip to the
minimus is absent.
The pronator quadratus, lumbricales, and palm-muscles are
absent.
The palmaris longus is absent in one specimen, present in an-
other.
Muscles of the Hind Limb.
The following points which were either uanoticed by Dobson or
differ from his descriptions may be called attention to :—
The gracilis is a single muscle.
The adductor longus is only separable from the adductor mass
just above the internal condyle of the femur. The rest of the
mass cannot be satisfactorily divided.
The pectineus is supplied entirely by the anterior crural nerve.
The caudo-femoralis (agitator caudz) lies as usual caudal to the
ectogluteus ; it rises from the caudal vertebra by a narrow tendon
deep to the origin of the semitendinosus, and is inserted into the
femur lower down than the insertion of the ectogluteus, with which
it is closely connected. (In the R. C.S. specimen it is indistin-
guishable.)
The meso- and ento-glutei cannot be satisfactorily separated
one from another.
There is no gluteus ventralis (scansorius).
The sartorius and tensor fasciz femoris are absent.
The biceps femoris runs from the tuber ischii to the fascia on
the outer side of the leg. There is no bicipiti accessorius (tenuis-
simus).
The presemimembranosus is quite distinct from the semi-
membranosus and adductor mass, the femoral artery passes between
it and the latter.
The peroneus longus rises from the head of the fibuia.
The peroneus brevis rises from the upper third of the shaft of
the fibula.
The peroneus quinti digiti is inseparable from the peroneus
brevis in the leg; this is probably owing to the fibula being a dis-
tinct bone only in the upper part of the leg. On the dorsum of
the foot the tendon separates from that of the peroneus brevis and
runs down to the distal phalanx of the minimus, of which it is the
only extenser.
The extensor longus digitorum goes only to the annularis in all
tbree.
The extensor brevis digitorum is not so large as im Dobson’s
specimens ; it runs to the index and medius in one animal, but in
the other two it goes to the annularis as well. There is thus in
one specimen a great economy of extensor tendons, no toe having
more than one—the hallux has the extensor hallucis, the index and
medius the extensor brevis digitorum, the annularis the extensor
longus digitorum, and the minimus the peroneus quinti digiti.
BY) DR. FE. G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 15,
The gastrocnemius is as Dobson describes it; there are no
fabellee in its heads of origin.
The plantaris tendon passes under the tuber calcis and is con-
tinuous with the flexor brevis digitorum and plantar fascia in the
sole,
The popliteus lies, as in most mammals, behind the anterior
tibial artery.
The flexor fibularis resembies the flexor profundus digitorum in
the fore limb in haying its tendon ossified ; in both my specimens
there were two sesamoid bones, one at the ankle and another in
the sole.
The flexor tibialis is only imperfectly separated from the last
muscle in the calf, and the two tendons fuse in the lower part of
the leg.
The abductor ossis metatarsi minimi digiti is feeble ; while the
tibialis posticus, accessorius, and flexores breves agree with Dobson’s
description.
There is only one lumbrical, the outermost, in one specimen ; in
the other the two outer ones are present.
Articulations.
The joints of Chirysochloris are in many respects those of a
generalized mammal in spite of its extremely specialized fossorial
habits. As I have in another place’ given a description of the
joints of mammals, I shall not take up space by drawing atteution
to the details which this animal shares with other mammals, but
shall only mention the points of special importance.
The temporo-maxillary articulation is a perfect hinge, and the
condyle is elongated transversely to fit into a socket bounded by a
definite pre- and post-glenoid process. The meniscus is very thin
and concave downward. The whole articulation is of the carni-
vorous type.
The sterno-clayicular articulation consists of a short fibro-
cartilaginous band which connects the sternal end of the clavicle
to the dorsal side of the anterior (cephalic) margin of the pre-
sternum. No ossific nodule was present in this band, nor could I
make out any synovial cavity between it and the sternum.
The presence or absence of a synovial cavity at the sternum
seems to depend very much on the histological structure and con-
sequent rigidity of the connection between the bony clavicle and
the sternum. In the Hedgehog, for example, there is a synovial
cavity, but then the rod of connective tissue is much more
densely chondrified than it is in Ohrysochloris ; indeed, in the latter
animal the connecting band between the two bones is so flexible
that a synovial joint would be quite superfluous.
The coraco clavicular ligaments are absent; the acromion is so
long and projects so far forward that the clavicle is carried far
' Journ. Anat. vol. xxxiv.
1901.] ANATOMY OF CHRYSOCHLORIS TREVELYANI. 33
away from the rudimentary coracoid, and all ligamentous con-
nections between the two are obliterated.
To the comparative anatomist the contrast between the arrange-
ment met with in this animal and the Three-toed Sloth (Bradypus)
is very striking. In the latter animal the coraco-clavicular ligament
forms the only union between the clavicle and the scapula, while
in the Golden Mole it is absent altogether. The Armadillo, as
will be seen on referring to my paper’, forms a transition between
the two.
The acromio-clavicular articulation is very interesting. A small
bone is interposed between the acromial end of the clavicle and
the acromion, and there is a synovial cavity on each side of it;
this is the only instance I have hitherto noticed of the presence
of such a bone, and the possibility of its being homologous with
the interarticular meniscus of the same joint in man at once occurs
to the mind. Personally, I should be more inclined to regard the
two structures as analogous than homologous, because intraarticular
menisci are so often found where rotation is combined with hinge
or gliding movements; and in Chrysochloris, partly owing to the
absence of the coraco-clavicular ligaments, the rotation or pendulum
movement of the scapula is very free in addition to gliding move-
ment. Probably this little bone is an ossified meniscus developed
to meet the requirements of the joint. Of course this is merely a
surmise, but it seems borne out by the facts at my disposal.
The great differences in the detail of the bones and _ joints
connecting the shoulder-girdle with the trunk in the Mole (Talpa)
and the Golden Mole are very obvious.
_ The shoulder-joint differs little from that of a generalized
mammal, it is chiefly remarkable for the lateral compression of the
head of the humerus. The oblique middle gleno-humeral ligament
is well marked, but does not project at all into the cavity of the
joint; it has the typical mammalian attachments. It becomes
tight in extension and external rotation.
The elbow is chiefly remarkable for the enormous development
of the olecranon, but there is no upward extension of the back of
the head of the radius as in the Mole. During flexion of the
joint considerable lateral movement is allowed, as well as rotation
of the radius and ulna together, through an axis passing between
the two bones and parallel to their long axes; this movement is
possible to the extent of about 7 of a circle, and is quite distinct
from pronation of the radius, which is only possible for about 3 of
a circle. As there is so little true pronation one would not expect
an orbicular ligament, nor can anything of the kind be found.
The external lateral ligament runs to the outer side of the head of
the radius, while the internal is fan-shaped and passes down to
the inner margin of the sigmoid cavity of the ulna.
The wrist-joint resembles that of most mammals in which there
is little pronation and supination of the forearm. There is no
1 Op. cit. p. 50.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. III. 3
34 ON THE ANATOMY OF CHRYSOCHLORIS TREVELYANI. [Jan. 15,
triangular fibro-cartilage, the ulna is received into a facet formed
by the cuneiform and pisiform, and this part of the wrist is shut
off from the rest by an antero-posterior septum. In addition to
this there is a partial septum which projects into the joint from
the anterior ligament opposite the articulation between the scaphoid
and semilunar bones. Ayah
The hip-joint on disarticulation in both shows exactly the same
arrangement that I have already described and figured in the
Armadillo !. The ligamentum teres is present but is continuous
along its lower border with the capsule, and the head of the femur
shows a vertical notch for its reception instead of a pit.
The knee-joint has all the characteristics of a generalized mam-
malian knee; the only characteristic thing about it is that the
joint is bipartite owing to the great size of the ligamentum
mucosum. As in the case of the Brocket Deer, the external
condylo-tibial joint is shut out of the main cavity of the knee by
the ligament which is attached behind to the crucial ligaments and
in front to the origin of the extensor longus digitorum.
The external lateral ligament is very strong, and passes from
the condyle to the head of the fibula just behind the prominent
anterior projection. The crucial ligaments and the semilunar
cartilages are those of a generalized mammal.
There are no tibio-fibular joints. As in most of the Insectivora,
the two leg-bones are synostosed above and below.
The ankle-joint is nearly a perfect hinge; it consists of tibio-
astragalar and fibulo-calcaneal portions. There is absolutely no
posterior ligament, as the articular surfaces of the tibia and
astragalus are continuous posteriorly with the cartilage-covered
surfaces lining the broad groove in which the flexor fibularis
tendon plays; this groove is continued on beneath the sustenta-
culum tali.
There is no articular facet on the anterior border of the lower
end of the tibia for articulation with the neck of the astragalus
during dorsal fiexion of the ankle.
The external lateral ligament has, as usual in mammals, only
two fasciculi; they correspond to the middle and posterior of
human anatomy. The internal lateral ligament has the typical
mammalian X-form, the more superficial fasciculus of the X running
downward and forward to the navicular, the deeper running
downward and backward to the astragalus.
* Journal of Anat. vol. xxxiv. p. 805.
1901.] ON THE MAMMALS OF THE BALEARIC ISLANDS. 35
February 5, 1901.
Howarp Saunpurs, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Before proceeding with the ordinary business of the Meeting
the Chairman made the followmg remarks :—
This being the first meeting of the Zoological Society of London
since the sad event which has placed the British Empire and the
whole civilized world in mourning, it seems befitting that, even at
a Scientific Meeting, allusion should be made to the great loss
which this Society has sustained by the death of our beloved
Queen, who was not merely our Patroness, but also a generous
benefactor of the Society.
Inasmuch, however, as an Address of Condolence to His Majesty
the King on this sad event will be prepared by the Council to-
morrow, it seems unnecessary to say more upon the present
occasion.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1901 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of January was 92, of which 31 were by
presentation, 8 by purchase, 50 were received on deposit, and
3 were born in the Menagerie. The total number of departures
during the same period, by death and removals, was 165.
Amongst these special attention may be called to the three
examples of the Open-bill (Anastomus oscitans) purchased on
January 4th, being the first examples of this anomalous Stork
received by the Society.
Mr. Sclater called attention to the fine specimen of Prejevalsky’s
Horse (Hquus prejevalskii) now mounted and exhibited in the
large Gallery of the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle of Paris.
A recent letter from Mons. Oustalet had assured Mr. Sclater
(in answer to enquiries) that there were, without doubt, callosities
(“chestnuts”) on the hind as well as on the fore legs of this animal,
so that it would have to be placed in the typical section of the
genus Hquus, and was, in Mr. Sclater’s opinion, in all probability a
descendant of the original stock whence the Horse of domesticity
(Equus caballus) had been derived. M. Oustalet would prepare a
figure and description of this specimen very shortly.
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Mammals of the Balearic Islands.
By Otpriretp THomas, F.Z.S.
[Received December 18, 1900.]
In the spring of last year Mr. R. I. Pocock and I made a trip
to the Balearic Islands in order to procure zoological specimens
2%
36 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Feb. 5,
of all sorts for the Museum collection. Up to that date there had
been no Balearic mammals at all in the collection, and, as I gather
from my colleagues, very few members of any other groups.
We were able to spend about 10 days in each of the two larger
islands, Majorca and Minorca, and obtained fairly representative
collections in each. :
In Majorca our collections were made at Inca, a small town in
the centre of the islands, on the low ground, but not far distant
from the main mountain chain which runs the whole length of
the north-western edge of the island.
In this place we had the advantage of the kind assistance of
Don Miguel Riutort, himself an enthusiastic naturalist and
collector, and were able to examine in his little Museum specimens
of some species which we failed to capture ourselves.
From Inca we made collecting excursions to the ‘‘ Albufera” or
reclaimed swamp of Aleudia, to neighbouring lignite-mines in search
of fossils, and to the local cave of Santa Magdalena, and the more
distant and better-known one of Manacor in search of Bats. Of
fossils from the lignite, although we found none ourselves, we
were able to purchase some remarkably fine molars of Anthraco-
theriwm, which have been placed in the hands of Dr. Forsyth Major
for determination.
In Minorca, acting on the good advice of Don Bartolomé
Escudero, the British-Vice Consul at Mahon, we stayed at San
Cristobal*, and found it in every way a most excellent locality for
collecting. The natives took the greatest interest in our work,
and constantly brought us in specimens which we should not
otherwise have been able to get. Thanks to the suitability of
both place and natives, we obtained examples of every land
mammal known to inhabit Minorca, with the exception of the
Weasel, and even this has since been obtained by the kind assist-
ance of Mr. Escudero.
The mammals of the islands prove to be very similar to those of
the neighbouring mainland of France and Spain, and I can find no
evidence of insular specialization. The occurrence in them of the
Algerian instead of the European Hedgehog is of remarkable
interest, although this animal had been already recorded from
Spain (see below).
Three species—the Wild Cat, Genet, and Hare—range eastwards
from Spain to Majorca, but do not reach Minorca, where, when
introduced, the last-named has failed to maintain itself and has
again died out. All the other mammals are found in both islands.
The only previous list of any importance of the Mammals of
the Balearics is the very excellent one by Prof. F. Barcelo’,
published in 1875. To this list we have been able to add one
terrestrial species (Mus spicilegus) and several Bats, to disprove
the presence of the Water-Vole, and to make some corrections
in the determinations.
1 San Cristébal. * An. Soc, Espaii. iv. p. 53 (1875).
1901.] MAMMALS OF THE BALEARIC ISLANDS. 37
1. RHINOLOPHUS FERRUM-EQUINUM Schreb.
San Cristobal, Minorca.
The Greater Horseshoe Bat is evidently one of the commonest
species in Minorca, as we ourselves found examples in two of the
caves we visited, and the natives kept bringing in further speci-
mens as they explored the different caves on our behalf. But in
no case were large numbers found together, one or two being all
that were to be obtained in any one cave.
2. RHINOLOPHUS HIPPOSIDEROS Bechst.
Inca, Majorca.
San Cristobal, Minorca.
All the specimens obtained of the Lesser Horseshoe Bat were
found in caves.
3. PLEcotus aurrrus L.
Recorded by Barcelo from Majorca and Iviza, and described to
us as found ina cave at San Cristobal, Minorca. So windy a
country is probably not very favourable to the Long-eared Bat.
We ourselves did not see any specimens.
4, VESPERTILIO SEROTINUS Schreb.
Recorded by Barcelo from Majorca and Iviza.
5, PrmRYGISTES NOCTULA Schreb.
Majorca (Barcelo).
6. PIPISTRELLUS PIPISTRELLUS Schreb.
Recorded as common by Barcelo. Not seen by ourselves, the
Bats flying round the houses in Minorca proving to be the next
species.
7. PIpIistRELLUS KUHL Natt.
a—c. San Cristobal, Minorca.
Shot in the close neighbourhood of the village. The flight of
this species struck us as very similar to that of its near ally our
British Pipistrelle.
8. Myotis myoris Bechst.
Minorea (Rawfis fide Barcelo). There was also a specimen,
presumably from Majorca, in Don Miguel Riutort’s collection at
Inca.
9. Myorts capaccrnit Bonap.
3. Inca, March 26.
Found in a crevice in the “Cueva de Santa Magdalena,” a
limestone cave in a hill a couple of miles from Inca. In another
crevice close by we found a pair of Mimopterus schreiberst, the
occurrence together of the two species being just as described in
38 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Feb. 5,
the Marquis Doria’s paper on Ligurian Bats}. And again, from
Sardinia the Museum has since received examples of these two
bats, taken together in the Grotto de Sardali. With regard to
the identification of Bonaparte’s species, | may express my entire
accord with the conclusion arrived at by Dobson, Trouessart, and
Doria. AL
As might be expected, the present forms an addition to the list
of Balearic Mammals, the species not having been mentioned by
Prof. Barcelo. Its nearest recorded locality is Marseilles; the
Museum possesses examples from Cagliari, Sardinia ; it occurs 1n
Italy and Germany, and is said, though I venture to doubt the
statement, to range eastwards to Japan and the Philippines.
10. MINIOPTERUS SCHREIBERSI Natt.
Inca, Majorca.
San Cristobal, Minorca.
New to the Balearic list.
Although not recorded by Barcelo, this species is evidently
common. At Inca we found two specimens of it in the Cueva de
Sta. Magdalena, in company with Myotis capaccinit, and at San
Cristobal quite a large number of specimens were brought us from
the caves in the neighbourhood. We failed to persuade captive
specimens to eat anything, nor did we have the opportunity of
seeing this species on the wing.
11. ERINACEUS ALGIRUS VAGANS, subsp. n.
a. Inca, Majorca.
b-f. San Cristobal, Minorca.
The “ Erisso”’ is very common in both islands, and is eaten by
the natives; we ourselves tried a hash of Hedgehog, and found it
excellent.
It is of remarkable interest to find that the Hedgehog of the
Balearic Islands is not the Huropean species at all, as Prof. Barcelo
not unnaturally supposed, but is the North-African 4. algirus,
from which, however, it is subspecifically distinguishable by size
and colour. The same species has been recorded by Mr. de Winton
as occurring in Andalucia *, but with some doubt owing to the
exact locality of the specimen not beng known. Now, however,
that #. algirus has turned up in the Balearics, the Andalucian
record may be accepted as certainly correct, for it is through that
region that the species must have reached the islands.
As a subspecies H. a. vagans may be distinguished from #£. a.
iypicus by the smaller size of its skull and by the nearly uniform
whiteness of its hairy parts. In some specimens the face, feet,
and inguinal regions are faintly browner than the rest of the body,
but are still far lighter than is the case in the African representa-
tives of the species. The general colour of the upper surface of
* Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 459 (1887).
> P. Z. 8. 1897, p. 856.
1901.] MAMMALS OF THD BALEARIC ISLANDS. 39
the body is very white, and quite different to what we are accus-
tomed to see in our British Hedgehog. In the length and detailed
coloration of the spines, and in the various cranial characteristics
which Dobson and de Winton have described as distinguishing
E. alguus from E. europeus, our Balearic specimens agree entirely .
with the former.
Dimensions of the type, an old male, the largest of the series,
measured in the flesh :—
Head and body 250 mm., tail 40, hind foot 37, ear 33.
Skull—greatest length from condyle to gnathion 53°5 mm. ;
basal length 51; zygomatic breadth 33; nasals, greatest (diagonal)
length 16:5; interorbital breadth 17 ; intertemporal breadth 14 ;
palate, length 32, breadth outside m.' 22, inside m.' 105.
The corresponding greatest length of a rather younger skull of
E. algirus typicus is 59 mm.
Type. Male, B.M. No. 0.7.1.86 ; original number 287; killed
10th April, 1900, at San Cristobal, Minorca.
The specimen selected as the type was brought to us with half
a dozen others, and was considered by the natives as decidedly
larger than usual. No doubt the persecution these animals under-
go, owing to their edibility, tends to kill them off before they have
the chance of attaining a good old age. On the other hand, no
very young ones were met with, our smallest skull (2 ) measuring
48-5 mm. in greatest length.
The range of Hrinaceus algirus is now shown to extend over
North Africa from Tripoli westwards to Marocco, and in Hurope
from Andalucia to the eastern island of the Balearic archipelago.
In Spain its exact distribution still remains to be worked out, and,
especially, its geographical relationship to &. ewropwus, which, in
the subspecies E. a. hispanicus B. Ham., occurs as far south as
Seville.
12. CRocrIDURA RUSSULA Herm.
a—c. San Cristobal, Minorca.
The Garden Shrew is said by Barcelo to be very rare in Majorca,
and this assertion is borne out by our catching none in that
island and only three in Minorca; for when present it is easily
trapped, and at Cintra in Portugal I captured as many as I wished
of the same species.
By such natives as were observant enough to know it at all, it
was called “Rata aranera,” while the Castilian name for it is
“ Musaraia.”
We failed either to catch or hear of the Southern Pigmy Shrew,
Pachyura etrusca. 1 may also be safely asserted that neither the
Water-Shrew (Neomys fodiens) nor the Common Shrew (Sorex
araneus) occur in the islands.
The Mole is also entirely absent.
13. Fuis catus L.
Majorea and Iviza (Barcelo). Does not occur in Minorca.
40 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [ Feb. 5 -
I can offer no opinion as to whether this animal is a real Wild-
Cat or not. A specimen in Don Riutort’s collection looked as
if of rather doubtful ancestry, but was not examined very closely.
14. Gunerra GENETTA L.
Majorca and Iviza (Barcelo; also in Don Riutort’s collection).
Does not oecur in Minorca.
The Genet is common in Majorea, but unfortunately, owing
to the bad weather, we were unable to procure any specimens
of it.
15. Mustena martss L.
a. 9. San Cristobal, Minorca.
The Marten is said to be by no means rare either in Majorca or
Minorca. At San Cristobal a hunting-party of three men and
eight dogs was organized in our interests, and succeeded in getting
the specimen mentioned above. It does not appear to differ im
any way from ordinary Southern specimens of M. martes.
Barcelo records M. foina from Majorca, but I should hesitate to
believe that both species occur in so small a country. Three
Martens in Don Miguel Riutort’s collection were, like ours, refer-
able to M. martes.
Barcelo also states that Ramis records the Polecat (Putorius
putortus) from Minorca. In the wild condition, however, it is not
known to the natives, although ferrets are used for rabbit-catching,
and it may have been these that were referred to by Ramis.
16. PUTORIUS NIVALIS BOCCAMELA Bechst.
a—b. Inca, Majorca.
The “Mostel” is common both in Majorca and Minorca,
although in the latter island we failed to secure specimens.
It is highly interesting to find that the Balearic Weasel is quite
distinct from that of Spain or at least Seville (P. n. ibericus
B.-Ham.), which has a sharp Ermine-like division of the brown and
white colours, and that it belongs instead to the group with this line
vague and wavy". ‘To this group belong the Weasels of Sardinia,
Italy, Malta, and Egypt, while those of Sicily and Spain are of the
other type.
In the present group, which comprises P. . boccamela, italicus,
and africanus, the differences are rather baffling, and it seems to me
that the Balearic Weasel might be almost as well referred to one
as the other. But boccamela is the earliest name within the group,
and its locality, Sardinia, is the nearest to the Balearics, and I
therefore use that name.
The occurrence of a Weasel of this type within the Spanish
dominions is a fact which should be borne in mind in connection
_* Although much smaller than P. africanus, a Weasel from Oporto, received
since the above was written, also proves to be of the same group; so that both
wavy-lined and straight-lined Weasels occur in the Iberian Peninsula.
1901.] MAMMALS OF THE BALEARIC ISLANDS. 41
with the question as to which is the original home of the Weasel
of the Island of St. Thomas, Gulf of Guinea, where, on Zoo-
geographical grounds, it is difficult to believe a Weasel is really
indigenous. The British Museum has recently received a fine
example of the St. Thomas Weasel, and this is remarkably like the
large forms from Malta and Egypt. It is therefore possible that
there is a substratum of truth both in my own suggestion that
P. africanus Desm. might be the large Maltese Weasel ', and Prof.
Bocage’s” that the type specimen of that name might have come
to Lisbon from St. Thomas.
17. Exiomys QUERCINUS L.
a-e. San Cristobal, Minorca.
The “ Rata Sarda” is a well-known animal both in Majorca
and Minorca, but is said by Barcelo not to occur in Iviza.
We were unable to obtain any specimens in Majorca, although
we saw one in Don Miguel Riutort’s collection, but succeeded in
trapping several at San Cristobal, Minorca. There, among the
Ilex-trees near the town, Schuyler traps baited with cheese took
several specimens of this beautiful animal.
The Minorcan examples appear to be precisely similar to the
true £. quercinus of France and Germany, and show no approxi-
mation towards the fine South-Spanish species H. amor? Graells *.
The geographical relationship of this animal is therefore markedly
different from that of the Hedgehog, where the Balearic species is
the South-Spanish and Algerian, not the Huropean one.
Younger examples are paler in colour than the old ones, and
indeed the resemblance between our younger specimens and the
E. pallidus of Sicily raises a suspicion as to whether old specimens
of that form will not be as dark as normal 4. quereinus.
1 P.Z.S, 1895, p. 128.
2 J. Sci. Lisb. (2) xiii. pp. 24 & 48 (1895).
3 MIoXUS NITELA var. amori Graells, Mem. Ac. Madrid, xvii. p. 481 (1897).
This form appears to me worthy of recognition as a species distinct from
E. quercinus. he following are the characters shown by six specimens of it
from Seville, which were obtained for, and presented to the Museum by, the
late Lord Lilford :—
Size considerably larger than in EH. guercinus, as shown by the skull-
dimensions. General colour of the same character as in that animal, but very
deep and strong, markedly different from that of the pale Sicilian 1. pallidus.
Facial and other markings as usual, but the black of the tail usually runs right
round that organ, interrupting the white below for about the middle third.
Skull similar in general characters to that of the typical species, but very
much larger throughout.
Dimensions, measured in skin : —
Head and body (e.) 139 mm. ; tail 120; hind foot (wet) 31; ear (wet) 21.
Skull—greatest length 41; basilar length 32-2; greatest breadth 23:2 ; nasals
15°8x4; interorbital breadth 4°7 ; palatal length from henselion 14; diastema
9; palatal foramina 5-4 3°9 ; length of upper tooth-row 6'1.
I owe to the kindness of Don Angel Cabrera, of Madrid, several additional
particulars about Dr. Graells’s type, beyond those that appear in the original
description.
42 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Feb. 5,
18. Mus worveeicus Erxl.
(Mus deeumanus Pall., auctorum.)*
Common in all the towns. It has also taken to an aquatic life
in many places, and is the “ Water-rat” of the workers in the
Albufera of Majorca.
19. Mus RATTUS ALEXANDRINUS Geoftr.
a-b. San Cristobal, Minorca.
“Common in all the islands ” (Barcelo).
This Rat was living a wild natural life, away from houses, among
the trees on the hill-sides, and is probably perfectly indigenous in
the islands. Unlike M. spicilegus, however, it also occurs in the
houses, wherever it has not been ousted by the more powerful
M. decumanus. In colour it is a fulvous grey above and white below,
as unlike the typical Black Rat as could well be conceived.
20. Mus sytvaticus L.
a—m. Inca, Majorca.
n-o. San Cristobal, Minorca.
As is the case everywhere else in Europe, the Long-tailed Field-
Mice are the commonest and most easily trapped of the Balearic
mammals. They are of rather large size, running about 99 to
105 mm. in length of head and body, and are on the whole rather
dark in colour, very few of them being rufous. In this respect
the Majorca specimens are remarkably uniform, all being of a
dark greyish colour, but the Minorea ones are more variable.
21. Mts muscunus L.
Common, as usual, everywhere.
22. Mus spicineaus Pet.
a-f. Inca, Majorca.
g-m. San Cristobal, Minorca.
This is the Mouse which, under the name of a “ wild-living form
of the Mus musculus group,” I recorded some years ago” as occurring
at Cintra in Portugal. Further observation shows that it is quite
a distinct animal from the house-haunting Mus musculus, and in
searching for a name applicable to it I find that the Hungarian
Mus spicilegus Petenyi is so closely allied to it that for the present
it would be inadvisable to separate the two. The Algerian Mus
spretus Lataste also belongs to the same group.
The Balearic specimens are quite like those which I first caught
at Cintra, and show no sign of insular specialization.
We also found this species at Cerbére, at the eastern end of
the Pyrenees, on the Franco-Spanish frontier, that being as yet
the most northern locality in the west of Europe where this form
* See Rehn, P. Biol. Soc. Wash. 1900, p- 167.
* Zoologist (3) xx. p. 137 (1896).
1901.] MAMMALS OF THE BALEARIC ISLANDS. 43
has been taken. It does not occur in the collections made by
M. Alphonse Robert in S.W. France to the north of the Pyrenees,
nor do I know of its capture in other parts of France. On the
other hand, so little careful trapping has as yet been done in Europe,
that it may prove to be much commoner and more widely dis-
tributed than at present appears.
The differences in colour and proportion between this Mouse and
the true Mus musculus we found to be exactly the same in the
Balearics as in Portugal, and it is evident that it can always be
distinguished from its parasitical ally by its smaller size, much
shorter tail, and paler colour.
Like other previous writers, Barcelo did not distinguish this
species from Mus musculus, and it therefore forms an addition to
his list, the only addition that we have been able to make among
the non-volant Mammalia.
[‘‘ ARVICOLA AMPHIBIUS.”
The Water-Vole is recorded by Barcelo as occurring in all three
islands, but I am convinced that the animal known to the natives
as the “ Rata daygo ” (2. e. Rata de agua) is Mus norvegicus, which
in the Balearic Islands, as elsewhere, commonly takes to an aquatic
life.
In the water-courses of the Albufera of Majorca, Rats are
exceedingly numerous and the banks are much damaged by them.
They are therefore hunted down on every opportunity ; and one of
the Albufera Company’s employées spent a happy afternoon
chasing them for us with an excited cur, but we failed to secure a
specimen. However, I had a fair view of one, and from that, from the
character of the ditches and burrows, and from the accounts the
natives gave me, I was quite convinced that the Albufera animal
was not a Vole but a Rat. No other locality that we saw or heard
of was at all suitable for Voles. I think, therefore, that the name
of this animal may be safely deleted from the Balearic list. |
23. Lupus! MERIDIONALIS Graells.
Majorca and Iviza. Does not occur in Minorca.
Owing to its bemg close time, when shooting was prohibited,
1 Remembering the extreme interest that the late Lord Lilford took in the
Fauna of Spain, and the material assistance he gave towards its elucidation, it
is with great regret that I find that the Spanish Hare cannot retain the appro-
priate name Lepus li/fordi given to it by Mr. de Winton in 1898 (Ann. Mag.
N. H. (7) i. p. 153). Mr. de Winton gave a long list of synonyms, all of which
he supposed to be nomina nuda, and so far as the older works were concerned
he was no doubt perfectly correct ; but unfortunately Prof. Graells’s work on the
Mammals of Spain (Mem. Ac. Madrid, xvii.), dated 1897, but received in London
only on Feb. 8, 1898, a week after de Winton’s paper was published, gives a
description of the animal under the title of Lepus meridionalis Gené, and this
name will have to stand, though of course on Graells’s and not Gené’s
authority. Like the other references quoted by de Winton, that in Rosenhauer’s
‘Thiere Andalusiens’ (p. 3, 1856) will not stand as valid, for the description
given is that of an animal reported to be different to the one “bei Granada
beobachtet, und yon Schimper Lepus granatensis genannt.”
44 DR. W. G. RIDEWOOD ON THE [Feb. 5,
we were not able to get any specimen of the Majorcan Hare.
Barcelo relates that it was introduced into Minorca by the English,
but that it died out there after a short time. It certainly does not
occur there now.
24, OrnyeroLacus cunicunus L.
The Rabbit (Cuni in Balearic, Conejo in Spanish) occurs in all
the three islands of the group, but is nowhere very common.
2, On the Structure of the Horny Excrescence, known as
the “ Bonnet,” of the Southern Right Whale (Balena
australis). By W. G. Ripewoop, D.Sc., F.LS.,
Lecturer on Biology at the Medical School of St. Mary’s
Hospital.
[Received December 18, 1900.]
(Plate VI.')
The two specimens upon which the following observations were
made are those described by Gray in 1864 in the ‘ Proceedings ’ of
this Society (p. 170), and in 1866 in the British Museum Catalogue
of Seals and Whales (p. 95). They are respectively catalogued
at the Natural History Museum, where they are exhibited, as
‘“‘epidermic excrescence from the median line of the fore part of
the head; called by whalers the bonne,” and “smaller specimen
of the same”; and they bear the register numbers 64.6.1.15
and 64.6.1.6 °. Both were presented to the Museum by Mr. E.
W. Holdsworth in 1864. The larger specimen measures 11 inches
by 8, and the smaller 6 inches by 23. A rough woodcut of
the former was given by Gray in the ‘Proceedings’ of this
Society, and in the British Museum Catalogue of Seals and
Whales.
This wart or “bonnet” on the snout has been the object of
many ingenious speculations. Gray mentioned it as the opinion
of a foreign zoologist, whose name is not disclosed, that the
“ bonnet ” is an excrescence formed by the adhesion of the bar-
nacles called Coronula. A second opinion of the same authority
is that it is caused by the irritation of the whale-louse. Mr.
Holdsworth suggested that it was a natural development, and was
possibly characteristic of the species; while Owen considered it as
due to disease of the outer layers of integument. Beddard, in his
recent ‘ Book of Whales’ (1900, p. 136), states that “it gives
one the impression that it is a pathological structure, a kind of
corn, perhaps produced by the animal rubbing itself against rocks,
as this species has been observed to do in order to get rid of the
barnacles which are apt to infest it.”
* For an explanation of the Plate see p. 47.
* List of Octacea in the British Museum, London, 1885, p. 3.
LZ, So LBOM Ol see Wace
DD.
+
Mintern Bros.1
J.Green del.et ith.
HORNY EXCRESCENCE OF WHALE’S SNOUT.
ay Th
14
1901.] BONNET OF THE SOUTHERN RIGHT WHALE. 45
It is an interesting fact that the “‘bonnet ” appears to be
confined to the Southern Right Whale. Gray has expressed his
inability to find mention of the structure in any account of the
Greenland Whale; and the experienced whaling captain Mr.
Robert Kinnes of Dundee writes, in a letter dated Oct. 4, 1900,
that “the Greenland Whale has no excrescence on its nose.”
What is still further of interest is the fact that in the Whale
figured by Gray in Dieffenbach’s ‘Travels in New Zealand,’ vol. i1.,
as Balena antipodarum, there is a prominence on the front of
the lower jaw as well as on the front of the upper one.
The specimens are black in colour, and very irregular in shape.
Two views of the larger specimen are now exhibited (see figs. 1 and
2, Plate VI.). The under surface is comparatively smooth, and the
formative area is rather narrower than the total width of the
structure.
To the naked eye the mass appears to be made up of a number
of thin layers of horny matter, for in the dried condition the edges
seem disposed to fray out im lamine. But by a study of micrc-
scopic preparations the structure is seen to be one of closely packed
fibres or rods, disposed at right-angles to the broader surface of
the mass. ach constituent is rod-like for the greater part of its
length, but is slightly hollow towards the cutaneous surface ; and
in the cavity there doubtless resided a soft and vascular papilla,
covered with prismatic epithelial cells, to the proliferating activity
of which the increase in the bulk of the “bonnet arisydues
Sections taken at right angles to the fibres (Plate VI. fig. 3) fail
to show any sharply defined outlines between these constituents,
the main indications of their structure being the dark air-spaces
arranged in concentric series. Very little can be made out by
the use of sections taken at right angles to the cutaneous surface,
for, probably owing to contraction in drying, the rods are bent
and twisted in all directions, and it is not possible to trace any
‘ndividual one for more than a fractional part of its total length.
Beddard? has called attention to the resemblance which this
form of structure bears to that of the nasal horn of the Rhinoceros,
which has always been regarded as consisting of agglutinated coarse
horny fibres, differing from true hairs in the fact that their papille
are not lodged in depressions, but exist as eminences on the sur-
face of the skin. The constituent rods or fibres of the Rhinoceros
horn, however, are sharply defined by intermediate agglutinating
material of darker appearance (Plate VI. fig. 4: see also Daubenton,
Hist. Nat. de Buffon, ed. 8vo, xxiv. p. 269, pl. 318. figs. 3-7), and
of a less resistant nature than the fibres themselves, for the latter
tend to fray out on the basal parts of the horn.
The formation of horny growths of considerable thickness by the
activity of closely-set papiile, giving rise to coarse horny fibres or
hairs connate from the first, is, however, by no means uncommon
among Mammals. It occurs in the hoof of the Horse (fig. 5: see
1 « Book of Whales,’ 1900, p. 136.
46 ON THE BONNED OF THE SOUTHERN RIGHT WHALE. [Feb.5,
also Nathusius, Arch. f. Anat. u. Phys., Leipzig, 1869, pp. 76-80),
and in baleen or “whalebone,” in which a strongly marked,
superficial, stratified layer is present in addition, especially in the
basal parts (fig. 6: see also Milne-Edwards, Lecons sur la Physiol.
vi., Paris, 1860, p. 120). The stiff hairs on the tail of the Elephant
are described by Naunyn'as intermediate in character between
simple hairs and Rhinoceros horn. Even the horns of Oxen and
Goats show, in their deeper, most recently formed layers, a closely
analogous structure. This becomes lost in the outer layers in
consequence of the compression which the fibres undergo— they
first become elliptical or crescentic in section, and finally so flattened
that the outer layers exhibit a marked stratification.
The skin of Whales is peculiar in structure*. Not only is it
practically hairless in the adult condition, but it is devoid of
glands, and cutaneous nerves are scarce. The stratum cornewm is
very thin, but the rete malpighii is strongly developed, and is
traversed by numerous very long, vascular papille. ‘The corm, as
a layer, is in most cases almost completely wanting.
Elongated, finger-like papille of this kind are, be it observed,
not confined to Whales. They occur in most cases where the
skin attains an unusual thickness, and they serve the purpose, as
Leydig °® pointed out, of supplying nourishment to a thickened
epidermis, since the epidermis, being but slightly pervious, cannot
absorb the nourishing plasma through more than a limited thickness
of its substance. Long papillae were remarked by Steller in the
skin of Rhytina; they occur in the skin of the Hippopotamus,
particularly in the region of the upper lip *, in the hairless skin on
the muzzle of the Ox’, in the snout of the Pig, and on the point of
the proboscis of the Elephant °.
I have not had an opportunity of examining sections of the skin
of the Whale, but the published descriptions go to show that the
structure of the ‘‘ bonnet” under consideration does not differ in
essential features from that of the stratum corneum of the normal
skin; for this exhibits just the same disposition of the cornified
cells. Heusinger, for instance, in describing the skin of Balena
mysticetus, writes :—“ Die Lederhaut ist dusserst diinn oder fehlt
ganz; dagegen findet sich eine mehr als zolldicke Schicht, die aus
parallelen, dicht mit einander verklebten und verwachsenen Fasern
besteht ; zu unterst, wo sie auf dem Fette standen, sind diese
Fasern am dicksten, nach oben werden sie diinn und sind schwer
: ae f, Anat. u. Phys. 1861, p. 670.
Leydig, F., ““Ueber die ausseren Bedeckungen der Saugethiere,” f
Anat. u. Phys. 1859. SUS ae ihe gr a
_Kikenthal, W., “Die Haut der Cetaceen,” Denkschr. d. med.-nat. Gesell.
ili., Jena, 1889.
: L. c. p. T01.
Leydig, J. c.; and Weber, M., ‘ Studien iiber Saugethiere,’ Jena, 1886
5 Nathusius, W., “Ueber die Marksubstanz verschiedener Horngebilde,” Arch.
f, Anat. u. Phys., Leipzig, 1869, pl. iii. fig. 11.
° Smith, F., “Histology of the Skin of the Elephant,” Journ. Anat. & Phys
xxiv. 1890.
PZ. 1QOl wollen JP. Wil.
2b.
1b.
a.
Mint ern Bros.imp
2.H.BARODANUS.
Snut delet lith.
1 Jala WDC WARIS) IL zx wel S
1901.] ON BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES FROM SOMALILAND. 47
von einander zu trennen, bis sie endlich in eine mehr blatterigte
als faserigte, feste und hornartige homogene, ein paar Linien dicke
Schicht verschmelzen, die dann noch mit einer diinnen, aber ibr
ahnlichen Oberhautschicht bedeckt ist.” And Leydig *, from whose
paper the above extract is quoted, himself observes :—“ Betrachtet
man endlich die freie Flache der Hornschicht vom Wallfisch, so
unterscheidet das unbewafinete Auge kleine scharf abgegrenzte
Flecken, die mikroskopisch angesehen sich als besonders geartete
Epidermispartien kund geben, indem sie von den gewohnlichen
Epidermiszellen genau umschriebene Haufen eigenthumlicher
rundlicher, mit concentrischen Ringen versehener Zellen darstellen.
So viel ich gesehen habe, entsprechen diese Flecken den Stellen, wo
die Spitzen der Lederhautpapillen legen.”
The “‘bonnet ” of the Southern Right Whale would thus appear
to be but a circumscribed tract of skin, where, for some reason not
yet apparent, the cornified layers fail to rub off at their normal rate,
but remain and accumulate to produce a hard mass, projecting
above the general surface of the epidermis as a kind of corn.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.
Fig. 1. Upper surface of the horny excrescence or “ bonnet” of the Southern
Right Whale (Balena australis). 'Two-sevenths natural size.
Fig. 2. Side view of the same structure.
Fig. 3. Section of the same structure, taken parallel to the cutaneous surface
and at right angles to the cuticular fibres. (30.)
Fig. 4. Section of the nasal horn of Rhinoceros indicus, taken at right angles to
the axis and about halfway up the horn. (xX 16.)
Fig. 5. Section of the front part of the hoof of the Horse, taken halfway up
and at right angles to the cuticular striations. (x30,
Fig. 6. Section of one of the baleen-plates of the Southern Right Whale (Balena
australis), taken at right angles to the axis and about one-fourth of the
total length from the point. (x 16.)
3. A List of the Batrachians and Reptiles obtaimed by
Dr. Donaldson Smith in Somaliland in 1899. By
G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.
[Received December 23, 1900. |
(Plate Vil a3)
The following list refers to a small collection made by Dr.
Donaldson Smith on behalf of H.H. the Gaikwar of Baroda, to
whose generosity the British Museum is indebted for a selected
series of specimens, including the types of the new species here
described. The specimens were obtained in January and February
at three localities south and south-west of Berbera :—Biji, Ania, and
Gan Lebar (altitude 5900 feet).
1 Lc, p. 681.
2 For an explanation of the Plate see p. 4
48 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON [Feb. 5,
BATRACHIA.
EcauvuDATA.
1. RANA DELALANDII D. & B.—Gan Lebar.
REPTILIA.
LACERTILIA.
1. TROPIOCOLOTES TRIPOLITANUS Peters.—Biji.
New to Somaliland. First discovered in Tripoli, this little Gecko
has since been found in Tunisia and in Egypt.
2. PristuRUS PHILLIPSI! Bler.—Gan Lebar.
3. Haemipacryius tsoteris Bler.—Gan Lebar.
4, HEMIDACTYLUS LEVIS, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 1.)
Head short, oviform; snout as long as the distance between the
eye and the ear-opening, which is small and round ; forehead con-
eave. Body and limbs rather short. Digits moderately dilated,
free, with rather short distal joints; 4 lamelle under the inner
digit, 6 under the median finger, 7 under the median toe. Upper
parts covered with uniform small granules, largest on the snout.
Rostral quadrangular, twice as broad as deep, with median cleft
above; nostril pierced between the rostral, the first labial, and
three nasals ; 9 upper and 7 lower labials ; symphysial large, trape-
zoid, entirely separating the chin-shields, of which there are two
pairs. Ventral scales moderately large, cycloid, imbricate, smooth.
Brownish above marbled with darker, white beneath ; a dark brown
streak on each side of the head, passing through the eye; a dark
brown, light-edged cross-bar at the base of the tail.
millim.
Motalbleng thes error 62
ead evap Me cee, Ue 12
Wadthot heademasenae 8
Body eis oi kiaue oleate 27
ore; limb sees eee 13
Ehindelimb): yee ee 16
Tail (reproduced)...... 23
A single female specimen from Gan Lebar.
5. HEMIDACTYLUS BARODANUS, sp.n. (Plate VIL. fig. 2.)
Head oviform ; snout a little longer than the distance between
the eye and the ear-opening, which is rather large, oval, and oblique;
forehead concave. Body and limbs robust. Digits strongly
dilated, free, with long distal joints ; lamelle nearly straight, trans-
verse, 7 or 8 under the inner digit, 9 under the median finger, 10
or 11 under the median toe. Upper parts covered with fine
1901.] | BATRACHIANS AND REPTILES FROM SOMALILAND. 49
granules intermixed with large, strongly keeled, trihedral tubercles,
forming about 16 very irregular longitudinal series ; these tubercles
oval or elliptical on the back, subcireular on the sides. Rostral
quadrangular, little broader than deep, with median cleft above ;
nostril pierced between the rostral, the first labial, and three nasals ;
9 or 10 upper and 8 lower labials ; symphysial large, pentagonal ;
two pairs of chin-shields, the inner large and forming a suture
behind the point of the symphysial. Ventral scales moderately
large, cycloid, imbricate, smooth. Male with an angular series of
preanal pores. The tail of the type specimen is lost; the base only
remains, and shows the organ to have been strongly depressed,
covered with small striated scales and transverse series of subconical,
striated and keeled tubercles. Brownish grey above; head spotted
with brown ; three brown dark-edged bands across the body, bifur-
cating on the sides ; lower parts white.
millim.
ieadb estan tees sae 22
Width of head ...... 15
JBXCL0 by? yey Wali Mitre eae 56
I Orey linen eee ee 25
Jebine! Ih. oO bac oae By
A single male specimen from Gan Lebar.
6. TaRENTOLA EPHIPPIATA O’Shaughn.—Biji.
7. AGAMA VAILLANTI Bler.—Ania.
8. AGAMA HARTMANNI Peters (doriw, Blgr.).—Ania, Gan
Lebar.
9. AcamMa PHILLIpsi1 Blgr.—Gan Lebar.
10, HREMIAS BRENNERI Peters.— Biji.
11. Masura varia Peters.—Gan Lebar.
12. CHALCIDES OCELLATUS Forsk.—Biji.
OPHIDIA.
13. Eryx Tumpatous Reuss.—Biji.
14. ZAMENIS RHODORHACHIS Jan.—Biji.
15. PsSAMMOPHIS BISERIATUS Peters.—Gan Lebar.
16. Ecuis cariInatus Schneid.—Gan Lebar.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
Fig. 1. Hemidactylus levis, p. 48.
2. 4 barodanus, p. 48.
a, Side view of head; 6. Chin-shields; ¢. Lower view of foot.
Proc, Zoot, Soo.—1901, Vou. I. No. LV. 4
50 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON AN [ Feb. 5,
4. On an apparently new Species of Zebra from the Semliki
Forest. By P. L. Scrarur, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
Secretary to the Society.
[Received February 4, 1901.]
(Text-figure 7.)
I have now had time to examine more carefully the two waist-
belts, made of skin, forwarded to me by Sir Harry Johnston,
K.O.B., F.Z.8., and already exhibited at the meeting on December
18th last (see P. ZS. 1900, p.950). I have come to the conclusion
that, whether the native account of the animal from which
they were taken is precisely correct or not, the specimens them-
selves cannot be referred to any of the known species of Zebra
and must belong to an undescribed animal, which I propose, pro-
visionally at least, to name after its discoverer, with the following
characters, until better specimens are obtaimed :—
Equts (?) JOHNSTONI, sp. nov.
Supra saturate nigro-cinereus aut fulvus; cruribus intus albi-
cantibus, cruribus extus et lateribus fascus nigris, utrinque
castanéo cistincte limbatis, ornatis ; capite longo extenso.
Hab. in sylvis fluvio Semliki adjacentibus.
The chief peculiarity in the two pieces of skin, which are all the
certain evidence we as yet possess of the existence of this Zebra,
is that the black bands, which are separated from each other by
pale buffy-white bands, as shown in the figures (text-fig. 7), are:
distinctly edged on both sides with pale rufous.
The two bandoliers, which I again exhibit, have been apparently
taken from the external portion of the front or hind legs. The
hairs are very short, thin, and closely adpressed. Their lay is
‘downwards from the more regularly banded portion of the skins
(which I take to be the highest on the sides) to that less banded
(which I suppose to be low down on the legs).
The bandoliers measure—specimen a about 36 inches, and
specimen 6 about 30 inches in length including the fringes.
In order to make the subject complete I read again the portion
of Sir Harry Johnston’s letter (dated Fort Portal, Toru, Aug. 21,
1900) that refers to it :—
66 JQ
teading Stanley’s ‘ Darkest Africa’ I noticed that he mentions
his Dwarf having a word for horse or ass, and stating that such
animals were found in their forests. As the ordinary Zebra type
of equine steadily avoids dense woodland, this statement seemed
to me a curious one. While I entertained for months the pigmy
band who had* been captured by a filibustering German (and the
restoration of whom to their homes was one of my motives for
going into the Congo Free State), I questioned them on this subject
and they were very explicit : they told me they called the animal
‘O’,Api’ ?, stands for a gasping sound like an aspirate or Arabic H).
They described it as beimg dun-coloured or dark grey oyer all the
1901.]
a
APPARENTLY NEW SPECIES OF ZEBRA.
Text-fig. 7.
iy whi
\
Bandoliers made from the skin of Johnston’s Zebra.
A*
Hi
mh Hi
51
52 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON [Feb. 5,
upper parts of the body, with stripes on the belly and legs. As
soon as I reached the Belgian post of Mbéni I began questioning
my host, who at once acknowledged the existence of this animal
and promised to send me where [ could shoot one. They stated
that it frequented the deepest parts of the Forest, went usually in
pairs, was dark iron-grey on the upper part of the body, and had
brownish stripes on the belly and legs. I found the Bambuba
natives dwelling alongside the dwarfs called it ‘Okapi’ The
Belgians state that the head is very long ‘et tres effilée One
man said that the muzzle was particularly ‘ effilé’—or drawn out.
At first they excited me by declaring that there was a skin lying
about which I could have; eventually it was found that the skin
had been cut up by the native soldiers to be made into waist-belts
and bandoliers. ‘T'wo of these fragments were found and given to
me, and I shall send them home to you by first opportunity.
Whatever the animal may be to which these pieces belong, it is
not any one of the known Zebras or wild Asses; the pieces of
skin unfortunately exhibit chiefly the stripes of the belly and legs.
These are very irregular with a chestnut border, and they look
as though from above they emerged from a uniform dun or dark
grey.”
5. On a Second Collection of Mammals made by Mr. Th. H.
Lyle inSiam. By J. L. Bonuors, B.A.
[Received January 10, 1901.]
This second consignment of Mammals from Mr. Th. H. Lyle
has proved to be of exceptional interest, almost every specimen
having added to our knowledge of the species to which it belongs.
One new race of Scewrus macclellandi is now described, which, apart
from being distinct in colour, differs in undergoing a seasonal
change of pelage, a feature unknown among the other forms of
that species. From a study of Munambulus berdmoret suggested
by Mr. Lyle’s specimens, that species also appears to have a
seasonal change; andit should be observed that the seasonal change
observed in these two species must be carefully distinguished from
the breeding-pelage of two other species, viz., Sc. caniceps and
Se. atrodorsalis, In these latter a distinctive and brighter pelage
is assumed in mid-winter during the rutting-season by both sexes ;
whereas in F’. berdmorei the brightest pelage, which is merely a more
intense form of the duller dress, is assumed, as one would expect,
during the summer months.
A Bat, Honycteris spelea, is recorded for the first time from this
region; and the specimens of Megaderma spasma are the first
received in the Museum from Siam.
Another specimen of Petaurista lylei showing the immature
pelage,anda Mongoose (Herpestes ewilis) identical with Capt. Flower’s
specimen recorded in his paper, also form part of the consignment.
The collection is made in Mr. Lyle’s usual careful style, each
1901.] MAMMALS FROM SIAM. O38
specimen having full date, particulars, and measurements, and it
is by these, and these alone, that local races and seasonal
changes can be made out.
1. HonycrEeriIs sPEL#A (Dobs.).
Macroglossa spelea, Dobson, J. A. 8. B. xl. 1871, pt. 2, p. 261,
pl. x. figs. 3, 4.
Eonycterrs spelea (Dobs.), Flower, P. Z.S. 1900, p. 341.
a. 9. Nan, Siam. 10th May, 1900.
6. 29. Nan, Siam. 3rd June, 1900.
As predicted by Mr. 8. S. Flower last year, this species is now
recorded for the first time from Siam.
2. MEGADERMA SPASMA (L.).
Vespertilio spasma, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 47 (1766).
Megaderma spasma (Li.), Flower, P. Z. 5S. 1900, p. 344.
a,b. Sokotai, Siam. 20th February, 1900.
3. HERPESTES EXILIS Gerv.
Herpestes exilis, Gerv. Voy. Bonité, 1841, pl. iii.
Herpestes javanicus (Desin.), Flower, P. Z.S. 1900, p. 332.
a. 6. Nan, Siam; alt.200m. 16th May, 1900.
Agrees in all respects with the specimen mentioned in Mr.
Flower’s paper quoted above.
4, PETAURISTA LYLEI Bonh.
Petaurista lylei, Bonhote, P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 192.
a. Simm. R. Mee Nan, Utaradit; alt. 61 m. 20th March,
1900.
This specimen is only about half-grown and differs from the
adults in several respects. The tail is grizzled nearly to its tip,
which is black, the grey hairs being very woolly. The edge of the
parachute, which in the adults is rufous sueceeded by a narrow
black line, is in this specimen light grey ; the fore halt of the ear
is grizzled rufous, not bright rea; the underparts are lighter, and
the long stif black hairs at the edge of tie shoulder are softer and
grizzled with rufous.
5. SCIURUS FINLAYSONI (Horsf.).
Sciurus finlaysont, Horsf. Zool. Research. Java, 1824; Anders:
Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 243 (1879); Thos. P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 245;
Bonhote, P. Z.8. 1900, p. 193; Flower, P. Z.S. 1900, p. 338.
Type A. Se. finlaysoni.
f. dg ad.sk. BR. Mee Nan; alt. 75m. 4th April, 1900.
Type B. Se. splendens Gray.
d. S ad. sk. Below Utaradit, RK. Mee Nan; alt. 58 m.
11th March, 1900.
e. 9 ad. sk. Above Utaradit, R. Mee Nan; alt. 64 m. 3rd”
April, 1900. Pregnant with two young.
54 MR, J. L. BONHOTE ON [Feb. 5,
Type C. Sc. leucocephalus Gray.
y 6 ad. sk. Gismue R. Menam ; alt. 20 m. 21st January,
1900.
Type D. Sc. harmandi M.-Edw.
a5 c. 3 © ad. sk. Kampeng, R. Mu Ping; alt. 110 m. ord
February, 1900. @ pregnant with two young.
I have again been most carefully through the series of this
Squirrel in the Museum, and there seems but little doubt that we
have here a true instance of a polymorphic species. Without
going into the outlying forms, four distinct types may be found in
Siam, and are, in fact, all represented among the specimens in this
collection. They have all received names at various times, but Tam
unable to recognize their title to specific or subspecific rank.
Type A. The true Sc. finlaysoni is pure white all over, with
the soles of feet and eyes black.
Type B (Sc. splendens) is of a uniform bright chestnut
throughout, and, according to Mr. Lyle, is found in
regions where the earth is similarly coloured.
Type C (Se. leucocephalus) is of a grizzled brown above and
white below.
Type D (Se. harmandi) is similar above and chestnut
below ; but amongst these last two varieties every
possible mixture and combination is found.
Apparently, although it must be understood that there is no
such thing as an invariable rule in dealing with this species, the
pure white (type A) and type Care found on the lower levels, and
as one ascends the river the tendency to red underparts increases.
In the measurements of a series of skulls, they fall into two
groups, separable by their size alone; the measurements of types
A and B average larger than the rest, but a few skulls intermediate
in size are also found to be those of individuals intermediate in
colour. Furthermore,the skull of the type of Se. finlaysoni, although
quite adult, is the smallest of any in the series. There is there-
fore at present no alternative but to consider the various races
as polymorphic forms of one species.
It may perhaps be of use te-future workers if I add the average
measurements of part of the series of skulls and skins; those im-
perfect im any of the measurements have been left out of the
- calculation, although measured and taken into account in my
general remarks.
Skins in flesh :—
Head and
body. Tail. Hind foot. Har.
min. mm. mm. mm.
“Types A & B [Sskins] .. 219:5 221 49 22
Types C & D [16 skins] .. 201 209 44 955
On
ON
1901.] MAMMALS FROM SIAM.
Skulls :— Length of | Width
Greatest palate from behind post- Length of
length. henselion. orbital nasals.
process.
mm. mm. mm. mm.
Types A & B [12 specs. | 52 23°6 19+ 16°5
(53-30) (25-23) (19, one 20) (16-17)
Types C & D [17 specs. ] 47 20°5 17) =e 14
(49-46) (19-22) (47-18) (13-15)
Type of S. finlaysons .. 44 19 a 13
6. ScruRUS CANICERS Gray.
Sciwrus caniceps, Gray (nec Temm.), Aun. & Mag. N. H.x. 1842,
p. 263 ; Bonhote, P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 194; Flower, P. ZS. 1900,
p- 396.
a,b. 62. River Mu Ping, Paknampo, Siam. 28th January,
1900.
Both these specimens are in the full breeding-pelage with a
bright yellow back.
7. ScIURUS ATRODORSALIS Gray.
Sciurus atrodorsalis, Gray, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. 1842,
p- 263; Bonhote, P. ZS. 1900, p. 194; Flower, 1 Apisy IO.
p. 397.
a. 2. R. Mee Ping, above Paknampo ; alt.34.m. 26th January,
1900.
As in Sc. caniceps the brighter pelage is assumed during the
winter months.
8. ScIURUS MACCLELLANDI KONGENSIS, subsp. n.
Sciurus m. barber Blyth, Bonhote, P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 194.
This collection contains three more specimens of this Squirrel,
which, on a close comparison with specimens from other localities,
is seen to form a distinct Siamese race of Sc. macclelland:. The
form it most nearly approaches is Se. m. barber, from which it may
be distinguished by the general coloration being much greyer and
the outer light stripes of a much paler yellow; these characteristics
will hold good at all seasons of the year, for from the material at
hand it appears that this race has a seasonal change, which is not
known among the Burmese specimens.
Description of type. (Winter pelage.)
General colour greyish, each hair being dark at its base with
avery pale tip. The outer light stripes very broad and well-marked
and of avery pale cream. The inner light stripes slightly darker in
colour, but narrow and short. All the three dark stripes dull, owing
to each hair having a rufous tip. Hairs of the ears long and
conspicuously white, those near the tip having no black bases.
Underparts pale ferruginous.
Dimensions :—
Head and body 122 mm. ; tail 133; hind foot 29; ear 14.
56 ON MAMMALS FROM SIAM. [ Feb. 5,
Hab. Rahong, Siam; alt. 120 m. Several specimens also
f Nan.
pee B.M. 0.10.7.18. @. 7th February, 1900. Collected and
resented by Mr. T. H. Lyle.
In are the pelage is similar, only clearer and brighter ; the
central median dark stripe is black, and the ear-tufts much shorter
and thinner. The general greyish coloration and the paleness of
the outer light stripes are sutficient to distinguish this race from all
the others.
Mr. Lyle procured two other specimens besides the type :-—
a. 9. Rahong, Siam; alt. 120m. 7th February, 1900.
b. 9. Nan, Siam; alt. 200m. 31st May, 1900.
9. FUNAMBULUS BERDMOREI (Blyth).
Sciurus berdmoret, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xvii. 1849, p. 603 ; id. Joe.
cit. xliv. 1875, extra no. p. 37; Thos. P.Z.S. 1886, p. 71.
Sciurus mouhoti, Gray, P. Z.S. 1861, p. 1387.
Funambulus berdmorei (Blyth), Bonhote, P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 194;
Flower, P. Z. S. 1900, p. 359.
a. 9. Rahong, Siam; alt.120m. 7th February, 1900.
On comparing this specimen with those mentioned in my former
paper on Mr. Lyle’s collection, one is able to note two distinct
varieties among the series—some specimens (e.¢., 6, ¢, d of my
former paper) differing from the other individuals in the greater
intensity of their colouring. In these individuals the uppermost
pale stripe is clear and distinct and is succeeded by a black stripe ;
the lower light stripe is very clear and broad, while there are traces
of another black stripe below that. The colouring of the whole
animal, moreover, is very light and the underparts are pure white.
In other individuals, collected by Mr. W. Davison in Tenasserim
during January, the whole animal is duller and the dark patch
below the uppermost pale stripe is precisely of the same colour as
the rest of the back ; the second light stripe and the succeeding
darker stripe are by no means so clearly defined, while the white of
the underparts is tinged with yellowish.
The type of Sc. mouhoti Gray is intermediate between these two
forms, as is also another specimen from Siam collected by Mr. 8.8.
Flower in March. Mr. Davison’s specimens having been procured
in January and the brighter individuals in June, these latter in all
probability represent the summer pelage of the species ; and
Se. mouhott must be regarded as an individual of Sc. berdmoret
assuming the brighter pelage.
10. Mus rarrus L.
Mus rattus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 83. (1766); Bonhote, P. Z. 8.
1900, p. 194; Flower, P. Z. S. 1900, p. 361.
a. 2. Nan, Siam. 8th July, 1900.
Differs in no way from specimens in the former collection.
11. Lupus sp. ine.
a. Skull. 9. Makonsawan. 28rd January, 1900.
1901.] ON THE BIRDS OF THE “‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 57
6. On the Birds collected during the “Skeat Expedition ”
to the Malay Peninsula, 1899-1900. By J. L.
Bonuors, B.A.
[Received December 31, 1900.]
In writing an account of the Birds collected by the “ Skeat
Expedition” in 1899, it is unnecessary to dwell on the geographical
positions of the places mentioned, as they have already been fully
dealt with in my former paper on the Mammals. Although among
the 139 species of which examples were collected none are new to
science, yet there are several of considerable rarity ; it is worthy
of notice that the eastern side produced nothing very striking or
even scarce, and most of the interesting forms were procured by
Mr. Laidlaw on Mt. Gunong Inas, in Perak, a locality which had
previously been visited on various occasions, viz., in 1886, 1887,
and 1888 by Mr. Wray, in 1889 by Mr. Hartert, and again quite
recently by Mr. A. L. Butler.
Mr. Laidlaw was, however, successful in procuring examples of
several species which, so far as I am aware, are known only from the
specimens originally procured by Mr. Wray. Chief among these is
a fine male example of Chrysophleqma wrayi, which has hitherto
been known only by a single specimen, a female ; among the rest
may be mentioned Pericrocotus croceus (a doubtful species, possibly
only a variety of P. wrayi}, Corythocichla leucosticta, Pteruthius
eralatus, Heliopais personata, &c. Although the number of species
is considerable, the number of individuals of the various species is
somewhat restricted, so that this paper is more of the form of a
mere list than I would wish it to be.
1. Sprtornis cHEELA (Lath.).
falco cheela, Lath. Ind. Ornith. i. p. 14 (1790).
Spilornis cheela (Lath.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. 1. p. 287
(1874); Oates, Bds. Brit. Burm. 11. p. 193 (1883).
a. Ad. sk. Patelung. 28th April, 1899.
b. d. Bukit Besar, Jalor. 6th May, 1899.
c-e. 6. Biserat, Jalor. 13th May, 1899.
f. 6. Kota Bharu, Kelantan. 9th July, 1899.
4-2, SPIZAETUS CALIGATUS (Hume).
Limnaetus caligatus, Hume, Str. Feathers, 1879, p. 44.
Spizaetus caligatus (Hume), Sharpe, P. ZS. 1887, p. 433.
a. d. Sungei, Kelantan. Sept. 1899.
+3. HALIAETUS LEUCOGASTER (Gm.).
Falco leucogaster, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 257 (1788, ea Lath.).
Haliactus leucoyaster (Gm.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.i. p. 307
(1874); Kelham, Ibis, 1881, p. 368; Oates, op. cit. 11. p. 199.
a. 6. Tringganu. 31st Oct., 1899.
b. Kedah. 3rd May, 1900.
58 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [Feb. 5,
7 4, Harastur rnvvs (Bodd.).
Falco indus, Bodd. Tab. Pl. Enl. 25 (1783).
Haliastur indus (Bodd.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. 1. p. 313
(1874); Kelham, loc. cit. p.368; Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 201; Hartert,
Journ. fir Ornith. 1889, p. 379.
a,b. 3 @. Bankok, Patelung. 6th April, 1899.
c. 6. Biserat, Jalor. 12th May, 1899.
d. &. Sungei, Kelantan. Sept. 1899.
¢. Arrah Bukit, Kedah. 5th May, 1900.
f,g- Pull. Tale Nawry, Patelung. April 1899.
h. No particulars.
)-5. MIcROHIERAX FRINGILLARIUS (Drap.).
Falco fringillarius, Drap. Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. vi. p. 412,
pl. v. (1824).
Microhierax fringillarius (Drap.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
i. p. 867 (1874); Kelham, loc. cit. p. 364; Oates, op. cit. i.
p. 212.
a,b. 6@. Aring, Kelantan. 2nd Sept., 1899.
+6, PoLIOAETUS ICHTHYAETUS (Horsf.).
Falco ichthyaectus, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 136 (1822).
Polioaetus ichthyaetus (Horsf.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. i.
p- 452 (1874) ; Kelham, loe. cit. p. 367.
a. Tringganu. 15th July, 1899.
6. No particulars.
+ 7, SYRNIUM SINENSE (Lath.).
Stria sinensis, Lath. Gen. Syn. Suppl. pl. 1. Add. p. 368.
Syrnium sinense, Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 261 (1875) ;
Oates, op. cit. 11. p. 164.
a. 2. Bukit Besar, Jalor. 6th May, 1899.
-+8. KerupPa JAVENSIS Less.
Keiupa javensis, Less. Traité, p. 14; Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit.
ee p. § (1875); Kelham, loc. cit. p. 369; Oates, op. cit. il.
p-
Ge Bukit Besar, Jalor. 8th May, 1899.
6. 2. Biserat, Jalor. 14th May, 1899.
»9. CoRoNE ENCA (Horsf.).
Fregilus enca, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 164 (1822).
Corone enca (Horsf.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 43
(1877); Kelham, loc. cit. p. 518.
a. 9. Bukit Besa, Jalor. 8th May, 1899.
6. g. Pulau, Bidang. 6th Dec., 1899.
c. No particulars.
1901.] BIRDS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 59
+10, PLATYsMURUS LEUCOPTERUS (Temm.).
Glaucopis leucopterus, Temm. Pl. Col. 265.
Platysmurus leucopterus (Temm.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
ili. p. 90 (1877); Kelham, loc. cit. p.519; Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 409 ;
Hartert, Journ. fiir Ornith. 1889, p. 391.
a. 2. Aring, Kelantan. 12th Sept., 1899.
+, 11. Ortoius consaneurnevs (Wardl.-Rams.).
Analeipus consanguineus, Wardl.-Rams. Ibis, 1881, p. 32, pl. i.
Oriolus consanguineus (W.-Rams.), Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 454 ;
Hartert, loe. cit. p. 389.
a. 3. Gunong Inas, 3500 ft., Perak. 6th Dec., 1899.
b. g. Gunong Inas, 4000 ft., Perak. 12th Dec., 1899.
Feet, bill, and iris slaty black.
+12, DicrurUs ANNECTENS (Hodgs.).
Buchanga annectens, Hodgs. Ind. Rev. i. p. 326.
Dicrurus annectens (Hodgs.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. ill.
p. 231 (1877); Oates, op. cit. p. 217.
a. S. Pulau Bidang. 7th Dec., 1899.
6. Kedah. May 1900.
~+13. BHRINGA REMIFER (Temm.).
Edolius remifer, Temm. Pl. Col. iti. p. 178.
Bhringa remifer (Temm.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. in.
p. 257 (1877); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 224; Sharpe, P.Z.S. 1887,
p. 434.
a,b. 6 2. Gunong Inas, 4000 ft., Perak. Dec. 1899.
c. No particulars.
Feet black ; iris dark brown.
4.14. DISSEMURUS PARADISEUS (Bp.).
Edolius paradiseus, Bp. Consp. i. p. 351.
Dissemurus paradiseus (Bp.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. i.
p. 259 (1877); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 225: Hartert, loc. cit. p. 389.
Dissemurus platurus (Vieill.), Kelham, loc. eit. p. 507.
a. 9. Nawry Chik, Patelung. 28th April, 1899.
b,c. 9. Blembing, Legeh. July 1899.
df. 6 SQ. Aring, Kelantan. August 1899.
+-15. ARTAMIDES suMATRENSIS (S. Mill.).
Ceblepyris sumatrensis, S. Mill. Verh. Nat. Ges. Land-en Volkenk.
p- 190 (nec Gm.).
Artamides sumatrensis (S. Miull.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
iv. p. 12 (1879).
Graucalus sumatrensis (S. Mill.), Kelham, loc. cit. p. 501.
a. 6. Gunong Inas, Perak. 7th Dec., 1899.
Feet dark ; iris brown.
60 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [ Feb. 5,
+- 16. Purrcrocorus croceus Sharpe.
Pericrocotus croceus, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 269.
a. g. Gunong Inas, 4000 ft., Perak. 14th Dec., 1899.
Bill and feet black ; eyes hazel.
This specimen is, I believe, the only one collected since the
species was described from an isolated specimen procured by Mr.
Wray near this same locality. It differs slightly from the type in
having the cheeks dark grey, 2. ¢. lighter than the crown, and in
the throat being golden buff fading to white at the base of the bill,
instead of dark slate-grey. As the type of croceus, however, shows
signs both of the yellow on the throat and also of the grey on the
cheeks, these differences are probably due to age.
Dr. Sharpe, in describing the species, suggests that it may be
merely a yellow variety of P. wrayi, but more material is necessary
before the matter can be definitely settled. I have carefully
examined the series of P. wrayi at the British Museum; and those
males that are still in their immature yellow dress or in process of
assuming the red plumage are easily to be distinguished by the
following characters :—
Ga.) In P. wrayi S there is always a slight trace of red visible
somewhere, which is not the case in P. croceus.
Gi.) In P. croceus the colour of the back is as deep and glossy
as in specimens of P. wrayi in full red plumage; P. wrayi in yellow
plumage is always duller on the back.
(.) In P. wrayi in yellow plumage the yellow does not extend
over the throat to the base of the bill, but it has those parts of a
dirty white which are afterwards to be black; in P. croceus the
intensity of the yellow is not diminished.
+17. RHIPIDURA JAVANICA (Sparrm.).
Muscicapa javanica, Sparrm. Mus. Carls. iii. pl. 75.
Rhipidura javanica (Sparrm.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. iv.
p- 3382 (1879) ; Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 267 ; Hartert, loc. cit. p. 389.
a. Tringganu. 29th Oct., 1899.
Iris brown; bill and feet black.
[Local name “ murai gila” (= mad murai), so called from its
alleged eccentricity of flight.—R. E.]
- 18. TERPSIPHONE AFFINIs (Blyth).
Lchitrea affous, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xv. p. 292 (ea A. Hay MSD):
Lerpsiphone affins (Blyth), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. iv.
p- ae (1879); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 261; Sharpe, P. ZS. 1888
p- 270.
a. 9. Aring, Kelantan. 1st Sept., 1899.
Bill and feet blue-black.
~ 19. SIPHIA RUBECULOIDES (Vigors).
Phemeura rubeculoides, Vigors, P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 3d.
1901.] BIRDS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 61
Stphia rubeculoides, Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. iv. p. 445
(1879); Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 287.
a. 6. Aring, Kelantan. 28th August, 1899.
+20. AiGrTHINA TIPHTA (L.).
Motacilla tiphia, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 331 (ew Edwards).
Aigithina tiphia (L.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 7
(1881); Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 202.
a-c. S. Biserat, Jalor. 15th May, 1899.
d,é. 9. Biserat, Jalor. 15th May, 1899.
f. Pull. Biserat, Jalor. 13th May, 1899.
>> 21. Hemixus cinereus (Blyth).
Tole cinerea, Blyth, J. A.S. B. xiv. p. 573 (ea Hay MS.).
Hemixus cinereus (Blyth), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 52
(1881); Hartert, loc. cit. p. 388.
a-c. 6 9 9. Gunong Inas, Perak. Dec. 1899.
+>22. loLE TICKELLI (Blyth).
Hypsipetes tuckelli, Blyth, J. A.S. B. xxiv. p. 275.
Tole tickellu (Blyth), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 60
(1881); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 179; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 436;
Hartert, loc. cit. p. 588.
lole tickelli peracensis, Hartert et Butler, Nov. Zool. v. p. 506.
a,b. 62. Gunong Inas, 4000 ft., Perak. Dec. 1899.
Tole tick. peracensis, of which these specimens are practically
topotypes, is distinguished by the crown being darker and less
rufous, ear-coverts more dingy grey, and the breast and flanks
more ashy.
7-23. CRINIGER PHHZOCEPHALUS (Hartl.).
Laos pheocephalus, Hartl. Rev. Zool. 1844, p. 401.
Criniger phxocephalus (Hartl.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vi.
p. 74 (1881); Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 183.
a. @. Perak. 26th Dec., 1899.
Feet pink ; bill and iris brown.
24, CRINIGER GUTTURALIS (Bp.).
Trichophorus gutturalis, Bp. Consp. 1. p. 262 (ea Mill. MS. in
Mus. Leyd.).
Cringer gutturalis (Bp.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 80
(1881); Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 185
a. No particulars.
+25. TRICHOLESTES CRINIGER (Blyth).
Brachypodius criniger, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xiv. p. 577 (ew A. Hay
MS.).
62 MR. J. L, BONHOTH ON THE [Feb. 5,
Tricholestes criniger (Blyth), Sharpe, Oat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vi.
p- 89 (1881); Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 186.
a. d. Aring, Kelantan. 2nd Sept., 1899.
Bill blue-black ; feet dirty yellow.
~-26. TRACHYCOMUS OCHROCEPHALUS (Gm.).
Turdus ochrocephalus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 821 (ev Browne).
Trachycomus ochrocephalus (Gm.); Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
vi. p. 93 (1881); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 188; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1888,
p. 272.
a. Blembing, Legeh. 27th July, 1899.
b,¢ 2. Aring, Kelantan. 6th Sept., 1899.
+ 27. Pycnonotvus anatts (Horsf.).
Turdus analis, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 147.
Pycnonotus analis (Horsf.); Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vi.
p- 140 (1881); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 191; Hartert, loc. cit. p. 388.
a. g. Biserat, Jalor. 14th May, 1899.
6. 2. Tringganu. 28th Oct., 1899.
c. 6. Ulu Selama, Perak. Dec. 1899.
d. No particulars.
28. PYCNONOTUS FINDLAYSONI Strick.
Pycnonotus findlaysonz, Strick. Ann, Nat. Hist. xiil.p.411; Sharpe,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 144 (1881); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 193.
a, 6. Aring, Kelantan. 2nd Sept., 1899.
b. No particulars.
+29. Pycnonorus BLANFORDI Jerdon.
Pycnonotus blanfordi, Jerdon, Ibis, 1862, p. 20; Sharpe, Cat.
Bds. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 151 (1881); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 195.
a. 2. Biserat, Jalor. 13th May, 1899.
80. Pycronorus srpiex Less.
Pycnonotus simplew, Less. Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 167; Sharpe, Cat.
Bds. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 153 (1881); Oates, op. cit. i. p- 196.
a. $. Aring, Kelantan. 6th Sept., 1899.
+81. OrocomPsa socosa (Linn.).
Lanius jocosa, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 188 (ex Briss.) (1766),
Otocompsa jocosa (L.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 157
(1881); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 198.
a,b. 2. Biserat, Jalor. 14th May, 1899.
c. 2. Biserat, Jalor. June 1899,
32. [RENE PUELDA (Lath.).
Coracias puella, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 171.
Trene puella (Lath.); Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vi. De ay
(1881); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 209,
1901. | BIRDS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 63
Irene malayana, Moore; Hartert, loc. cit. p. 389.
a. $. No particulars.
b. 29. Aring, Kelantan. 6th Sept., 1899.
ar 33. MyIopHONEUS EUGENII Hume.
Myiophoneus eugenii, Hume, Str. Feathers, 1873, p. 475 ; Sharpe,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 9 (1883); Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 17.
a. Imm. Biserat, Jalor. Sth July, 1899.
-+ 34. TROCHALOPTERUM PENINSUL& Sharpe.
Trochalopterum peninsule, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 436, pl.
xxxvil.; Hart. et Butl. Nov. Zool. vy. p. 506.
a,b. 2. Gunong Inas, Perak. 13th Dec., 1899.
Tris and feet dark brown. Feeds on rattan fruit.
+35. CopsYCHUS SAULARIS (Linn.).
Gracula saularis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 165 (1766).
Copsychus saularis (Linn.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vil.
p. 61 (1883); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 20; Hartert, loc. cit. p. 381.
a. 9. Biserat, Jalor. 13th May, 1889.
b. 2. Blembing, Legeh. 28th July, 1899.
c,d. 6 @. Aring, Kelantan. 13th & 30th Aug., 1899.
e. 2. Kedah. Ist May, 1900.
+ 36. HypRocicHLa RUFICAPILLA (Temm.).
Enicurus ruficapilla, Temm. Pl. Col. iii. pl. 534 (1832).
Hydrocichla ruficapilla (Temm.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
vii. p. 319 (1883); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 28; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1886,
p- 382.
a. Blembing, Legeh. 24th July, 1899.
+ 37. SrBIA sIMILLIMA (Salvad.).
Heterophasia simillima, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civic. Genov. xiv.
p- 232 (1879).
Sibia simillima (Salvad.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vii.
ps 402) (883) id: PV Z2 S83 1886, p. 352); id ER, Ziis. ess:
p: 274; Hartert, loc. cit. p. 382.
a,b. 6 2. Gunong Inas, Perak. Dec. 1899.
~-88. Rutnoctcuia mirrarta (8. Miill.).
Timalia mitrata, S. Mull. Nat. Tijdschr, 1835, p. 345, pl. 5.
fig. 3.
ae nneentn mitrata (S. Mill.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
vil. p. 452 (1883) ; id. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 352; id. P. Z. S. 1888,
p. 274; Hartert, loc. cit. p. 383.
a. 2. Gunong Inas, 4000 ft., Perak. 16th Dec., 1899.
Tris dark brown; bill orange; bare skin under eyes white;
feet yellow.
64 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [Feb. 5,
+-39. TurpiInUS ABBorTi (Blyth).
Malacocinela abbotti, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xvi. p. 601 (1845).
Turdinus abbotti (Blyth), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 541
(1888) ; Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 58.
Trichostoma abbotti (Blyth), Hartert, loc. cit. p. 383.
a. 2. Bukit Besar, Jalor, 30th April, 1899.
40. Mrxornis cunaRris (Raffles).
Motacilla gularis, Raffles, Tr. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 312 (1822).
Mixornis gularis, Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 576 (1882) ;
id. P. Z. S. 1888, p. 275; Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 51.
a. Biserat, Jalor. 16th May, 1899.
~41, Mrxornis BRYTHROPTERA (Blyth).
Timalia erythroptera, Blyth, J. A. S. B. xi. p. 794 (1842).
Mixornis erythroptera (Blyth), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. vu.
p- 580 (1883); Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 51.
a. &. Ulu Selama, Perak. Dec. 1899.
Iris dark brown ; bill black ; feet greenish grey.
~~ 42, CoryrHocicHLA LEUCOSTICTA Sharpe.
Corythocichla leucosticta, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 488.
a. 9. Gunong Inas, Perak. 17th Dec., 1899.
Tris dark brown; feet yellowish brown; beak brownish black.
~—43. PrnrurHius RALATUS Tickell.
Pteruthius eralatus, Tickell, J. A. 8S, B. 1855, p. 267; Sharpe,
P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 440; id. ibid. 1888, p. 276.
a,b. § 2. Gunong Inas, 4000 ft., Perak. 18th Dec., 1889.
Iris slate-colour; feet yellowish brown ; bill, upper mandible
black, lower slate-colour.
“44, Srva casTANEICAUDA Hume.
Swa castaneicauda, Hume, Str. F. 1877, p. 100; Sharpe, Cat.
Bds. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 369 (1883); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 145;
Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 275.
a. 3. Gunong Inas, 5000 ft., Perak. Dec. 1899.
| 45. ALTHOPYGA SIPARAJA (Raffles).
Certhia siparaja, Raffles, Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 299 (1822),
Aithopyga siparaja (Raffles), Oates, op. cit. i. p. 316: Gadow,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. ix. p. 21 (1884).
a. d. Aring, Kelantan. 21st Aug., 1899.
46, ARACHNOTHERA CRASSIROSTRIS (Reichenb.).
Arachnocestra crassirostris, Reichenb. Handb., Scansorie, p. 314,
no. 747, pl. 592. fig. 4016 (1854).
1901. ] BIRDS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 65
Arachnothera crassirostris, Reichenb., Gadow, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
ix. p. 102 (1884).
a. d. Aring, Kelantan. 17th Sept., 1899.
b=de D. Aring, Kelantan. 17th, 22nd, 26th Sept., 1899.
+ 47. ANTHROTHREPTES MALACCENSIS (Scop.).
Certhia malaccensis, Scop. Del. Flor. et Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 91
(1786) (ew Sonnerat).
Anthreptes malaccensis (Scop.), Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 324 (1883).
Anthrothreptes malaccensis (Scop.), Gadow, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
ix. p. 122 (1884).
a. d. Biserat, Jalor. 16th May, 1899.
b. 9. Bukit Besar, Jalor. 6th May, 1899.
c,d. 3. Pulau, Bidang. 14th Dec., 1899.
+ 48. Dicwum cruentarum (L.).
Certhia cruentata, Linn. Syst. Nat.i. p. 187 (1766).
Diceum cruentatum (Linn.), Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 663
(1879) ; Oates, op. cit. i. p. 332; Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. x.
p. 15 (1885).
a-d. 6. Aring, Kelantan. 21st Aug. and 13th Sept., 1899.
e-g. 9. Aring, Kelantan. 23rd Aug. and 10th & 15th Sept.,
1899.
h. No particulars.
+49, DicHUM TRIGONOSTIGMA (Scop.).
Certhia trigonostigma, Scop. Del. Flor. et Faun. Thaw il. p. 91
(1786).
Dicceum trigonostigma (Scop.), Oates, op. cit. i. p. 336; Sharpe,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. x. p. 38 (1885).
a,b. 6. Aring, Kelantan. 21st Aug. and 13th Sept., 1899.
c. 2. Aring, Kelantan. 18th Aug., 1899.
d. 3. No particulars.
Bill orange below, black above; feet blue-black; iris pale
brown.
750. DicauM 1enrpEcrus (Hodgs.).
Macrura ignipectus, Hodgs. Icon. ined. in Brit. Mus., Passeres,
pl. 36. fig. 393.
Myzanthe igmipectus (Hodgs.), Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 337.
Diceeum ignipectus (Hodgs.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. x. p. 4
GISS5) scl Pi Za Se lSSii pao
a. Patelung. April 1899.
b. 9. Aring, Kelantan. 26th Aug., 1899.
c. d. Gunong Inas (4000 ft.), Perak. 15th Dec., 1899.
~51. Dic UM CHRYSORRHEUM T'emm.
Diceum chrysorrheum, Temm. Pl. Col. iv. pl. 478, fig. 1 (1829) ;
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. V. 5
66 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [Feb. 5,
Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 663 (1879); Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 335 3
Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. x. p. 44 (1885).
a. 6. Aring, Kelantan. 11th Sept., 1899.
~~ 52, Hirunpo BapiA (Cass.).
Cecropis badia, Cass. Proc. Philad. Acad. 1853, p. 371.
Hirundo badia (Cass.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. x. p. 166
(1885); Hartert, loc. cit. p. 390.
a. 6. Biserat, Jalor. 27th May, 1899.
b-d. 2. Biserat, Jalor. 27th May, 1899.
{53. ANTHUS RUFULUS Vieill.
Anthus rufulus, Vieill. N. Dict. dist. Nat. xxvi. p. 494 (1818);
Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. x. p. 574 (1885).
Corydalla rufula, Ontes, op. cit. 1. p. 168.
a. Tringganu. 31st Oct., 1899.
4 54. ACRIDOTHERES FUSCUS (Wagler).
Acridotheres fuscus (Wagler), Oates, op. cit. i. p. 380; Sharpe,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 86 (1890).
a. 6. Singgora, Patelung. 22nd April, 1899.
6b. S. Bukit Besar, Jalor. 7th May, 1899.
c. Biserat, Jalor. 16th May, 1899.
df. 6,22. Tringganu. 22nd Oct., 1899.
Native name, ‘‘Gembala Kreban” (Buffalo-bird).
Feet, beak, iris yellow.
55. MAINATUS JAVANENSIS (Osbeck).
Corvus javanensis, Osbeck, Iter, p. 102 (1757).
Gracula javanensis (Osbeck), Oates, op. cit. i. p. 393; Hartert,
loc. cit. p. 391.
Mainatus javanensis (Osbeck), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xiii.
p. 102 (1890).
a. 2. Sungei Lebeh, Kelantan. 5th Aug., 1899.
56, MAINAtUS INTERMEDIUS (A. Hay).
Gracula intermedia, A. Hay, Madr. Journ. xiii. pl. 2, p. 157
(1844) ; Oates, op. cit. i. p. 391.
Mainatus intermedius (A. Hay), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
xii. p. 104 (1890).
a,b. $2. Biserat, Jalor. 11th May, 1899.
ce. g. Ulu Krian, Kedah. Dec. 1899.
~ 57. CaLORNIS cHatyBna (Horsf.),
Turdus chalybeus, Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p- 148 (1820).
Calornis chalybea (Horsf.), Hartert, loc. cit. p. 391;
Sharpe,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 148 (1890).
1901.] BIRDS OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 67
a. &. Tale Nowy, Patelung. April 1899.
b,c. Imm. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. 14th June, 1899.
d,e. 9. Tringganu. 26th Oct., 1899.
Tris red.
+58. Mounra masa (L.).
Loxia maja, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 301 (1766).
Muna maja, Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xiii. p. 332 (1890).
a—c. 3. Biserat, Jalor. 17th May, 1899.
d. 9. Biserat, Jalor. 20th May, 1899.
, 59. MUuNIA aATRICAPILLA (Vieill.).
Lowa atricapilla, Vieill. Ois. Chant. p. 84, pl. 53 (1805).
Amadina atricapilla, Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 366.
Munia atricapiila, Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 598 (1879);
Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xii. p. 354 (1890).
a. d. Biserat, Jalor. 14th May, 1899.
6. No particulars.
~ 60. Puocrus arricuLA Hodgs.
Ploceus atrigula, Hodgs. Icon. ined. in Brit. Mus., Passeres,
pl. 278. figs. 1 & 2 (mo. 743); Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xii.
p. 491 (1890).
Ploceus baya, Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 597 (1879) ; Oates,
op. cit. 1. p. 358; Hartert, loc. cit. p. 391.
a-c. $. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. 24th June and 10th July,
1899.
-61. Pivta cyanoprera Temm.
Pitta cyanoptera, Temm. Pl. Col. 218 (1823); Sclater, Cat. Bds.
Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 420 (1888).
Pitta moluccensis, P. L. 8. Miull., Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 415.
a. Aring, Kelantan. Oct. 1899. .
b,c. Sd. Tringganu. 31st Oct., 1899.
Bill black ; feet flesh-coloured ; iris brown.
62. Prrra cucuLiata Hartl.
Pitta cucullata, Hartl. Rev. Zool. 18438, p. 65; Oates, op. cit. 1.
p- 414; Sclater, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 442 (1888).
a. Q. Tringganu. 31st Oct., 1899.
Bill black; feet flesh-coloured ; iris brown.
+63. CALYPTONEMA vrRIDIS Rafil.
Calyptonema viridis, Raffl. Trans. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 295 ; Oates,
op. cit. 1. p. 442; Sclater, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 456 (1888).
a. d. Aring, Kelantan. 2nd Sept., 1899.
b. 9. Singapore. Nov. 1899.
Bill and feet dirty green; iris pale.
68 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [Feb. 5
+64, EuRYLEMUS OCHROMELAS Raftles.
Eurylemus ochromelas, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 297
(1822); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 426; Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1887, p. 432 3
Selater, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 465 (1888); Hartert, loc. cit.
p- 391.
a. Aring, Kelantan. 8th Sept., 1899.
65, CYMBORHYNCHUS MACRORHYNCHUS (Gm.).
Todus macrorhynchus, Gm. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 446.
Oymborhynchus macrorhynchus, Oates, op. cit. i. p. 428; Sclater,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 468 (1888) ; Hartert, loc. cit. p. 393.
a. 9. Biserat, Jalor. 16th May, 1899.
b,c. 6 G. Aring, Kelantan. 1st Sept., 1899.
d,e. @. Tringganu. 29th Oct., 1899.
Bill above blue, below yellowish brown; feet blue-black ; tris
green. ‘‘ Rain-bird,” so called because its note is heard at the
opening of the rainy season. Nests said to be rare.
-~66. Upupa InDICA Reichenb.
Upupa indica, Reichenb. Handb. Scansores, p. 320, Taf. dxevi.
fig. 4037 (1853); Hartert, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mas. xvi. p. 10 (1892).
Upupa nigripennis, Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 578 (1879).
Upupa longirostris, Jerd., Oates, op. cit. 11. p. 62.
a, Singgora?
is
“67, COLLOCALIA INNOMINATA Hume.
Collocalia innominata, Hume, Stray Feath. i. p. 294 (1873);
Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 7; Hartert, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 503
(1892).
a,b. No particulars.
+68. CAPRIMULGUS MACRURUS Horsf.
Caprimulgus macrurus, Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 142
(1821); Oates, op. cit. u. p. 20; Hartert, Journ. fiir Orn. 1889,
p- 401; id. Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 537 (1892),
a,b. 9. Aring, Kelantan. Aug. 1899.
169. EURYSTOMUS ORIENTALIS (Linn.).
Coracias orientalis, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 159 (1766),
Eurystomus orientalis (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 70; Sharpe
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 33 (1892).
a,b. § 2. Bukit Besar, Jalor. 7th May, 1899.
@. Biserat, Jalor. 10th May, 1899.
g juy. Khbota Bharu, Kelantan. 24th June, 1899.
¢. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. 4th Oct., 1899.
3d. Aring, Kelantan. 31st Aug., 1899.
C.
d.
é.
if
Bill and feet orange-red.
1901.] ’ BIRDS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 69
+70. MBROPS SUMATRENSIS Raflles.
Merops sumatrensis, Raffles, Trans. Linn. Soe. xii. p. 294 (1822) ;
Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 61 (1892).
a,b. $. Biserat, Jalor. 15th May, 1899.
c,d. 9. Biserat, Jalor. Sth & 14th May, 1899.
+ 71. Nycriornis amicra (Temm.).
Merops amictus, Temm. Pl. Col. iv. pl. 310 (1824).
Nyetorms amictus (Temm.), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 64; Sharpe,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 90 (1892).
a,b. g. Aring, Kelantan. 4th Sept., 1899.
+72. PELARGOPSIS FRASERI Sharpe.
Pelargopsis fraseri, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 65; id. Cat. Bds.
Brit. Mus. xvi. p. 106 (1892).
a. G. Parit Buntar, Perak. 17th Jan., 1900.
Bill and feet red.
+73. Atcrvo 1sprpa Linn.
Alcedo ispida, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 179 (1766) ; Anders. Zool.
Res. Yunnan, p. 580 (1879); Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvii.
p- 141 (1892).
Alcedo bengalensis, Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 72.
a. Perak. Dec. 1899.
+ 74, CEYX EUERYTHRA Sharpe.
Ceyx euerythra, Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 179 (1892).
a. ¢. Aring, Kelantan. 26th Aug., 1899.
b,c. Aring, Kelantan. 31st Aug., 1899.
-+“75, HALCYON SMYRNENSIS (Linn.).
Alcedo smyrnensis, Linn. Syst Nat. i. p. 181 (1766).
Halcyon smyrnensis (Linn.), Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 579
(1879); Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 182; Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
Kvil. p. 222 (1892).
Halcyon fusca, Hartert, Journ. fiir Orn. 1889, p. 401.
a,b. 69. Bukit Besar, Jalor. 1st May, 1899.
c. Biserat, Jalor. 21st May, 1899.
d,e. Tringganu. 29th Oct., 1899.
f. No particulars.
Bill and feet red; iris brown.
476. Hatoyon HuMiz Sharpe.
Halcyon humii, Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 281 (1892).
a. Patani. 28th June, 1899.
b,c. 9 2. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. 4th Oct., 1899.
d,e,f. QQ. Tringganu. 26th Oct., 1899.
g, h. No particulars.
Bill black above, bluish white below; feet bluish black ; iris
brown.
70 _ MR. J. lL, BONHOTE ON THE [Feb. 5,
77. BUCEROS RHINOCEROS L.
Buceros rhinoceros, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 193 (1766); Grant,
Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 352 (1892).
a. &. No particulars.
78. DICHOCEROS BICORNIS (Linn.).
Buceros bicornis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 153 (1766).
Dichoceros bicornis (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. i. p. 87; Hartert,
Journ. fiir Orn. 1889, p. 402; Grant, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvu.
p: 355 (1892).
a. 6. Biserat, Jalor. 16th May, 1899.
b,c. Imm. Biserat, Jalor. 18th May, 1899.
79, ANTHRACOCEROS CONVEXUS (Temm.).
Buceros convecus, Temm. Pl. Col. ii. p. 82, pl. 530 (¢ ) (1832).
Anthraeoceros convecus (Temm.), Grant, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
xvi. p. 364 (1892).
a. 9 juv. Bukit Besar, Jalor. 8th May, 1899.
b. Biserat, Jalor. 17th May, 1899.
c. Tremangam. 12th July, 1899.
d. 6. Aring, Kelantan. 12th Aug., 1899.
e. 6 juv. 83, CHRYSOPHLEGMA MALACCENSE (Lath.).
Picus malaccensis, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 241 (1790).
Callolophus malaccensis, Oates, op. cit. i. p. 147.
Chrysophlegma malaccense, Sharpe, P. Z 8S. 1887, p. 442;
Hargitt, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 122 (1890).
a. Sd. Aring, Kelantan. 30th Aug., 1899.
b. 9. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. 4th Oct., 1899.
Bill black above, pale below; feet dirty green.
84. CHRYSOPHLEGMA WRAYI Sharpe.
Chrysophlegma wrayi, Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 279 ; Hargitt,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 1380 (1890).
a. 6. Gunong Inas (4000 ft.), Perak. 16th Dec., 1899.
Bill slate-colour ; feet black ; iris red-brown.
This specimen, which is, so far as I am aware, the first male
known, is somewhat larger than the type; its dimensions being :
head and body 180 mm., tail 126, wing 150, tarsus 25. It differs
from the female in the malar stripe being lhght buff instead of
chestnut, and is still further distinguished in having the chin (which
in the males of C. styant and C. ricketti is dark) of the same colour,
viz. light buff, separated from the malar stripe by a narrow line
of dark brown. The crown of the head is more rufous than in the
female and the bill lighter, being bluish slate in colour; the quills
and tail are black, not dark brown.
With regard to C. flavinucha, apart from size (for C. wrayi
is considerably smaller) it differs in the presence of the brown
band separating the buff malar stripe from the buff of the chin.
The colour of the nape, which is of a golden yellow in C. wrayi, is
of a deep orange in C. flavinucha, and the buff of the throat in
the last named is also of a much deeper tint. As regards the
primaries, taking the outer web of the 2nd primary for comparison,
we find that in C. rickettt there are six complete chestnut bars, in
C. styant five, in C. prerri from Cochin China four, and in C. wraye
and C. flavinucha three; in all cases there is in addition a small
incomplete bar or dot at the distal end.
In regard to the size of these species, C. ricketti is the largest,
then come ©. pierrt and C. flavinucha in order, and lastly C. styant
and C. wray?, which are about equal, but it is noticeable that
C. styani has the largest bill of any.
+85. Michyprns GRAMMITHORAX (Malh.).
Phaopicus grammithorax, Malh. Picide, i. p. 12, pl. xlvii.
fies. 4 & 5 (1862).
Miglyptes grammithorax (Malh.), Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1887, p. 443 ;
Hargitt, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xvii. p. 385 (1890).
a. 2. Ulu Aring, Kelantan. Sept. 1899.
+86. MiaLyprus TUKKI (Less.).
Picus tukki, Less. Rey. Zool. 1839, p. 167.
72 MR. J. L, BONHOTE ON THE [ Feb. 5,
Miglyptes tukki (Less.), Oates, op. cit. il. p. 61; Sharpe, 12s Aais\o
1888, p. 279; Hargitt, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 388 (1890).
a. ¢. Biserat, Jalor. 16th May, 1899.
b. 6. Aring, Kelantan. Aug. 1899.
c. @. Aring, Kelantan. 4th Sept., 1899.
Bill black above, grey below ; feet dirty green ; iris chocolate.
87. MicroprerNUS BRACHYURUS (Vieill.).
Picus brachyurus, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. xxvi. p. 103
(1818).
Micropternus brachyurus (Vieill.), Oates, op. cit. 11. p.58 ; Sharpe,
P. 4.8. 1888, p. 279; Hargitt, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. Xvlil. p. 396
(1890).
a. d. Biserat, Jalor. 27th May, 1899.
6b. @. Aring, Kelantan. 22nd Aug., 1899.
-+ 88. TI@a JAVANENSIS (Ljung).
Picus javanensis, Liung, Mem. Acad. Roy. Stock. 1797, p. 134,
De vals Qs
Tiga javanensis (Lijung), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 55; Hargitt, Cat.
Bds. Brit. Mus. xviii. p. 412 (1890).
a. 6. Biserat, Jalor. 21st May, 1899.
b. 2. Biserat, Jalor. 10th May, 1899.
c,d. 62. Biserat, Jalor. 5th July, 1899.
e. 6. UluSelama, Perak. 10th Jan., 1900.
Bill and feet dark brown ; iris brown.
+89. CHRYSOCOLAPTES VALIDUS (‘T'emm.).
Picus validus, Temm. P]. Col. 378, 5 (1825).
Chrysocolaptes validus (Temm.), Hargitt, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
xvii. p. 458 (1890).
a. d. Aring, Kelantan. 8th Sept., 1899.
Bill above dark brown, below yellow; feet and iris yellow.
f
* 90. CHOTORHEA CHRYSOPOGON (Temm.).
Bucco chrysopogon, Temm. Pl. Col. ii. 1824, p. 235.
Chotorhea chrysopogon (Temm.), Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
xix. p. 57 (1891).
a. 9. Bulut Besar, Jalor. Sth May, 1899.
b. Ulu Selama, Perak. Jan. 1900.
91, Cyanops HEnnici (Temm.).
Bucco henrici, Temm. Pl. Col. iii. pl. 524 (1831).
ee henrict (Temm.), Hartert, Journ. fir Orn. 1889,
p- ;
Cyanops henricc (Yemm.), Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix.
p. 67 (1891).
a. g. Aring, Kelantan. 7th Sept., 1899.
Bill and iris black ; feet greenish grey.
Ki
(ee)
1901.] BIRDS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.”
+92. Cyanops RaMsAYI (Wald.).
Megalema ramsayi, Wald. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xv. p. 400
(1876).
Cyanops ramsayi (Wald.), Oates, op. cit. i. p. 185; Sharpe,
P.Z.S. 1887, p. 442; Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 70
(1891).
a,b. 2. Gunong Inas (4000 ft.), Perak. 17th Dec., 1899.
Tris dark brown ; feet slaty brown.
+ 93. CyaNnops MYSTACOPHANES (Temm.).
Bucco mystacophanes, Temm. Pl. Col. iii. p. 815 (1824).
Chotorhea mystacophanes (Temm.), Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 130.
Cyanops mystacophanes (‘Temm.), Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
xix. p. 72 (1891).
a. 6. Bukit Besar (2000 ft.), Jalor. 5th May, 1899.
b,c. 62. Biserat, Jalor. 19th May, 1899.
d. 9. Aring, Kelantan. 7th Sept., 1899.
e. 6. Ulu Selama, Perak. 6th Jan., 1900.
Feet and bill black ; iris dark brown.
+94, Oyanops LINEATA (Vieill.).
Capito lineata, Vieill. N. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. iv. p. 500 (1816).
Meyalema hodgsoni, Bp., Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 583
(1878).
Cyanops hodgsoni (Bp.), Oates, op. cit. 11. p. 132.
Cyanops lineata (Vieill.), Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix.
pacl dsol):
a. Kedah. 6th May, 1900.
4-95. Musopucco DUVAUCELI (Less.).
Bueco duvauceli, Less. Traité, p. 164 (1831).
Megalema dwvauceli (Less.), Hartert, Journ. f. Orn. 1889,
p- 402.
Mesobucco duvauceli (Less.), Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix.
p- 85 (1891).
a. d. Aring, Kelantan. 7th Sept., 1899.
b. dimm. Aring, Kelantan. 7th Sept., 1899.
c,d. 6 @. UluSelama, Perak. Jan. 1900.
Bill and feet black ; iris dark brown.
+96. XanTHOLHMA HHMATOCEPHALA Marshall.
Xantholema hematocephala, Marshall, Monogr. Capit. p. 101,
pl. 42 (1871); Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 87 (1891).
Xantholema hemacephala, Oates, op. cit. u. p. 136.
a. Tringganu. 26th Oct., 1599.
Bill black; feet brownish red; iris brown; skin round eye
striped with brownish-red stripes.
74 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [ Feb. 5,
-97, SuRNICULUS LUGUBRIS (Horsf.).
Cuculus lugubris, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 179 (1822).
Surniculus lubugris (Horsf.), Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 587
(1879); Oates, op. cit. i. p. 112; Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
xix. p. 227 (1891).
a,o. dimm. Aring, Kelantan. Aug. 1899.
98. CucuLUS MICROPTERUS Gould.
Cuculus micropterus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 18387, p. 137; Shelley, Cat.
Bads. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 241 (1891).
Cuculus striatus, Drap., Oates, op. cit. 11. p. 105.
a. Q. Blimbing, Legeh. 24th July, 1899.
b. 6. Aring, Kelantan. 2nd Sept., 1899.
Bill above black, below yellowish; feet yellow ; eyelid yellow.
99. CACOMANTIS MERULINUS (Ncop.).
Cuculus merulinus, Scop. Del. Flor. et Faun. Insubr. u. p. 89
1786).
ee rufiventris (Gray), Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 587
1879).
eee threnodes (Cab.), Oates, op. cit. 11. p. 111.
Oacomantis merulinus (Scop.), Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix.
p- 268 (1891).
a. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. 14th Oct., 1599.
b. gS. Tringganu. 28th Oct., 1899.
Bill black, yellowish at base of lower mandible; feet yellow ;
eye purplish brown.
+100. Evpynamis Sonorama (Linn.).
Cuculus honorata, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 179 (1766, ex Briss. pl. ii.
fig. 2).
* Eudynamis malayana, Cab., Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 119.
Eudynamis honorata (L.), Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix.
p- 316 (1891).
a,b. S. Bukit Besar, Jalor. 30th April, 1899.
cd. Biserat, Jalor. Sth July, 1899.
d,e. 6 2. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. 8th July, 1899.
~-101. CENTROPUS SINENSIS (Steph.).
Polophilus sinensis, Steph. Gen. Zool. 1x. p. 51 (1815).
Centrococcyx intermedius, Hume, Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 126.
Centropus sinensis (Steph.), Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix.
p- 343 (1891).
a. 3. Bukit Besar, Jalor. 6th May, 1899.
b. S. Aring, Kelantan. 31st Aug., 1899.
c. Nestling (no particulars).
The nestling, which has unfortunately no data, is in an
interesting stage of plumage, and I therefore add a short de-
scription :—The feathers of the crown, nape, and neck are black,
1901.] BIRDS OF THE “ SKHAT EXPEDITION.” 75
glossed with greenish and barred with chestnut. Scapulars, wings,
and primaries chestnut, narrowly barred with black; down on the
rump tipped with rufous ; tail barred with white. The whole of
the underparts and sides of the head barred with whitish. The
white bars below and the black bars on the scapulars persist long
after the rest of the plumage is adult.
+— 102. CuenTROPUS JAVANICUS (Dumont).
Cuculus gavanicus, Dumont, Dict. Sc. Nat. xi. p. 144 (1818).
Centropus javanicus (Dumont), Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix.
354 (1891).
a gimm. Kedah. 18th May, 1900.
2
103. ZANCLOSTOMUS JAVANICtS (Horsf.).
Pheencopheus javanicus, Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 178
(1822).
Zanclostomus javanicus (Horsf.), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 125;
Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 380 (1891).
a. Q. Aring, Kelantan. 28th Aug., 1899.
b,c. 6 2. Aring, Kelantan. 8th Sept., 1899.
Bill red; feet bluish black.
104. RHopopyTEs TRISTIS (Less.).
Melias tristis, Less. Traité Orn. 1831, p. 132.
Rhopodytes tristis (Less.), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 121; Shelley,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 386 (1891).
a. 2. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. 8th July, 1899.
b,c. 2. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. 5th Oct., 1899.
d,e. 2. Kedah. 3rd May, 1900.
Bill green; feet blue-black ; skin round eye red.
—— 105. RuopopyTESs DIARDI (Less.).
Mehas diardi, Less. Traité, p. 1382 (1831).
Rhopodytes diardi (Less.), Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 122; Shelley,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 390 (1891).
a. 3. Biserat, Jalor. 13th May, 1899.
b. 2. Blimbing, Legeh. 28th July, 1899.
c,d. $6. Aring, Kelantan. Aug. 1899.
é,f. SQ. Aring, Kelantan. 2nd Sept., 1899.
g- 2. Aring, Kelantan. 7th Sept., 1899.
Bill green ; feet black; skin round eye red.
+106. RuivortHa CHLOROPHzA (Raffles).
Cuculus chloropheus, Raffles, Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 288 (1822),
Rhinortha chlorophea (Raffles), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 120; Shelley,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 393 (1891). ;
a. 2. Blimbing, Legeh. 24th July, 1899.
b,c ¢ 2. Kuala Lebeh, Kelantan. 17th Aug., 1899.
d,e. 6. Aring, Kelantan. 28th Aug., 1899.
76 MR, J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [ Feb. 5,
f-k. 9. Aring, Kelantan. Aug. 1899.
m. No particulars.
Bill green ; feet blue-black.
/107. Unococcyx EryrHRogNaTHUS (Hartl.).
Phenicopheus erythrognathus, Hartl. Ver. Mus. Brem. 1844,
3
: Urococeyx erythrognathus (Hartl.), Oates, op. cit. u. p. 124;
Shelley, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xix. p. 398 (1891).
a. 6. Blembing, Legeh. 28th July, 1899.
b. @. Aring, Kelantan. 29th Aug., 1899.
Bill green, red at base of lower mandible ; feet black ; skin
round eye red.
~- 108. PaLzORNIS LoNGrcauDA (Bodd.).
Psittacus longicauda, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 53 (1788).
Paleornis longicauda (Bodd.), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 144; Salvad.
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xx. p. 475 (1891).
a. 6. UluSelama, Perak. Dec. 1899.
Bill and feet dark grey.
+109. PsIrTINUS INCERTUS (Shaw).
Psittacus incertus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. pl. 769 (1790).
I sittinus incertus (Shaw), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 147; Salvad. Cat.
Bds. Brit. Mus. xx. p. 501 (1891).
a. d. Biserat, Jalor. June 1899.
b,c. 6 9. Aring, Kelantan, 12th Sept., 1899.
d,e. 3 2. Kwala Selama, Perak. Dec. 1899.
Bill, 3, above red, below yellowish black; 92,above brown,
below yellowish grey ; feet green ; iris yellow.
+—110. LoricvLus ¢aneutus (Linn.).
Psittacus galgulus, Linn, Ameen. Acad. iv. p. 236 (1754).
Loriculus galgulus (Linn.), Salvad. Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xx.
p. 531 (1891).
a. Patelung. April 1899.
6. d. Patani. 26th April, 1899.
ce. No particulars.
111. Burreron capevui(Temm.).
— Columba capelli, Temm. Pl. Col. 143 (livr. 24, 1828) (Java).
Butreron capelli (Temm.), Salvad. Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxi.
p. 32 (1893).
a. 2. Aring, Kelantan. 5th Sept., 1899.
Bill pale green ; feet deep yellow.
{ 112. Osmorrmron vernans (Linn.).
Columba vernans, Linn. Mant. p. 526 (1771) (ex Briss.).
1901.] BIRDS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” Ut
Osmotreron vernans (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 309; Salvad.
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 60 (1893).
a. 9. Biserat, Jalor. 12th May, 1899.
6. No particulars.
-+-113. OsmorrERon onax (Temm.).
Columba olax, Temm. Pl. Col. 241 (livr. 41, 1823) (Sumatra).
Osmotreron olaa (Temm.), Salvad. Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 64
(1893).
a. g. Aring, Kelantan, 31st Aug., 1899.
Bill green ; feet red; iris whitish.
—-114, Prinopus samzu (Gm.).
Columba jambu, Gm. 8S. N. ii. 2,.p. 784, no. 63 (1788).
Ptlopus jambu (Gm.), Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 432; Salvad.
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 80 (1893).
a,b. Aring, Kelantan. 18th Sept., 1899.
Bill and iris orange ; feet magenta.
7-115. Turrur Tierrnus (Temm.).
Columba tigrina, Temm. & Knip, Pig. i. p. 43 (1808-1811).
LTurtur tigrinus (Temm. & Knip), Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan,
p- 665 (1897) ; Oates, op. cit. ii, p. 290; Salvad. Cat. Bds. Brit.
Mus. xxi. p. 440 (1893).
a. 3. Tale Nowy, Patani. 3rd April, 1899.
6. 2. Aring, Kelantan. 16th Aug., 1899.
e. Ulu Aring, Kelantan. Sept. 1899.
d. Simm. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. 5th Oct., 1899.
e. Tringganu. 22nd Oct., 1899.
f. No particulars.
+116. CuatcopHars inpica (Linn.).
Columba indica, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 284, no. 29 (1766) (ex
Edwards).
Chalcophaps indica (Linn.), Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, (D. OF 1 2
Oates, op. cit. 11. p. 297; Salvad. Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 514
(1893).
a. 9. Biserat, Jalor. 22nd May, 1899.
6. Imm. Aring, Kelantan. 4th Sept., 1899.
+117. Cate@yas nicoparica (Linn.).
Columba nicobarica, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 233, no. 27 (1766).
Calenas nicobarica (.), Salvad. Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxi. p. 615
(1893).
a. 2. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. Oct. 1899.
+118. ExcaLracroria CHINENSIS (L.).
Tetrao chinensis, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 277 (1766).
78 MR. J. L. BONHOTE ON THE [Feb. 5,
Excalfuctoria chinensis (Linn.), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 334; Grant,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 250 (1893).
a. 6. Bukit Besar, Jalor. 30th April, 1899.
b. g. Biserat, Jalor. 11th May, 1899.
+119. Gaxtus cattus (1L.).
Phasianus gallus, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 270 (1766).
Gallus ferrugineus (Gin.), Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 669
(1879); Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 322.
Gallus gallus (L.), Grant, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 344
(1893).
a. 2. Khota Bharu, Kelantan. 8th July, 1899.
b. g. Kwala Selama, Perak. 15th Jan., 1900.
+1920, PonyPLECTRON BICALCARATUM (L.).
Pavo bicalearatum, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 268 (1766).
Polyplectron bicalearatum (1.), Grant, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxi.
p. 358 (1893).
a. @. Sungei Lebeh, Kelantan. 5th Aug., 1399)
b. 6. Aring, Kelantan. 17th Sept., 1899.
Bill and feet black ; iris white; skin round the eye orange.
“121. ARGUSIANUS ARGUS (Linn.).
Phasianus argus, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 272 (1766).
Argusianus argus (L.), Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 313; Grant, Cat.
Bas. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 863 (1893).
a,b. 3. Biserat, Jalor. May 1899.
¢. 2. Sisa Kwani.
d. 9. Aring, Kelantan. 17th Sept., 1899.
e. Pull. No particulars.
£122. Pavo muticus Linn.
Pavo muticus, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 268 (1766); Anders. Zool. Res.
Yunnan, p. 668 (1879) ; Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 312; Grant, Cat. Bds.
Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 372 (1898).
a—c. 5 specimens, no particulars.
+- 123. Turnix Taicoor (Sykes).
Hemipodius taigoor, Sykes, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 155.
Turnia plumbipes, Hodgs., Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 673
(1879); Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 337.
Turmx taigoor (Sykes), Grant, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxii. p. 530
(1893).
a. 6. Patelung. $Slst March, 1899.
6b. 2. Bukit Besar, Jalor. 3rd May, 1899.
ce 9. Aring, Kelantan. 20th Aug., 1899.
124. Ratrina rascrava (Raffles).
Rallus fasciata, Raffles, Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 828 (1822).
1901.] BIRDS OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION,” 79
Rallina fasciata (Raffles), Oates, op. eit. il. p. 341; Sharpe, Cat.
Bds. Brit. Mus. xxiii. p. 75 (1894),
a, Patani. April 1899.
6,c. 3 @. Biserat, Jalor. 18th May, 1899.
+125. Porzana usta (Pall.).
fallus pusillus, Pall. Reis. Russ. Reichs, iii, Apps pa a00
(1776).
Porzana bailloni, Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 334
Porzana pusillus (Pall.), Sharpe, Cat, Bas. Brit. Mus. xxiii.
p- 106 (1894).
a. Q. Patelung. 7th April, 1899.
+126. GatiicrEx cryurea (Gm.).
Fulica cinerea, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 702 (1788).
Galhcrex cinerea (Gm.), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 349; Sharpe, Cat.
Bds. Brit. Mus. xxiti. p. 183 (1894).
a. 3. Bangkok, Patelung. 4th April, 1899.
6. 2. Parit Buntar, Perak. 17th Jan., 1900.
127. Heniopais pursonara (Gray).
Podica personata, Gray, P. Z.S. 1848, p- 90:
Heliopais personata (Gray), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 353; Sharpe
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxiii. p. 232 (1894).
a. 2. Biserat, Jalor. 19th May, 1899.
>)
7128. GLAREOLA ORIENTALIS Leach.
Glareola orientalis, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 132, pl. xiii.
(1822); Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 361; Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
xxiv. p. 58 (1896).
a. 9. Ana Bukit, Kedah. 12th May, 1900.
6, c. Kedah. 10th May, 1900.
-+-129. CHARADRIUS DoMINiIcuS Miill.
Charadrius dominicus, P. U.S. Miill. Syst. Nat. Anhang, p. 116
(1776); Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p- 195 (1896).
Charadrius fulvus, Gm., Anders. Zool. Res. Yunnan, p. 675
(1879) ; Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 364.
a,b. $Q@. Patelung. 2nd April, 1899.
c.9. Tringganu. 31st Oct., 1899.
7130. ASGIALITIS ALEXANDRINA (Linn.).
Charadrius alewandrinus, Linn, S.N. i. p- 258 (1766).
Aigialitis alewandrina (1.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxiv.
p. 275 (1896).
a. 2. Tringganu. 29th Oct., 1899.
6. 2. Pulau Bidang. 10th Dec., 1899.
Malay name, “ Kedidi.”
80 ON THE BIRDS OF THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [Feb. 5,
+-131. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS Linn.
Tringa hypoleucus, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 250 (1766).
Tringordes hypoleucus (L.), Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 399; Sharpe, Cat.
Bds. Brit. Mus. xxiv. p. 456 (1896).
a. 2. Pulau Bidang. 10th Dec., 1899.
(-132. RHYACOPHILUS GLARHOLA (L.).
Tringa ochropus, B. glareola, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 250 (1766).
Totanus glareola (L.), Oates, op. cit. 1. p. 401.
Rhyacophilus glarcola (1.), Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxiv.
p. 491 (1896).
a. d. Patelung. 7th April, 1899.
b,c. 9. Tringganu. October 1899.
133. SrERNA SINENSIS Gm.
Sterna sinensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 608 (1788, ev Lath.) ; Saunders,
Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxv. p. 114 (1896).
a. Q. Patelung. 7th April, 1899.
+134, PHoyx MANILLENSIS Sharpe.
Phoyx manillensis, Sharpe, Bull. B. O. Club, iii. p. xxxvii (1894);
id. Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxvi. p. 63 (1898).
Ardea purpurea, Linn., Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 245; Hartert, Journ.
fir Orn. 1886, p. 406.
a. 9. Tale Nowy, Patelung. 2nd April, 1899.
+185. Buputcus conoMANDUS (Bodd.).
Cancroma coromanda, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 54 (1783).
Bulbucus coromandus (Bodd.), Oates, op. cit. il. p. 251; Hartert,
Journ. fiir Orn. 1889, p. 406; Sharpe, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxvi.
p. 217 (1898).
a,b. 6. Tale Nowy, Patelung. 2nd April, 1899.
+136. PopIcIPES PHILIPPENSIS (Bonnat.).
Colymbus philippensis, Bonnat. Tabl. Encycl. Méth. 1. p. 53,
pl. 46. fig. 3 (1790).
Podicipes philippensis (Bonnat.), Grant, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
xxvi. p. 011 (1898).
a. 2. Patelung. 30th March, 1899.
137. ASARCORNIS scuruLaTa (S. Miull.).
Anas scutulata, 8. Mill. Verh. Land- en Volkenk. p. 159.
Anas leucoptera (Blyth), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 281.
Asarcorms scutulata (8. Miull.), Salvadori, Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus.
xxvul. p. 61 (1895).
a. 9. Patelung. April 1899.
Resembles in all respects a female from the Hume Collection, but
is rather more mottled on the neck. According to Mr. R, Evans,
it 1s a migratory species in Patelung.
1901.] ANNELID OBTAINED DURING THE “SKBAT EXPEDITION.” 81
+ 138. Nevropus COROMANDELIANUS (Gm.).
Anas coromandelianus, Gm. 8. N. i. 2, p. 556 (17838).
_ Neitopus coromandetianus (Gm.), Oates, op. cit. ii. p. 272;
Salvad. Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxvii. p. 68 (1895).
a,b. $2. Patelung. 30th March, 1899.
+~-139. Dmnprocycena savantca (Horsf.).
Anas javanica, Horsf. Tr. Linn. Soe. xiii. p. 199 (Java) (1821).
Dendrocycna javanica (Horst.), Salvad. Cat. Bds. Brit. Mus. xxvii.
p. 156 (1895).
a. 2. Tale Nowy, Patelung. 2nd April, 1899.
b. 9. Tremangam. 12th July, 1899.
7. On a Freshwater Annelid of the Genus Bothrioneuron
obtained during the “ Skeat Expedition ” to the Malay
Peninsula. By Frank K. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.
[Received January 14, 1901. ]
(Text-figures 8-10.)
There are at present only two species of this peculiar genus of
Tubificidee known : they come from such widely separated localities
as the neighbourhood of Prague * and the neighbourhood of Buenos
Ayres”. 1 believe that the facts ascertained from an examination
of specimens from the Malay Peninsula justify me in the creation
of a third species.
The worms are of about the same size as average specimens of
Tubifex rivulorum, and thus present no divergence from the two
other species of Bothrioneuron.
The prostomium is conspicuous and of the ordinary form that
it exhibits among the Tubificide, as will be seen from an inspection
of the two drawings (text-fig. 8, A, B, p. 82).
Prostomial sense-organs.—I find in the present species the same
prostomial sense-organ which I described and figured (in section)
in Bothrioneuron americanum. It is, moreover, also unpaired in
the present species. The position of the organ, however, varies :
it is usually on one side, which is preferably the left, just at the
junction of the convex upper surface of the prostomium with the
lower surface. In one specimen, however, it is exactly in the
middle of the lower surface, and in another it is as distinctly upon
the upper surface, and also fairly median in position. The organ
is very decidedly upon the prostomium itself; it is not situated at
the junction of the prostomium with the peristomial segment, as
is the case with the corresponding organ of B. americanum.
The one specimen in which the sense-organ happened to be
ventral in position is shown in the accompanying drawing, by
1 Stole, ‘« Mon. Ceskych. Tubificid.,” Abh. Ges. Bohm, (2) vii. p. 43.
* Beddard, Hamburg. Magalh. Sammelreise, Naiden &e. p. 6.
Proc. Zoot. Soo.—1901, Vou. I. No. VI. 6
82 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON AN ANNELID [Feb. 5,
which it will be seen that a semicircular depression with the con-
cavity directed forwards is the external manifestation of the organ,
of which the mass of cells lie behind. 5 .
In a specimen in which the prostomial organ is lateral in position
(text-fig. 8, B), an external depression is to be seen with equal clear-
Text-fig. 8.
A B
Bothrioneuron tris.
Fig. A. Prostomium from below. Fig. B. Ditto from above.
S, sense-organ symmetrically placed in A, asymmetrically in B.
Text-fig. 9.
Bothrioneuron iris.
Longitudinal section through the prostomium.
S, sense-organ ; B, supra-cesophageal ganglion.
ness, but naturally in profile. In a longitudinal section (text-fig. 9)
of a specimen in which the sense-organ happens to be median and
quite anterior in position, the following appearances are observable :
the supposed sense-organ consists of a mass of cells which are rather
deeper than are those of the surrounding epidermis ; this is especially
1901. ] OBTAINED DURING THE “ SKUAT EXPEDITION,” 83
to be seen at the periphery of the organ, the central part corre-
sponding to the external depression consisting of rather less
elongated cells. The considerable size of the organ as compared
with the entire prostomium is apparent from the figure and is
rather remarkable. It is probable, therefore, that a corresponding
organ in other Tubificide has not been overlooked.
The sete are, as in the other species, all uncinate and without
further complications; there are no subsidiary hooklets between
the two prongs in which the free extremity of the seta ends.
There appear to be not more than four setze to a bundle, and very
often there are only two.
In this species, as in other Oligocheta, there would appear to
be no sete upon the first segment of the body. However, in
longitudinal sections I was able to observe a small mass of muscles
upon the first segment of the body, entirely similar in appearance
to those which upon ensuing segments enwrap the sete, and
corresponding exactly in position. The mass of muscular fibres
was small, put I regard it as a vestige of the seta-bundles of that
segment. Setware certainly absent ventrally in the neighbourhood
of the male pore—a feature in which the present species agrees with
B, americanum, and differs from the European B. vejdouskyanum,
in which there are specially modified genital sete: of peculiar form
replacing the ventral bundles. The lateral sete, however, corre-
sponding to the missing ventral sete are present.
Clitellum.— Bothrioneuron iris differs from its allies in the position
of the clitellum, which is pushed back a segment and occupies
segments xii. and xiii. In the middle of segment xii. lies the
Male generative pore-—This aperture, single and median, is also
a segment farther back than it is in B. vejdovskyanum and
B. americanum, It is interesting to note that there is an apparent
connection between the male pore and the clitellum in that an
alteration in the position of one is accompanied by an alteration in
the position of the other.
The oviducal pores I have not seen,
Spermathecal pores are not present. The absence of sperinathece
is one of the characters of the genus.
Spermatophores.—Dr. Stole figures in B. vejdovskyanum a crowd
of spermatophores attached to the body-wall round the male
generative pore. In B. americanum I did not find these structures,
though perhaps I was a little premature * in using their absence as
a specific character. In three out of six mature examples of B. iris,
I find a single spermatophore apiece also attached close to the
male pore. ‘The structure of these spermatophores is similar to
those of B. vejdovskyanum. There is a thick stalk by which they
are attached to the body-wall, which is of a yellowish colour. This
stalk is merely attached to the epidermis superficially : it does not
penetrate between the cells. Nor can I find any evidence of its
1 Monogr. Oligochxta, Oxford, 1895. The comparative rarityzof the occur-
rence of spermatophores in B. dis may explain the failure to find them in
B. americanum. They are probably distinctive of the genus.
6*
84 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON AN ANNELID (Feb. 5,
being hollow ; so far at anyrate “ hypodermic impregnation” is im-
probable. The accompanying drawing (text-fig. 10) illustrates the
form of the spermatophore, whose structure [have also investigated
by transverse sections. Above the stalk it swells out into an oval
cup; which is, roughly, of about the same length as the stalk. This
narrows rapidly to form a short tube, which appears to be open at
the freeend. The thickness of the walls of this—the sperm-holding
part of the spermatophore—are much thicker below and diminish
oradually towards the free tubular extremity of the structure. This
part of the spermatophore, as shown in the drawing, does not look
as if continuous with the stalk; a slight prolongation of the latter
seems to embrace it. The deeply staining contents of the cup
appear to be spermatozoa, but their condition of preservation is
not sufficiently good to show histological details.
Text-fig. 10.
Spermatophore of Bothrionewron cris in situ.
Integumental vascular network.—A striking feature of the other
two species of this genus is the existence of an integumental
network of blood-capillaries. This was so easily to be seen in
the examples of Bothrioneuron americanum which J examined, that
I have some confidence in stating that a vascular integument
is not to be found in Bothrioneuron iris. I have examined ten
or a dozen specimens in glycerine with and without treatment
by potash, and I can find no trace of blood-capillartes in the
skin. It occurred to me of course that the posterior end of
1901.] OBTAINED DURING THE “ SKBA' EXPEDITION.” 85
the body might be vascular if the anterior end was not, since the
tail in the Tubificide seems to be often used for respiratory
purposes. But here, as elsewhere, I could find no evidence of
blood-capillaries in the skin. A specific difference in a feature
of such apparent importance is somewhat unexpected. But, as
has been, and as will be, seen, the present species is in many ways
divergent from its congeners.
Male organs of generation.—As will have been gathered from the
account of the external features of the present species, the segments
occupied by the various parts of the male generative system are a
segment behind those which are occupied by the corresponding
organs in the other two species of the genus. In Bothrioneuron
iris the testes are in segment xi. instead of x. Excepting in their
position, there is nothing especially noteworthy about these gonads.
The male efferent apparatus, as in other species of the genus, is
complicated and specialised into a number of regions. In trans-
verse sections of the body the ventral surface was seen to be
flattened, and thus to contrast with the semicircular dorsal region.
At the sides of the body, the flattened under surface was limited
by a slightly projecting ridge, so that the outline of a section was
somewhat that of a round hat with a brim also in section. In the
iniddle of this area opens the single pore.
When a specimen of the worm is examined in its entirety, the
actual orifice is seen to be small and accurately median. In longt-
tudinal sections the smallness of the oritice is also striking. But
in transverse sections it appears to be larger owing to the fact that
the incurving sides of the body-wall diverge from each other con-
siderably laterally in their course.
The relative size of the male pore would seem to be much that
of B. vejdouskyanum as figured by Stole. But this author does
not figure microscopical sections of his species. A noteworthy
difference between the two species, which has already been referred
to in dealing with external characters, is the total absence of genital
sete in B. iris. In this it agrees with its nearest ally B. americanum.
It is unlikely that I should have overlooked these sete in two
species which have been both of them examined in sections as well
as in their entirety mounted in glycerine. There are, in fact, no
sete in the immediate vicinity of the male pore. The terminal
male apparatus of B. iris is divisible into the same regions as those
which are to be found in B. vejdovskyanum; but their relative
dimensions are decidedly different, and there seem to be also
differences in their histological structure. Thesperm-duct 1s divided
into two different sections as in B. vejdouskyanum. The proximal
part, that which immediately arises from the funnel, ts about as
long as the region which follows, and is much coiled in the middle of
a mass of cells which represents a thickened peritoneal investment.
This proximal section is of less calibre, and its cells are equally
stained by the borax-carmine used in the preparation of the
sections ; the tube is also of less calibre. The remaining part of the
vas deferens also coils about in the midst of the cells mentioned: but
Bad
86 ANNELID OBTAINED DURING THE “SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [Feb. 5,
it is of larger calibre, and the cells are not so thoroughly stained by
the carmine ; it is, in fact, of a more glandular appearance. This
section of tube widens a little before it becomes continuous with
the first part of the spermiducal gland proper. The latter is quite
different again from the terminal part of the spermiducal gland, a
fact which appears to distinguish B. wis from B. veydouskyanum.
In the latter there is, judging from Stole’s figure, no difference
whatever between the proximal and the distal regions of the spermi-
ducal gland. In the species with which I am here concerned, the
proximal section of the glandular tube is of rather limited extent.
Its lumen is fairly wide and is lined by tall columnar cells, which are
crowded with rounded spherules of secretion. They are not much
stained. In Stole’s figure the ‘“paratrium” is represented as
arising from the terminal male tube at about halfway between its
commencement and the external orifice. In B. iris the same is the
case, and the point of origin nearly represents the passing of the
purely glandular part of the spermiducal gland into the distal
region, which has quite other characters. The distal part of the
tube is wide and has collapsible walls, a fact which is due to
their thinness. The epithelium lining the tube here is quite non-
glandular. It is a low columnar epithelium which is covered
externally by a rather lax covering of muscles.
The paratrium has the egg-shaped form which it exhibits in the
other species of the genus.. There is, however, no cap of divergent
“prostatic ” cells such as are figured in B. vejdovskyanum. The
paratrium has very thick muscular walls, and its lining of cells
becomes deeper and more glandular in appearance at the blind end
of the sac.
Where the spermiducal glands open on to the exterior of the
body they naturally have to burrow beneath the nerve-cord. The
latter is raised to near the intestine, and a slip of muscles forming
a thick septum connects it with the ventral body-wall after the
two spermiducal glands are separated from each other.
The ovaries lie in the xiith segment ; but I have not discovered
the oviducts. :
The genus Bothrioneuron may be defined and its species discri-
minated as follows :—
Genus Borurtonguron, Stole.
Tubificids of 40-50 mm. in length. Sete entirely uncinate.
Prostomium with an unpaired, often asymmetrical sense-organ .
Male pore single and median or paired; atrium with a lateral diver-
ticulum, the paratrium. Spermathees absent. Oviducal pores
paired“. Spermatophores of peculiar form attached to neighbour-
hood of male orifice. i
Hab. Burope; 8. America; Malay Peninsula.
? Fide Michaelsen, “ Oligochzxten”’ in ‘ Tierreich,’ Berlin, 1890, for state-
ment that the sense-organ characterizes the genus, I am unable to read Stole’s
paper, which is in Bohemian.
“In B. vydovskyanum. They are not known in the other species.
1901.]. ON THE HAIRS OF EQUUS BURCHELLI AND E. ZEBRA. 87
1. BorHRIONEURON VEJDOVSKYANUM Stole.
B. vejdovskyanum, Stole, 8.B. Bohm. Ges. 1835, p. 647; id. Abh.
Bohm. Ges. (2) vii. p. 43; Beddard, Monogr. Olig. 1895, p. 269.
Bothrioneurum vejdovskyanum, Michaelsen, “ Oligochzten ” in
Tierreich, 1890, p. 54.
Body covered with papille. Male pores single and median in
xi. Clitellum xi., xii. An integumental vascular network present.
Genital seta present on xi. Spermatophores numerous, attached
to body-wall in neighbourhood of male pore.
2. BOTHRIONEURON AMERICANUM Beddard.
B. americanum, Beddard, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) xiii. p. 206; Hamb.
Magalh. Sammelreise, Naiden &c., 1896, p.6; Monogr. Olig. 1895,
p- 269.
Bothrioneurum americanum, Michaelsen, “ Oligocheten,” Tier-
reich, 1900, p. 54.
Male pores paired on xi. Clitellum xi., xii. An imtegumental
vascular network present. No genital sete. Spermatophores
absent (?).
3. BOTHRIONEURON IRIS, 0. sp.
Male pore single and median on xii. Clitellum xii., xin. No
integumental vascular system. No genital sete. Spermatophores
only present to the number of one.
February 19, 1901.
Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S., exhibited the skin of a female Monkey
(Cercopithecus schmidti) from a specimen lately living in the Society’s
Gardens (received September 25th, 1900; died February 17th,
1901), which showed a pair of additional mamme below and slightly
to the inside of the normal pair. One of the supplementary
mamme, that of the right side, was fully as large as the normal
mMmamme.
Dr. W. G. Ridewood exhibited under the microscope mounted
slides of the hairs of two Zebras, Equus burchelli and L. zebra, for
comparison with the hairs of the recently described E. johnstont
Sclater (see P. Z. 8. 1901, p. 50), and called attention to the fact
that no differences in structure could be observed between the
hairs of these three species.
With reference to the same subject the following extracts from
a letter addressed by Prof. J. C. Ewart to Mr. Beddard, who had
88 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A NEW [Feb. 19,
forwarded to Prof. Ewart a piece of the skin of H. johnstone,
were read: eae :
‘“‘T have compared the hair from the piece of skin you kindly
sent with the hair of antelopes, oxen, deer, and other Ruminants,
and with the hair of zebras and other Hquide.
“The conclusion arrived at is that the pieces of skin sent home
by Sir Harry Johnston belong to a Zebra.
“Tn all the Equide the hair has the same general structure, but
yet it is possible to distinguish zebra-hair from that of the horse
and the ass. In wild asses even the light hairs are longitudinally
striped, in zebras only the coloured hairs are striped, while in horses
neither the light nor the dark hairs show any stripings. In being
striped the hairs from the Congo skin differ from the hairs ot
antelopes, and agree with those of the asses and zebras. As in the
Congo skin the white hairs show no longitudinal striping, it may
be assumed it belongs to a zebra rather than to one of the asses.
To which of the known zebras does the Congo one most closely
resemble ?
“ Judging by the hairs on the piece of skin sent it decidedly differs
from the Quagea (Hquus quagga), the Mountain Zebra (#. zebra),
and the Burchell’s Zebras (£. burchellc) of East and South Africa.” .
The following papers were read :—
1. Notice of an apparently new Estuarine Dolphin from
Borneo. By R. Lypexxer.
[Received January 17, 1901.]
(Plate VIIL.)
(Text-figure 11.)
The skin and skeleton of a female Dolphin from Borneo, recently
purchased by the British Museum from Mr. E. Hose, do not accord
with the description of any species with which I am acquainted,
and therefore seem to indicate a new form. The specimen was
obtained at Sipang, on the mouth of the Sarawak River.
The total length of the skin is approximately 54 feet. The beak
is comparatively long and narrow, and at the base the forehead
rises very abruptly, showing a distinct prominence or boss some
distance in advance of the blow-hole. The flippers are faleate,
but the dorsal fin is obtuse, low, and continued both in front and
behind as a low ridge extending for a length of about fourteen
inches along the back.
The general colour of the upper-parts is blackish ; but the under-
parts are much mottled with a light tint, which is yellow in the
dried state, but during life was probably buffish white or whitish.
Nearly the whole of the chin is of this light tint, and there are
patches of it at the roots of the flippers; in the binder half of the .
body and tail it extends some way up the sides.
24s) NOL, woll. I. Ih Will,
imp jb
Mintern Bros.
del.ettith.
J, Smit
SO TANL UA JROIRUN TEINS I'S .
1901.] DOLPHIN FROM BORNEO. 89
The skull (text-fig. 11) at once shows that the specimen belongs
to the Sotalea-Steno group of Dolphins, to which comparison may
accordingly be restricted. The pterygoids are widely separated
from one another in the middle line; and the teeth, which are of
medium size, smooth, and antero-posteriorly compressed, number
36 in the upper, and 34 iu the lower jaw. Unfortunately the
skeleton is somewhat incomplete posteriorly, so that the total
number of vertebrae cannot be ascertained. There are, however,
30 in the precaudal series.
Text-fig. 11.
PARRA ARR
LL
Lower view (A) and lateral view (B) of the skull of Sodalia borneensis.
Pt. Pterygoid.
As regards the distinction between Steno and Sotalia, Messrs.
Flower* and True* included all the forms with divided pterygoids
in the latter, and those with conjoint pterygoids in the former.
Mr. Blanford *, however, has transferred the three Indian species
S. plumbeus, S. perniger, and S. lentiginosus from Sotalia to Steno,
* List of Cetacea in Brit. Mus. pp. 31 & 32 (1885).
* Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus. No. 36, pp. 153 & 156 (1889).
* Fauna of Brit. India: Mammalia, pp. 582-585.
90 ON A NEW DOLPHIN FROM BORNEO, [Feb. 19,
although they have divided pterygoids, stating that he thinks it
desirable to await the examination of the complete skeleton before
placing them in the typical South-American genus Sotalia., - All
three differ from the present form by their much larger teeth ;
while S. pluimbeus and S. perniger (gadamu) are further distinguished
by their tall and faleate dorsal fins, and S. lentiginosus by its
speckled skin. The other Indian form, S. frontatus, is a true Steno,
with conjoint pterygoids and rugose teeth. There are also many
other differences, such as variation in the number of teeth.
As already mentioned, the specimen agrees with Sotalia and
differs from Steno (exclusive of the Indian forms referred to that
genus by Mr. Blanford) in the separation of the pterygoids. It
further agrees with the former in the relatively large number of
teeth and the smoothness of their enamel; Mr. True giving the
number of teeth in Sotalia as from 26 to 35, and in Steno from 20
to 27. In Sotaliathe number of vertebra varies from 51 to 55, of
which 29 are precaudal ; but in Steno the number is increased to 66,
of which 35 are precaudal. In its 30 precaudals the present
specimen agrees sufficiently well with Sotala.
It may therefore be taken that the specimen is not only referable
to the last-named genus, but likewise to the typical Brazilian
section of the same. The Indian forms (referred by Mr. Blanford
to Steno) have been already differentiated, while the white
Sotalia sinensis, in addition to its larger teeth, is readily distinguish-
able by its coloration.
The South-American species, especially those from the Upper
Amazons, are probably sufficiently distinguished by their geo-
graphical distribution, but a few words may be added in regard to
them. Both Sotalia pallida and S. fluviatilis, of the Upper Amazons,
are broadly distinguished by the smaller number of their teeth,
there being in the former and es inthe latter. S. pallida further
differs by the whitish colour of the upper-parts, while the peculiar
distribution of the colours forms another point of difference in
S. fluviatilis.
Comparison is more difficult in the case of the three forms
respectively known as S. tucuat, S. guianensis, and S. brasiliensis.
The former of these is typified by two skulls in the British Museum
from the Upper Amazons, the number of teeth in which is 2
30°
This form, if not identical with S. pallida, is probably very closely
allied.
Sotalia brasiliensis, from Rio de Janeiro, was described on the
evidence of an immature specimen, and is said to be blackish above,
with the sides fulvous, the belly white, and the flippers coloured
like the back; the number of the teeth being =, In many respects
this form appears to come very close to the one under consideration.
Sir William Flower was, however, of opinion that S. brasiliensis
might prove to be the young of S. fluviatilis. And apart from this,
the figures given by Van Beneden (reproduced in pl. iii. of
Mr. True’s memoir) seem to indicate that the dorsal fin of
: PZ. S MO vol 1 12u x.
Smit del.et kth. Mintern Bros.imp.
CAPRA SIBIRICA SACIN .
1901.] ON THE KASHMIR IBEX. 91
brasiliensis is more pointed than that of the Bornean Dolphin, and
lacks the anterior ridge-like extension of the latter. Moreover, the
head is less elevated above the beak than is the case in the present
form, although it is true that this may be due to immaturity. In
the skull of the Brazilian species the beak appears to be much wider
than in the specimen under consideration, while the teeth seem
relatively larger. S. guianensis, which is said to have = teeth, may
be identical with one of the foregoing ; and, in any case, is too im-
perfectly known to admit of exact comparison, in the absence of
the type specimens.
I have not been able to identify the Brazilian specimen with any
of the South-American Dolphins recently described by Dr. R. A.
Philippi *, and am indeed doubtful whether any of them belong to
Sotalia.
Under these circumstances I see no other course but to make
the Bornean Dolphin, at least provisionally, the type of a species,
for which the name S. borneensis will be appropriate. The specific
characters will be apparent from the description above given.
The specimen was captured on September 12th, 1900.
2. Note on the Kashmir Ibex (Capra sibirica sacin).
By R. Lyprexxer.
[Received January 22, 1901.]
(Plate IX.)
(Text-figure 12.)
So far as I am aware, no coloured figure of the Ibex inhabiting
the mountains which border the northern and eastern sides of
the Valley of Kashmir has ever been published, and I accordingly
desire to direct attention to a skin which, through the intervention
of Rowland Ward, Ltd., will shortly be acquired by the British
Museum. The animal (a male) to which this skin belonged was
shot by Captain E. F. Holden below the Zogi-la, the pass on the
Leh route dividing the Sind Valley of Kashmir from the Tibetan
district of Dras. Captain Holden has had the head mounted for
his own collection, and the remainder of the skin he has kindly
offered to present to the Museum.
This animal was in the winter coat at the time of its death;
and is, I take it, the Capra sakeen of Blyth, which is generally
described as of a dirty white colour in winter, with dark under-
parts and legs, and browner in summer. Few naturalists, 1 think,
have, however, any idea that it is really as white as is shown to be
the case by the present example, which may be briefly described
as follows :—
Whole of back and the basal portion of the neck creamy
buffish white, with a very faint and incomplete light brown dorsal
streak, becoming broader and darker towards the tail, which is
1 An. Mus. Chile, 1893 and 1896 (No. 12).
Text-fig. 12.
if i Hii,
Y ie Ny
iy
He.
:
oth Ah,
j
HN
a
MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE
ASMA HI igith \ MOS QQ
yh i th WRENN
Mh PSTD SSS SN
[per WSS
WS
i
A)
Ht Wie
TRY
rer red] Pa
i issu
uy he
7
ify,
A
EUG ANG
: WY,
VAY
fh
WAST tua
Z,
WG
Li
[Feb. 19,
Body-skins of (a) Irtish, (>) Baltistan, and (¢) Kashmiri races of the Asiatic Lbex.
1901. ] KASHMIR IBEX. 93
black, with chestnut tips to the hairs. A narrow band of very
pale greyish fawn along each flank ; thighs and shoulders a darker
fawn; legs deep golden brown, with a small patch of brownish
buff on the back of the hinder pair, above the lateral hoofs. The
head, as in all the allied forms, is brownish.
Here it may be mentioned that I regard the Kashmir Ibex not
as a distinct species, but as a local race of the Asiatic Ibex, under
the name of C. silirica sacin (see text-fig. 12,¢, p. 92).
Recently I have described’ a second race of the species, from
Baltistan,as C. sibirica wardi. Of this race the Museum possesses
the mounted type example presented by Mr. Rowland Ward, and
an imperfect skin given by Mr. St. George Littledale; both
specimens being in the winter dress. Contrasted with the foregoing
race, this form presents the following distinctive features :—
Buffish-white area on back considerably smaller, with a more
distinct and darker dorsal streak, and thus forming only a
‘“‘saddle.” Another patch of buff on nape of neck also buffish
white. Whole of remainder of upper-parts, under-parts (except
abdomen, which is whitish), limbs, and tail dark brown, varying
somewhat in shade in different parts; in some cases (as in Mr.
Littledale’s example) a patch of brownish buff on the posterior
surface of the hind legs above the hocks (see text-fig. 12, d).
A third (Irtish) race, from farther north in Cental Asia, has
been described by Mr. Walter Rothschild * as C. sibirica lydekkeri
(see text-fig. 12, a). ;
In this form (which is also represented by specimens in the
winter coat), the light saddle is reduced to a still smaller size
than in the last, and the light nape-patch is likewise smaller, and
separated by a longer interval from the saddle; the brown tail is
bordered with white, and there are also small patches of white on
the buttocks adjacent to the tail; the whole of the rest of the
upper-parts, as well as the limbs and under-parts, are brown, of a
somewhat lighter shade than in the Baltistan race.
Finally, we have what I take to be the typical race of the
species, as represented in the British Museum by two mounted
male examples in the winter coat, one of which is from the Thian
Shan, and the other from Siberia. These specimens have the whole
of the upper-parts uniformly coloured, the tint being a full brown
in the one first mentioned, but somewhat lighter in the second.
Both are further distinguished by the circumstance that the whole
of the posterior surface of the metatarsal segment of the hind leg
is white.
It seems, therefore, that not only are all the aforesaid four
races perfectly easy of definition, but that, so far as coloration is
concerned, there is a transition from the Kashmiri to the Thian-
Shan form; the one being the lightest, and the other the darkest
of the four.
And in this connection it may be remarked that the light-
‘ Great and Small Game of India, Burma, and Tibet, p. 101 (1900).
* Novitates Zoologice, vol. vii. p. 277 (1900).
94 DR. J. @. DE MAN ON A NEW FRESHWATER [Feb. 19,
coloured Kashmir race of the Asiatic Ibex inhabits the great
Snowy Range of the Himalaya, where the snowfall is heaviest.
The darker Baltistan Ibex, on the other hand, is a dweller in a
district where the fall of snow is less; while the Thian-Shan and
Siberian race, at least in part of its habitat, is found in arid
districts where the snowfall is still more limited. It would thus
seem probable that the type of coloration characteristic of each
of the four forms of the Asiatic Ibex mentioned above is directly
correlated with the environment of each particular race.
3. Description of a new Freshwater Crustacean from the
Soudan ; followed by some Remarks on an allied Species.
By Dr. J. G. pz May, of Ierseke, Zeeland, Holland.
[Received January 21, 1901.]
(Plate X.)
A male specimen of a Orab from the Bahr-el-Gebel, in the
Soudan, obtained by Capt. S.S8. Flower, F.Z.S., in April 1900, has
been sent to me for examination. Though apparently belonging
to a species not yet described, it was, for the sake of certainty, sent
successively to Prof. Pfeffer at Hamburg and to Prof. Hilgendorf
at Berlin, who both informed me that in their opinion it repre-
sented anew species. I therefore venture now to describe it as
such.
The carapace is very wide, the greatest breadth, just in the middle
between the postfrontal crest and the transverse groove separating
the mesogastric and urogastric regions from one another, being
in proportion to the length as 5:3. The carapace is rather strongly
convex from before backwards, and sonewhat convex transversely.
The prominent and sharp postfrontal crest extends to the antero-
lateral margins much as in Potamon (Potamonautes) aubryi
A. M.-E., a type specimen of which, a male from the Gaboon,
was kindly sent me by Prof. Bouvier. The postfrontal ridge is
interrupted by the mesogastric suture, that appears roof-like
(‘‘dachformig,” Hilgendorf, ‘Die Land- und Siisswasser-Deka-
poden Ostafrikas,’ 1898, p. 5). From this suture the crest
proceeds sinuously towards, but without uniting with, the lateral
margin of the cephalothorax, a narrow suture remaining between
the lateral margin and the lateral extremity of the crest, and this
lateral extremity for a very short distance curves backwards
(Plate X.fig.3). In Potamon aubryi A. M.-E., on the contrary, the
postfrontal ridge unites with the lateral margin of the carapace.
When the cephalothorax is looked at from above, the postfrontal
crest appears quite smooth, only a few crenulations being observed
near the lateral extremities. In a front view (fig. 2) the free
edge of the ridge appears finely crenate, the crenulations slightly,
though rather irregularly, increasing in size towards the lateral
TMHMO1 (SELAVNOKVLOd) NOWVLOd
prt Tossporaed + eq ‘Tep Tey ep 4p
ee ee ee eee ee ee” ee eee
1901. ] CRUSTACEAN FROM THE SOUDAN. 95
extremities; but between the orbits the crest appears smooth.
The mesogastric suture, 6 mm. long, does not extend to the
middle of the space between the postfrontal crest and the
transverse groove limiting the mesogastric and the urogastric
regions from one another; and this groove, visible immediately
behind the middle of the carapace, is very shallow and hardly
distinguishable. A little further backwards a similar shallow
groove is observed separating the urogastric area from the cardiac.
The lateral grooves of the H-shaped figure are somewhat deeper,
and likewise the two >-shaped grooves that bound the anterior
cardiac region laterally. The lateral portions of the cervical
suture, which in other species run obliquely forward and outward,
are quite indistinct in Potamon floweri; their direction, however,
is still indicated by impressed punctures, that are somewhat
larger than the minute punctures scattered on the upper surface of
the carapace ; the latter are very fine, only distinguishable by means
of a magnifying-glass, and rather few in number.
The antero-lateral margins of the carapace are strongly arcuate,
almost semicircular, bulging out very much laterally ; they extend
as far beyond the external orbital angles as the breadth of the
orbits. They are defined by a distinctly granulated line that
extends backwards as far as the urogastric area. The postero-
lateral margins are rounded and smooth and appear very slightly
concave, when the carapace is looked at obliquely from above. An
epibranchial tooth is wanting. The granulated line that defines
the antero-lateral margins, posterior to the postfrontal ridge, is
formed by fifteen or sixteen rather large granules, that are not
sharp, gradually decrease in size backwards, and finally disappear.
The distance between the epibranchial angles measures four-fifths,
and that between the extraorbital angles about two-thirds of the
width of the carapace.
The front is somewhat convex longitudinally, but almost straight
transversely, and the width of the free border measures one-fourth
the breadth of the cephalothorax; the upper surface is smooth,
rather closely punctate, and the punctures are slightly larger than
those of the upper surface of the carapace. When the latter is
looked at from above, the free border of the front appears widely
emarginate in the middle; this anterior margin forms very obtuse,
though not rounded, angles with the very oblique lateral margins
of the front; the latter are somewhat thickened, whereas the
transverse external portions of the upper orbital margins are
thinner.
The sharp, dentiform, outer angles of the orbits are rather
prominent and forwardly directed. Between the extraorbital
tooth and the epibranchial angle there is a granulated tooth or
prominence immediately behind the groove that separates the
suborbital and subbranclial areas from one another; this tooth,
however, is a little smaller than the extraorbital tooth.
The postfrontal crest lies far forwards, so that when the cara-
pace is looked at from aboye a small portion of the upper margin
96 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON A NEW FRESHWATER [Feb. 19,
of the orbits and the granulated tooth between the extraorbital
and epibranchial angles are covered and concealed by it. The
furrow between the postfrontal crest and the upper margin of the
orbits is very concave and deep (Plate X. fig. 2).
The whole upper surface of the carapace is smooth and shining,
and presents, under an ordinary lens, a very fine punctuation, but
is nowhere granulated. The orbits (fig. 2) are large, their width
measures three-fourths of the free border of the front, and they
are one and a half times as broad as high. In a front view
of the carapace (fig. 2), the somewhat concave external portion
of the upper margin of the orbits runs obliquely downwards;
whereas the lower margin, which is somewhat punctate but other-
wise smooth, has a transverse direction, being but very little
arcuate ; the lower margin of the orbits shows a deep notch or
hiatus just below the extraorbital tooth. The superior margin of
the orbits and the free edge of the front are also smooth.
The suborbital area is separated by an arcuate, rather deep
sulcus from the subbranchial region; the posterior margin of
this groove is granulate or crenate, presenting about twenty rather
small crenulations ; there are three or four granules on the sub-
orbital area close to the groove that separates it from the branchio-
stegite, but for the rest this region and the branchial floor also
are smooth. The branchiostegite bears a few smooth, rounded
eranules on its anterior extremity (fig. 2), and the suture that
separates it from the subhepatic and subbranchial regions is
bordered by a row of granules that gradually grow smaller from
before backwards ; its anterior part is rather deep.
The epistome is smooth. The median triangular process of its
posterior border is large and salient, and its lateral margins have
seven or eight coarse granules on each side; the slightly concave
external portions of the posterior border of the epistome are
smooth and rather sharp, but the median process bears also a few
granules on its surface. For the rest the epistome, the basal
plate, and the basal joints of the outer antenne are smooth.
The ischium of the external maxillipede (fig. 4) is smooth, rather
coarsely punctate, and has a deep furrow that does not reach to
the anterior margin of this joint but ends just behind it; it runs
distinctly somewhat closer to the internal than to the external
margin, and almost parallel with the former; the merus-joint is
also smooth and finely punctate, though somewhat more coarsely
on the thickened posterior margin.
The sternum shows a fine, not close punctuation, but is for the
rest smooth; quite anteriorly a transverse groove unites the
postero-external angles of the ischium-joints of the outer foot-
jaws with one another. Along the insertion of the chelipedes the
lateral margin of the sternum is thickened or raised, just as in
P. infravallatum Hilg. (Hilgendorf, J. ¢. fig. 2 a).
The male abdomen (fig. 6) resembles that of P. swprasulcatum
Hilgendorf (J. ¢. fig.5a). The terminal segment is triangular
with obtuse extremity ; the lateral margins are somewhat concave
1901.] CRUSTACEAN FROM THE SOUDAN. 97
posteriorly, and the posterior margin is one-third longer than the
length of this segment. The penultimate segment is just as long
as the terminal, and trapezoidal; the anterior margin is in pro-
portion to the posterior as 4:5, and the lateral margins are a
little concave. The abdomen is smooth, punctate, especially near
the anterior margin of the segments.
The chelipedes (Plate X. fig. 1) are unequal, the right being the
larger. The merus of the right chelipede extends but little beyond
the lateral margin of the carapace. The upper margin is covered,
except at the base, with transverse tubercular rugosities, and on
the inner surface, close to and parallel with the smooth proximal
part of the upper margin, is seen a row of six or seven small
rounded tubercles that decrease in size anteriorly; this row
reaches almost to the middle of the arm, and next to each of the
first three tubercles there exists a much smaller tubercle. The
anterior edge bears a double row ot rounded tubercles; the
internal row is formed by nine or ten that are not contiguous to
one another; the external series bounding the anterior surface of
the joint consists of about twice as many tubercles, but these
are smaller, unequal, and contiguous to one another. About 2
millimetres from the anterior margin there is, on the anterior
surface near the carpal articulation, a somewhat larger tubercle,
with convex sides and rather a sharp point; around it several
smaller granules are distributed, and a row of five or six larger
ones extends from this tubercle to the lower margin of the arm.
The lower margin bears along its whole length a row of fourteen
or fifteen rounded smooth tubercles, that slightly increase in size
distally and are somewhat larger than those of the anterior margin
of the joint. The outer surface is finely punctate, but otherwise
smooth. The carpus isa little tubercular along its internal margin,
behind the acute, slightly depressed spine at the inner angle; beneath
the latter there is another spine, only half as large and making a
right angle with the larger. A little behind this smaller spine,
on the lower border of the inner surface, there is a trace of a
third in the form of a small blunt tubercle. The upper and
outer surface of the wrist is punctate and smooth. The larger
hand (fig. 7) resembles that of P. hilgendorfi Hilgendort (J. c.
fig. 3). It is almost exactly as long as the cephalothorax is broad,
and the fingers, that are somewhat less gaping than on the quoted
figure 3, measure three-fifths of the whole length of the hand.
The palm, near the articulation of the tingers,is about as high
as it is long, measured horizontally; it is somewhat granular
along the inner margin of its upper surface, but for the rest it
appears smooth and shining; by means of a lens a fine pune-
tuation is, however, observed, the punctures being disposed
partly in longitudinal rows. The internal surface is also smooth,
only a few granulations are seen close to and on its lower border,
but these granulations are not visible when the hand is looked at
from the outer side. The rather strongly compressed fingers are
somewhat bent inward; they are regularly tapering and end in
Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1901, Vou. I. No. VII. 7
98 Dk. J. G. DE MAN ON A NEW FRESHWATER [ Feb. 19,
rather sharp, curved extremities that cross one another. The
dactylus is somewhat granular along the inner border of its upper
surface, but for the rest both fingers appear smooth and shining
externally ; they are not furrowed, but each finger is marked with
two or three longitudinal rows of small impressed punctures. On
the inner surface, however, the dactylus appears at base dis-
tinctly furrowed just beneath the upper margin, bat this groove
also gradually changes, on the middle of the finger, into a row of
punctures; the immobile finger shows likewise on its inner surface
a vather shallow longitudinal furrow that extends almost to the
extremity. The dactylus is armed with about 20 or 21 small
teeth, the fifth of which is the largest ; the first tooth is but little
smaller, the three following gradually decrease in size; beyond
the fifth 15 or 16 very small teeth extend nearly to the pointed
tip, two or three of them being a little Jarger than the remaining.
The immobile finger bears also 21 small teeth, the sixth of
which is the largest and nearly of the same size as the fifth
tooth of the dactylus. The first four gradually increase in size,
the fifth is quite small, beyond the sixth there are three or four
teeth smaller than the sixth, slightly decreasing in size and sepa-
rated from one another by two or three very small teeth. The
latter appear on both fingers, are somewhat compressed, with a
straight or slightly arcuate upper edge; the larger teeth are more
pointed.
The smaller chela measures four-fifths of the other, but fully
agrees with it in shape and characters.
The ambulatory legs are of moderate length, those of the last
pair being little longer than the cephalothorax is broad. The
meropodites of the last pair are exactly three times as long as
broad, also those of the penultimate pair, which are 20 mm. long
and 63mm. broad. Along their anterior edge the meropodites
are covered with depressed acute granules, and they appear a little
granular on their outer surface, especially near the anterior
margin, except those of the last pair, which are quite smooth. The
following two joints are likewise beset, on their fore edge, with
small acute teeth or granules, and a few occur on the posterior
margin of the propodites. The slender and slightly arcuate
dactylopodites taper regularly towards their pointed tips, and are
longitudinally ridged both on their outer and inner surfaces.
Those of the second and third pairs are furnished, at the base of
their posterior margin, only with one spinuliform tooth, those
of the fourth and fifth pairs with two or three; several spinuli-
form teeth are observed along the anterior edge of these joints.
In colour the cephalothorax is of an olive-green, that is lighter
on the gastric region and on the sternum than elsewhere. The
postfrontal crest, the margins of the orbits and of the front, the
granules of the antero-iateral margin, and the tooth of the epistome
are yellow. The chelipedes are greenish yellow, the ambulatory
legs reddish yellow.
Potamon (Potamonautes) aubryi H. M.-E. is a different species.
1901.} CRUSTACEAN FROM ''HE SOUDAN. 99
The carapace is somewhat less enlarged and, according to A. Milne-
Edwards, ‘‘aplatie transversalement ” (in the specimen that hes
before me the upper surface of the carapace is broken!). The
postfrontal crest shows different characters. When the carapace
is looked at from above, the whole upper margin of the orbits,
the whole extraorbital tooth, and also that between the latter and
the small epibranchial tooth remain visible. The postfrontal
erest is somewhat obliquely bent backwards a little beyond the
outer angle of the orbits, and unites with the antero-lateral margin,
which shows here a very small, granuliform, epibranchial tooth.
The extraorbital tooth is larger, slightly concave, obtuse, directed
forward, and its outer margin is slightly convex and makes a
right angle with the upper margin of the orbits. The distance
between the outer angle of the orbits and the epibranchial tooth is
proportionately longer than in Potamon flowerz, namely almost as
long as the orbits are broad; the tooth between the outer angle
of the orbits and the epibranchial tooth is much longer and has a
different shape. This tooth is /onger, but. lower, less salient than
the extraorbital tooth, its outer margin is slightly arcuate and its
very short anterior margin measures only one third the length of
the outer margin. The granulations of the antero-lateral margin
are smaller and less pronvinent than in the new species from the
Soudan. The lower margin of the orbits runs almost transversely
in P. floweri, but somewhat obliquely upwards in P. aubry:.
The sternum of the male is not thickened along the insertion of
the chelipedes. ‘The abdomen of the male has a different form.
The terminal segment measures only two-thirds of the penulti-
mate, and its length measures two-thirds of the width of its
posterior margin. The penultimate segment is, in the speci-
men of Pot. aubryi lyiug before me, 9 mm. long, the anterior
margin measures 9} mm., the posterior 12 mm., namely the
straight line that unites its lateral angles, the margins being con-
cave: the penultimate segment is as long as its anterior margin
is broad.
The tubercles with which the margins of the meri of the cheli-
pedes are furnished are, in P. aubryz, smaller, less prominent,
and the tubercle on the under surface of these joints near the
carpal articulation appears as a rounded granule, scarcely larger
than those that surround it. he fingers are somewhat shorter
in proportion to the length of the palm, and the dactylus is not
granulate on its upper margin. The meropodites of the ambu-
latory legs are a little more enlarged, those of the fifth pair are
20 mm. long and 74 mm. broad; the dactylopodites finally present
one spinule more on their posterior margin.
Potamon (Potamonautes) pelii Herklots, from the Gold Coast, is
also a different species. A young male, type, from the Leyden
Museum, is lying before me. The carapace is much less enlarged;
the postfrontal crest runs otherwise, as each half does not extend
from the mesogastric suture, transversely outward, but somewhat
obliquely backward; the postfrontal ridge, as in P. aubryz, unites
7s
100 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON A NEW FRESHWATER [Feb. 19,
with the antero-lateral margin of the carapace, and this antero-
lateral margin is very faintly crenulate; the granules are much less
prominent than in the Soudan species. The postfrontal crest 1s
situated more backwards, so that in this species also the upper
margin of the orbits, the extraorbital tooth, and that between the
latter and the epibranchial tooth are visible when the carapace 1s
looked at from above. The extraorbital tooth has about the same
shape as in Potamon aubryt, but the tooth between it and the
epibranchial one is much smaller. The orbits have a different
shape; there is no hiatus near the outer angle, the lower edge of
the extraorbital tooth making only an obtuse angle with the lower
margin of the orbits. The distance between the inner angle of
the infraorbital margin and the front is in Potamon peli shghtly
larger, but in Pot. flowert a little shorter than half the height of
the orbit.
The sternum of the male is not thickened near the insertion of
the chelipedes, and the male abdomen is also different, the pen-
ultimate segment being just as long as its anterior margin is
broad.
I will not describe the legs, the specimen being still young, but
they also do not fully agree with those of P. floweri.
Measurements of Potamon floweri in millimetres :—
di
Width of theycephalothoraxa: -i- ane ee See 493
Weng thvoithe cephalothorax.5. ae ee eee eae 30
Distance between the extraorb. angles.......... 31
Distance between the epibranchial angles ...... 39
Breadth of the anterior margin of the front .... 122
Distance, in the middle, between the anterior
margin of the front and the postfrontal crest .. Zz
Meishtiotsthe Orbits mn. ae eee 6
Breadth ionthe orbits epee ae ae ee 94
Distance between the extraorbital and the epi-
branchial¥ansles eee sole eee os
Breadth of the posterior margin of the cephalo-
THOR AK 5.5. i Harsch lead aon Oe 143
the mesogastric region from the urogastric 16
Length of the terminal segment of the abdomen 6
Length of the penultimate segment ............ a
Breadth of the anterior margin of this segment ..- 8
Breadth of the posterior margin .............. 103
ength of the /largerichela,.) say eeeeee eee 440
dhength of the fingers; |jakue) 1p 27
Height of the palm at the articulation of the
GI BOTS i Heo cynics ves Git Oya Ike
Length of the smaller chela .................. 305
Length of the fingers............. Per igaia arn Qo
®
1901.] CRUSTACEAN FROM THE SOUDAN. 101
Length of the legs of the last pair ............ 53
Length of the meropodites of these legs ........ 17
Breadth of the meropodites of these legs ........ 53
Length of the dactylopodites .........-....-.. it!
Thickness of the cephalothorax .............- 21
Remarks on Potamon (Potamonautes) hilgendorti Pfeffer.
Prof. Pfeffer, of the Naturhistorisches Museum of Hamburg,
was so kind as to present me with two type specimens of Telphusa
hilgendorfi Pfeffer, both males from Ungtiu. As Pfeffer’s de-
scription (‘ Uebersicht der von Herrn Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann in
Aegypten, auf Sansibar und dem gegeniiberliegenden Festlande
gesaimmelten Reptilien, Amphibien, Fische, Mollusken und
Krebse,’ Hamburg, 1889, p. 32) is very short, the following
remarks will, I think, be welcome.
The larger specimen has lost its chelipedes ; in the other both
are present, but Dr. Pfeffer had added two detached chelipedes,
that, as regards their size, should belong to the larger male. In
the first place I will remark that, as Pfeffer likewise writes to me,
the true Pot. hilgendorfi Pfeffer is a different species from that
which has recently been described under the same name by Hil-
gendorf (‘Die Land- und Siisswasser- Dekapoden Ostafrikas,’
1898, p. 9, fig. 3), and which inhabits the country around Kilima-
njaro.
MT he cephalothorax of both males is depressed, especially behind
the cervical suture. The gastric region appears, however, very
slightly arcuate, both transversely and from before backwards.
Hilgendorf, on the contrary, describes the cephalothorax of his
species as “ deutlich gewélbt.” In Hilgendorf’s species the antero-
lateral margin of the carapace is described as extending laterally
beyond the outer orbital angle somewhat farther than the orbits
are broad, but in the type specimens of Pot. hilgendorfi Pfeffer they
extend laterally somewhat less than the orbits are broad. In the
species described by Prof. Hilgendorf the lateral portions of the
cervical suture are indistinct and invisible; in Pfeffer’s types, how-
ever, they are deep and distinctly developed, though not reaching
to the postfrontal crest. In both species an epibranchial tooth
is wanting. That part of the lateral margin which is situated
between the rather acute extraorbital angle and the lateral ex-
tremity of the postfrontal crest is very oblique, distinctly granu-
lated, and makes aright angle with the upper margin of the orbits ;
in Hilgendorf’s species, on the contrary, the outer orbital angle
is described as “stumpfwinklig.” In the young male the lower
margin of the orbits presents no trace of a hiatus; but just
below the extraorbital angle in the larger male I cbserve a quite
shallow incision only on the left side; im the species from Kilima-
njaro, however, the incision is small, but usually deep.
The antero-lateral margin, the postfrontal crest, and the orbital
margins are distinctly granular or crenate, the postfrontal crest is
rather prominent and only interrupted by the mesogastric suture ;
102 DR. J. G. DE MAN ON A NEW FRESHWATER [ Feb. 19,
it extends laterally to the antero-lateral margin. The lateral
margins of the front, which is strongly deflexed, are very oblique
in both males and curve regularly into the anterior margin, which
is slightly emarginate in the middle; the upper surface of the
front is finely granular and appears a little concave in the middle.
The anterior half of the gastric region is distinctly granulate, and
the lateral parts of the upper surface show the usual finely-
granulate, transverse ruge. The rest of the upper surface is
smooth and punctate. The suborbital area is finely granulate and
separated from the branchial floor, which is covered with short,
transverse, granulate ruge, by a rather shallow groove; this
groove, however, is bordered by a finely-granulate line. The
pleural suture limiting off the subhepatic and subbranchial regions
trom the branchiostegite is defined anteriorly by two granulate
lines, just as in P. suprasulcatum Hilgd.
The outer foot-jaws are furnished with a distinct furrow on the
ischium-joint in Hilgendorf’s species; but in the true P. hilyen-
dorfi Ptefter the “ischial Ime” is completely wanting, at least in
the two males lying before me.
The carpus of the anterior legs is covered above with very fine
eranulate ruge,and is armed at the innerangle with a conical tooth,
beneath which a much smailer one is seen. The immobile finger
of the chelipedes shows a deep longitudinal groove a little below
the middle of its outer surface, and above this groove still another
one that is less deep; the outer surface of the dactylus is also
marked with two longitudinal grooves, the lower of which is,
however, rather shallow. Pfeffer describes these furrows as
‘einen breitern und einen schmalern Liingseindruck.” In the
species that was described by Hilgendorf there are no furrows on
the fingers, at least none on the immobile. One observes on the
outer surface of the palm very short, vertical, finely-granulate
lines that gradually pass into very fine granules towards and on
the fingers.
Measurements of the two specimens of Potamon hilgendorfi
Pfeffer in millimetres :—
Greatest width of the carapace ...... 5 vi
Bengih or the carapace’). .) 2s ee 19 103
Distance between the extraorb. angles.. 182 102
Breadth of the anterior frontal margin.. 8 ay
Length of the front, in the median line
Gian: cephalothoraxs seis eee De 13
Thickness of the carapace ............ 9 5
Bread thsel thecorbitsi.s) seo. eee 5 eS)
icigh tot thesorbits =: 0h ay eee 34 12
4 q
Length of the meropodites of the pen-
MIEN ALE Pair. 74 eres) Ale en eine 12 ‘Les
Breadth of these meropodites ........ 4 Ds
Length of the meropodites of the fifth
are Gore hile a. Wine Glam inten a) oe IG) 6
Breadth of these meropodites ........ 42 2
1901.] CRUSTACEAN FROM THE SOUDAN. 103
The measurements of the detached chelipedes are the following :
of one of them the palm and the fingers are respectively 84 mm.,
the height of the palm at the articulation of the dactylus measures
7z mm; in the other leg the palm is 74 mm. long, and 7 mm.
high at the articulation of the fingers, which measure 9 mm.
I have also before me a type specimen of Potamon ( Potamonautes)
cristatum A. M.-E., from the Paris Museum, a species the habitat
of which is still unknown (A. Milne-Edwards in Nouv. Archives
du Muséum, t.v. p. 180, pl. xi. figs. 1 & la), As this species is still
insufficiently known, I will compare it with P. hilgendorfi Pfeffer.
The carapace of P. cristatum appears somewhat longer in pro-
portion to its width than that of P. hilgendorfi, and the antero-
lateral margins project less laterally, so that the cephalothorax is
not so wide. The upper surface appears a little convex from
before backwards and the lateral portions of the cervical suture
are completely wanting, but the median semicircular part of it is
distinct though not very deep. The postfrontal crest passes in a
somewhat sinuous line to the lateral margin; that of P. hilgen-
dorfi, however, in an almost straight line. The gastric region is
also anteriorly, as everywhere, smooth, without granulation. The
front has the same form in both species, but that of P. cristatwm
appears somewhat broader in proportion to the distance between
the external orbital angles. The antero-lateral margins are more
jinely granulate than those of P. hilyendorfi Pfeffer, and that
part which is situated between the extraorbital and epibranchial
angles appears in P. cristatum less oblique, a little arcuate, and
though not toothed makes @ distinct angle with the postfrontal
ridge when the cephalothorax is looked at from above, whereas in
P. hilgendorfi Pfeffer this part passes without any interruption
into the rest of the margin.
The lower margin of the orbits fully agrees in both species, for
also in P. cristatum there is no incision or hiatus near the outer
angle. In P. cristatum the ischiuin-joint of the outer foot-jaws
is distinctly furrowed, and this groove runs somewhat closer to the
inner than to the outer margin.
The suborbital and subbranchial regions, together with the
grooves that define them, fully agree in both species.
The chele of the male of P. cristatum are of equal size and
shape. The fingers are somewhat gaping at base, whereas those
of P. hilgendurfi Pfeffer are in contact throughout their length ;
they are distinctly longer than the palm and deeply furrowed.
On the outer surface of the immobile finger two deep grooves are
observed near one another, on that of the dactylus three or four.
Tkese furrows are less deep in P. hilgendorfi Pfeffer. The mero-
podites of the ambulatory legs of P. cristatum finally are more
enlarged.
Measurements of the type of Potamon cristatum A. M.-E. in
millimetres :—
Greatest: breadth of the carapace .............. 1
Wength of the carapace ........ PPR art eee ts n 1
104
MR. R. H. BURNE ON [ Feb. 19,
Distance between the extraorb. angles.......... 132
Width of the free border of the front .......... 6
Length of the front in the middlecd: sm. cores ean 14
Mhickness of the carapace) 3). ce). leeks ena 6
Breadth of: the orbits. 6.eee ee ae: 32
Height of the orbits ............--=.- eee 24
Length of the chele ...........-+-.......... 33
luengthot the fingers.’ --- eee ee 432
Height of the chele at the articulation of the
dichylushii ase pe a eee Penns doe ee,
Length of the meropodites of the penultimate
OnE Boooooucaas00 2: eee eee eee, 83
Breadth of these meropodites . .............. 32
EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.
Fig. 1. Potamon (Potamonautes) floweri, n. sp. X 14.
(SU NS)
Ot HS
. Front view of the cephalothorax. x 14.
. The left orbit and the surrounding part of the upper surface, showing
a portion of the postfrontal crest and the tooth between the extra-
orbital and epibranchial angles, viewed from above. X 1.
. Outer foot-jaw. x 1%. ie
. Anterior part of the sternum and terminal joint of the abdomen.
showing the thickened ridges near the insertion of the chelipedes,
x 1h
. Abdomen. x 12.
;. Larger chele. X 14.
4, A Contribution to the Myology and Visceral Anatomy of
Chlamydophorus truncatus. By R. H. Burne, B.A.,
F.Z.S., Anatomical Assistant in the Museum of the
Royal College of Surgeons.
[Received February 1, 1901.]
(Text-figures 13-20.)
The anatomy of Chlamydophorus has received so much attention
at the hands of various anatomists that the following notes of the
dissection of a specimen’ need some apology.
This small Armadillo is not only of extreme rarity, a fact that
in itself would warrant as many descriptions of its anatomy as
possible, but in certain of its features—particularly the dermal
armature—is so remarkably aberrant, that the determination of its
relation to the other Edentates becomes a matter of peculiar
interest. There seems little doubt that, from their general similarity
of structure, the Armadilloes should all be grouped within one
family, and that, within this family, Chlamydophorus lies some-
* I owe the opportunity of dissecting this specimen to the kindness of Mr. F.
W. Lucas to whom it belonged, and of Prof. Stewart who entrusted me with it.
1901.] CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCATUS. 105
where in the neighbourhood of the subfamily Dasypodine—nearest
of all probably to the genus Dasypus; although, on account of
its peculiar armature, it requires to be placed in a separate sub-
family of its own—the Ohlamydophorine. A third subfamily is
occupied by the genus Zatusia, distinct in many important features
from both Dasypodine and Chlamydophorine. Such, in brief, is
the position assigned to Ohlamydophorus by Flower’; but in the
settlement of this position there has been in Macalister’s well-
known monograph? a discordant note. This memoir is mainly
devoted to an exhaustive description of the myology; and as the
result of a very careful comparison with a large number of other
Edentates, the author concludes that ‘“ the position of Chlamydo-
phorus will be seen from the foregoing description to be plainly
among the Dasypodide and very close to Tatusia.”* Now it is well
known that in most of its viscera Chlamydophorus shows far more
resemblance to Dasypus than to Tatusia, so that, in view of Mac-
alister’s conclusions, any Dasypine muscular features possess
considerable importance. The occurrence in my specimen of several
features of this kind constitutes the chief excuse for bringing for-
ward this paper, while a minor one consists in the want of clear
drawings of the myology of this rare animal and the opportunity
that is offered of incorporating with the remarks upon its viscera
certain hitherto unnoticed details in the visceral anatomy of
Dasypus, Tatusia, and Bradypus that have from time to time
come under observation in the Museum work-room of the Royal
College of Surgeons *.
Myouoey.
In addition to the chapter on Myology in Hyrtl’s® classical
monograph on Chlamydophorus, this subject, as mentioned above,
has been dealt with in great detail by Macalister. It will be
necessary here to describe only those muscles that differ in some
way from these previous descriptions; in other cases the name
only of the muscle will be mentioned to indicate that its presence
was observed.
Panniculus carnosus.—The only part of this muscle seen was a
narrow slip (text-fig. 13, p.c.)—noticed by both Macalister and Hyrtl
—that rises from the head-shield and is inserted into the spine of
the scapula superficial to the trapezius.
Muscies oF THE Hnap anp Neck.—The muscles of the snout and
upper lip are well developed, and agree fairly well with Hyrtl’s
1 Flower: “On the Mutual Affinities of the Animals composing the Order
Edentata.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 360.
2 Macalister: “On the Anatomy of Chlamydophorus truncatus.” Trans.
R. Irish Acad. xxv. 1895, p. 219.
5 The italics are mine.
4 These specimens were dissected by the Prosector to the College (Mr. William
Pearson).
5 Hyrtl: “Chlamydophori truncati...anatomicum examen.” Denkschr, k.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, ix. 1855, p. 29.
106
MR. R. H. BURNE ON
[Feb. 19,
description and entirely so with Murie’s account of the face-muscles
of Tolypeutes’.
Text-fig. 13.
GT
rh isp wh WT yh lk
latdt
SPP
Muscles of anterior region of Chlamydophorus truncatus.
br.a., brachialis anticus.
buc., buccinator.
dit. 1, scapular deltoid.
é. I, If, II, Iv, V, the several heads of the
extensor antebrachii.
é.ann., extensor annularis.
e.c.d., extensor communis digi-
torum.
é.c.r., extensor carpi radialis,
é.¢.u., extensor carpi ulnaris.
e.d. Vv, extensor minimi digiti.
é.u., extensor indicis.
e.i.p., extensor metacarpi
licis.
ju.p.d., flexor pyrofundus digito-
rum (band).
i.sp., Infraspinatus.
pol-
lat.d.1, 11, two parts of latissimus
dorsi.
lev.ang.or., levator anguli oris.
mas., Masseter,
p.¢., panniculus carnosus.
pect. tv, pectoralis quartus.
pect.abd,, abdominal part of pecto-
ralis.
r.abd., rectus abdominis.
rh.c., rhomboideus capitis.
rh.th. 1, 11, two parts of rhomboideus
thoracicus.
7.na., retractor naris.
S.p.p., serratus posticus
terior.
tr. 1,11, two parts of trapezius.
2.1, Il, zygomatici,
pos-
‘ Murie. “The Habits, Structure,
Soe. xxx. 1875, p. 105.
ete, of Zolypeutes conurus.”
Trans. Linn.
1901. | CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCATUS. 107
Those observed were :—Levator anguli oris (text-fig. 13, lev.ang.or.),
answering to Hyrtl’s muscle of the same name (its insertion was
destroyed in removing the skin). Retractor naris(text-fig. 13.7.2),
a large fusiform muscle rising from the anterior margin of the
zygomatic arch close to the lower border of the orbit and under
cover of the levator anguli oris; it is inserted by a round tendon
into the snout. A pair of Zygomatici (text-fig. 13, z.1 & z. 11),
running parallel to one another and to the preceding muscle from
the anterior border of the zygoma to the upper lip.
The Depressor nandibule (digastric) was, as in Hyrtl’s specimen,
absent. Macalister describes a very delicate depressor. Windle
& Parsons’ mention that this muscle was absent in two specimens
of Dasypus examined by them, although it is described for this
genus by Macalister and Cuvier. It is present in V'atusia.
The Stylohyord (text-fig. 14, st.hy.) answers closely to Hyrtl’s
description and has (as in his specimen) an expanded tendinous
connection with the mylohyoid. A connection of the same kind
is of such frequent occurrence among other mammals between
the central tendon of the depressor and the mylohyoid, that the
absence of this stylohyoid-mylohyoid connection in Macalister’s
specimen, in which there was a definite depressor, suggests the
possibility of a fusion of the depressor with the stylohyoid in
Hyrtl’s specimen and mine.
The following muscles belonging to this region werealso observed :
Buccinator (text-fig. 13, buc.). Masseter (text-fig. 13, mas.). Tem-
poralis, Pterygoider. Sterno-mawillaris (text-fig. 14, st.maw.).
Mylohyoid (text-fig. 14, myh.). Styloglossus (text-fig. 14, st.gl.).
Sterno-mastoid (text-fig. 14, st.m.). Cleido-mastoid (text-fig. 14, clin.).
MUuscies OF THE T’RUNK.—The Trapezius consisted of two parts:
(i) acontinuous sheet (text-fig. 13, é.1) with an origin that extends
from the occiput to the third lumbar vertebra, and an insertion upon
the anterior part of the scapular spine and the base of the acromion:
it seems to correspond to the major part of both Macalister’s
divisions. (ii) a narrow slip (text-figs. 18 & 14, tr. 11) rising from
the occiput anterior to part i. and inserted upon the inner surface
of the clavicle on a level with the clavicular origin of the deltoid.
This aaswers to Hyrtl’s clavicular trapezius.
Rhomboideus thoracis (text-fig. 13, rh.th.) consisted of two parts,
and differed somewhat in arrangement on either side. On the left,
both portions were small, separated from one another by a consider-
able interval, and rose respectively from the neural spines of 1, 2
and 6, 7 thoracic vertebre. On the right, the posterior part rose
from the neural spines of the 6 anterior thoracic vertebre, and the
anterior part from the dorsal mid-line of the neck close along the
dorsal margin of the rhomboideus capitis.. This latter arrangement
corresponds approximately to Macalister’s account. The posterior
border of this muscle was not, as in J'atusia*, overlapped by the
latissimus dorsi.
' Windle & Parsons: “On the Myology of the Edentata.” Proc, Zool. Soe.
1899, p, 318. * Macalister, l. c, p. 236.
108 MR. R, H. BURNE ON [ Feb. 19,
iSst 7 ager fl i ts in being in
The Latissimus dorsi agreed with previous accoun
two ae Part 1 (text-fig. 13, lat.d. 1) was similar to that described
bv Macalister. Part 1 (text-fig. 18, da¢.d. 11) had a more extended
Text-fig. 14.
RS
Muscles of neck and chest, of Chlaimydophorus truncatus.
elm., cleido-mastoid. r.abd., rectus abdominis.
dit. 1, clavicular deltoid. r.cl., retro-clavicularis.
dat.d. 11, part. of latissimus dorsi, scl., subclavius.
myh., mylohyoid. st.gl., styloglossus.
pect. iV, pectoralis quartus. st.hy., stylohyoideus.
pect.abd., abdominal part of pecto- st.7v., sterno-mastoideus,
ralis. st.max., sterno-maxillaris,
pect.maj., pectoralis major, tr. 11, part of trapezius.
1901.] CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCATUS. 109
origin than in either Macalister’s or Hyrtl’s specimens. In Mac-
alister’s it rose from the last 5 ribs, in Hyrtl’s from the last 6, in
mine from the last 9. Upon the left side there was a connection
between this muscle and the pectoralis quartus (text-fig. 14). I
notice that Windle & Parsons* state that in the Dasypodide the
latissimus dorsi frequently rises from all the ribs posterior to the
3rd or 4th, and when this extensive origin occurs there is a close
union with the insertion of the pectoralis forming a more or less com-
plete floor to the axilla—in fact a well-developed “ Achselbogen.”
Dorso-epitrochlearis (text-fig. 15, d.epit.) corresponds with Mac-
alister’s description, but is without insertion upon the inner condyle
of the humerus. It is attached (as in Dasypus)” entirely to the
superficial fascia of the forearm.
The Splenius capitis was in two parts:—(i) a small triangular
muscle rising from the fibrous septum in the dorsal mid-line of the
neck and inserted upon the occiput; (11) a narrow band of muscle,
lying in the same plane as part i., with origin from the neural
spines of the anterior one or two thoracic vertebre and inserted
upon the skull close above the ear-tube. These two parts agree
exactly with the drawing of Dasypus seavcinctus given by Cuvier
and Laurillard *.
I saw no Rectus thoracis lateralis, a characteristic Edentate
muscle. It was not seen by Hyrtl, and in Macalister’s specimen it
was very smal]. Possibly I may have overlooked it although fully
aware of its Importance.
The Serratus magnus rose (as in Hyrtl’s specimen) from 8 ribs.
In Macalister’s it took origin from 7.
The following trunk-muscles were observed, and agreed with
Macalister’s description :—Rhomboideus capitis (text-fig. 13, rh.c.).
Serratus posticus posterior (text-fig. 13, s.p.p.). Trachelo-mastoid.
Rectus capitis anticus major. Rectus capitis anticus minor. Longus
colli, Rectus abdominis (text-figs. 13 & 14, r.abd.). Levator anguli
scapule. The Serratus posticus anterior—as stated by Macalister—
was absent.
MUSCLES OF THE ForE-LIMB.—The Pectoralis major (text-fig. 14,
pect.maj.) had no clavicular origin. In this point it agrees with the
pectoralis of Dasypus but differs from that of Tatusia *.
Pectoralis quartus (text-figs. 13 & 14, pect. 1v) rose from ribs 5-9
(in Macalister’s specimen its origin was restricted to 2 ribs); on
the right side it was, as described by Macalister, inserted in con-
junction with the abdominal part of the pectoralis major, but prox-
imal to it on the left (text-fig. 15). In TVatusia the pectoralis
quartus rises from 6 ribs, in Dasypus from 4°.
The Subclavius (text-fig. 14, sc/.),as in Hyrtl’s specimen, had no
1 Windle & Parsons, 1. c. p. 322.
* Galton: “The Muscles of the Fore and Hind Limbs of Dasypus sexinctus.”
Trans Linn. Soc. xxvi. 1870, p. 531.
3 Cuvier & Laurillard, Planches de Myologie, pl. 259. fig. 3. 1, +1.
* Macalister, 1. c. p. 240.
> Macalister, 1. c. p. 241.
110 MR. R. H. BURNE ON [Feb. 19,
clavicular insertion. In this point it apparently agrees with both
Dasypus and Tatusia. dune é
Like Hyvrtl I saw no coraco-brachialis. Macalister records a
small coraco-brachialis brevis.
Extensor antebrachii (triceps).—This muscle was of great size
and consisted of four very definite heads—two from the scapula
(text-fig. 13, ¢.1& ¢.11) and two from the humerus (text-tig. 13, e, 111
& ¢.1v). In their arrangement they agree very well with Galton’s
description of the extensor of Dasypus '. The two scapular heads
rise from the superficial surface of the vertebral half of the posterior
border of the scapula. The external humeral head (¢. 111) rises from
the outer and posterior surfaces of the neck of the humerus, and
the inner humeral head (e.1v) from nearly the entire length of the
posterior surface of the humerus; towards its insertion it is easily
separable into superficial and deep layers, the deeper part (text-
fig. 13, ¢. v) being apparently the representative of an anconeus
quartus. In Macalister’s specimen there were three scapular
heads and one humeral, of which the third scapular head answers
in all save its origin to my external humeral. Hyrtl mentions
two scapular heads and one humeral. |
The flexors of the digits are difficult of interpretation. Mac-
alister describes a Palmaris longus, which, although easily recogniz-
able in my specimen (text-fig. 15, fl.s.), shows in its distribution to
the fingers a great resemblance to a flexor sublimis ; it passes over
the palmar ossicle as a tendinous expansion, and splits into four
fairly definite tendons, that are inserted (after dividing to form an
ensheathment for the deep tendons) into the proximal phalanges
of digits 11, 111, 1v, V. Galton ®* gives a description of a superficial
flexor in Dasypus that tallies very well with this description, and
regards it as a combination of Palmaris longus and Flexor sublimis.
Tam inclined to apply the same interpretation to this somewhat
questionable muscle in Chlamydophorus.
I was unable to identity Macalister’s flexor sublimis, unless it is
the humeral head of the flexor profundus described below.
Flevor profundus digitorum (text-fig. 15, fl.p.d.).—This muscle
consists of two very definite parts :—(i.) (? Flexor sublimis, Mac-
alister) rises from the inner condyle of the humerus between the
flexor carpi radialis and flexor sublimis + palmaris longus, is attached
firmly to the inner (radial) surface of the palmar ossicle, and is finally
inserted by a long slender tendon to the terminal phalanx of digit 1.
(1.) A muscle of great size rising from the whole flexor surface of
both radius and ulna and attached by a very stout tendon to the
palmar ossicle; from the distal surface of the ossicle four tendons
go to the terminal phalanges of digits 1, 11, 1v, v. This part,
except that it has no tendon for digit 1, seems to agree with
Macalister’s flexor profundus and flexor pollicis.
Lumbricals (text-tig. 15, 7.).— Four slender muscles, rising from
the palmar ossicle between the deep flexor tendons and inserted upon
the lateral surfaces of the proximal phalanges with the exception
Galton, 1. ¢. p. 539. * Galton, 1. c. p. 545.
1901.] CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCALUS. phil
of the inner (radial) surface of digit 1. These muscles evidently
auswer to Macalister’s 7 short flexors. I notice that Windle &
Parsons’ speak of them as lumbricals, and certainly their origin
from the ossicle in the deep flexor tendon and insertion between
Text-fig. 15.
ond
Muscles of inside of fore-limb of Chlamydophorus truncatus.
hi., biceps.
; pect. tv, pectoralis quartus.
d.epit., dorso-epitrochlearis.
pect.abd., abdominal part of pecto-
e.1, 1V, heads of the extensor ante- ralis.
brachii. pect.maj., pectoralis major.
é.m.p., extensor metacarpi pol- pl.br., palmaris brevis.
heis.
ep.an., epitrochleo-anconeus.
ji.c.r., flexor carpi radialis.
fl.c.ul., flexor carpi ulnaris.
ji.p.d., flexor profundus digito-
rum (hand).
fi.s., flexor sublimis + palmaris
longus.
/., lambriealis.
fat.d.1,11,two parts of latissimus
dorsi.
p.t., pronator teres.
r.cl., retro-clayvicularis.
rh.th., rhomboideus thoracicus.
scl., subclavius.
S.ig., serratus magnus.
8.s¢., subscapularis.
S.sp., Supraspinatus,
t.m)., teres major.
tr. 1, part of trapezius.
* Windle & Parsons, 1. ¢. p. 334.
112 MR. R. H. BURNE ON [Feb. 19,
the fingers would seem to warrant the name. Lumbricals as
described by Macalister I was unable to find, and in this agree
with Hyrtl. es
Professor Wilson’, in a critical survey of the myology of the
fore-limb—called forth by an examination of the muscles of
Notoryctes typhlops—notices Macalister’s description of these
muscles in Chlamydophorus, and expresses the belief that probably
Macalister’s flexor sublimis is part of the flexor profundus, a belief
in which [ entirely concur. He accepts Macalister’s palmaris
longus, and finally suggests that Macalister’s short flexors are in
reality the flexor sublimis still confined entirely to the hand as it
is found iu Ornithorhynchus and Reptiles. This suggestion 1s one
of great interest if well founded, but it is, I fear, not borne out by
my dissection.
The two heads of the Flexor carpi ulnaris (text-fig. 15, fl.c.ul.)
were far more separate than in Macalister’s specimen ; in fact the
humeral head formed an independent little muscle with an inde-
pendent, though very delicate tendon inserted with that of the
ulnar head on the pisiform. This muscle seems in Edentates
to be liable to considerable subdivision, ¢. g., in Cyclothurus it
consists of 4 separate bundles °*.
The intrinsic muscles of the hand were not observed with
sufficient accuracy to warrant any statement, except that, roughly
speaking, they agreed with Macalister’s description.
There is a superficial muscle (palmaris brevis, text-fig. 15, pl.br.)
of some size running diagonally across the palm of the hand from
the base of the pisiform bone to the base of metacarpal 1. This
muscle does not appear to have been previously noticed.
The Extensor carpi radialis (text-fig. 13, ¢.c.r) was inserted into
the bases of metacarpals 11, 111 by a single tendon situated exactly
between them. In Macalister’s specimen the tendon was double,
and in Hyrtl’s single and inserted upon metacarpal 11 only.
The Hxtensor carpi ulnaris (text-fig. 13, ¢.c.u.) had an origin from
the upper part of the ulna, not mentioned by Macalister.
The following muscles were also present :—Retro-clavicularis
(text-fig. 14, cl.). Deltoid (text-figs. 13 & 14, dit.). Supraspinatus.
Infraspinatus (text-fig. 13, 7.sp.). Teres major (text-fig. 15, t.mg.),
Subscapularis (text-fig. 15,s.sc.). Biceps (text-fig. 15, 6t.). Brachialis
anticus (text-fig. 13, br.a.). Supinator brevis. Eatensor communis
digitorum (text-fig. 13, e.c.d.). Hatensor annularis (text-fig. 13,
e.ann.). Extensor manimi digiti (text-fig. 13, ¢.d.v). Hxtensor ossis
metacarpt pollicis (text-fig. 13, em.p.). Eatensor indicis (text-
fig. 18, ¢.7.). The Supinator longus was absent.
Muscizs or tHE Hinp-1ims.— Obturator externus (text-fig. 17,
obt.ex.) is a well-marked triangular muscle rising from the ventral
border of the obturator foramen, deep to the adductors and inserted
by a round tendon upon the femur just proximal to the lesser
* Wilson: “On the Myology of Notoryctes typhlops.” Trans. R. Soc. South
Australia, xviii. 1894, p. 44.
? Macalister, 1. c. p. 249.
1901.] CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNOATUS.
trochanter opposite the insertion of the ilio-psoas.
was not present in Hyrtl’s or Macalister’s specimen.
y |
Text-fig. 16.
Muscles of outer side of hind-limb of Chlamydophorus truncatus.
ag.cd., agitator caudie.
b.f., biceps femoris.
e.d.c., extensor digitorum com-
munis.
g.é., external head of gastro-
cnemius.
gl.m., gluteus medius and minimus,
gi.mx., gluteus maximus.
il.p., io-psoas.
p.br., peroneus brevis and ex-
tensor quinti digiti.
p.l., peronzeus longus.
pl., plantaris.
py., pyriformis.
r.f., rectus femoris.
sm., semimembranosus.
so/., soleus.
st., semitendinosus.
t.a., tibialis anticus.
t.v,f., tensor vagine femoris.
v.é., vastus externus,
113
This muscle
The Biceps femoris (text-figs. 16 & 17, 5.f.) had an insertion upon
the fibula as well as the insertion mentioned by Macalister into the
superficial fascia of the leg. The Semitendinosus (text- fig. 16, st.)
showed no sign of an insertion.
I saw no Sartorius in either leg.
Macalister speaks of this
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. VIII. 8
114 MR. R. H. BURNE ON
[Feb. 19,
muscle as “ wide, thick, and fleshy” *, so that it is unlikely that it
was removed unobserved. Hyrtl says that in his specimen it was
incorporated with the adductors.
° ° 2
Rectus femoris (text-fig. 16, 7.f.) rose, as in Tatusta and Dasypus”,
by a single origin from the dorsal brim of the acetabulum. In
Macalister’s specimen it had the more usual double ecrigin.
Text-fig. 17.
Muscles of inside of hind-limb of Chlamydophorus truncatus.
add.1, 11, adductor primus and _se-
cundus.
b.f., biceps femoris.
jip., flexor profundus (foot).
g¢., external head of gastro-
cnemius.
gt, taternal head of gastro-
cnemius.
g?., gracilis.
il.p., ilio-psoas,
obt.ex., obturator externus.
pl., plantaris.
pop., popliteus.
p.p., psoas parvus.
pt., pectineus.
p.t., pronator teres.
q.f., quadratus femoris.
r.f., rectus femoris.
sm., semimembranosus.
st., semitendinosus.
t.p., tibialis posticus.
t.p. it, tibialis posticus accesso-
rius.
v.i., Vastus internus,
Adductor secundus (text-fig. 17, add. 11) differed from Macalister’s
description in rising from the pubis superficial to the obturator
externus, and not from the ventral support of the spheroma.
The Gastrocnemius and Soleus (text-figs. 16 & 17, ge.,gi., sol.) did
1 Macalister, 1. c. p. 263.
* Macalister, 1. ¢. p. 264.
1901.] CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCATUS. 115
not differ from previous descriptions, but it may be noted that the
component tendons of the tendo Achillis showed no signs of the
spiral twist around one another, that seems to occur to a greater
or less extent among the generality of mammals |.
The Plantaris (text-figs. 16 & 17, pl.), as in Dasypus*, has no
direct attachment to the heel ; its tendon passes through a foramen
in the calcaneum (a gutter in Dasypus) and divides in the sole of
the foot into separate tendons inserted upon the proximal phalanges
and the expanded navicular.
The Peroneus longus and brevis (text-fig. 16, p.l. & p.br.) differ
from the same muscles in the previously described specimens and in
Tatusia by respectively rising partly from the knee-cap and external
condyle of the femur as in Dasypus sevcinctus®. The peroneus
longus rises from the outer side of the knee-cap and from the
proximal part of the outer surface of the fibula; it is inserted as
usual upon the base of metatarsal 1.
The Peroneus brevis and eatensor brevis V. rise by a common
origin from the external condyle of the femur, the external lateral
ligament, and the proximal part ef the antero-lateral surface of the
fibula. The single belly terminates, in two delicate tendons,
inserted respectively on the base of the metatarsal and of the
penultimate phalanx of digit v.
In view of the speculations that have arisen concerning the
origin of the external lateral ligament as a modification of a
femoral tendon of origin of the peroneus longus’, one might
expect the origin of the peroneus brevis and extensor brevis V
from the ligament itself as well as from the femur to throw some
light upon the question, but apparently it does not. For, with the
facts as they stand, it can be argued with equal propriety that the
ligament in question is a structure originally independent of the
muscle, but in this case serving as part of its area of attachment, or
that it is part of the femoral tendon of origin of the muscle in
process of transformation—functionally a ligament but not yet
completely divorced from the muscle.
The Libialis anticus (text-fig. 16, t.a.) had an origin (not men-
tioned by Macalister) from the anterior inner border of the fibula.
A similar origin is found in Dasypus, Cyclothurus, Bradypus, and
Cholapus’.
The Tibiahs posticus accessorius (text-fig. 17, tp. 11) took origin
from the proximal part of the hollow on the inner surface of the
fibula, and was inserted upon the inner surfaces of the astragalus.
According to Macalister’s description, it rises from the tibia and is
inserted on the entocuneiform.
The Hetensor digitorum communis (fig. 16, ¢.d.c.) sends a tendon
1 Parsons: “On the Morphology of the Tendo Achillis.” Journ. Anat. &
Physiol. xxviii. 1894, p. 414.
> Galton, |. ¢. p. 556.
3 Galton, l.c. p. 559; also No. C 208, Physiol. Series, R. Coll. Surg. Museum.
+ Bland Sutton: ‘ Ligaments, their Nature and Morphology,’ 1887, p. 34.
> Macalister, l. c. p. 268. Galton, 1. c. p. 558.
8%
116 MR. R. H, BURNE ON [Feb. 19,
to each of the toes; in Macalister’s specimen to the four outer
toes only. f
The following muscles were present and agreed with
Maealister’s description :—Tensor vagine femoris (text-fig. 16,
t.v.f.). Gluteus maximus (text-fig. 16, gl.m«.). Agitator caude
(text-fig. 16, ag.cd.). Gluteus medius + minimus (text-tig. 16, gl.m.).
Pyriformis (text-fig. 16, py.). Quadratus femoris (text-tig. 17, q,f-)
Semimembranosus (text-figs. 16 & 17, sm.). Gracilis (text-fig. 17,
gr.). Pectineus (text-fig. 17, pt.). Vastus externus (text-fig. 16, v..).
Vastus internus (text-fig. 17, v.t.). Psoas parvus (text-fig. 17, p.p.).
Tleo-psoas (text-fig. 17, ai.p.). Adductor primus (text-fig. 17, add.1).
Popliteus (text-fig. 17, pop.). Tibialis posticus (text-fig. 17, t.p.).
Extensor hullucis longus. Flewor profundus (text-fig. 17, fl.p.).
Tn this review of the muscles, it will be noticed that in several
particulars this specimen approaches Dasypus more nearly than
those dissected by Macalister and Hyrtl. One may take as in-
stances :—-The extensive origin of part 2 of the latissimus dorsi.
The twofold nature of the splenius capitis. The want of a clavi-
cular origin to the pectoralis major. The absence of a direct
insertion of the plantaris to the heel, and lastly the mode of origin
of the peronei—an origin, so far as I know, hitherto found only in
Dasypus.
JOINTS.
Temporo-maxillary joint.—This is ofa very feeble character with
small flattened articular surfaces. It is remarkable for the absence
of an interarticular fibro-cartilage. Parsons‘, in his Hunterian
Lectures on Mammalian joints, records three examples of temporo-
maxillary joint among the lower orders of mammals without an
interarticular cartilage (e. g. Ornithorhynchus, Dasyurus, and Dusy-
pus). It is interesting to find that Chlamydophorus shares this
exceptional character with Dasypus.
Shoulder-joint.— There is a stout accessory ligament that passes,
superficial to the capsule, from the coracoid process downwards
and backwards to the outer surface of the head of the humerus.
This hgament is noticed by Hyrtl, and can still be seen attached
to his preparation of the skeleton (R.C. 8. Osteol. Series, No. 3582),
and I only mention it to draw attention to a similar ligament in
Dasypus and Tatusia (R. C.S. Physiol. Series, Nos. B 125, B 126).
THE VISCERA.
On the coarse anatomy of the viscera there is little to be said,
for this subject has been dealt with in detail by Hyrtl, and any
gaps left in his descriptions have been filled by Macalister and
Watson®. I shall thus mainly confine my remarks to certain
i pons “The Joints of Mammals.” Journ. Anat. & Physiol. xxxiv. 1899,
p. 41.
* Watson: “On the Male Generative Organs of Chlamydophorus ¢ ti
&e” Proc, Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 673. i oe |
1901.] CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCATUS. wae
details in the salivary apparatus and aortic arch that appear to
have escaped observation.
The Salivary Glands.—Hyrtl describes parotid, buccal, and sub-
maxillary glands, but there is also a sublingual gland of considerable
size with the usual position and characters. It may be mentioned
in passing that Hyrtl’s figure of the relations between Stensen’s
duct and the buccal gland is misleading. He suggests that pro-
bably the buccal gland pours its secretion into this duct and
figures it as running close along the upper border of the gland.
In point of fact there is no connection between the two;
Stensen’s duct takes quite the usual course across the masseter at
a very considerable distance above the buccal gland, while the
latter in all probability opens independently into the mouth in the
ordinary way.
Text-fig. 18.
Salivary glands of Dasypus sexcinctus.
r., muscular reservoir. | sl.g., sublingual gland.
ri.d., duct of retro-lingual gland. | smg., submaxillary gland.
ri.g., vetro-lingual gland. | w.d., Wharton's duct.
With regard to the submaxillary gland there is a feature of some
little interest. The secretion is collected (as described by Hyrtl)
into two main ducts, each of which receives the secretion vf one
118 MR. R. H. BURNE ON [Feb. 19,
of the two lobes into which the gland is divisible. After a short
course free of the gland-substance, the ducts are said to open into
2 spindle-shaped muscular reservoir, from the anterior extremity
of which a single duct (Wharton’s duct) leads to an opening in
the floor of the mouth beneath the tongue. This description
is only partially true, for, of the two main collecting-ducts, one
only (i. ¢. that coming from the larger and most posteriorly situated
lobe of the gland) opens into the muscular reservoir and continues
from its anterior extremity to the opening beneath the tongue ;
the other, although it enters the wall of the reservoir, has no com-
munication with its cavity, but courses down its dorsal margin
close beneath the lining epithelium and continues as a separate
duct, intimately connected with the first, to an opening beneath
the tongue. (It was not seen whether these two ducts opened
into the mouth by a common aperture or separately.)
An arrangement of the submaxillary gland and ducts precisely
similar to this was found in Dasypus sewcinctus (text-fig. 18), but,
owing to the greater size of the creature, the individuality of the
ducts was more eastly seen. Somewhat similar features were also
observed in the Three-toed Sloth (Bradypus tridactylus, text-fig. 19).
The submaxillary gland in this animal is divisible, as in the above-
mentioned Dasypodide, into two well-marked lobes each provided
with its own duct. The two ducts run side by side (with, however,
no muscular reservoir on either of them) to the floor of the
mouth beneath the tongue. The duct from the smaller and more
anteriorly situated lobe of the gland is remarkable for its large
calibre and for the thinness of its walls—in fact at first sight it
had very much the appearance of a vein. The duct from the
larger and posterior lobe was double throughout its length on the
right side, but single on the left. ‘The meaning of the conditions
observed in the submaxillary glands and ducts of these three
Edentates becomes, I think, clear on reference to a paper by
Ranvier’, in which, in addition to numerous observations of his
own, he collects and harmonizes the previously confused statements
concerning the relations that subsist between the sublingual and
submaxillary glands. It is well known that frequently in Man
there occurs a large duct (duct of Bartholini) that arises from a
posterior portion of the sublingual gland and runs alongside Whar-
ton’s duct to open with it or near it under the tongue. Bartholini
himself * described and figured a similar duct in the Lioness, having
its gland in close connection with the submaxillary, and Ranvier
adds a large number of mammals in which the same gland (called
by him Retro-lingual) is found with great constancy. According
to Ranvier the retro-lingual gland lies always posterior to the
lingual nerve, and for this reason (a somewhat arbitrary one it
1 eso GG . =
Ranvier: “ Etudes anatomiques des Glandes connues sous les noms de sous-
meer et sublinguale, chez les Mammiféres.” Arch. de Physiol. xviii. 1886,
[ . 22 .
* Bartholini:
ives De ductu salivali hactenus non descripto observatio anatomica,
0509.
1901.) CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCATUS. 119
seems’) cannot be identified with the part of the sublingual
gland in connection with Bartholini’s duct in Man, although in
structure it agrees with the sublingual.
Text-fig. 19.
Salivary glands of Three-toed Sloth (Bradypus tridactylus).
p.g!., parotid gland. s.d., Stensen’s duct.
s.p.gl., socia parotidis.
Other letters as in text-fig. 18.
Now, apart from the question of the identification of the retro-
lingual gland with part of the sublingual, which does not actually
concern us here, there can be no doubt, I think, that the two
ducts coming from each submaxillary gland in these Edentates are
in reality the ducts of a retro-lingual and submaxillary gland, and
that, of the two lobes of the gland, the anterior is from its position
the retro-lingual, and the larger posterior lobe the true sub-
maxillary °.
1 Tn this connection see Ranvier’s figure of the retro-lingual gland of the Pig.
in which the anterior end of the gland extends in front of the lingual nerve.
2 The tissues were not sufficiently well preserved to allow of microscopic
examination.
120 ON CHLAMYDOPHORUS TRUNCATUS. [Feb. 19,
Before leaving the salivary glands, it may be mentioned that in
the Sloth the socia parotidis (text-fig. 19, s.p.gl.) is very large and
of unusually definite shape. It is a long pear-shaped body situated
at some distance dorsal to Stensen:s duct, into which it opens by
a single duct 9 mm. in length, that emerges from its anterior
i end.
Le have nothing to add to Hyrtl’s deseription of the
heart, and I find in two specimens that the great vessels rise from
the aortic arch in a manner similar to that previously recorded ; but
there is a slight peculiarity in the conformation of the arch itself
that merits a brief description, not so much for its intrinste
importance in Chlamydophorus, as because a similar though
exaggerated modification forms a very striking feature in the aorta
Text-fig. 20.
\
Heart of Three-toed Sloth (Bradypus tridactylus).
of the Sloth. The peculiarity in question consists of a marked
depression of the transverse part of the arch towards the ventral
surface. The ascending aorta is short, and at the commencement
of the transverse part bends sharply forward towards the ventral
surface of the heart, and then curves round towards the dorsum
compressed between the base of the heart and the trachea. The
convexity of the arch thas lies in the transverse plane of the
heart, instead of approximately in its longitudinal plane as is usually
the case. In two other Edentates (Lamandua and Myrmecophaga)
that I have examined, the arch lies in the longitudinal plane as
usual, but in the Sloth (Bradypus tridactylus) there is a ventral de-
pression of the aortic arch of a most marked character (text-fig. 20).
In both cases, the depression appears to be due to the pressure of
MOO] ON THE BROAD-NOSED LEMUR. “121
the trachea upon the arch, occasioned by the position of the heart,
which lies with its longitudinal axis much more nearly at right
angles to the long axis of the body than in most mammals.
The Alimentary Canal has been already fully described, but in
examining this system one is much struck by the great resemblance
the different parts bear to the corresponding organs of Dasypus.
This perhaps is specially the case with the liver, which is almost
an exact counterpart on a small scale of that of Dasypus villosus.
_The liver of Tatusia, on the other hand, ditfers materially from those
of Dasypus and Chlamydophorus ; it is much rounder and more
compact in form; the left lateral lobe shows no great preponder-
ance in size over the rest, and the caudate lobe is very much
smaller.
I have nothing to add to previous descriptions of the Hes phaiiouy
or generative organs.
5. Notes on the Broad-nosed Lemur, Hapalemur simus.
By Frank EH. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.
[ Received January 31, 1901. ]
(Text-figures 21-25.)
Some years since' I was enabled to add to the existing knowledge
of Hapalemur griseus by the examination of two specimens that
had died in the Society’s Gardens. I am now able to compare
the facts which I then ascertained with the structure of the only
other species of the genus—H. simus. The individual which I have
dissected was an example deposited in the Society’s Gardens by
the Hon. Walter Rothschild, M.P., F.Z.S., last year. After living
for some months it died of a diseased condition of certain of
the lymphatic glands of the abdominal cavity. The spleen also
was invaded by pus, but in other respects the carcase showed no
pathological conditions. The animal was a female.
Our present knowledge of the anatomy of this Lemur is due to
Gray, Jentink, and Milne-Edwards. The species was founded by
Gray”, who described as well as figured the entire animal; besides
external characters, Dr. Gray dealt with and figured the skull and
the dentition. So far as they go, the facts set down by Gray do
not appear to me to be in want of correction. Later Dr. Jentink
again figured ® the skull of H. stmus, comparing it with that of
H. griseus by means of other figures. These drawings also seem to
me to represent the distinctions between the skulls of the two
species accurately. finally, the late Prof. A. Milne-Edwards in
the last issued volume of his and Grandidier’s ‘ Histoire naturelle
de Madagascar,’ has figured not only the skulls of the two species,
! P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 391, and ibid. 1891, p. 449.
2 «Notes on Hapalemur simus, &e.,” P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 829.
3 “On some rare and interesting Mammals,” Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. 1885,
p- 33.
122 MR, F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 19,
but the rest of the skeleton and the principal viscera of Hapalemur
simus. ‘Chis volume, however, consists merely of the “ Atlas” ;
the corresponding letterpress has not yet, so far as I am aware,
been published. I believe that the above list exhausts the memoirs
which deal anatomically with Hapalemur simus at first hand. I
judge that the late Dr. Mivart in writing of * Hapalemur sinus”
should have written ‘‘ Hapalemur griseus,” since the structural
facts which he uses in the definition of the genus Hapalemur *
are those of H. griseus and not those of H. semus. The pecu-
liarities of the teeth of the latter, which are plainly enough
shown in the bulk of the figures of the skull to which I have
already referred, are not included by Dr. Mivart in his generic
definitions. As these teeth peculiarities have not yet been
emphasized in words, I shall perhaps not be performing an
unnecessary task in calling attention to them.
In Hapalemur simus, which has a much more truncated as well
as a much broader snout than has H/. griseus, both the incisors are
sheltered by the canine so as to be invisible on a lateral view.
This state of affairs is correctly figured by Gray *. In H. griseus,
on the other hand, as figured by Mivart in his early paper on the
structure of Lemurs*, only the posterior of the two incisors 1s thus
sheltered, the anterior incisor being decidedly in front, though
also to the side, of the canine. In a young skull in my possession
both incisors are in front of the canine, and in this particular the
young Hapalemur griseus resembles the adult Lemur. At least
most species of that genus, for in Lemur brunneus (a note by my
predecessor Mr. Forbes informs me) the condition is like that of
Hapalemur. The line of the molars is straighter in H. stmus than
in HH. griseus, where it is slightly concave inwards—the line of the
teeth following that of the palate, which is in that species a little
narrowed posteriorly ; it is not so in H. simus. The molars of
the upper jaw in H. simus have an additional cusp not found in
H, griseus ; it is the inner posterior cusp, and the molars are thus
quadricuspid instead of tricuspid. This seems to me to be a rather
important distinction. It is, as I have remarked, correctly figured
by previous authors but has not been described. The molars of
H, simus are larger than the premolars ; this is not the case with
H. griseus, in which species the third premolar is the largest tooth
of the cheek-teeth series. In H. semus pm. 2 and pm. 3 are
subequal in size.
The first point to which I directed my attention was the
condition of the forearm. It will be recollected that I was able
to show in the case of its congener H. griseus that the male was
distinguished by the existence close to the hand of a patch of
spine-like structures associated with a large gland lying beneath
* “On Lepidolemur and Cheirogaleus and on the Zoological Rank of the
Lemuridx,” P.Z. S. 1873, p. 500.
> P.Z.S. 1870, p. 830, fig. 3.
3 “ Notes on the Crania and Dentition of the Lemuride,” P. Z.S. 1864,
p- 615. See also P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 960.
1901] BROAD-NOSED LEMUR. 123
the integument. In the female of H. griseus those spines are not
present, but, as I was informed by Dr. Jentink and the late
Prof. Milne-Edwards, there is a patch of skin which is recognizable
Text-fig. 21.
A
A. Upper jaw of Hapalemur simus. B. Upper jaw of H. griseus.
C., canine; P.M. 1., first premolar.
as distinct from the rest of the integument upon the arm. Since
I received this information, the arm of this species has been
124 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 19,
ficured by Milne-Edwards’. Both of the gentlemen to whom
I referred-further informed me that in H. semus there were no
traces of these peculiar modifications of the skin of the wrist.
But in dried skins, structures of this kind might conceivably be
missed. am therefore glad to have the opportunity of stating
that in the fresh H. simus, which forms the subject of the present
communication, there are no traces at all of any modification of
the skin of the forearm such as characterizes Hapalemur griseus.
These two species are regarded by most systematists as perfectly
distinct, though it may be admitted that the general aspect of the
two is not very different *. Influenced probably by this latter
consideration, Mr. Lydekker observed in the ‘ Royal Natural
History’ (vol. i. p. 217) that the Broad-nosed Lemur (1. simus)
does not appear to be more than a variety of the Gentle Lemur
(H. griseus). The above-stated facts, even if there were no others,
seem to show plainly that the two forms of Hapalemur are dis-
tinctly entitled to separate specific names. There is one other fact
of external structure which distinguishes the present species from
its congener. Shortly after my description of the arm-gland and
patch of spines upon the forearm of the male 1. griseus, Mr. Bland
Sutton discovered and figured * in this Lemur and in some others
a tuft of long hairs in close proximity to the patch of spines.
Since that time I have found a similar tuft of hairs on the arms of
mammals belonging to other orders than the Lemures*, and have
expressed the opinion that they are possibly general in such
creatures as use their forearms as grasping or climbing organs.
It had appeared to me further, that this tuft of long, often black,
hairs, which are quite unmistakable, are not to be looked upon
as a sexual character. I was therefore much surprised at being
totally unable to detect the faintest vestige of them in the female
Hapalemur simus upon which I comment in the present communi-
cation. I believe that there is no doubt about their absence; I
looked with extreme care for them and removed the skin in order
to find—if it were present—the strong nerve-twig which is at
least often associated with them in other mammals. This was
totally absent. Having by me a number of carefully sexed skins
of other Lemurs, I investigated this question further.
In females of Lemur albifrons, L. anjuanensis, L. brunneus, L. coro-
natus, and L. mongoz | found a tuft of three or four long hairs
upon the forearm shown with perfect distinctness; I also observed
the same in males of the species L. albimanus, L. brunneus,
L. albifrons, and L. rufifrons. On the other hand, in a female
skin of each of the species L. mongoz, L. nigrifrons, and L. anjuan-
* Histoire Naturelle &c. de Madagascar.
A 1Dye. Gray @ Z.8. 1872, p. 852) observed that “it has been suggested that
the colour of H. grisews and H. simus are so alike that they are only the sexes
of the same species.”
° “On the Arm-gland of Lemurs,” P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 369.
* “On the Anatemy of Bassaricyon,” P.Z.8. 1890, p. 661, and ‘ Nature,’
vol. lxil. p. 525.
1901.] BROAD-NOSED LEMUR. 125
ensis, I failed to find these structures. I do not lay much stress
upon the value of this observation, since it is less satisfactory to
deal with dried skins than with the recently dead animal. But
the possibility must be borne in mind that these tactile hairs may
be less constant in the female of certain Lemurs than in the male.
And that, therefore, the character to which I refer as possibly
distinguishing the two species of Hapalenwur—if it really does
distinguish the male from the female in H. simus—may not be of
great value as a mark of specific difference. The matter must be
settled later.
Cecum.—I noticed certain small, but definite, differences in the
viscera of the two species of Hapalemur. The alimentary canal
Text-fig. 22.
L ‘
Liver of Hapalemur simus.
G.B., gall-bladder ; R.C., right central lobe ; R.L., right lateral; L.C., left
central ; L.L., left lateral; CA., caudate ; Sp., Spigelian.
of H. simus seems to be longer in proportion to the body than in
the other species. The specimen of H. simus which I dissected
had a body-length (exclusive of tail) of 14 inches, it being thus
not much, if any, larger than H. griseus. But the intestinal
measurements were as nearly as possible double the length of
those of the example of H. griseus recorded by myself. In
H. simus the several lengths were as follows :—Small intestine
4 ft.9 inches; large intestine 2 ft.4 inches. The alimentary
126 MR. F. EB. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 19,
canal of course differs widely in actual lengths in different indivi-
duals; but I think that so large a difference as this would be
unusual, and may be perhaps looked upon as a valid mark of specific
distinction. The second point respecting the alimentary canal
concerns the mesenteries which support the cecum. In most
Lemurs, the cecum is tied to the small intestine by a single
anangious fold lying between two bloodvessel-hearing folds, which
run on to the large intestine. In Hapalemur griseus I found that
the median anangious fold was absent. The two lateral folds
were quite normal and like those of other Lemuroids. I suggested
that the absence of this frenum might conceivably be connected’
with the shortened cecum of Hapalemur. It is clear that this
explanation must fall to the ground, since in H. semus the cecum
is of quite the same form, but it does possess the median anangious
cecal frenum.
The liver of H. simus is shown in the accompanying drawing
(text-fig. 22, p. 125), which does not altogether agree with the figure
iven by Milne-Edwards, and may be compared with the annexed
sketch of that of H. griseus (text-fig. 23), which was published in
illustration of my notes upon the anatomy of that Lemur. It will
be seen that there are a few small points of difference.
Text-fig. 23.
\
Liver of Hapalemur griseus.
(From P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 396.)
g. unbilical fissure. Other letters as in text-fig. 22 (p. 125).
The most salient difference is that the left lateral lobe, instead
of being quite small, no larger than the remaining chief ‘lobes of
the organ, is quite twice the size of the left central. The right
central lobe, moreover, is rather larger than the left central. The
gall-bladder has the same anomalous position that it has in
H, griseus, and in many if not most other Lemurs; the ductus
1901.] BROAD-NOSED LEMUR. 127
choledochus arises from the end of the gall-bladder which is turned
away from the intestine.
The brain of this species has been figured by Milne-Edwards ;
as might be supposed, it hardly differs from that of its congener.
Seeing that that of Hapalemur griseus again is extremely like the
brain of the genus Lemur, any differences are scarcely to be looked
for. In the brief remarks which follow, the minute divergences
in structure between the two species which I record here must be
considered to be possibly subject to revision when more abundant
material is at the disposal of some anatomist. Since describing
the brain of Hapalemur griseus, | have come into possession of a
second brain of that species; in some respects the second brain
differs from that originally described. It is, in the first place,
rather larger, a fact which goes some way to removing one apparent
difference between the brains of the two species of Hapalemur.
The following measurements of the three brains of which I shall
speak here show that the proportions of length to breadth are
much the same in the two species ; they are :—
Length of cerebral Breadth of cerebral
hemispheres. hemispheres.
Hapalemur griseus No.1 ........ 33 mm. 26 mm.
Hapalemur griseus No.2 ........ BH) op Phe)
JETT SURUS 90660005000008 40 ,, Bil a.
The contour of the brain hardly differs in the two species nor
the proportions of the several regions. The accompanying drawing
Text-fig. 24.
Brain of Hapalemur simus.
A. Dorsal view. B. Lateral view.
A, supra-angular fissure ; 8, Sylvian fissure ; A.T., antero-temporal.
shows the furrows of the brain of Hapalemur simus (text-fig. 24),
which differs in some minute particulars from that figured by Milne-
Edwards. It will be noticed that the Sylvian fissure is slightly
different in this species. The upper end of that furrow does not slope
backwards parallel to the angular fissure as it does in 1. griseus,
On the contrary, its tendency is rather to bend forwards ; the upper
128 ON THE BROAD-NOSED LEMUR. [ Feb. 19,
end is at least slightly hooked. ‘This was more marked upon the
right than upon the left side. The olfactory region of the brain
was much compressed ventrally in the way which characterizes so
many Apes. It presents the appearance of having been squeezed
between the fingers while in a plastic condition. The compression
seemed. to me to be more marked in H. simus than in the other
species; but this particular feature is sometimes lost during
preservation. However, this and the other brains were most
carefully extracted from the skull; they have been but very
slightly altered in shape during the process of hardening with
alcohol.
Text-fig. 25.
Brain of Hapalemur griseus.
A. From above. B. Lateral view.
S (in both figures), Sylvian fissure.
(From P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 457.)
The antero-temporal fissure also differs slightly in its form. In
H. griseus this fissure is sometimes broken into two, the upper
piece joining the top of the Sylvian, as I have figured. In H. simus
the fissure is not thus broken, but the upper end, which corresponds
to the detached piece in H. griseus, curved forward in a hook-like
fashion and in a direction parallel to the end of the Sylvian fissure.
In originally describing the brain of H. griseus I laid some
emphasis upon the fact that the angular and the infero-frontal
fissures form one continuous fissure. This emphasis is justified
to some extent, sce in other Lemurs the two fissures are quite
distinct. But in the genus Lemur, which comes of course very
close to Hapalemur, some species show a continuity and others
a discontinuity between these two fissures. So, too, does this
genus Hapalemur. In H. simus, as the drawing shows, the two
fissures are not only discontinuous, but the two ends—the
anterior of one and the posterior of the other—if continued
in a straight line would hardly meet. This is quite different
from what is found in H. griseus: in the first specimen of the
brain of this animal which I studied, the two fissures were con-
tinuous at least on the left side, there being a faint gap on the
right side of the brain; but in a second example of this species
2A, S219 Oi, swoll, eiew. 2k,
G.M Woodward hith. :
West, Newman imp
LACRYMAL REGION OF LEMURS AND MONKEYS.
D7, SUMO, well, LB ZOU:
West, Newman imp.
GM.Woodward lth.
LACRYMAL REGION OF MONKEYS.
DAS, WOW, swoll, I, IPL, 2c,
G.M. Woodward del. West, Nexman ump.
POST ORBITAL REGION OF LEMURS AND MONKEYS.
1901. ] ON THE SKULLS OF LEMURS AND MONKEYS. 129
which is before me, a distinct break separates the angular from the
infero-frontal fissure. This break, however, is not so thorough
that a faint groove cannot be detected bridging the chasm, and
the posterior end of the infero-frontal fissure is exactly in the
same line with the anterior end of the angular; if produced
they would plainly meet. In the shape of the angular sulcus
there are differences in the two species. In H. griseus this fissure
is much like an elongated §. In H. simus the fissure is bracket-
shaped, the concavity being turned towards the inter-cerebral
fissure.
6. On some Characters of the Skull in the Lemurs and
Monkeys. By C. I. Forsyru Magsor, F.Z.S.
[Received February 5, 1901.]
(Plates XJ.—XITI.')
(Text-figures 26-46.)
I. The Os PLANUM.
The os planum, or lamina papyracea of Human anatomy, is that
part of the ethmoid which appears in the orbit, partaking in
the formation of its inner wall. The presence of this bone is
almost considered to be a prerogative of Man and Monkeys.
Meckel denied it even to the latter; speaking of the ethmoid
in Mammalia, he says :—‘‘...dass es weit stirker entwickelt
als bei den tibrigen Wirbelthieren, aber sehr allgemein von den
iibrigen Knochen des Schidels verborgen wird, indem sich das
Stirnbein durch den weit liingern, senkrechten Abschnitt seines
Augenhohlentheiles zu Bildung der inneren Augenhohlenwand tiber
dasselbe weglegt und von oben an den obern Rand der grossen und
kleinen Keilbeinfliigel stosst. Daher fehlt auch sehr allgemein den
Saugthieren, selbst noch den Affen, das dussere Seitenblatt des
Riechbeins, welches sich beim Menschen an der Stelle des nach
oben geriickten und horizontal gewandten Augenhohlentheiles zur
Veryollstindigung der innern Augenhohlenwand bildet....” °
Dursy, as late as 1869, holds the same view °.
The presence of an os planwm in Monkeys was well known to
Cuvier. With regard to the Lemurs he has the following :—
‘‘ La lame cribleuse de l’ethmorde dans tous les makis, dans les
loris et les galagos, vient toucher, comme dans homme, au
sphénoide antérieur, tandis que dans les singes elle en reste
éloignée en arricre par le rapprochement des deux cotes du
frontal. L’ethmoide tout entier est enveloppé par le frontal et
par le palatin, en sorte quil n’en parait rien dans lorbite, ou, en
1 For an explanation of the Plates, see p. 152.
2 J. F. Meckel, System. d. vergl. Anat. ii. 2, pp. 516, 517 (1825).
3 BE, Dursy, Zur Entwicklungsgesch. des Kopfes des Menschen und der
hoheren Wirbelthiere, p. 198 (1869).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. IX. 9
130 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [ Feb. 19,
dautres termes, quil n’y a pas dos planum, ce qui continue
dans les carnassiers et les autres mammiféres, [a un trés petit
nombre d’exceptions pres ; mais il existe encore dans les autres
lémuriens | ” *.
The addition in brackets is from the pen of F. Cuvier, one of
the editors of the second edition of the ‘ Lecons’’.
Kostlin refers to the planum of Lemurs in the following
sentence :—‘* Der Uebergang zu den Halbaffen geschieht (daher)
_.. Viel deutlicher von den Affen der alten, als von denen der
neuen Welt, und es gehort hieher vor allen Stenops, bei welchem
das Os planum in einem linglichen Ausschnitt des Stirnbeins
liegt, und nur am untern Rande von diesem frei ist; ein dhnliches,
niedres Os planum scheint Galago zu besitzen; dagegen fehlt es
entschieden bei Lemur, Lichanotus, Cheiromys und wohl auch bei
Tarsius” *.
Schréder van der Kolk and Vrolik, referring to Nycticebus
turdigradus and N. javanicus, repeat almost textually Cuvier’s
words :—‘‘ L’ethmoide tout entier est enveloppé par le frontal et
par le palatin, en sorte quil n’en parait rien dans l’orbite ou,
par conséquent, il n’y a pas d’os planum ” *.
Flower says of the os planum of Monkeys :—‘ The os planum
of the ethmoturbinals always forms part of the inner wall of the
orbit, having the same relations asin Man”’, And with regard
to the Lemurs :—‘‘ In the Common Lemur... the os planum of
the ethmoturbinal does not enter into the inner wall of the orbit,
but is shut out from it by the maxilla, as in most inferior Mammals
.... Some of the Lemurina have much shorter faces than the
common species, though still possessing all the essential characters
of the group” °.
We therefore see that the writers generally deny the presence
of an os planum to the Lemurs, of which the genus Lemur is con-
sidered to be the prototype, and it has been taken for granted
that the conditions found in this genus are those of the whole
group. Késtlin is the only writer who gives some positive and
on the whole fairly correct information on this point.
As a matter of fact, all the species of non-Malagasy genera,
viz., Tarsius (text-fig. 35, p. 138), Nycticebus (text-fig. 41, p. 140),
Loris (text-figs. 40, 42, p. 140), Perodicticus (text-figs. 31-33,
1 @. Cuvier, Lecons d’ Anat. Comp. 2° éd. t. ii. p. 319 (1837).
2 Tt is difficult to understand what is meant here by “les autres lémuriens.”
Tarsius is out of the question, it being expressly stated that in the only speci-
men available all the sutures were obliterated. By “les loris” both Nycticebus
and Loris are designated. Chiromys is placed among the Rodents. The only
other Lemurs mentioned in the work are the ‘‘Indri” and Avahis, in both
of which the os planum is united with the palatal at a very early date.
3 O. Kostlin, ‘Der Bau des knochernen Kopfes in den vier Klassen der
Wivrbelthiere,’ p. 93 (1844).
47. L. C. Schroeder van der Kolk et W. Vrolik, ‘ Recherches d’ Anatomie
comparée sur le genre Stenops d'Illiger,” in Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde,
uitgegeven door het Genootschap Natura Artis Magistra, i. 2, p. 389 (1851).
° W. H. Flower, ‘An Introduction to the Osteology of the Mammalia,’
3rd ed. p. 161 (1885).
& Op. cit. p. 166.
1901.] SKULLS OF LEMURS AND MONKEYS. 131
p. 136), Galago (text-figs. 34, 36, 38, 39, pp. 138, 139), possess a
large os planum, which very often is not even limited to the orbit ;
it seems to have been overlooked because in older individuals the
sutures within the orbit disappear, as indeed is the case with
almost all the cranial sutures. Amongst the Malagasy Lemurs a
fairly large os planum is present in all the species of Microcebus.
In the other genera the planum becomes fused with the palatal
at a very early date (text-figs. 28 & 37).
posterior, the lacrymal fossa comes to be extra-orbital. Recent
Lemuride show a considerable amount of variation in this respect,
and we have therefore to examine them somewhat in detail.
Perodicticus.
Here we meet with a crista posterior, separating a pars facials
and a pars orbitalis; the whole of the former’s fossa is bordered
by the maxilla. In none of the species does the malar reach the
lacrymal.
In the specimen which is the type cf Bennett's “ P. geoffroy.”
(Br.-M. Z. D. No. 55.12.26.230) (see text-fig. 33), the pars facials
has a very limited extent ; the pars orbitalis starts from the crista
posterior in a lateral and downward direction, till it reaches an
unossified opening, a sort of irregularly-shaped fontanelle ; in
front it unites by a suture with the maxillary, behind with the os
planum. On the medial side of the crista posterior, situated
between the lacrymal, frontal and maxilla, is an intercalar bone («).
In the P. potto (Br. M. Z. D. Nos. 56.11.10.5 and 46.12.5.1)
(text-fig. 31) the orbital portion of the lacrymal is of moderate
size, and delimited posteriorly— proceeding from the medial
towards the lateral side—by the frontal, os planum, maxillary,
lacuna, maxillary. On the orbital margin the lacrymal is raised to
a crista posterior, and unites with the frontal and maxillary, which
form the medial and lateral continuation, respectively, of the crista
posterior. The lateral and anterior margins of the facial fossa 1.
are formed by the maxillary. In older specimens of the Potto the
sutures are obliterated.
Text-fig. 31. Text-fig. 32. Text-fig. 33.
Text-fig. 31. Orbital region of Perodicticus potto (Br. M. No. 46.12.5.1), about
nat. size.
Text-fig. 32. The same of Perodicticus calabarensis (Br. M. No. 46.11.10.5),
about nat. size.
Text-fig. 33. The same of the type of “ Perodicticus geoffroyi Benn.” (Br. M.
No. 55.12.26.230), about 3 nat. size.
(Lettering as in text-fig. 26.)
In Perodicticus calabarensis (Br. M. Z. D. No. 0.11.80.1; 2)
the orbital part of the lacrymal is very narrow (transversely), and
so is the pars facials, which is, however, more elongate than in
1901. ] SKULLS OF LEMURS AND MONKEYS. 137
P. geoffroyi. The extra-orbital fossa is encircled entirely by the
maxilla. A small intercalar bone (a), in the same position as the
one mentioned in P. geoffroyi, is on its way to become soldered
to the frontal.
A second specimen of P. calabarensis (Br. M. Z. D. No. 46.11.
10.5) is slightly older than the preceding. ‘There is scarcely any
pars orbitalis worth speaking of, the os planum reaching almost
the crista posterior. On the right side it is almost completely
joined to the lacrymal by synostosis, the suture being preserved
only in the medial moiety ; on the left side (text-fig. 32) a process
of the maxillary—bounded in front by the lacrymal, behind by the
os planum—forms more than half of the crista posterior (laterally) ;
the medial extremity of this latter is formed by the frontal. So
that the lacrymal contributes only in a slight measure to the
formation of the crista posterior ; it is, however, more developed
on the right side. The pars facialis of the lacrymal and its fossa
proceed diagonally in an antero-external direction, and are deli-
mited by the maxillary, which in front and laterally forms a
real crista anterior, the latter being flattened medially, as is the
case also in the former specimen.
Tarsius.
The erista post. l. is formed by the lacrymal. The pars orbi-
talis l. is much reduced in size; the pars facialis 1., bearing the
fossa, is for the greater part, in front, entirely encircled by the
maxilla. A fronto-maxillary suture. The malar remains far
behind on the orbital margin, its anterior end being above the
anterior termination of m. 2.
Tarsius spectrum (Br. M. Z. D. No. 90.7.25.1). Teeth moderately
worn.—Inside the orbit the os planum closely approaches the
crista post., so that there is scarcely any pars orbit. lacr. Laterally
from the os planum occurs a fontanelle. Outside the orbit, the
maxillary, besides encircling the fossa, advances into the latter on
its lateral side.
Tarsius philippinensis, 3 (Br. M. No. 97.3.1.1). Young speci-
men with deciduous dentition in place (text-fig. 35).— Similar to
the preceding species, but the lateral part of the pars orbitalis lacr.
has a larger extension.
Tarsius, therefore, on the whole closely resembles the other
non-Malagasy Lemurs in the conformation of the lacrymal region.
Galago.
The lacrymal is more reduced in size than in any of the
Malagasy Lemuride. The anterior boundary of the fossa lacry-
malis, situated on the cheek, is always provided by the maxilla,
which forms the roof of the canalis |.,and may also protrude more
or less into the fossa.
The malar may or may not reach the lacrymal. There never
occurs a lacrymo-nasal suture.
138 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [Feb. 19,
In the group of large-sized Galagos (subgen. Otolemur) (text-
fig. 34) the lacrymal is not only absolutely larger than in the other
subgenera, but also comparatively so. Within the orbit the lacrymal
is delimited laterally by the maxilla, medially by the os planum.
The maxilla, besides bordering the fossa lacrymals and forming
the anterior roof of the canalis /., penetrates also into the fossa,
the bottom of which it forms jointly with the lacrymal. In
young specimens the malar joins the lacrymal.
Text-fig. 34. Text-fig. 35. Text-fig. 36.
Text-fig. 34. Orbital region of Galago (Otolemur) crassicaudatus (Br. M.
No. 92.10.18.10), about nat. size.
Text-fig. 35. The same of Zarsius philippinensis (Br. M. No. 97.3.1.1), about 3
nat. size.
Text-fig. 36. The same of Galago (Qtolicnus) alleni (Br. M. No. 99.4.6.5), about
nat. size.
(Lettering as in text-fig. 26.)
Galago (Otolicnus) senegalensis (four specimens).—In some in-
dividuals the pars orbitalis l. is extremely reduced, the maxillary
(aterally) and the os planum (medially) almost reaching the
crista posterior. The whole of the boundary of the fossa and part
of its bottom is provided by the maxilla. In three young speci-
mens the malar is separated from the lacrymal by a very thin
process of the maxilla; in the fourth, an aged specimen, the bones
are more widely separated.
Galago (Otolicnus) allen (four specimens) (text-fig. 36).—The
portio orbitalis is slightly larger than in the preceding species.
The whole of the fossa is encircled by the maxilla, which also
enters the fossa, with the result that its bottom is only to a
limited extent occupied by the lacrymal; in one instance the latter
does not even reach the aperture of the canalis 1. In one of the
four specimens the malar is in contact with the lacrymal; in a
second, young specimen, a strong lens is required to perceive the
thin strip of maxillary dividing the two bones.
Galago (Otolicnus) elegantulus (four specimens).—In two of the
skulls the lacrymal sutures are mostly obliterated, although the
teeth are only moderately worn. In the two remaining speci-
mens (Br. M. No. 1410 a &6) the lacrymal is either so much
reduced in size, or so much covered by the adjoining bones, that
1901.j SKULLS OF LEMURS AND MONKEYS. 139
it presents itself merely as a minute oblong splint of bone situated
in the fossa, chiefly in tront of the orbital margin, which it reaches
almost or entirely. In front of this rudimentary lacrymal the
whole of the bottom of the fossa and its raised anterior margin
pertain to the maxilla. Behind it, the frontal and maxilla join
on the orbital margin, thus forming the crista posterior and sepa-
rating the lacrymal from the os planum, which latter also almost
reaches the orbital margin from inside the orbit. There is
therefore no trace of a purs orbitalis lacrymalis. Neither is there
a lacrymo-malar suture, the latter bone being removed farther
backward than in any of the preceding species.
Text-fig. 37. Text-fig. 38. Text-fig. 39,
NY,
Ny
a Vy 7
SSS
S
y
\
SS
Mas Apes
Text-fig. 37. Orbital region of Opolemur thomasi (Br. M. No. 91.11.30.50),
about 2 nat. size.
Text-fig. 38. The same of Galago (Hemigalago) demidofi (Br. M. No. 97.12.1.5),
about ? nat. size.
Text-fig. 39. The same of Galago (Hemigalago) demidoffi (Br. M. No. 98.5.4.3),
about 2 nat. size.
(Lettering as in text-fig. 26.)
Galago (Hemgalago) demidoffi (six specimens).—Here we find a
moderately-sized pars orbitals lacrymalis, and in most of the
specimens the crista posterior is formed by the lacrymal alone
(text-fig. 39). In one individual (Br. M. No. 97.12.1.4) the os
planum encroaches on the orbital margin, between the lacrymal
(laterally) and the frontal (medially), thus partaking to a slight
extent in the formation of the crista posterior. On the right side
it protrudes even on the facial part, by means of a sheht process,
which in the fossa is situated between the maxillary (medially)
and the lacrymal (laterally). In another specimen (Br. M.
No. 97.12.1.5) the conditions are very similar, the os planum of
both sides protruding into the fossa, on the right side as far as the
entrance of the canalis (text-fig, 38). In the younger specimens
(Br. M. No. 81lq@ and No. 98.5.4.3) the malar reaches the
lacrymal inside the orbit.
140 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE [Feb. 19,
Loris.
Five specimens examined.—The lacrymal appears neither
inside the orbit nor on the face. In front of the orbit there 2s a
“fossa,” entirely encircled by the maxilla. The crista posterior 18
also formed chiefly, in one case (Br. M. No. 67 ¢, left side) entirely,
by two processes of the maxilla, which in the latter instance unite
on the orbital margin, above the os planum, and are always
continued forwards into the fossa, In most specimens these two
processes are separated on the orbital margin by a minute process
of the planum, which therefore partakes in the formation of the
crista posterior. In the anterior part of the fossa—where the
latter, being roofed over by the maxilla, bas become the canalis—
may be seen a thin bone which is either the free termination of
the reduced lacrymal, covered by the maxillary in the anterior
part of the fossa, or, may be, the termination of the os
Text-tig. 40. Text-fig. 41. Text-fig. 42.
A ~ aay >
Text-fig. 40. Orbital region of Loris gracilis (Br. M. No. 48.10.31.3), about nat.
size.
Text-fig. 41. The same of Nycticebus tardigradus (Br. M. No. 96.11.29.4), about
nat. size.
Text-fig. 42. The same of Loris gracilis (R. Coll. Surg. Lond. No. 290), about 3
nat. size.
(Lettering as in text-fig. 26.)
planum. In one specimen (Br. M. No. 67d) the process of
the planum can be traced from the crista posterior forward to
the anterior end of the canalis; in the absence of very young
Specimens it cannot be decided whether this anterior portion is
the much reduced lacrymal united by synostosis with the
planum, or the planum itself. In a specimen from the collec-
tion of the Royal College of Surgeons (No. 290), the condition
displayed on the right side conveys the impression that the
thin bony plate, visible in the canalis beneath the maxillary
roof, is in fact the lacrymal. On both sides of the skull the
planum creeps up on the orbital margin and separates the frontal
from the maxillary, the former bone in this specimen partaking
medially in the formation of the margin. In front of the os
planum,a lateral and a medial process of the maxillary unite
1901. | SKULLS OF LEMURS. AND MONKEYS. 141
within the fossa, and separate again almost immediately, so as to
include between each other the thin bony plate above mentioned.
In several of the younger specimens an intercalar bone is
present as in Perodicticus. In specimen No. 67d (Br. M.) it
forms the medial continuation of the crista posterior, being
limited anteriorly by the maxilla—with which it begins to co-
ossify,—medially by the nasal, laterally by the planum, posteriorly
by the frontal. In other slightly older specimens (Br. M. No. 67a,
No. 67-¢; R. C.S. No. 290) the intercalar bone is almost completely
overgrown by the frontal.
Text-fig, 43.
Laerymal region of Avahis laniger, about } nat. size.
(Lettering as in text-fig. 26.)
The malar terminates anteriorly above the interspace between
m. 1 and the posterior premolar.
Nycticebus.
In this genus (see text-fig. 41) the crista posterior appears to
be formed, either by the maxillary (laterally) and the frontal
(medially)}—joining in a suture in advance of, and above, the os
planum,—or by two processes of the maxillary, joining in the
same manner. Younger specimens show an intercalar bone which
occupies the same position as in Perodicticus and Loris, and
coalesces either with the maxillary or with the frontal. In some
cases (NV. javanicus, Br. M. No. 66e; N. tardigradus, Br. M.
No. 1550 6) a small process of the planum creeps upon the orbital
margin between the maxilla and the frontal, or even advances into
the fossa.
There is no trace of the lacrymal within the orbit, nor, as has
just been stated, on the orbital margin, where it seems to have
been entirely covered by the maxilla, os planum, and frontal.
Neither can the lacrymal be traced in the groove which in front
of the crista posterior represents the fossa lacrymalis of other
Lemurs. With the exceptions before mentioned, when the planum
encroaches on the fossa, the bottom of the latter is made up by
two processes of the maxilla, which also encircles the canalis (. in
front.
The malar does not advance on the orbital margin farther than
above the posterior end or the middle of the posterior premolar.
In old specimens all the sutures are obliterated.
142 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE (Feb. 19,
Microcebus.
Three species have been examined, viz., VW. smithi, M, manor, and
M. coquereli—The fossa lacrymalis is on the facial portion; in
all the species its anterior border is formed by the maxillary (text-
figs. 44 & 45). The lower orbital margin is formed by the erista
posterior of the lacrymal, with which the malar bone laterally
articulates.
Text-fig. 45. Text-fig. 46.
Text-fig. 44. Orbital region of Microcebus smithi (Br. M. No. 87.9.26.78), about
4 nat. size.
Vext-fig. 45. The same of Microcebus smithi (Br. M. No. 35.12.26.281), about 4
nat, size. :
Text-fig. 46. The same of Callithrix personata (Br. M. No. 45.4.2.11), about
nat. size.
(Lettering as in text-fig. 26.)
M. smithi.—Out of twelve specimens examined, in six the
lacrymal expands medially on the face, so as to reach the nasal,
and form a sometimes rather elongate ]acrymo-nasal suture (text-
figs. 44 & 45). In the other six cases the frontal and maxillary
separate the two bones mentioned before, so that we have a fronto-
maxillary suture, which is always very short and in some cases
nothing more than a mere touching of the two bones.
M. minor.—In the three specimens examined, a lacrymo-nasal
suture is brought about by both the bones sending a process to
meet one another; in one of the specimens, on one side a very
thin process of the frontal joins the maxillary, so as to separate
the nasal from the lacrymal.
Opolemur (text-fig. 37).
The anterior margin of the facial fossa lacr. is formed by the
maxillary. The lacrymal does not reach the nasal, a broad
junction of the frontal and maxillary taking place between the
former two bones. The malar reaches the lacrymal ; the lacrymo-
malar suture is inside the orbit and continued on the orbital
margin. The orbital portion of the lacrymal is broad, without,
however, extending far into the orbit; behind it is limited by the
frontal (medially) and the maxillary (laterally), no separate os
planum being present.
1901.] SKULLS OF LEMURS AND MONKEYS. 143
Chirogale.
Ch. milii (5 specimens).—The lacrymal is broad and chiefly
facial. Anteriorly the fossa lacrymalis is bordered by the maxillary.
There is a fronto-maxillary suture, the lacrymal not meeting the
nasal. The malar joins the lacrymal on the orbital margin and
within the orbit. The small orbital portion of the lacrymal is
delimited behind in the same manner as in Opolemur. In one
youngish specimen only (Br. M. Z. D. No. 88.2.18.3) a very small
distinct os planum appears between the maxillary and frontal,
articulating besides in front with the lacrymal. Inaged specimens
the lacrymal sutures are mostly obliterated, the lacrymal uniting
with the maxillary.
“ Chirogale”’ trichotis, Ginth. (Br. M. Z. D. No. 75.1.29.2).—
The facial cranium is more drawn out than in the former species,
and in connection with this the lacrymal fossa has a more
anterior position; as usual, it is bordered in front by the
maxillary.
CEBID&.
Mycetes.
Forty-one skulls have been examined.—Only in fifteen specimens
the lacrymal fossa is wholly encircled by the lacrymal bone, as
described and figured} by Gegenbaur; the anterior boundary
of the fossa, which protrudes on the cheek, increases with the age
of the animal, the whole of the lacrymal assuming in old individuals
(Pl. XI. fig. 6) a more oblique position, in accordance with the
general direction of the facial cranium. In twenty-two cases the
maxilla partakes to a slight extent in the forming of the antero-
inferior margin of the fossa; this is nearly always the case in very
young specimens (Pl. XJ. fig. 3); but it may occur also in very old
individuals (e.g., MW. seniculus, Br. M. No. 44). A lacrymo-nasal
suture occurs almost without exception; in very young specimens
the two bones may barely touch each other, without a true suture
being formed. In one of the two youngest specimens available
(M., seniculus, Leyden Mus. r; d. 1 not quite protruded), a pointed
process of the maxillary reaches the frontal on the left side, on the
right a minute Wormian bone is interposed. In the second speci-
men, which I owe to Prof. Rud. Burckhardt (the deciduous incisors
and d.3 alone in place), a comparatively elongate lacrymo-nasal
suture is present on both sides.
As in the following genus, it is sometimes a matter of mere
individual appreciation whether to consider the lacrymal fossa as
intra- or extra-orbital ; in fact in some cases it is neither inside
nor outside the orbit. Of course, it depends where we draw the
limits of the orbita; but when there are no definite limits, this
becomes a matter of some difficulty.
1 Op. cit. p. 175, fig. IT A.
144 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON THE (Feb. 19,
Ateles.
In 14 out of 25 specimens examined, the fossa lacrymalis was
completely encircled by the Jacrymal (Pl. XII. figs. 4 & 6), in six
more cases the maxilla merely touched the fossa near its antero-
inferior border. Only in five specimens was found a slightly more
extended maxillary margin of the fossa, such as figured by Gegen-
baur'. The supero-anterior angle of the lacrymal also protrudes
more on the face than suggested by the mentioned figure. A
lacrymo-nasal suture was found in 12 cases (Pl. XII. figs. 4 & 6) ;
a mixed condition, viz. a lacrymo-nasal suture on one side only,
in three cases. Only in eight cases did I find a fronto-maxillary
suture, which is always very limited, as described by Gegenbaur.
It cannot be said that in every case the fossa lacrymalis is
decidedly extra-orbital; this condition is rather an exception in
Ateles, occurring when the crista posterior is more than usually
prominent. Where the orbit presents no marked limits in this
region, it is, as with Mycetes, a matter of mere individual appre-
ciation whether we have to regard the fossa as lying inside or
outside the orbit. That there are variations in this respect in
Ateles, was already known to G. Fischer, who says that in a skull of
A. paniscus the aperture of the lacrymal canal was situated “ auf
der Grenze der Augenhithle, oder auf seinem (sic!) Rande, aber
doch immer mehr nach innen,” whilst other skulls of the same
species presented the same conformation as in the other species °.
Brachyteles.
The skull of this rare monkey, of which I could examine only
seven specimens—one in Leyden, six in the Natural History
Museum—exhibits a very broad interorbital region, due in a great
measure to the large development of the lacrymal. In spite of
this, the anterior boundary of the fossa is for the greater part—in
one case entirely—formed by the maxilla, which in two cases even
protrudes into the fossa. In the upper region the lacrymal
advances on the face, so that the fronto-maxillary suture is either
very limited, or in two cases—B. hypoxanthus, Leyden; B.
arachnoides, Br. M. No. 43.10.12.2 (Pl. XII. fig. 1)—a laerymo-
nasal suture is present.
Callithria.
Sixteen skulls examined.—The anterior margin of the lacrymal
fossa is always bordered by the maxilla, at least on its lower half
(Pl. XII. fig. 7), and sometimes (C. donacophila) on its whole
extension. he antero-superior angle of the lacrymal protrudes
forwards, least of all in C. donacophila, which therefore exhibits a
very broad fronto-maxillary suture; in all the other species there is
* Op. cit. p. 175, fig. II B.
* G. Fischer, Anatomie der Maki, p. 90 (1804).
1901.] SKULLS OF LEMURS AND MONKEYS. 145
also a fronto-maxillary suture, although of less extent. In Cal-
lithria the lacrymal therefore occupies a more backward position
than in the preceding genera. Notwithstanding this, the crista
post. is generally very strong, the crista ant., on the contrary,
much flattened, especially in its upper region; so that in some
cases—C. nigrifrons, Br. M. No. 51¢; C. personata, Br. M.
No. 45.4.2.11 (Pl. XII. fig. 7) and No. 51 d—the fossa appears
quite as much outside the orbit as in extreme cases of Ateles.
Nyctipithecus.
Fourteen skulls.—.) behind ; but this bar is broken
away on both sides. ‘The prefrontal (pr.f.), best preserved on the
left (fig. 1a), is flattened and triangular in shape, almost equi-
lateral; it is only slightly in contact with the postero-lateral angle
of the nasal bone. The nasals (na.) are also flattened and tri-
angular in shape, but antero-posteriorly elongated and with a
somewhat concave outer side which bounds the relatively large
narial opening (nar.). They are widest at their articulation with
the frontals. They are incomplete in front, and the premaxille
are unfortunately not shown. ‘The greater part of the palate 1s
obscured by matrix or broken away, but some features at the
postero-lateral angles of the cranium and in the facial region are
well shown. As observed especially on the left side (fig. 1), a
long and narrow plate of bone (s.t.) forms the postero-superior
boundary of the parietal and otic region, and seems to constitute
the articulation for the quadrate. This is doubtless the element
commonly named supratemporal in Snakes, Lizards, and Mosasaurs.
The quadrate (quw.) is evidently short and broad, but is only
imperfectly shown in section on the left side. Its remains (GEIROX.
fiz. 1c) are not readily interpreted ; but the upper end of the bone
seems to be displaced ovtwards and incomplete in the fossil, while
the more expanded lower end shows the large notch which usually
forms a loose articulation for the pterygoid in Snakes. At first
sight, it might be supposed that the quadrate was of the same
form as that of the Mosasaurs, with a deep posterior notch for
the auditory meatus; but closer study seems to make this
interpretation impossible. At the side of the cranium, below the
supratemporal and parietal, the upper border of a large prootic
(pr.o.) is exposed; while between this bone and the orbit the
downwardly curved portion of the parietal forms a sharp longi-
tudinal lateral ridge (7.). There are no traces of temporal areades.
The short pterygoids (pt.) are partly exposed, and a portion of
the palatine below the orbit on the left side bears traces of two
comparatively minute teeth. There are distinct remains of an
ectopterygoid or transverse bone (ec.) on each side between the
pterygoid and maxilla; and a fragment on the left side seems to
178 DR. A. 8S. WOODWARD ON EXTINCT _ [Mar. 5,
show that this element overlapped the maxilla to a considerable
extent. The maxilla itself (ma.) is relatively large, and best
preserved on the right side. It is stout and curves inwards in
front. It articulates not only with the pterygoid behind by the
intervention of the transverse bone, but also with the palatine by
a broad articular palatal process which extends inwards from its
middje. It likewise articulates directly with the prefrontal in an
extensive suture. It shows 14 or 15 large shallow sockets for the
implantation of teeth (fig. 15); and one dental crown preserved at
the hinder end of the left maxilla is very slender and recurved.
The fragmentary remains of the mandible show it to have been
of the usual slender ophidian type, with a very loose articulation
between the dentary (d.) and articulo-angular region (ag.); and
the dentary exhibits a series of large shallow tooth-sockets like
those of the maxilia.
Behind the skull there are remains of a long series of typical
ophidian vertebre, which do not present any features worthy of
special note. The neural arches are shown to have borne delicate
low spines, though nearly all of these have been broken away and
are ony represented by their bases in the fossil (Plate XX. fig. 2, 7.).
The ribs (7.) are very stout.
From this description it is evident that the Patagonian fossil in
question represents a typical member of the order Ophidia. As
shown, however, by the conformation of the occiput and the
relatively small size of the quadrate, it belongs to one of the more
generalized types. Its closest allies may therefore be sought
among the Boide and Ilysude, which still constitute so large and
characteristic a part of the Ophidian fauna of South America.
The skull bears much general resemblance to that of a Boa con-
strictor, but 1s readily distinguished from the latter by its non-
projecting supratemporal and relatively small quadrate. It is
similarly distinguished from the skull of all the other Boide*. In
precisely this character, on the other hand, the fossil skull agrees
with that of the existing Ilysiide; and its occipital region is
almost identical with that of the South American genus J/ysia°*.
The resemblance to the latter, indeed, is so close that, although
the coronoid region of the mandible is not observable in the fossil,
there need be little hesitation in referring the extinct type now
described to the family Ilysiide. It differs from the existing
genera of the family in its more numerous marginal teeth and
relatively smaller palatine teeth; in its elevated sagittal crest ;
and in the presence of well- developed neural spines on the
vertebra. it also differs from the South American Jlysia, though
agreeing with the Javan Cylindrophis, in the possession of a small
postfrontal bone. It may, in fact, be regarded as a comparatively
gigantic forerunner of the Llysiide, analogous to Glyptodon
among the Armadillos and Phororhachos among the Cariamas.
’ G, A. Boulenger, Catalogue of the Snakes in the British Museum (Natural
Hey vol. i. (1898).
* G, A, Boulenger, tom. cit, (1893), p. 182, fig. 8,
1901. ] REPTILES FROM PATAGONIA. 179
‘Whereas the modern representatives of the family are small and
degenerate burrowing snakes, the largest less than a metre in
length, the extinct Patagonian snake, judging by the size of its
vertebree, must have attained a length of at least two metres. It
had a relatively large head, and probably resembled the modern
Boas in habit.
This fossil evidently represents a hitherto unknown genus,
which may be named Dini/ysca and defined thus :—Marginal teeth
of moderate size, about 14 or 15 in the maxillary series; palatine
teeth relatively minute. Head rather large, the occipito-parietal
region constituting half of the skull, with elevated sagittal crest ;
frontals longer than broad ; small postfrontals present ; prefrontals
triangular, almost equilateral, only slightly in contact with nasals,
which are long and narrow, tapering forwards. Vertebre with
low, delicate neural spines.
The type species, of which remains are now described, may be
named D. patagonica, and defined by the minor characters of the
head-bones already noted.
III. Jaws or a Carnivorous Dinosaur, GENYODECTES SERUS,
gen. et sp. noy. (Plates XVIII. & XIX.)
Interesting evidence of an unknown large carnivorous Dinosaur
is furnished by the fragmentary jaws of one individual obtained
by Mr. Roth from red sandstone in the Cahadon Grande, Chubut.
The bones and teeth are friable and much fractured, but the speci-
men comprises the premaxille, the greater part of the maxille
and dentaries, and most of the teeth in pusition. The teeth are
implanted in the bone in a single series, and all are invested with
a rather thin layer of enamel. They are much laterally compressed,
with an acute recurved apex, and finely serrated on the anterior and
posterior margins. When they are broken across at the base, a
small pulp-cavity is exposed. The specimen is shown, of one-half
nat. size, from the right lateral aspect in one drawing (Plate XIX.
fig. 1), while a front view of the premaxille is given in another
(Plate XVIII. fig. 3).
The premaxille (pmw.) are slightly displaced at their median
symphysis, proving that they were not fused together; but their
sutural connection with the maxille is not observable owing to
fracture on the left side and displacement of the bone on the
right. Each premaxilla is nearly as long as deep and its posterior
upper portion is curved inwards, while antero-superiorly it rises
into the slender, laterally compressed internarial bar which would
meet the nasals. Its outer face is gently convex, and the snout,
though bluntly rounded, must have been very narrow. There are
no distinct indications of vascular foramina. The oral border
bears four teeth, which are somewhat obliquely set and so crowded
that they overlap each other. The foremost tooth is slightly
smaller than the others; the second and third are taller and of
nearly equal height ; the fourth on the right side is shown to be
shorter but broader. All these teeth are much broken; but it is
180 DR. A, S. WOODWARD ON EXTINCT [Mar. 5,
clear that they are gently recurved, and fragments show that the
anterior border is serrated for more than half its length below the
apex at least in the first and third teeth. No successional teeth
are visible.
Of the maxilla (mx.) only the oral border and some of its teeth
remain. That of the right side is most extensively preserved, and
bears seven of its teeth in a rather fractured state. Its outer face
is flattened and does not exhibit any large vascular foramina. Its
inner face does not bear any palatal extension. The teeth are
arranged in a moderately spaced series, and fixed in distinct sockets,
of which the inner wall is as much elevated as the outer wall and does
not exhibit any vertical clefts. All the teeth are much laterally
compressed, with a median indentation on each side near the base;
and their long diameter exactly coincides with the long axis of the
maxilla. The apex of the fully extruded teeth is much recurved.
Tke marginal serrations, as in the premaxillary teeth, are disposed
at right angles to a tangent to the border; and in the fifth tooth
at least they are shown to extend for considerably more than half
the length of the anterior border from the apex. The posterior
border of the fourth tooth displays serrations as far as its base.
The middle teeth are especially large and elevated, the height of
the fourth and fifth being about one and two-thirds times that of
the fourth premaxillary tooth. All the teeth, indeed, are larger
and more laterally compressed than those of the premaxilla.
Successional teeth are shown to arise at the inner side of the base
of the functional teeth. One has just displaced the third maxillary
tooth on the left, and another the seventh maxillary tooth on the
right ; while the second right maxillary tooth is not completely
extruded. No other successional teeth are seen.
The mandible is represented only by its anterior half or dentary
region, which is nearly similarly preserved on both sides. The
rami must have been very loosely united at the symphysis, the
symphysial facette being apparently narrow and smocth. The
dentary bone (d.) is almost as deep as the premaxille and does not
taper to the symphysis, where its inferior angle is tounded off, but
probably less so than is indicated in the side view of the imperfect
fossil. Its oral border must have been nearly straight, while its
lower margin, which is satisfactorily preserved, seems to trend
slightly downwards behind, where the bone becomes thinner. The
teeth are shown to be inserted in complete and distinct sockets,
with the inner wall as high as the outer wall, and neither cleft
nor pierced by nutritive foramina. The upper inner border of the
dentary bone itself, however, is much fractured and not well
exposed ; while the actual upper edge of the inner wall of the
tooth-sockets is formed by a small and loosely-apposed, laterally
compressed rod of bone (fig. 1 a, spl.), which doubtless corresponds
with the curious anterior extension of the splenial described by
Marsh in Ceratosaurus’. The teeth of the mandible are com-
paratively small, none being larger than those of the premaxilla.
* O. C. Marsh, “The Dinosaurs of North America” (16th Ann. Rep. U.S,
Geol, Sury. 1896), p. 159. ;
1901.) REPTILES FROM PATAGONTA. 181
The foremost pair at the symphysis is especially small, the tooth
almost completely preserved on the right being only about two-
thirds as high as the second tooth. Both these teeth are relatively
thick, being compressed to a sharp edge only at their concave
hinder border. The latter border seems to have been serrated
quite to the base; but the anterior row of serrations scarcely
extends more than halfway down the crown, and is slightly
displaced from the median line towards the inner face of the tooth.
The following teeth, so far as preserved, are more nearly bilaterally
symmetrical, much compressed and indented near the base, with
the anterior serrations also extending at least halfway down the
crown. Except the third tooth on the left, and the fourth tooth
on the right side, all are fully extruded and nearly equal is size ;
and no traces of successional teeth are exposed.
Simple compressed teeth, with more or less serrated edges, are
common to all the genera of carnivorous Dinosauria, and it is
difficult to discover diagnostic features solely in the jaws. Among
known jaws of this type, however, it does not seem necessary to
compare the new Patagonian specimen with any but those of
Megalosaurus and Ceratosaurus—the former from Jurassic rocks in
England, the latter from a corresponding geological formation in
North America. If, as is commonly assumed, the number of
teeth in the premaxilla may be regarded as a generic character,
the fossil now described cannot be referred to Ceratosaurus, because
the type species of this genus exhibits only three premaxillary
teeth on each side!. In its possession of four premaxillary teeth,
on the other hand, the Patagonian jaw agrees with that of Megalo-
saurus*; and it is difficult at first to perceive any essential
differences between these two fossils. The upper anterior extension
of the splenial bone has not hitherto been observed in Megalosaurus ;
but there is a vacant hollow in the known specimens which may
have received it. There seem, however, to be important differences
in the inner wall of the mandibular tooth-sockets and in the
degree of development of successional teeth. Although the new
specimen is somewhat fractured, the inner wall of the dentary
completing the tooth-sockets appears to be continuous and as high
as the outer wall; while in Megalosaurus, this inner wall consists
only of low lappets divided at the middle of each tooth by a large
cleft®. In the new specimen, moreover, very few successional
teeth are exposed; whereas in Megalosaurus the apex of a successor
is conspicuous at the base of nearly every functional tooth. These
differences seem to necessitate the reference of the Patagonian
Dinosaur to a new genus, Genyodectes; and its type species,
represented by the jaw now described, may be named G'enyodectes
serus*. Unfortunately, nothing is known of the jaws which bore
? O. C. Marsh, op. cit. p. 158, pl. viii.
2 R. Owen, History of British Fossil Reptiles, vol. iii. (1884), p. 169.
3 R. Owen, op. cit. vol. i. p. 348, Dinos. pls. xxxiii., xxxiv.
4 The so-called Loncosaurus argentinus (Ameghino, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent.
vol. xlvii, 1900, p. 61), a Megalosaurian from the Guaranitic Formation of the
Rio Sehuen, is not yet defined or sufficiently described for comparison.
Proc. Zoon, Soo.—1901, Vou, I. No, XIII. 13
y) DR. A. Ss WOODWARD ON EXTINCT Mar. 5
cd )
similar teeth during the Cretaceous period in the Northern hemi-
sphere ; but it seems probable that the completion of the tooth-
sockets and the paucity of successional teeth in Genyodectes are
characters indicating that it was one of the latest and most
specialized members of its race.
IV. Concnuston.
The extinct reptiles discovered in the red sandstones of Northern
Patagonia are now of special interest from two points of view.
Firstly, there is a curious mixture of types which in other parts
of the world belong to more than one geological period ; secondly,
the occurrence of Miolania seems to confirm the much-discussed
theory of an old Antarctic continent and a former connection
between South America and Australia.
The association of ancient with modern types of reptiles is
especially remarkable. The nearest allies of the Crocodile Noto-
suchus occur in the Upper Jurassic of Europe, while the latest
known Dinosaurs are undoubtedly Upper Cretaceous both in Europe
aud North America. Jiolania, on the other hand, occurs in the
latest Pleistocene deposits of Queensland, associated with extinct
though typically Australian mammals; while the smaller species
of the same genus found in Lord Howe’s Island must be regarded
as equally modern. Dinilysia, again, is a typical South American
Snake, such as might have occupied an appropriate place in the
fauna of that continent when the gigantic Glyptodonts and Ground-
Sloths were flourishing. The anomaly may be explained either
(1.) by supposing that the essentially Mesozoic land-reptiles survived
to a later period in Patagonia than elsewhere ; or (ii.) by assuming
that geologists are mistaken concerning the age and apparent
contemporaneity of some of the red sandstones of Neuquen and
Chubut. The problem must be solved by future geological
research.
Of all the similarities between the South-American and Australian
faunas, perhaps none is more striking than the essential identity
of the extinct Mcolania in the tworegions. There can be no doubt
that this was a truly terrestrial or marsh Chelonian; while it seems
at first highly improbable that so remarkably specialized a dermal
armour as it possessed could be independently acquired by distinet
animals in two different regions of the globe. The theory of a
former land-connection between South America and Australia
seems therefore to receive important support from the new
discovery now described. It must, however, be remembered that
during the late Mesozoic and early Cainozoic (Tertiary) periods,
the Pleurodiran Chelonia had a much wider distribution than at
present—were, in fact, perhaps nearly a3 cosmopolitan as are the
Cryptodira in the existing world. It is known that the doubly-
armoured Herring Diplomystus, now living in the rivers of Chile
and New South Wales, was a widely distributed marine fish in the
1901. ] REPLILES FROM PATAGONIA, 183
Cretaceous period *. It is also known that the mud-fish Ceratodus,
which now survives in Queensland rivers and once lived in
Patagonia”, belongs to a race which was cosmopolitan in the Jurassic
period. In these two cases, Australia and South America are
proved to be merely remote refuges for old types which have been
lost by extinction elsewhere. It is therefore just possible that, if
the direct ancestors of JMJiolania were knewn, this remarkable
Chelonian would prove to have originated not on any old Antarctic
continent, but in some other region of the globe from which
scattered survivors wandered into the lands now named South
America and Australia respectively.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XV.
Miolania argentina (pp. 170-172); cranium, upper aspect, one-third nat.
size.—Hrom Red Sandstone, Chubui, Argentine Republic. occ.,
occipital crest ; o7b., orbit ; 1.-v., bony bosses.
Puate XVI.
Miolania argentina (p. 172); same cranium, lower aspect, one-third nat.
size. bs., basisphenoid ; 7.p¢., interpterygoid vacuity ; of., otic bones ;
p.na., palato-nares ; pt., pterygoid ; 7., palatal ridge; s.occ., supra-
occipital ; other letters as above.
Pruate XVII.
Fig. 1. Miolania argentina (p. 171); same cranium with imperfect mandible,
right lateral aspect, one-half nat. size. qauw., auditory opening ; z.,
anterior nares; s., hinder limit of horny beak; other letters as
above.
1a. Ditto; oral aspect of mandible, one-half nat. size.
Pirate XVIII.
Fig. 1. Miolania argentina (p. 173); right scapula, imperfect proximally, one-
half nat. size. 7., tuberosity.
2, Ditto ; bony ring of tail-sheath, posterior and right lateral (2 @) aspects,
one-third nat, size.
3. Genyodectes serus (p.179); premaxillx, anterior aspect, one-half nat.
size.—From Red Sandstone, Chubut.
Prate XIX.
Fig. 1. Genyodectes serus (p. 179) ; imperfect jaws, right lateral aspect, one-half
nat. size. d., dentary ; m., maxilla; pm., premaxilla. —
la. Ditto; two mandibular teeth of same specimen in position, inner
aspect, nat. size, d., dentary ; sp/., anterior splenial extension.
1 A. Smith Woodward, Catalogue of Fossil Fishes in the British Museum,
pt. iv. (1901), pp. 140-144.
2 F. Ameghino, Sinopsis Geologico-Paieonvo1ogica—Suplem. ee p. 10,
184 MR. R. H, BURNE ON THE [Mar. 5,
Pratt XX.
Fig. 1, Dinilysia patagonica (pp. 176-179) ; imperfect: skull and mandible, upper
and left lateral (1@) aspects, with oral aspect of right maxilla (1)
and fractured quadrate bone (1c), nat. size.—From Red Sandstone,
Neuquen. ag., angular; d., dentary; ¢c., ectopterygoid ; ex.occ.,
exoccipital ; f7., frontal; ma., maxilla; na., nasal; nar., external
narial opening ; 0., projecting otic bone; op., opisthotic; orb., orbit ;
pa., parietal; pr.f, prefrontal; pr.o., pro-otic; pt., pterygoid ;
pt.f., postfrontal ; gu., quadrate ; r., lateral ridge on parietal ; s.0ce.,
supraoccipital ; s.¢., supratemporal ; x, fracture.
2. Ditto; portion of vertebral column of same specimen, nat. size.
m., neural spine ; 7., rib.
All the original specimens are preserved in the La Plata Museum.
2. Note on the Innervation of the Supraorbital Canal in
the Cat-fish (Chimera monstrosa). By R. H. Burne,
B.A., F.Z.S., Anatomical Assistant in the Museum of
the Royal College of Surgeons.
[Received February 1, 1901.]
(Text-figure 49.)
An excellent historical réswmé of the work that has hitherto
been done upon the comparative anatomy and more particularly
the innervation of the organs of the lateral line, with a discussion
of the morphological conclusions that may be drawn from them, is
to be found in two recent papers by Cole *,so that for the purposes
of this note it will be amply sufficient to briefly sketch certain
ascertained facts with regard to the innervation of this sensory
system. It has now been shown in several instances that the
nerves that supply the lateral-line organs have no real relation to
the cranial nerves in whose company they leave the brain, but arise
within the brain in common with the auditory nerve from a
particular centre—the tuberculum acusticum. Furthermore in
almost all cases, when sufficient care is used in the examination, the
lateral-line nerves are found to enter into a definite and constant
relationship with certain of the cranial nerves. Thus the lateral-
line nerve that supples the supraorbital canal forms the Ramus
ophthalmicus superficialis of the VIIth cranial nerve, that for the
suborbital canal constitutes the R. buecalis VII, and that for the
hyomandibular canal the Ramus hyomandibularis VII; while the .
main lateral canal of the trunk is innervated by the lateralis
branch of the vagus. Although this connection of the lateral-
line nerves with the VIIth and Xth cranial nerves only is almost
universal, it is not so in every case. For instance, in many
* Cole: “Observations on the Structure and Morphology of the Cranial
Nerves and Lateral Sense-organs of Fishes,” Trans. Linn. Soe. vii. 1898, p. 187;
and ‘‘On the Cranial Nerves of Chimera monstrosa,’ Trans. R. Soe. Edinb.
xxxvili, 1897, p. 635.
1901. ] SUPRAORBITAL CANAL OF CHIMAIRA. 185
Teleosts and one or two Elasmobranchs the nerve to the anterior
organ of the main trunk-canal emerges from the brain in con-
nection with the glossopharyngeal ; and in Chimera two organs in
the middle of the supraorbital canal are innervated by twigs from
the Ramus ophthalmicus profundus of the Vth cranial nerve—
apparently the only genuine case of connection between the nerves
of the lateral line and the trigeminus. This anomaly in the
innervation of the supraorbital canal in Chimera was discovered
by Cole*, and evidently caused him considerable perplexity, for he
does his best to minimise the awkwardness of the fact and calls to
his aid a suggestion thrown out by Pollard to the following
effect: —“‘I should prefer to say that some nerve-fibres had
struck the path of the profundus but did not belong to it, just as,
for instance, in Siluroids the fourth nerve accompanies the pro-
fundus, though I think everyone would hesitate to say that the
fourth nerve was a branch of the profundus ” *.
This suggestion, ingeniousas it is, cannot without further evidence
be said to give us much practical help. In the following note I
hope to be abletogive that further evidenceand to show that Pollard
was upon the right track, although the details of the connection
between the superficialis and profandus fibres do not exactly
conform to the picture that he evidently had in mind.
During the last few months I have had occasion to dissect
three heads of Chimera monstrosa for various purposes connected
with the Museum, and in all three specimens the branch of the
profundus that is said by Cole to innervate two organs of the
supraorbital canal was joined after leaving the orbit by two twigs
from the Ramus ophthalmicus superficialis of the facial. The
figure given below (text-fig. 49, p. 186) is compounded from two of
the most satisfactory dissections, in one of which the connection
between the nerves, and in the other their further distribution was
seen to the best advantage.
On a level with the anterior border of the interorbital mem-
brane, the Ramus ophthalmicus profundus of the trigeminal gives
off a branch as described by Cole, which runs in an antero-dorsal
direction towards the forehead closely applied to the perichondrium.
Shortly after leaving the orbit it divides into two subsidiary
branches (A and B). The branch A, after crossing the main trunk
of the superficialis VII (at this point embedded in the cartilage of
the skull), again divides into two smaller twigs (C & D). The
twig C continues in an almost perpendicular line towards the
dorsal surface of the head and is lost in the frontal clasper in the
male *, and in the female upon the skin in the corresponding
position. The twig D, on the other hand, reunites at an acute
1 Trans, R. Soc. Edinburgh, xxxviii. 1897, p. 645.
2 Trans. R. Soc. Edinburgh, xxxvili. p. 638.
3 In the male specimen, I was under the impression that this nerve to the
clasper was joined by a filament from the superficialis—making, in all, three
connections between the superficialis and profundus, but the dissection was not
sufficiently good to be quite sure upon the point.
186 ON THE SUPRAORBITAL CANAL OF CHIMERA. [ Mar. 5,
angle with the branch B of the previous division. Just before
the union of the branches D and B of the profundus, the branch
B is joined by a twig from the Ramus ophthalmicus superficialis
VII, which rises from the main superficialis trunk just after its
entry into the preorbital cartilage, and runs forward embedded in
the cartilage to a point close in front of branch B ; upon leaving
the cartilage at this point it turns abruptly upwards to make the
above-mentioned junction with branch B of the profundus.
Text-fig. 49.
Part of Ophthalmicus superficialis VII and profundus V of
Chimera monstrosa.
A, B, C, D, branches of the profundus; II, II, optic and oculo-motor nerves ;
f, outline of the forehead; @.7., internal rectus; opth.s. VII, ophthalmicus
superficialis VII; prof. V, ophthalmicus profundus V; s.0.c., supraorbital
canal.
The nerve, consisting now of fibres derived from both superficialis
and profundus, continues its antero-dorsal course for a short
distance, and is then joined by a second twig from the superficialis.
This twig rises from the main trunk directly before its entry into
the preorbital cartilage ; it runs in an antero-dorsal direction buried
for a short space in the skull; it emerges close behind branch C
of the profundus and passes beneath that nerve without being in
any way connected with it, to reinforce the compound superficialis
and profundus nerve as previously stated. The compound nerve
now soon divides into three branches: one of these I lost, after a
short course, upon the perichondrium; each of the other two
1901.] ON THE STRUCTURE AND ARRANGEMENT OF EARTHWORMS. 187
supplied a sense-organ of the supraorbital canal and sent a few
twigs to the surrounding skin.
This somewhat complicated description when compared with the
ficure will, I trust, make it clear that these two supraorbital sense-
organs in Chimera do not, as was supposed, present an anomaly
in their innervation, but receive their nerves in all likelihood from
the superficialis as do the other organs of that canal, and in their
mode of innervation show a close similarity to those that he in
front of them; for in both cases the actual nerve-trunk from which
the filaments for the individual sense-organs arise is of a compound
nature formed by an intimate blending of the superficialis VII
with the profundus V, differing only in the fact that in the case of
these two sense-organs the union occurs between the smaller
branches of the nerves, while in that of the organs in front it
involves their main trunks. In both cases the fusion is so com-
plete, that it is impossible by simple dissection to say definitely that
the fibres derived from the superficialis terminate in the lateral-line
sense-organs, while those of the profundus are distributed to the
skin ; but the probabilities that such is the case are so great as to
almost amount to certainty.
3. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Structure and
Systematic Arrangement of Earthworms. By Frank E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.
[Received January 31, 1901.]
(Text-figures 50-58.)
1. On Polytoreutus gregorianus.
This species was very briefly defined by me five years ago
in my Monograph of the Oligocheta'. Since then the publication
of descriptions and illustrations of various new species ot the
genus has decided me to attempt an addition to our knowledge of
this remarkable genus by a fuller account of the form which I
named after Prof. Gregory of Melbourne, and which was collected
by him in Africa during his expedition of 1594.
The worm measures 230 mm. in length by a diameter of 9 mm.
The number of segments are between four and five hundred*. As
might be supposed from their large numbers, the segments are
very short; this is the case with all those lying behind the clitellum ;
those forming the clitellum and those lying in front of it are stout
segments as in other earthworms.
The scte, as in other species of Polytoreutus, are in couples, of
which the two lateral are more closely approximated to each other _
than the two ventral. The disproportion of the spaces separating
the two lateral sete from each other and the two ventral sete is
1 Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1895, p. 612.
2 These measurements differ slightly from those which I originally gave.
188 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [ Mar. 5,
greater in the present species than it is in some others. Thus in
P. arningi Dr. Michaelsen observes *: “ Die ventralen Paare sind
sehr weit, ungefihr 3 so weit wie die ventral mediane und die
lateralen Borstendistanzen. Die dorsalen Paare sind eng, nicht
ganz halb so weit wie die ventralen.” In Polytoreutus gregorianus
Text-fig, 50.
Polytoreutus gregorianus, Wead-end, x 2.
¢, male pore; Q, temale pore; P, papilla.
the interval between the two sete of a ventral pair measures
2mm., and is pretty nearly exactly half of the median ventral
* “Neue und wenig bekannte afrikanische Terricolen,” Jahrb. Hamb. wiss.
Anst. xiy. 1897, p. 53 (of memoir),
1901.] AND ARRANGEMENT OF EARTHWORMS. | 189
space lying between the ventralmost seta of each side. The lateral
sete are so closely approximated that they are not more than 3 of
a millimetre from each other. The distance of the lateral pair
from the outermost seta of the ventral pair is about equal to that
of the ventral median space. The dorsal median space measures
llmm. The total circumference of the worm is thus about 27 mm.
At the tail end of the body the space between the sete of the ventral
pair retains its width until the very extremity when it is narrowed.
This, however, is simply a matter of the diminished calibre of the
body; there is no proportional decrease in the interval. I could find
no dorsal pores, which structures appear to be absent in the family
Eudrilide.
The nephridiopores are very obvious and lie in front of the lateral
sete.
The clitellum occupies segments xill.—xvill. and is completely
developed all round the body.
Dotted over the segments, and often forming continuous lines
with the sete suggestive of a perichetous condition, are the
numerous integumental sense-organs, well known to occur in this
genus.
In my Monograph of the Oligocheeta the position of the external
generative apertures is accidentally reversed. In Polytoreutus
gregorianus, as in all the other species of the genus, the male pore
lies in front of the spermathecal pore.
The male pore (see text-fig. 50, p. 188) is placed accurately between
segments xvil./xvill. It is transversely oval, indeed slit-like, and
lies at the summit of a protuberance which occupies the middle
part of segments xvil. & xviii. between the ventralmost sete. On
the xvilith segment this protuberance appeared to bear two faintly
marked papille, one on either side.
The spermathecal pore is on the xixth segment, quite in the
middle of that segment ; it is rather a larger orifice than the male
pore.
I append for the purposes of comparison drawings (text-
figs. 51, 52, p. 190) of the external characters of the two species
Polytoreutus kilindinensis and P. fiuni. Of neither of these species
have the external characters been at present figured', though
their internal structure has been dealt with by myself*. Figures
of the external characters of the genus Polytoreutus are at present
limited to a figure of P. magilensis*.
It will be noticed that while P. kilindinensis entirely agrees with
P. gregorianus in the position of the male pore and of the sperma-
thecal orifice, P. finn differs in that the male pore is very distinctly
in the middle of the xviith segment, and the spermathecal pore is
situated on the boundary line of the xviiith and xixth.
It will be observed from the accompanying sketch (text-fig. 51)
1 Save for a quite rough sketch of P. finn.
9
> “Oligocheta of Tropical Eastern Africa,” Quart. Journ. Mier. Se. vol. xxxvi.
p. 236.
3 “*Some new Species &e. of Earthworms,” ibid. vol. xxxiy.
190 MR. F. EH. BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [Mar. 5,
of P. kilindinensis, that the area bearing the reproductive apertures
is continued as a glandular swelling over the next four segments.
The divisions between these segments, except that between the last
two, 7.¢, xxii./xxiii., are obliterated over this area, which is seen on a
lateral view of the body to protrude somewhat.
Text-fig. 51. Text-fig. 52.
+0
Text-fig. 51.—Polytoreutus kilindinensis. Wead-end, x 3.
d,male pore; 9, female pore; P, papilla.
Text-fig. 52.— Polytoreutus finni. Head-end, x 5.
(Letters as in text-fig. 50.)
Polytoreutus gregorianus has a similar ‘“‘ Pubertiitspolster,” as
Michaelsen has termed this structure. But in this species it is
much more extensive. It presents, however, the same character
of a swollen glandular eminence, which is seen on a lateral view
1901.] AND ARRANGEMENT OF EARTHWORMS. 191
of the worm to protrude considerably beyond the general level of
the body. This glandular eminence is of a stronger yellow colour
than the surrounding body-wall, and is therefore additionally con-
spicuous. The outer sete of the ventral couples are just not
embraced by it. It occupies all of segments xix.—xx1v., and the
intersegmental furrows are perfectly plain throughout. In P.
violaceus 1 described a somewhat similar modified area of integument
upon the middle ventral region of segments xxii. & xxill.; it is
interesting to note that Michaelsen has found that in that species
the position of the Pubertiitspolster ay vary from xxill. or xxiv. to
Xxxii, or Xxxiii., nearly the same area therefore that 1s continuously
occupied in the present species.
The oviducal pores are very conspicuous upon segment XIV.
They lie behind the lateral pair of setee. They are asymmetrical
in my specimen ; the left-hand pore is nearer to the middle line
than the right-hand pore.
As in other species of Polytorewtus, though the details are not
always available in extant descriptions, a number of the anterior
septa are thickened. The last of these bounds the xith segment pos-
teriorly ; this and the four septa lying in front of it are thickened
to a very considerable extent ; in front of the first there are two
or three septa which are less pronounced. There is a gradual
falling off in thickness in the case of the septa lying behind that
which bounds the eleventh segment ; the first of them, like the rest,
is thin and diaphanous. It is only the septa in the immediate neigh-
bourhood of the gizzard, and which closely enwrap it, that are much
tied together by threads of muscle in the way that is prevalent
among earthworms. The specially thick septa behind are not so
interconnected.
The nephridia are regularly paired and furnished with a terminal
sac.
It is perhaps not of importance as assisting in the definition of
the species to note the double character of the dorsal vessel in
certain segments. A continuously double dorsal vessel is, so far
as I am aware, generally a specific and sometimes even (as in Octo-
chatus) a generic character. But the fact that in Pontoscolew the
dorsal vessel may be double for a segment or two, is perhaps not, as iL
was inclined to make it at one time, a specific character distin-
guishing P. hawatiensis. However, in Polytoreutus gregorvanus, as
in Polytoreutus kilindinensis* (occasionally), the dorsal vessel is
double in segments xii. & xiii. and again more anteriorly in segments
vill. & 1x.
he two halves were only separated for a short distance, again
reuniting. The dorsal vessel is particularly stout and congested
with blood in the three segments which immediately follow the
last strong septum; and in these segments there are no hearts.
The last of the hearts lie in segment xi., and they and the pair in
front are the largest of the series.
1 Beddard, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. vol. xxxvi (n. s.) p. 240.
192 MR. F, EB, BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [Mar. 5,
gis The alimentary canal conforms to the type characteristic of this
genus. The gizzard, which is distinctly stout, lies in the fifth seg-
ment. The cesophagus is rather a narrow tube up to the xivth
segment, where it dilates, but still retains its comparatively thick
walls and may therefore be still termed cesophagus. A segment
or two later (I cannot unfortunately be precise) the thin-walled
intestine begins. In the three segments ix., x., xi., there are—
one on each—the usual three median and ventral calciferous pouches
whose relations call for no special comment; they are apparently
common to all the species of this genus. ‘The calciferous glands of
the xiith segment are large and partly encircle the gut. They are
imperfectly divided into a dorsal and a more ventrally situated
half. From each arises a longish and slender duct which con-
verges towards, and finally unites with the other before its opening
into the cesophagus. The two orifices are laterally situated upon
the cesophagus.
Organs of Reproduction.—As my specimen was rather too large,
and not sufficiently well preserved to be conveniently studied by
the method of transverse sections, I am compelled to limit myself
in describing the structure of the organs of reproduction to such
points as could be ascertained with the help of a lens.
As in other species of the genus, the sperm-duct dilates into a
large oval chamber immediately after leaving the funnel. This
dilatation lies in the xith segment and is attached to its thick
posterior wall.
In contact with and to the inside of each of these dilatations
of the sperm-duct is a thin-walled sac. The two sacs are not
fused or even in contact in the middle line, but they represent,
I take it, the sperm-reservoirs of other earthworms. They appear
to be continuous with the single pair of sperm-sacs through a
deficiency in the thick septum, which also allows the cesophagus to
pass into the next segment.
The sperm-sacs, as is the case with the other species of this genus,
are of considerable length and are separable very distinctly into
two regions. The total length of each of the two sperm-sacs, in
the contracted condition of the worm, is about 30 mm. from the
septum to which they are affixed anteriorly to the point upon the
intestine where they terminate posteriorly. The posterior more
swollen region of each of the two sacs is longer than the almost
thread-like anterior portion; it measured 18mm. The demarcation
between the two regions is extremely abrupt, though the posterior
part of the sperm-sac has not at that point acquired its full dimen-
sions ; it becomes gradually wider later until it again gradually
narrows towards its posterior termination. The dilated region
ot the sperm-sacs occupies some thirteen segments, where they for
the most part conceal the underlying dorsal vessel. Anteriorly
and posteriorly, but only for one or two segments at each end, the
sperm-sacs are not constricted by and do not bulge out between
the intersegmental septa. In the middle of the course of the sacs
there are these constrictions, which in the preserved and therefore
1901. | AND ARRANGEMENT OF BARTHWORMS, 193
contracted state of the worm render it a little difficult to map this
portion of the sperm-sacs accurately. The reason is that the greatly
bulged divisions of the sperm-sacs do not lie so plainly and simply
side by side as they do both anteriorly and posteriorly ; they are
somewhat intertwined by the exigencies of space in relation to
their own increasing bulk, but do not, at least so far as I have
been able to ascertain, intercommunicate at these points. In any
ease there is no doubt that at the very end of their course the
two sperm-saes are perfectly continuous, there being no externally
visible break where one passes into the other; the two sacs thus
end posteriorly in a somewhat horseshoe-shaped loop.
The spermiducal glands measure about 20 mm. in length; but
they do not occupy a corresponding length of the body since each
is bent once and sharply upon itself; this bend does not mark off
the spermiducal gland into two regions, though each gland can be
so divided. When the gland emerges from the terminal bursa
Text-fig. 55
war
Polytoreutus gregorianus. Genitalia, X 2.
A, posterior lateral diverticula of spermathecal sac, F, anterior do.; H, recep-
taculum ovorum; D, niedian part of spermathecal sac; C, terminal bursa
copulatrix, into which open B spermiducal glands.
copulatrix, through which it communicates with the exterior, it is
at first narrow ; it then gradually widens and forms an elongated
heart-shaped tube, from the middle of the end of which arises the
distal part of the spermiducal gland ; the relations of the latter to
the former part are very much those of a small intestine opening
into a large intestine which is furnished at the junction of the
two with two short blunt ceca. The point of junction of the two
J
194 MR. FE. E. BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [ Mar. 5,
parts of the spermiducal gland is rendered stronger by some
external strands of muscle, which run across the line of junction
and tie both parts to each other. ‘These are shown in the accom-
panying drawing (text-fig. 53, p.193). These strands of muscle,
which are accompanied by blood-vessels, can be seen to spring fan-
shaped to be detached from the walls of the spermiducal gland
posteriorly. Their general appearance is not unlike that of the
muscles which accompany the penial sete in those earthworms
which possess them. In the present genus such sete do not occur,
and it would be interesting to know whether their muscles have
remained and have been utilized for the extra strengthening of the
muscular spermiducal glands. The posterior region of the glands
is slightly and irregularly sacculated ; its walls are thick and chiefly
glandular. The single sperm-duct crosses over the terminal heart-
shaped portion of the spermiducal gland, and is at once lost in the
wall of the narrow distal portion. The two spermiducal glands
open posteriorly into the nearly circular terminal bursa. The latter
is of course overlain by the spermathecal sac; its walls are very
thick and muscular.
Spermathecal sac.—The species of the genus Polytoreutus are
mainly to be distinguished from each other by the form of the
very variable spermathecal sac. The present species, as is the
case with all the others, ean be defined by this structural feature
alone. The sac extends as usual from just behind the last thick-
ened septum to its orifice on to the exterior just behind the bursa
copulatrix. It dips down sharply behind the last-mentioned
structure. The sac therefore occupies rather more than 7 seg-
ments; it is some 9 mm. in length. The median spermathecal sac
lies of course below the nerve-cord ; it is entirely single through-
out its course and is not divided into right and left nearly
independent halves as in P. magilensis. The general appearance of
the spermathecal sac will be quite obvious from the accompanying
drawing (text-fig. 53, p. 193). As is the case with other species
of this genus, the median sac is furnished with lateral diverticula.
The anterior end of the sac is provided with two long diver-
ticula of cylindrical form, each one of which is, when fully
extended, quite as long as the unpaired median sac. They touch
each other above the intestine, but they are not fused at that
point. The posterior pair of diverticula arise from the median sac
just before its opening on to the exterior. They are distinctly
shorter than the anterior pair of diverticula, but more swollen.
The drawing also illustrates the relations of the oviduct, egg-sac.
and egg-tube to the spermathecal sac. It will be noticed that the
latter opens into the neck of the anterior diverticulum, close to its
junction with the median unpaired spermathecal sac. The oviduct
is long and but slightly curved. The chamber into which the
oviduct opens (“ Hitrichterblase”) is of about the same size as,
and is situated exactly opposite to, the egg-sac (receptaculum
ovorum).
The species may be thus defined :
1901.] AND ARRANGEMENT OF EARTHWORMS. 195
Polytoreutus gregorianus '.
P. gregorianus F. EB. Beddard, Monogr. Oligoch. 1895, p. 612.
Length 230 mm., breadth 9 mm.; number of segments about
450. Sete very widely apart in ventral couples, closely approxi-
mated in lateral. S$ pore Xvii./Xviil. ; spermathecal pore on
xix. A glandular eminence upon median ventral surface of seg-
ments xix._xxxiv. Dorsal blood-vessel double in some of anterior
segments. Sperm-sacs thread-like for anterior two-fifths, wide
and sacenlated after, and fused at posterior extremity. Spermi-
ducal glands hardly sacculated, divisible into a shorter terminal
part and a longer cylindrical distal region. Spermathecal sac
median, unpaired, with two anterior and two posterior diverticula.
Hab. Giriama, E. Africa.
2. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Earthworm
genus Typhoeus.
This genus of Earthworms was founded by me”* some years
since for the reception of a single specimen of an earthworm from
India. Later® my own description of a second species as well as
the investigations of Bourne *, Rosa’, and Michaelsen °, fully estab-
lished the validity of the genus, which the last naturalist would
regard as the type of a separate subfamily. The name which
I originally wrote, in conformity with the Greek, Typhoeus, was
erroneously altered into Typheus, and subsequently into Typheus,
both of which are clearly wrong. It should obviously be written
as in the present communication.
This genus is Indian, Burmese, and Ceylonese in habitat. It is
perhaps, as Michaelsen has pointed out, closely related to such an
Acanthodrilid as Octochetus. But its characteristics do not allow
of its being merged into that or any other genus, as the additional
observations which I have to offer here amply confirm. I shall
commence with the description of two new species lately received
by me, and conclude with a revision of the whole genus, which
now contains seven distinct species.
Typhoeus nicholsoni, n. sp.
Of this apparently new species of the genus, I have examined
three fully mature individuals. These I have received through the
1 Named after Prof. J. W. Gregory of Melbourne University.
> “Note on some Earthworms from India,” Ann. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1883, p. 219.
* “On the Structure of three new Species of Earthworms, &c.,” Quart. Journ.
Mier. Sci. vol. xxix. p. 111.
4 “On certain Earthworms from the Western Himalayas and Dehra Dun,”
J. A.8. B. lviii. p. 112.
° “ Viaggio di Leonardo Fea in Birmania e Regioni vicine: xxv. Moniligas-
tridi, Geoscolicidi ed Eudrilidi,’ Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) ix. p. 28; and “ Die
Soa Terricolen des k. k. naturh. Hofmuseums,” Ann. k. k. Hofm. Wien,
vi. p. 388.
° “ Die Terricolenfauna Ceylons,” JB. Hamb. wiss. Anst. x. p. 90; and “ Oligo-
chgten yon Inseln des Pacific, &e.,” Zool. Jahrb., Abth. f. Syst., xii. p- 241,
196 MR. FE. E, BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [ Mar. 5,
kindness of Mr. Nicholson, of the Royal Gardens, Kew, who has
sent me a large number of accidentally imported earthworms.
These specimens are from Calcutta, and arrived in company with
a large number of specimens of Amyntas posthumus and a few
examples of other species of the same genus, and of a second species
of Typhoeus.
Text-fic. 54.
Typhoeus nicholsont. Head-end, x 3.
Q, oviducal pore; ¢, male pores; P, papille.
External characters.—The largest of the three specimens measures
145 mm. in length, with a diameter of 5mm. These measure-
ments apply to the worm after contraction by alcohol.
I counted 190 segments, which—with the exception of the last
few—are annulated. The first three segments, moreover, show no
1901.] AND ARRANGEMENT OF EARTHWORMS. 197
annulation. The fourth and fifth segments are each divided into
two by a median furrow; the sixth is triannulate ; the fact that the
sete occur in the middle ring of this segment, and on the anterior
of the two which are biannulate, shows that it is the anterior
annulus which is further subdivided. The three following seg-
ments have each four annuli, the sete being implanted upon the
second ring. Segments x., xi., xii. are again triannulate. After
the clitellum the segments are more or less distinctly triannulate
for a considerable distance back. The above description is drawn
up from the specimen which I have regarded as the type; but the
others show no differences save for incomplete additional furrows
upon some of the segments.
The prostomium is broad, and does not at all impinge upon the
first segment of the body. Buta pair of furrows upon the first
segment make with it a T-shaped piece.
There are naturally 8 sete per segment, arranged in couples.
The two couples of each side are close to each other and are quite
ventral in position. The two sete of the ventral couples are
distinctly closer together than are those of the lateral couples. I
found the lateral as well as the ventral sete upon the clitellar
segments ; and sete do not appear to be wanting upon the second
segment of the body. It is not, however, easy to see them, since
this segment, like the first, is marked by a number of short longi-
tudinal furrows °.
The clitellum of this species of Typhoeus, like that of others,
occupies segments Xii.—xvil.
Dorsal pores are obvious after the clitellum, but seem to
commence anteriorly to that part of the body.
As is the case with the majority of the already known species
of the genus Typhoeus, T. nicholsoni possesses genital papille.
There is a pair of these papille upon all of the three specimens in
my possession, which are of a rather peculiar form. The area
occupied by the papilla is, according to the state of contraction of
the body, circular or more elliptical, the long axis of the ellipse
being at right angles to the long axis of the body. A compiete
furrow separates the two papille from the surrounding integument,
and they are separated from each other by a furrow. Their general
appearance and relations can be gathered from an inspection of the
accompanying drawing (text-fig. 54), which illustrates the ventral
surface of this worm. The two papille occupy nearly the entire
space between the ventral sets of segments xv. and xvi. Laterally
they extend for a very short way outside of the area thus defined.
Each papilla has a central circular patch of different appearance
from the peripheral part. "
The spermathecal pores lie between segments vii./viil., and are
very closely approximated ventrally ; their orifices correspond in
position to that of the innermost seta of the ventral couple.
The male pores are extremely conspicuous. They lie upon the
' This may possibly account for my failure to find them in 7. gammii.
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. XIV. 14
198 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [ Mar. 5,
xviith segment and are close together like the spermathecal pores.
The integument surrounding them is raised into aridge. From
each pore protrudes the everted end of the spermiducal glands.
The oviducal pore—for there is only one—offers a most remark-
able case of asymmetry. In all three specimens there was but a
single pore present, that of the left side. This pore is very con-
spicuous and lies just in front of the ventralmost seta of the
fourteenth segment. There was no observable trace of a corre-
sponding pore upon the opposite side of the body. — i
A dissection (shown in text-fig. 65) sketched without any in-
structions shows plainly that the oviduct of the right side is
abbreviated and only just reaches the body-wall. Naturally, this
Text-fig. 55.
Typhoeus nicholsoni. Genitalia, x 3.
Sp.s., Sperm-sacs ; od., oviducts; sp.g/., spermiducal glands.
anomalous state of affairs was further investigated by section-
cutting; I found that the two oviducts had funnels of quite the
same size, but that the lumen of the right oviduct gradually
diminished, and that the tube ended blindly just at the body-wall,
which it does not perforate. The wide lumen of the left oviduct,
onthe other hand, is very obvious where it perforates the body-
wall.
Alimentary canal—The gizzard appears to occupy both the
1901.] AND ARRANGEMENT OF EARTHWORMS. 199
seventh and the eighth segment, inasmuch as no recognizable
septum divides those segments from each other.
The esophagus extends back as far as the xvth segment, in
which segment the intestine commences. The calciferous glands,
of which there may be said to be a single pair in this as in other
species of T'yphocus, do not present the appearance of discrete
pouches opening into the gut; they form an oval reddish-coloured
swelling situated in segment xii. The intestine has a typhlosole ;
but this is not apparent until segment xxx. (about). The charac-
teristic intestinal glands of the genus are visible far back wpon the
intestine, commencing with segment Ixxxiy. or thereabouts. They
occupy in all five segments, and those of successive segments are
separated by the septa. The dorsal vessel lies between the glands
of the right and those of the left side.
Intersegmental septa.—A number of septa lying in front of and
behind the gizzard are thickened. In front of the gizzard are two
such septa; behind the gizzard are three thickened septa. The
space occupied by the gizzard—the whole of the space formed by
the coelom of segments vii. and vilii—appears to be entirely un-
divided by any septum or even traces of that partition.
Vascular system.—The only point to which | direct attention in
the structure of the vascular system is the number and the position
of the “ hearts.” Of these there are six pairs, of which the first
lie in the viith and the last in the xilith segment.
Nephridia.—These organs consist, as in the other species of the
genus, of numerous micronephridia.
Reproductive organs.—The male gonads and their duct and the
sperm-sacs are in this, as in other species of the genus, limited in
number to a single pair. The ¢estes and funnels lie in the xith
segment, and the following one, whose capacity is thereby extended,
contains the sperm-sacs. The sperm-sacs are of considerable size,
measuring 6 mm. in extreme length; they are flattened and broad,
and of a roughly triangular form, the apex of the triangle bein
posterior in position, the margins are somewhat lobulate. The
spermiducal glands are each coiled into a tight mass, throughout
which, however, the tubular structure of the gland is perfectly
obvious. The muscular duct is of fair length, and its calibre is
barely one third of that of the thicker parts of the gland-tube.
Between the opening of the two glands the ganglionic swelling
upon the nerve-cord is considerably larger than the corresponding
swellings in other segments.
The penial sete are rather longer than those of 7’. incommodus,
of which a drawing is exhibited (text-fig. 57, p. 202), and they are
remarkable for being apparently of a very delicate structure at the
free end, which in all the sete that I have examined was much
bent and in different directions. The extremity is hardly sculp-
tured, 2 very fine pitting being all that is visible.
The spermathece have a longish muscular duct, to the commence-
ment of which upon the outside is affixed a somewhat fan-shaped
diverticulum.
14*
200 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [ Mar. 5,
Typhoeus incommodus, n. sp.
Of this smaller species, which is from the same locality as the
last, 1 have examined two individuals, one of which was larger
than the other, both, however, being fully mature.
The length of the larger individual is 90 mm.; it has about
125 segments.
The first three segments are simple and without annuli. The
next three segments are biannulate, and the rest in front of the
clitellum have three annuli, upon the middle one of which are
situated the sete. After the clitellum up to nearly the end of the
body the segments are also triannulate.
The prostomiwm is as in the last species. Its features are illus-
trated in the accompanying drawing (text-fig. 56). The couples
of sete are allof them farther apart, relatively speaking, than they
are in the last species. But, as in 7”. nicholsoni, the two sete of each
ventral couple are nearer together than those of the lateral couples.
The individual set of the lateral couples get rather farther away
from each other towards the posterior end of the body.
The present species is also characterized by the number and
position of the genital papille. There are four pairs of these in
both specimens, which are found only upon the clitellar seements,
the xuith to the xvith inclusive. The papille are exactly on a
line with the ventral couples of sete, and their size is such that
they occupy roughly the same amount of space upon the body.
The papille lie close to the posterior border of their respective
segments, but not actually on the border line as apparently they
doin 7. orientalis. The genital papille project somewhat from
the general body surface and have a rim of white surrounding a
darker central area. They are almost circular in outline.
The male generative pores lie upon the xviith segment, their
position being a little to the outside of the ventral couples of
sete. They are borne upon prominent.rounded papille of circular
contour marked off by grooves from the surrounding integument.
The oviducal pores are unquestionably paired in the present
species. They lie in front of the innermost seta of each ventral
couple.
The spermathecal pores are conspicuous slit-like orifices with
crenated lips. They lie farther apart than in ZT. micholsoni,
between the ventral and lateral couples of sete.
The alimentary canal offers two points of difference from that of
the last species. There is a definite pair of calciferous glands in
segment xi., and the intestinal glands are situated farther forward,
beginning in the Ixviith segment. As in 7’. nicholsont, the gizzard is
large and lies mainly (? entirely) in segment viii.
There are two specially thickened septa in front of the gizzard
and three behindit. The last of the latter separates segments x./xi.
The last heart is in segment xiii.
The nephridia are numerous in each segment.
The organs of reproduction show one unexpected feature which
has not hitherto been recorded in this genus and which serves to
1901.] AND ARRANGEMENT OF HARTHWORMS. 201
bring it nearer to Megascolides. There are two pairs of sperm-
sacs which occupy what Dr. Michaelsen regards as the primitive
position, 7. ¢., segments ix. and xii. They are roughly triangular-
shaped sacs, and are lobulate ; the two pairs are very different in
size, those of segment xi. being rather the larger. There are,
however, but a single pair of funnels, which are larger and lie as
usual in the xith segment.
Text-fig. 56.
Typhoeus incommodus. Head-end, x 4.
3, male pore; P, papille.
The coiled spermiducal glands present no remarkable features.
The glandular part is a great deal thicker than the muscular duct.
The latter is very short, much shorter than in the last species, and
is only bent once on the right side and into a W on the left.
202 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE [ Mar. 5,
The penial sete are illustrated by the accompanying drawing (text-
fig. 57); the distal end of each seta is but faintly ornamented with
a few transverse ridges.
Text-fig. 57.
Typhoeus incommodus, penial seta, greatly magnified.
The spermathece are large globular sacs. The diverticula form
a complete frill of small sacs round the duct of the spermatheca.
Typhoeus masoni Bourne.
Typhoeus masoni A. G. Bourne, J. A.S. B. lviii. p. 112.
Prof. Bourne examined and reported upon a single individual
only of this species from Dehra Dun. I have acquired a second
specimen, also fully mature, from the same locality and beg to
offer a few notes thereon. My specimen measures 146 mm. in
length. Beyond observing that the anterior segments are bi- to
quadr-annulate, the description of the species gives no details of
tne annulation of these segments. As this matter appears to be
of specific value, I give a detailed account of the annulation in
elucidation of the accompanying woodcut (text-fig. 58). The first
segment is simple; the second is fairly annulate, the third and
fourth very decidedly so. In both of them the sete are implanted
upon the first of the two annuli. The fifth ring is primarily bi-
annulate, but each annulus is again subdivided. The next segment
is divided into three marked annuli, of which the middle one bears
1901.) AND ARRANGEMENT OF EARTHWORMS. 203
the sete; the first and the third annulus are fairly subdivided, so
that the somite may be said to have 5 annuli. The seventh and
eighth segments have the same subdivisions as the last. Hight
Text-fig. 58.
Typhoeus mason. Hlead-end, x 4-
Q, oviducal pores; > male pores; P, papille.
annuli ean be counted in the ixth segment, 6 in the xth, 5 in
the next two, which brings us to the commencement of the
clitellum.
204 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE STRUCTURE | [ Mar. 5,
The genital papille are, as figured by Bourne, four pairs. He
does not mention, however, certain slight differences in the
position of the different pairs. The first pair, 7.¢., those lying
between segments xv./xvi., and the last two pairs correspond in
position to the outermost of the two ventral sete ; that is to say,
a line drawn from this seta would pass through the middle of the
papilla. On the other hand, the second pair lie between the two
setee of the ventral couple. As Bourne states, the two anterior
pairs of papille are much more marked than the two posterior
pairs.
: I find the position of the oviducal pores rather different from
that illustrated by Bourne. Lach lies in front of the inner seta of
the ventral couple; it is noteworthy, perhaps—in connection with
the remarks that I have made above concerning the asymmetry of
the oviducal pores of 7. nicholsoni—that in the present species
the left-hand pore is decidedly the larger.
The excellent condition of preservation of my specimen enables
me to add a few details to our knowledge of the internal anatomy
of this species.
I find that the arrangement of the septais a little different from
that described by Bourne. The first plainly recognizable septum,
which is also fairly thick, separates segments v. and vi. Then
follows a much stouter septum, which limits anteriorly segment
vil., in which segment lie the spermathece. Behind the sperma-
theca and attached to the anterior end of the gizzard is a thin and
delicate septum. The gizzard therefore occupies segment Viti.
It is followed by three thickened septa, to the first of which it is
attached by two symmetrically placed strap-shaped bands of
muscle. The position of some of the organs of the body is a little
difficult to ascertain, and appears to vary from what I have described
above in 7’. nicholsoni.
I believe Bourne to be right in placing the anterior end of the
sperm-sacs in segment xi.; they extend back to xiii. There is,
however, no real anomaly inasmuch as these sacs are not attached
to septum x./xi. ; they may be considered to belong morphologically
to segment xii., from which they have grown forwards as well as
backwards. The calciferous glands I should place in segment xii.
The last hearts are in xiii.
I find five pairs of intestinal glands—not four as Bourne has
stated ; they are bilobed, the furrow being transverse. Fi
The several species of the genus Typhoeus showa very considerable
uniformity of internal structure, combined with a marked variation
in the numbers and the arrangement of the genital papille. Un-
fortunately data are wanting as to the internal structure of
Typhoeus levis, and several details of importance from a systematic
point of view have been left undescribed by myself in 7. orientalis,
which, however, as the first known species of the genus was amply
characterized as such. The only real difference in the internal
structure which can be deduced from our present knowledge is the
1901.] AND ARRANGEMENT OF EARTHWORMS. 205
fact that in 7. incommodus there are the two pairs of sperm-sacs
of many Megasoclew and Megascolides in segments ix. and Xii.,
which Dr. Michaelsen has thought to be the primitive arrangement
of those sacs among earthworms. That species also combines with
this divergence in structure a peculiar disposition of the sperma-
thecal diverticula, which are not arranged in a pair of trifid or
multifid appendages as in other species, but in a continuous circle
of sacs round the spermatheca. We may perhaps regard this
form as the starting point of the genus, the other conditions being
arrived at by a loss of one pair of sperm-sacs and a reduction
of the spermathecal appendages. It is to be remarked that in
other species the sole remaining pair of sperm-sacs has increased
in size, which may be connected perhaps with the disappearance of
the anterior pair.
The following is a complete definition of the
Genus TYPHOEUS Beddard.
Small to moderate-sized earthworms, with 8 sete per segment
arranged in couples. Prostomium large. Clitellum occupying
segments xill.—xvil., partly or entirely. Male pores very con-
spicuous and upon segment xvii., corresponding in position to
ventral sete. Spermathecal pores upon the interval vil./vili.
Genital papillae one to six pairs upon clitelar and neighbouring
segments ; rarely absent (?). Dorsal pores present. Gizzard
single in vill.; one pair of calciferous glands in xii. Intestine
furnished with six pairs of glands beginning at about segment
Ixxx. Exeretory organs micronephridia. Dorsal vessel single.
A single pair of testes, funnels, sperm-ducts, and (except in
T. wmcommodus) sperm-sacs. Spermiducal glands tubular, with
penial sete. Spermathece one pair with one or two diverticula,
or more.
Hab. India, Ceylon, Burmah.
The seven species may be thus briefly characterized :—
Typhoeus orientalis.
T. orventalis Beddard, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) xii. p. 219.
Length about 100 mm. Genital papille between segments
Xill./xvil. and xviil./xx. in line with ventral sete. Spermathecal
pores corresponding to ventral sete. Spermathecs with two small
and trifid diverticula. Penial setee with chevron-shaped strie at
free end.
Hab. Neighbourhood of Calcutta.
Typhoeus gammii.
T. gammii Beddard, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxix. p. 111.
Length 250 mm. Genital papille single and elongated between
XIx./xx., xx./xxl. Sete paired ventrally, farther apart in lateral
906 THE STRUCTURE AND ARRANGEMENT OF EARTHWORMS. [ Mar. 5,
pairs. Spermathecal pores corresponding to interval between
ventral and dorsal sete. Spermathece with paired diverticula,
which are multifid. Penial sete with wavy ridges round distal end.
Hab. Darjiling.
Typhoeus masoni.
T. masont Bourne, J. A.S. B. lviu. p. 112.
Length 146 mm. Genital papille paired between xv./xvii.,
xvili./xx., corresponding to ventral sete. Sete closer in ventral
pairs; posteriorly lateral setae get wider apart. Spermathecal
pores correspond to interval between ventral and lateral sete.
Spermathece with two diverticula bifid or trifid. Penial setae both
smooth and with distal chevron-shaped striz.
Hab. Dehra Dun.
Typhoeus levis.
T. levis Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) ix. p. 388.
T’. levis Rosa, Ann. k. k. Hofmus. Wien, vi. p. 388.
Length 35 mm. Papille paired upon xvi. and xviii. Sete of
lateral pairs farther apart than those of ventral.
Hab. Burmah and Ceylon.
Typhoeus foveatus.
T. foveatus Rosa, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, (2) ix. p. 382.
Length 180 mm. No genital papille (?). Sete of lateral pair
farther apart than those of ventral. Spermathecal pores corre-
sponding to ventral sete. Spermathece with two simple diver-
ticula. Penial setee with minute points at end.
Hab. Rangoon.
Typhoeus nicholsoni, n. sp.
Length 185 mm. Genital papille one pair on xvi. Sete of
ventral pair closer than those of lateral; the latter a trifle wider
apart posteriorly. Spermathecal pores correspond to ventral sete.
Spermathecee with paired diverticula which are trifid. Penial sete
with very faint ornamentation.
Hab. Neighbourhood of Calcutta.
Typhoeus incommodus, n. sp.
Length 93 mm. Papille paired upon xiii—xvi. behind ventral
setee. Sete of lateral pairs farther apart than those of ventral,
posteriorly considerably farther apart. | Spermathecal pores
between pairs of sete. Spermathees with a ring of many
diverticula. ‘Two pairs of sperm-sacs in ix. and xii. Penial sete
with a few faint ridges.
Hab. Neighbourhood of Calcutta.
NF a ohne tin) he hn) ml tw
o.
i)
°
M.Horman-Fisher del.et lith. West, Newman imp.
NEW SPIDERS ROMs CiEiinyAR
1901.) ON NEW TRAP-DOOR SPIDERS. 207
4, On some new Trap-door Spiders from China.
By R. I. Pocock, F.Z.S.
[Received February 11, 1901.]
(Plate XX1I.*)
The most interesting species described in this paper are the two
discovered by Mr. J. La Touche and Mr. C. B. Rickett at Kuatun
in North-west Fokien.
One of these, Halonoproctus ricketti, is the representative of a new
genus belonging to a specialized group of Ctenizide, hitherto known
only from the Sonoran area of North America ; the other, Latouchia
fossoria, is a more typical Ctenizoid apparently belonging to the
same genus as the spider that Simon erroneously identified as
Acatiyma roretzi of L. Koch. The genus Latouchia is related to
the Mediterranean genus Cyrtocarenum. The third genus, Nemesia,
has hitherto been regarded as confined to the Mediterranean
Region. The record of Macrothele from the Chinese area fills a gap
in our knowledge of the distribution of the genus, the represen-
tatives of which were previously known from the Mediterranean
Region, from Burma, Java, and New Zealand. Hence, assuming
that it had a northern origin, it 1s admissible to suppose that
Macrothele made its way into the Oriental Region and New
Zealand by way of China. Further collecting will, in all proba-
bility, show that both this genus and Nemesia have a continuous
distribution across Central Asia from China to the Mediterranean
area.
Subfamily H ALONOPROOTIN 4, noy.
In Mexico and the Southern States of North America there are
two peculiar genera of Spiders, referred to the family Ctenizide,
and characterized by the remarkable modification in the shape and
other structural points of the abdomen. In the typical Ctenizide,
as in most other Trap-door Spiders, the abdomen is tolerably
evenly oval, with the integument soft, smooth, and covered with
silky grey pubescence, the sigilla, or muscular impressions, on the
dorsal side being small and relatively inconspicuous.
But in the genera above mentioned, namely Cyclocosmia and
Chorizops, the integument is of a leathery consistency, and is
folded into a number of narrow ridges separated by corresponding
grooves, which, except in the ventral area behind the epigastric
fold where they are transverse, run in a longitudinal direction ”.
t For the explanation of the Plate, see p. 215.
2 A possible exception to this character is met with in Cyclocosmia theveneti
of Simon, which is said to have the integument ungrooved. ‘The abdomen of
the only known example, however, is described as “valde detritum.” Hence
the absence of folds is perhaps attributable to badness of preservation. It is
possible, too, that the integument is sufficiently elastic to admit of considerable
stretching, in which case the folds might disappear under the influence of
distension of the abdomen.
208 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON NEW [ Mar. 5,
Furthermore, the posterior end of the abdomen is abruptly and
obliquely truncate, the truncated area being perfectly circular,
nearly flat, and separated from the rest of the abdomen by a rounded
or somewhat sharply defined edge. rom this edge to the centre
of the disk radiate a number of grooves, corresponding to and con-
tinuous with those of the rest of the integument. In the lower
half of the disk there are three pairs of conspicuous sigilla, which
decrease in size from above downwards and indicate the presence
of powerful dorso-ventral muscles, which have apparently migrated
backwards from the fore part of the abdomen; the edge of the disk
is festooned, each festoon being tufted with hairs, which form a
continuous rim or crown round the disk. Lastly, the spinners
and the anal tubercle lie in a depression on the underside of the
abdomen.
In other respects these Spiders closely resemble the normal
Ctenizide, and Simon classified them with the genus Pachylomerus
on the strength of the presence of a depression on the upperside
of the tibia of the 3rd leg. This depression, however, cannot be
regarded as a certain sign of affinity between genera of this
family, since it is also developed in Heligmomerus, one of the
Tdiopine, and in Myrtale and Thyropwus, which belong to the
Migine. In the present instance it no doubt misled Simon into
associating with Pachylomerus two genera which are probably not
more nearly related to the latter than they are to Bothriocyrtum,
or any other genus of the section Ctenizex, though no doubt they
are a specialized offshoot from the latter. Since, however, the
specialization has been carried to such an extreme and is shared
by three well-marked genera, the latter, in the absence of inter-
mediate types connecting them with the typical Ctenizide, may be
regarded as constituting a special subfamily, which I propose to
call Halonoproctine, from the new genus Halonoproctus.
HALONOPROCTUS, gen. nov.
(ddwy, a disk, and mpwxrds, hind-quarters. )
Carapace smooth; cephalic area high; fovea deep, strongly
procurved ; ocular area remote from the anterior margin; the
clypeus about as long as the ocular area, the latter three times as
wide as long. yes of anterior line almost straight, subequal, the
laterals a little in advance of the medians; the medians less than a
diameter apart and rather more than a diameter from the laterals ;
but space between median and lateral on each side not twice as
great as that between the medians; eyes of posterior line almost
straight, the medians less than two diameters of the anterior
medians from the latter; the two laterals on each side about a
diameter apart.
fastellum consisting of a conical process studded with spiniform
teeth. Labiwm armed with a few (8) teeth. Mavilla studded
throughout its length with spiniform teeth. Sternwm as broad as
long; marked with the normal three pairs of sigilla, those of the
1901.] TRAP-DOOR SPIDERS. 209
first pair marginal, of the second pair their own diameter from
the margin; of the third pair large, remote from the margin,
their anterior ends narrowly separated.
Legs as in Cteniza &e.; the anterior pairs and palpi strongly and
thickly spined on the sides of the tibie, protarsi, and tarsi; tibia
of 3rd leg without trace of superior basal excavation ; claws with
a single or double large tooth.
Integument of abdomen stiff, leathery, and naked, thrown into
numerous narrow folds forming shallow grooves and ridges, which,
except on the ventral area behind the epigastric fold, run in a
longitudinal direction; posterior end of abdomen truncate, and
forming a perfectly circular, slightly hollowed area marked with
radiating grooves and impressed in its lower half with three pairs
of deep oval sigilla, which become smaller from above downwards ;
beneath the inferior pair there is a single median sigillum.
Marginal festoons of this area, about 71 in number, transversely
oblong and tufted with long hairs. Spinners set almost in a
transverse line, the external pair widely separated at the base
and obliquely converging posteriorly, their lst and 2nd segments
subequal.
This new genus and the two related Sonoran genera may be
briefly diagnosed as follows :—
a, Hyes of the anterior line very widely separated, the medians
about three diameters from the laterals; (tibia of Srd leg
excavated and clypeus very long) ......... ECGS as sseesemees ses Chorizops.
b, Hyes of anterior line less widely separated ; the anterior
medians less than two diameters from the laterals.
a. Tibia of 3rd leg excavated above at the base, and clypeus
short as in Pachylomerus (sec. Simon) ...........2.0eee eee Cyclocosmia.
61, Tibia of 3rd leg not excavated above at the base, and
clypeus long as in Bothriocyrtui ..cccccscccseececeeseeeees Halonoproctus.
HALONOPROCTUS RICKETTI, sp. n. (Plate X XI. figs. 1-1 d.)
Colour: carapace, legs, and sternum mahogany-brown ; abdomen
deep purplish brown, blacker on the surface of the disk. Carapace
almost as long as the patella, tibia, and protarsus of Ist leg, as
patella, tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of 2nd, as patella, tibia, and
tarsus of palp, very slightly longer than patella, tibia, protarsus,
and tarsus of 3rd, and as long as patella, tibia, and protarsus of
4th leg; width of carapace equal to the length between the
posterior border and the front edge of the ocular tubercle. Legs:
Ist a little longer than 4th, 2nd and 8rd about equal and shorter
than the palpus, which is shorter than the Ist leg by its tarsus.
Palpus and Ist and 2nd pairs of legs normally spined; tibia and
protarsus of 2nd armed externally with about 15 spines each, the
tarsus with 6; patella and tibia of 3rd leg armed above and in
front with small, close-set spines, which increase in number
towards the distal end of the segments; protarsus with similar
spines and some much larger ones intermixed, armed below with a
pair of apical spines ; 4th leg with patella and tibia thickly spined,
910 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON NEW [ Mar. 5,
the spines increasing in number on the proximal end of the patella
and on the distal end of the tibia.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 28; length of cara-
pace 11-5, of abdomen 15; diameter of disk 16:5; length of palp
19; 1st leg 21, 2nd leg 18, 3rd leg 18, 4th leg 21. .
Hab. Kuatun, N.W. Fokien, China (J. de La Touche & OC. B.
Rickett).
The following is a list of the previously described species of the
subfamily :—
Genus Cuorizops Ausserer.
CHorizops Loricatus C. Koch, Die Arach. ix. p. 99, fig. 752,
1842 (Actinopus); Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxi.
p. 144 (1871); Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 89 (1892); id. Bull.
Soe. Zool. Fr. 1897, p. 172.
Loc. Mexico, Vera Cruz.
Genus CycLocosmia Auss.
CycLocosMIA TRUNCATA Hentz, Journ. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
iv. p. 59, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1843) (Mygale); Ausserer, Verh. zool.-bot.
Ges. Wien, xxi. p. 145 (1871); Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 88
(1892) (Cyclocosmia).
Loc. Alabama.
CYCLOCOSMIA fHEVENETI Simon, Act. Soc. L. Bord. xliv. p. 313
(1892).
Loc. California.
Subfamily CTENIZING,
LATOUCHIA, gen. nov.
(? = Acattyma Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 96 (1892); nec
L. Koch.)
Carapace typically ctenizoid, smooth, with head elevated, and
fovea very strong and procurved, the impressions well marked
especially the anterior pair, which are deep. Ocular tubercle close to
edge of clypeus, high, the median eyes standing considerably above
the level of the laterals, ocular area about twice as wide as long,
parallel-sided ; eyes of anterior line lightly procurved, the anterior
edge of the medians on a level with the centres of the laterals, the
eyes subequally spaced and subequal in size, the medians less than
a diameter apart ; posterior eyes on a level by their posterior ends,
the laterals much larger, separated from the anterior laterals by a
space which is distinctly less than the diameter of either.
Rastellum as in Cyrtocarenum, but the process bearing the teeth
less prominent and the teeth numbering about 9. Labiwm wider
than long, narrowed distally, unarmed. Maaille armed anteriorly
at base with about 9-12 cusps. Sternwm a little longer than
wide; its sigilla fusing to form a shallow A-shaped groove in
the middle. Posterior spinners very short, the Ist and 2nd
1901.] TRAP-DOOR SPIDERS. 211
segments much wider than long. Tibie, protarsi, and tarsi of
palpi and anterior legs thickly banded laterally with short spines,
but almost entirely without inferior spines; tibia of 4th not
spined externally ; claws with a large basal tooth and one or
more smaller.
Type, L. fossoria.
Most nearly related to Cyrtocarenum of the Mediterranean basin,
but differing in the more compact setting of its eyes, the high
tubercle, unarmed labium, different development of sternal sigilla,
and thicker spine-armature of palpi and anterior legs.
This new genus is in all probability identical with Acattyma of
Simon, which is totally distinct from Acattyma of L. Koch. The
latter, as Koch’s diagnosis clearly shows, is closely related to
Brachybothrium, and belongs to a different family from the species
referred by Simon to the genus Acattyma.
The true Acattyma from Japan has the fovea not transverse but
forming a longitudinal impression; the posterior spinners as
long as the protarsus of the 4th leg, with the third segment
equalling the length of the first and second taken together ; the
sternum with 3 marginal impressions on each side, the maxille
untoothed and the mandibles ‘‘ hoch emporgewolbt ” at the base,
and armed with rastellum—characters which show its affinity with
the two North-American genera Brachybothrium and Atypoides
(see L. Koch, Verh. z.-b. Wien, 1876, p. 760).
LATOUCHIA FOSSORIA, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 2, 2a.)
Colour: carapace and mandibles nearly black; legs and sternum
deep blackish brown; abdomen blackish grey. Cuarapace as long
as patella; tibia and protarsus of Ist leg almost as long as tibia,
protarsus, and tarsus of 4th. 2nd leg with 1 median inferior
apical spine; patella, tibia, protarsus, and tarsus of 3rd spined
externally (in front) and internally, the internal spines on the
patella reduced to 2 near the top of the segment, protarsus with
3 inferior spines whereof 2 are at the base; patella of 4th with
a short band of spines in its basal half externally, its tibia armed
with setiform spines below, its protarsus with a pair of inferior
apical spines, as well as others.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 20; carapace 8;
Ist leg 15, 4th leg 19.
Hab. China: Kuatun in N.W. Fokien (J. de La Touche & C. B.
Rickett).
LATOUCHIA SWINHOEI, sp.n. (Plate XXI. figs. 3, 3a.)
g. Paler than the female of Z. fossoria; carapace and legs
reddish brown, femora of palp and of Ist and 2nd legs blacker.
Carapace coriaceous, lower than in the 2 of L. fossoria, a shallow
horseshoe-shaped depression behind the fovea and following its
curvature. Ocular tubercle lower; anterior median eyes about a
diameter apart, smaller than the laterals, their centres about on a
leve] with the hinder edge of the laterals, hence the anterior line
is very distinctly procurved.
212 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON NEW [ Mar. 5,
Rastellum composed of about 5 strong teeth. Maaille unarmed.
Palpi and legs bristly, the bristles on the upperside of the
trochanters and coxee spiniform. Palpi about one and a half times
as long as the carapace, the femur strongly spined at the apex
especially above; the rest of the segments unspined; the tibia
more than twice as long as the patella, fusiform, narrowed apically ;
tarsus short and truncate, some of the bristles on its upperside
short and clavate; bulb of palpal organ large, deeply cleft, the
spine relatively short, slender, lightly curved, blunt-pointed.
Legs 4, 1, 2, 3; 1st with femur above and at apex, patella
externally, internally, and especially below, tibia externally and
internally at the apex strongly spined; protarsus and tarsus
practically unspined (protarsus of right leg nearly straight, with
one basal and one apical spine, of left leg bowed and unspined) ;
2nd leg spined like the Ist, except that there are more spines on
the protarsus and the anterior side of the tibia is spined through-
out its length, and the posterior side most strongly spined at its
base; 3rd lee strongly spined, especially on patella and tibia; 4th
lez much more weakly spined than 3rd: tarsi of legs practically
unspined, two or three spines only being on the tarsus of the 4th.
Claws of legs with 4-5 teeth. Abdomen bristly above.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 12; carapace 7 ;
palpus 10; 1st leg 20, 4th leg 23; patella and tibia of 1st and 4th
about 8.
Hab. Great Loo-Choo (P. A. Holst).
Genus Nemesia Aud.
NEMESIA SINENSIS, sp. n.
2. Colour: carapace deep brown, scantily haired ; legs yellowish
brown; abdomen imperfect, but apparently testaceous and pig-
mented above much as in NV. cementaria.
Carapace with cephalic region but little elevated ; ocular area
more than twice as wide as lone; eyes of anterior line not very
unequal in area, the laterals not exceeding the medians, strongly
procurved, the anterior edge of the medians on a level with the
posterior edge of the laterals. Rastellum consisting of about 12
strong teeth overhanging the base of the fang and extending up
the inner edge of the mandible. Mawille armed with a single row
of 6 cusps. alp: tibia armed with 11 spines, 8 or 7 of which
are arranged in pairs on its lower side, tarsus armed with 1
external and 1 internal spine (the latter sometimes absent) and
two rows of spines near the middle line of the distal half ; scopu-
late at sides. Ist ley: tibia with 4 external spines beneath
and 1 apical internal, also 2 on the inner side, protarsus with 3
external, 2 internal beneath, and 1 on inner side, tarsus spined at
apex beneath, both tarsi and protarsi scarcely scopulate in the
middle; 2nd leg: tibia armed with 4 inferior external spines, 1
inferior apical and 2—3 internal, protarsus with 3 inferior external,
2—1 inferior internal, and 2 internal ; tarsus spined at apex be-
neath; 3rd leg: tibia armed with 2 spines in front and 3 spiniform
1901.] TRAP-DOOR SPIDERS. 213
sete below ; protarsus with many strong spines, tarsus with a few
apical spines ; 4th lee with tibia scarcely spined, protarsus with a
few setiform spines; tarsus also only armed beneath with setiform
spines.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 15 ; carapace 6; Ist
leg 12, 4th leg 16.
Hab. China; Da Lan San, 60 miles uphill from Ningpo (P. W.
Bassett-Snuth, Surgeon R.N.).
This species apparently falls into section D of the species of
the genus as divided by Simon. It is remarkable for its low
head, strongly procurved anterior line of eyes, and strongly spined
legs.
The genus Nemesia has hitherto not been obtained outside the
limits of the Mediterranean Region. Its occurrence in China,
therefore, is peculiarly interesting.
Family DIPLU RID4.
Genus MacrorHee Ausserer.
MAOROTHELE PALPATOR, sp.n. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.)
@. Uniformly coloured like M. fuliginea. Eyes not very
different from those of MW. fuliginea. Carapace a little longer than
patella and tibia of 1st leg, equal to those of 4th and to protarsus
and half the tarsus of the 4th. Palp with tarsus about as long as
the patella and tibia, lightly expanded at the base, armed with 3
external, 1 inferior distal, and 3 or more internal and distal spines.
Legs 4,1, 2 and 3 in length: 1st with 3 inferior apical tibial spines,
+—4—3 inferior protarsal and about 7—7 lateral tarsal spines ;
2nd leg spined much like the Ist ; 3rd and 4th with tibie, protarsi,
and tarsi more numerously and less regularly spined, and also with
few spines on the patelle.
3. Smaller than 2. Carapace jet-black, as long as patella and
tibia of Ist leg. Tibia of Ist leg armed beneath with 3 long spines
in addition to an apical pair; tibia of 2nd leg armed with 5 long
spines below; protarsus of 2nd lightly bowed at base and only
armed with about 4 inferior spines, protarsus of Ist armed wit
three rows of long strong spines. Palp with tibia armed above
with a band of about 12 short spines, this segment long, lightly
convex above, swollen below at the base; tarsus short, truncate,
about one-fourth as long as the tibia; palpal organ enormously
long, about as long as the patella and tibia of the palp and as the
width of the carapace, the spine broad at the base, gradually
narrowing and very fine and filiform at the apex, with a lightly
sinuous curvature.
Measurements in millimetres.— 2. Total length 18; carapace 8 ;
Ist leg 21, 2nd leg 20, 3rd leg 20, 4th leg 25. ¢ (type). Total
length 12; carapace 6; Ist leg 16, 2nd leg 16, 3rd lee 15, 4th
leg 20.
Loc. China: Hong Kong (J. C. Bowring) ; Da Lan San, 60 miles
Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. XV. 15
214 ON NEW TRAP-DOOR SPIDERS. | Mar. 5,
uphill from Ningpo (P. W. Bassett-Snuth, Esq., Surgeon RN. ;
3 (type), 2). ie
Distinguishable from the Javan J. fuliginea Simon (Ann.
Soe. Ent. France, 1891, p. 306), which it resembles in colour,
in having 3 rows of spines instead of 2 rows on the under-
side of the protarsi of 1st and 2nd legs, as well as in the greater
length of the tarsus of the palp. The British Museum has
specimens of M. fuliginea from Tjigombong in Java (H.W. Andrews)
and from Singapore (H. N. Ridley).
MACROTHELE HOLST, sp.n. (Plate XXI. fig. 5.)
$. Coloured like the Burmese and Javan M. maculata Thorell
(Ann. Mus. Genova, xxviii. p. 409, 1890) and the Penang WM. seg-
mentata Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1x1. p. 284); that is to say, with
the abdomen ornamented above with about 5 pairs of oblique
transverse pale bands and some pale spots on a darker ground.
Eyes practically as in M. fuliginea and M. palpator. Carapace as
long as patella and tibia of Ist leg, the fovea having the form
rather of a median transverse pit than of a transverse sulcus.
Legs: femur of Ist spined internally, patella with about 4 spines ;
tibia armed internally and below with about 28 strong spines
arranged in irregular series, protarsus with 10 spines in two rows,
tarsus with 5 small spines in two rows; tibia of 2nd leg with 2
internal and 5 inferior, of which 3 are apical, protarsus with 4—2
spines; tibia of 3rd and 4th with 2 apical spines below. Palp
shorter than in M. palpator, the tibia about three times as long as
the tarsus, armed above with two bands of spines and 1 long
inferior external spine; palpal organ about as long as the tibia
and half the width of the carapace, the spine with its basal third
thick, its apical two-thirds filiform, lightly sinuous.
In two sub-adult females the tarsus of the palp is only as long
as the tibia, and the tibie and protarsi of the anterior legs are
spined as in MW. fulaginea.
Measurements in millimetres.— 3. Total length 14; carapace 7 ;
1st leg 19, 4th leg 22.
Hab. Uaki-ku-h, Central Formosa (P. A. Holst).
The males of the two species of Macrothele here described may
be compared as follows :—
a. Palpal organ at least as long as tibia and patella of palp and as
width of carapace ; tibia of palp about four times as long as the
tarsus, armed above with a single band of close-set spines; tibia
of Ist leg armed with about 7 spines below and internally,
patella and tibia scarcely spined ; tibia of 2nd leg with 5 long
and strong close-set spines, protarsus slightly curved at base ;
tibia of 3rd and 4th armed with many strong spines below ... M.palpator.
6. Palpal organ only as long as tibia of palp and as half the width
of the carapace ; tibia of palp with two bands of spines above,
only about three times as long as the tarsus; tibia of Ist
leg armed with about 28 spines, patella and femur spined
internally ; tibia of 2nd armed with scattered spines below ;
protarsus unmodified ; tibia of 3rd and 4th with a pair of
apical spines below se..ecec see teces-teneacdeese Sopndedopcaccande005 M. holsti.
1901.] ON AN ANNELID OF THE GENUS ALMA. 215
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.
Fig. 1. Halonoproctus ricketti (p. 209). Lateral view.
la, Fe Dorsal view of cephalothorax and abdomen.
1d. - ie Ventral view of ditto.
le. 3 * Posterior view of abdomen.
1d. a es Hyes.
2. Latouchia fossoria (p. 211). Sternum.
2a. a is yes.
3. » swinhoei (p.211). Palp of 3.
3a Anterior view of tarsus and palpal organ.
4, Macrothele palpator (p. 213). Palp of ¢.
3. i holstt (p. 214). Palp of ¢.
5. On the Clitellum and Spermatophores of an Annelid of the
Genus Alma. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.
[Received January 31, 1901.]
(Text-figures 59 & 60.)
Although the genus Alma is now fairly well known owing to
the investigations of Levinsen (1), Michaelsen (2, 3, 4), and myself
(5, 6, 7), no one has up to the present been able to detect the
clitellum. That the spermatophores have not been found is less
surprising, since these organs are known in but a small number of
extra-European earthworms. I am now able, through the kind-
ness of Mr. J. 8. Budgett, I'.Z.8., to fill in these two lacune
in our knowledge of Alma. This gentleman has kindly placed
in my hands a number of examples of a species of Alma
which he collected during his recent expedition to the Gambia.
They were gathered on McCarthy Island in that river, and consist
of two fully mature specimens and of a few immature worms.
The genus itself is purely African, and for the most part
“Ethiopian” in range; the only species which reaches the
Palzarctic portion of that continent is Levinsen’s “ Siphonogaster
cegyptius,” which appears to be identical with Grube’s (8) Alma
nilotica. It is, as I first pointed out, undoubtedly a member of
the family Geoscolicide. It had been formerly regarded, though
perhaps with some doubt, as an Eudrilid, to which latter family
so many of the Ethiopian earthworms belong. My observations
upon the clitellum confirm the justice of the former view, which
is, indeed, definitely accepted by Dr. Michaelsen in his recently
issued ‘‘Oligocheten” in the ‘Tierreich’ (9). He associates
it with the genera Criodrilus and Sparganophilus in a subfamily
Criodriline, mainly distinguished from other Geoscolecids by the
absence or rudimentary condition of the gizzard. In the generic
definition of Alma occurs the sentence “ Giirtel fehlt (?),” an
almost necessary query in view of the fact that so many individuals
of the genus had been submitted to careful examination, and that
in not a single one was there any trace of this characteristic
clitellum of the Oligocheta. It is possibly the case here, as in
the aquatic lower Oligocheta, that the clitellum is only periodically
developed, and that it is not so continuous a structure as appears
15
216 MR. F. BE. BEDDARD ON AN [ Mar. 5,
Text-fig. 59.
fe
Anterior end of body of Alma sp. ine.
A, penis-like appendages ; B, spermatophore; C, glandular thickenings
round setz; C/., commencement of clitellum.
1901.] ANNELID OF THE GENUS ALMA. 217
to be usually the case with full-grown terrestrial forms. And in
this connection it should be borne in mind that Alma is very
largely an aquatic genus itself.
Clitellum.—The Geoscolicide agree with the Lumbricide, to which
they are clearly very closely related, in the fact that the clitellum is
often placed very far back in the body. Such a position is especially
characteristic of the Madagascar genus Kynotus, in four species of
which the clitellum commences at the xixth to the xxist segment.
There is, however, no Geosolecid where the clitellum commences
at a point farther back than the xxiind segment ; Glyphidrilus
stuhlmanni has a clitellum which commences at this segment. On
the other hand, in the Lumbricide the clitellum is as a rule much
farther back than in the Geoscolicide, commencing as a rule at a
segment between xxii.and xxx. It is to this family that Alma shows
the greatest likeness. In the specimen before me the clitellum
(text-fig. 59, Cl.) is exceedingly plain on account of the white and
opaque appearance of the integument; the individual segments which
are comprised within the clitellum are, however, perfectly distinct,
their lines of division not having been obliterated by the glandular
modification of the skin. The clitellum does not commence or
end at all sharply. The first segment which is fully modified is
segment xlvii.; but two or three segments in front of this are
slightly invaded by glandular tissue and in an irregular fashion.
It is possible therefore that in a more fully mature example the
clitellum would be found to have a greater extent than even
the very large one which I record here. The last segment of the
clitellum which is completely modified is segment Ixxxii.; but here
again two or three segments after this one are slightly modified.
We may regard it as extending from xly.-Inxxxv. The clitellum,
where fully developed, is continuous right round the body. This
position of the clitellum is, however, much farther back than is
the case with the large majority of the Lumbricide. There are,
indeed, only four species where it commences at or just before the
xlth segment. In Allolobophora robusta the clitellum extends from
xl.—lxii.; in A. mollert from xlviti.—lix.; in A. moebii from lii.—lxii.
Lumbricus polyphemus has a clitellum which reaches from xxxix.—
xliy. It will be observed therefore that Alma is very exceptional
in the backward position of this region of the integument, and
that in extent coupled with position it is quite unique among
earthworms.
Spermatophores.—The existence ot these structures can be
affirmed for the Lumbricide and for Criodrilus and Polytoreutus
alone among the earthworms. As regards the former family, de
Ribaucourt has recently added so much to our knowledge of those
species among the genera Lwmbricus and Allolobophora which possess
spermatophores (10), that his conclusion that their existence will
prove to be nearly if not quite universal for the family seems to
be reasonable. The spermatophores of COriodrilus are much like
those of the Lumbricide. Those of Polytorewtus on the other hand,
described by myself, are of a different pattern, and on the whole
218 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON AN [Mar. 5,
more like those of the Tubificide, in which family these structures
are very general. In the present species of Alma the spermato-
phores (text-fig. 59, B) are dotted about irregularly, but always in
front of the clitellar segments. The largest number that I observed
were possessed by the most fully mature individual, which had nine
of these bodies. They are roundish in outline and very flattened ;
naturally they are firmly adherent to the integument. These two
conditions must be very favourable to an earthworm having to
force its way through the ground. It would be difficult to detach
the spermatophores—more difficult one might imagine than in
many Lumbricidz, where the cases stand out far from the body.
The spermatophores have a thin wall, and the contents are
exceedingly striking on account of their chalk-white colour. On
a microscopical examination, the contour of the spermatophores is
seen to be not perfectly circular; the margins are crenated, the
bulgings being due to the abundance of the sperm.
As it is a dangerous proceeding to argue from negative facts, I
shall not do more than call attention to the fact that up to the
present Oriodrilus, justly placed by Michaelsen in the immediate
neighbourhood of Alma, is the only Geoscolecid in which these
structures have been hitherto made known. One matter, however,
which may be emphasised is that, on the whole, the spermato-
phores of Alma resemble those of the Lumbricide ; they are at
least more like those of the Lumbricide than of other Oligocheta
(save of course Oriodrilus), though possessing distinctive features
of their own. Now there has been, since recent discovery, little
doubt that among the Lumbricide the spermatophores are a
product of the tumid lips of the male pore. The suggestion was
due to Rosa, who added that in earthworms which copulate in
reversed positions the spermatophores are to be found behind the
male pores. As a matter of fact this position is by no means
constant ; and in the species of Alma which I describe here they
are both in front of and behind the male pores. As, however,
Alma has no spermathece it is clear that the spermatophores can-
not be a product of the spermathece as has been held ; there are,
however (see below), tubercula pubertatis which might by their
presence confirm the theory of origin for the spermatophores
propounded by Fraisse. The flatness and slightly protruding
spermatophores of this species are in accord with the very slightly
prominent male pores. It seems to be hardly a question now but
that the spermatophores are formed by the glandular cells which
accompany the external orifice of the sperm-duct.
Some other Anatonucal Features.—1 was myself disposed at one
time to think that but one species of the genus Alma had been
properly defined. I am now of the opinion of Michaelsen, ex-
pressed in his latest work (9), that four forms can be recognized.
These species all come from different parts of Africa, with the
exception of A. emini and A. stuhlmanm, which are associated to-
gether at Bukoba, Lake Victoria Nyanza. As the species which I
describe here was obtained from a locality about fifteen hundred
1901.] ANNELID OF THE GENUS ALMA. 219
miles away from the locality which produced A. mllsoni, there is
a pruma facie possibility of its being distinct from that form.
The general aspect is illustrated in the accompanying figure (text-
fig. 59, A), and is like that of other species of Alma. The “ penial
processes” are not especially long, measuring as they do about
10 mm. as against a total body-length of 125mm. These measure-
ments are in all probability fairly accurate; for, though the worms
were not in a very excellent state of preservation, they were, as it
appeared to me, not unduly softened and presented no appearances
of having been pulled out in the course of preparation or of sub-
sequent handling. The square shape of the body both in front of
the clitellum and posteriorly was quite well shown, a condition so
characteristic of this genus, as of some others (e. g. Alluwrus, Gly-
phidrilus) which are at least sometimes aquatic in habit. To the
corners of the quadrangular contour corresponded the pairs of sete
which in the present worm are not closely applied to each other.
Throughout the body each seta is at some little distance from its
fellow of the couple; and this arrangement persists unaltered to
the end of the body, which is the case in A. millsoni, but not in
any other of the remaining three species of the genus. In A. mill-
soni, however, the sete are ornamented at the tip. In the present
species I did detect a faint trace of ornamentation of the same
nature as that of A. mzllsonz, where are denticulate ridges covering
the free end of the sete. The red colour of the sets which I have
referred to in A. millsont was apparent at the imbedded end of the
seta, where it is thick and squarely cut off. This end was quite
red in several setee which I noted, the red coloration was not
always thus obvious. —
The penial appendages of the present species differ at least from
those of A. mallsont with which I have been able to compare them.
They are more like those of A. stuhimanni. In contrast to those
of A. millsoni, the penes (as they may be termed in the absence of
precise knowledge as to their functions and since they bear the
male orifice) of the present species are not flattened and riband-like
organs, but plumper and deeply excavated on the ventral surface ;
so deep is the excavation that the process, when viewed from below,
is quite boat-like in shape. At the free extremity of the organ
the depth is much greater than elsewhere; the part of the penis
attached to the body (text-fig. 60), and for a little distance away
from this as far as just before the first sucker, is not excavated,
but quite flat though still fairly thick. This seems to show that
the hollowing out of the organ is not a matter of unequal con-
traction, but is a real difference serving to differentiate the species
at least from A. millsoni. Nothing of the kind is to be seen
in Michaelsen’s figures of A. stuhlmanni and of A. emini; but
Levinsen figures the penes of -A. nilotica as something like those of
the present species. The attachment of the penes to the body-
wall appears to present features of difference which may serve to
assist in the discrimination of the species. In A. millsoni, as I
have been able to assure myself by a re-examination of several
990 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON AN [Mar. 5,
specimens, the penes are attached to the ventral surface of both
the xvilith and the xixth segments. In the present worm they
are as clearly attached to the ventral surface of segments xviil.,
xix., and xx. This can be ascertained by the presence of lateral
couples of sete corresponding to the ventral area, which is devoid
of sete. There are three pairs on each side, the ventral sete
being missing or probably transferred to the penis, which is simply
a pulled-out region of the ventral body-wall.
Text-fig. 60.
Penis-like appendage of Alma sp. inc.
8, sucker.
On the ventral surface of the penis are two suckers, which are
quite conspicuous. The first is near to the base of the organ, the
second at the opposite extremity at the bottom of the deep pit in
which the penis ends. There were no suckers in intermediate
positions such as are possessed by A. millsoni. In the arrange-
ment of these suckers the present species seems to come near to
1901.] ANNELID OF THE GENUS ALMA. 221
A. stuhlnann. The whole organ is very vascular; there are a
pair of strong longitudinally running blood-vessels whose cut ends
in a specimen from which the two penes were removed were ex-
ceedingly obvious. Besides this there is a rich network of capil-
laries pervading the organ; and there are rich tufts of capillaries
penetrating within the epidermis itself. There is thus quite a
possibility of the organ serving, as was suggested by Levinsen, a
respiratory function. The vascularity of the organ appeared to
me to be more marked than in A. millsoni. In the latter species,
it may be remarked, the penes are much thinner than in the
present species. The penes bear sete which are apparently limited
in number to two pairs, as was occasionally found by Michaelsen
in A. stuhlmanni. ‘The sete are rather slighter than those of the
body generally and end in a fine point. They are nearly straight,
and I could not detect any ornamentation. They are not unlike
those of A. stulmanna.
The sete of segments ix., x., xi., and some of the neighbouring
segments to a less extent, are implanted in very conspicuous papille,
which may possibly play the part of tubercula pubertatis. They
are shown in the accompanying drawing (text-fig. 59, C).
I have given a somewhat full description of “certain of the ex-
ternal characters of this species, in order to justify my conclusion
that it probably belongs to Michaelsen’s species Alina stuhlmanit.
That a West and an Hast African form should prove to be iden-
tical is a little surprising ; but less so when it is reflected that this
genus Alma is at least largely aquatic. I can see at present no
grounds for separating the two. The only point of difference
which occurred to me is that in A. stuhklmanuni the genital sete are
much smaller in proportion to the ordinary body-sete than they
are in the worms from McCarthy Island. Until the clitellum of
the former is known, one cannot be quite certain. The internal
anatomy could not be satisfactorily investigated owing to the con-
dition of the specimens.
I have at least shown that the subject of the present commu-
nication cannot be the same as Alma millsont from West Africa.
last of Memoirs referred to.
(1) Levinsen.—‘‘Om to nye Regnormslegter fra Agypten.”
Vidensk. Medd. Kjobn. 1889, p. 31.
(2) MicHaELsEn.—“ Beschreibung der von Herrn Dr. Fr. Stuhl-
mann am Victoria nuenee gesammelten Terricolen.” JB.
Hamb. wiss. Anst. ix. 2, p. 8.
(3) Micnartsen.—“ Zur Kenntnis der Oligocheeten.” Abhandl.
Geb. Naturwiss. xtil. p. 7.
(4) Micnarnsen.—Die Regenwiirmer Ost-Afrikas, in Deutsch-
Ost-Afrika, ix. 1896, p. 4.
(5) Bepparp.—“ On an Karthworm of the Genus Siphonogaster
from West Africa.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 48.
222 MR, SCLATER ON MAMMALS FROM UGANDA. [Mar.19,
(6) Bepparp.—* Two new Genera and some new Species of
Earthworms.” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxxiv. p. 271.
(7) Bupparp.—A Monograph of the Oligocheta. Oxtord, 1895.
(8) Gruse.—Arch. f. Naturg. 1855, p. 129.
(9) Micuantsen.—Das Tierreich, 10th Lief., Oligocheeten, 1900,
. 465.
(10) DE Risaucourt.—Etude sur la Faune Lombricide de la
Suisse, 1896.
March 19, 1901.
Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks on some specimens of
Mammals from Uganda recently received from Sir Harry Johnston,
K.C.B., who had written to call his special attention to these
objects.
The principal specimen was a complete skin and skull of the
Chimpanzee of Eastern Africa, concerning which Sir Harry had
written to Mr. Sclater as follows :—
“FWntebbe, Uganda,
Oct. 18, 1900.
““T have at last succeeded in getting a Chimpanzee from the
Uganda Protectorate. I had long heard from the natives that
this ape was found in Unyoro and Toru; but although I visited
several forests in company with Doggett we never succeeded in
getting specimens, though we occasionally thought we heard this
animal’s peculiar cries. At last, however, the natives succeeded in
capturing one... a nearly full-erown female .. . which they sent
on to meat Entebbe soon after my return here. The animal
arrived alive. It was of immense strength and rather savage.
After it had been taken out of its temporary cage and had been
secured by means of thick wire collars and a heavy chain, it
nevertheless managed to wrench itself free and escaped into a
tree. There was no time for sentiment, and so I had the animal
shot then and there. We have photographed it, and Iam now
sending you its skin and bones. ‘The animal looks to me slightly
different to the West Coast Chimpanzee, the difference being in
the much reduced size of the canines (even though it be a female),
the larger size of the middle incisors, and the length of the face.
The colour of the bare skin of the face and nose when the animal
was living was a dark purple-brown, which faded to a dirty yellow
after death. It was certainly much darker-skinned when living
than the average West Coast Chimpanzee.
“The locality where this animal was obtained is the central or
eastern part of the Toru District, about 30 miles east of Ruwen-
zori, on the Durra River, a small stream which flows into the
north end of Lake Ruisamba. Lake Ruisamba is connected with
Lake Albert Edward. T have visited the locality where this Chim-
1901.] MR. SCLATER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM ST. LUCIA. 223
panzee was subsequently captured, and thought I heard the
Chimpanzee’s cries. Itis a dense bit of tropical forest, which,
with a few breaks, extends from north to south down the Toru
District. This forest is not directly connected either with Ru-
wenzorl or with the Congo Forest. There are wide stretches of
grass-covered country between them.
“The Chimpanzee is said by the natives to inhabit the now dis-
continuous patches of forest which extend from northern Unyoro
through Toru into the northern part of Ankole. The Baganda
say that at one time the Chimpanzee was found in Busoga and in
other forested regions of Uganda, and they have a special name
for the animal in their language. If this is true (and I see no
reason to doubt it), it would bring the known range of this anthro-
poid ape a little nearer to the east.”
Mr. Sclater remarked that the occurrence of a form of Chim-
panzee in Africa as far west as the western shore of Lake
Tanganyika had been known since the days of Livingstone, but
that, so far as he was aware, this was the first example of the skin
and skull that had reached this country.
Other specimens sent to Mr. Sclater by Sir Harry Johnston
were flat native skins of the black-and-white Colobus which in-
habits Ruwenzori, and flat native skins of two Antelopes, which
probably belonged to undescribed species. One of the latter
was stated by Sir Harry to belong to the genus Cobus, and to have
been obtained in the Semliki valley north of Lake Albert
Edward ; the other was a Oephalophus of the group of C. natalensis,
of which the exact locality was not stated.
Mr. Sclater laid on the table a small case of Lepidoptera
collected in St. Lucia, West Indies, by Major A. H. Cowie, R.E.,
F.Z.8. As there appeared to be no published article on the Lepi-
doptera of this island, Mr. Sclater thought it worth while to
record the names of the species, which had been kindly determined
for him by Miss H. Sharpe. The following is a list of the
species :—
(RHOPALOCERA.)
1. Colenis delita (Fabr.). 10. Aganisthos orion (Fabr.).
2. Dione vanille (Linn.). 11. Yerias venusta Boisd.
3. Dione juno (Cram.). 12. Pieris phileta (Fabr.).
4, Pyrameis cardwi (Linn.). 13. Phabis agrithe Boisd.
5. Junonia genoveva (Cram.). 14. Callidryas drya (abr.).
6. Anartia iatrophe (Linn.). 15. Rhabdodryas trite (Linn.).
7. Marpesia peleus (Sulz.). 16. Aphrissa statira (Cram.).
8. Cymatogramma dominicana | 17. Papilio eenodamas Hiibn.
Godm. et Salv. 18. Papilio tycophron Hiibn.
9. Hypolimnas misippus (Linn.).
(HETEROCERA.)
1. Letis mycerina Cram. | 2. Erebus ordoratus Linn.
294 MR. P. CAMERON ON [ Mar. 19,
Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S. (at the request of Mr. Rowland
Ward, F.Z.S.), exhibited the mounted head and horns of a Sable
Antelope (Aippotragus niger), the largest on record, the length of
the horns on the outer curve being 50% inches, the girth at the
base 92 inches, and the width between the tips 187 inches. They
had been obtained by Mr. F. V. Worthington in Barotseland,
South Africa.
A communication was read from Dr. G. Stewardson Brady,
C.M.Z.S., which contained descriptions of a collection of Ostracoda
belonging to the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen, most of the
species represented in it being new to science. ‘he collection was
very varied in character, embracing examples of both marine and
freshwater species from widely different localities. A new species
belonging to the group Halocypride, froma North Atlantic Plankton
collection, made by Dr. George Murray, F.R.S., was also described
in this paper.
This memoir will be printed in full in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’
The following papers were read :—
1. On the Hymenoptera collected in New Britain by
Dr. Arthur Willey. By P. Camerron’.
[Received March 4, 1901.]
The Hymenoptera brought back from New Britain by Dr.
Arthur Willey are, with the exception of the Melipona, all large or
medium-sized species. Judging from them, I should say that the
islands are likely to prove rich in species. The collection is not
extensive enough to enable me to form a definite opinion on the
geographical relationship of the Hymenopterous fauna of the
island. If it were not for the presence of a species of Thynnus *,
a typical Australian form, I should have said that the affinities of
these insects were certainly with the Oriental Zoological Region
rather than with the Australian, and, in the main, this is probably
the case.
In view of the somewhat fragmentary character of the collection,
I have not thought it worth while to draw up, at present, a list
of the previously recorded species of New Britain, but have
enumerated all those represented in the collection submitted to me.
The specimens were mostly collected in the Gazelie Peninsula,
which is the part now known, I believe, as New Pomerania.
New Britain itself is now included in the Bismarck Archipelago
by German geographers.
1 Communicated by Dr. D. Suarr, F.Z.S.
2 Thynnus serriger, Sharp, Willey’s ‘ Zoological Results,’ part iv. p. 388.
LS)
iNS)
OV
1901. | HYMENOPTERA FROM NEW BRITAIN.
TENTHREDINIDA,
SINOCLIA VIOLACEIPENNIS, sp. nov.
Cerulea, nitida ; alis violaceis. @.
Long. 8 mm.
Antenne of a darker blue than the body, thickly covered with
short, stiff, black pubescence; the third joint is, if anything, longer
than the fourth. Head smooth and shining; thickly covered with
short black pubescence, which is longer and thicker on the face
than on the vertex ; the front is closely and minutely punctured ;
above it bears two oblique fovex, the space between them being
depressed ; in the centre below is a smaller oval one. The sutures
on the vertex are wide and deep; in the middle behind is a short
deep furrow ; bordering the inner side of the antenne is a smooth
curved furrow. Apex of the clypeus closely punctured. Mandibles
at the base closely rugose ; the apex broadly rufous. Thorax and
abdomen smooth and shining; the mesonotum thickly covered
with short black hair. Cenchri large, white. Wings fuscous-
violaceous; the nervures and stigma black; the 2nd cubital
cellule above is not quite half, below distinctly less than half, the
length of the 3rd; the radial, the 2nd and 3rd transverse cubital,
and the 2nd recurrent nervures at the top are largely bullated.
Legs stout; the tibie and tarsi are thickly covered with short,
stiff, black hair; the patella on the 4th joint are distinct; the
calcaria short, curved ; the claws distinctly bifid.
EVANIID 24.
MEGISCHUS VIOLACEIPENNIS, sp. nov.
Niger ; pedibus rufis ; coxis, trochanteribus, femoribus posticis
basique tibtarum posticarum nigris ; alis fusco-violaceis, nervis
mgr. .
Long. 24 mm.
Antenne black, slender. Front rugosely punctured above ; the
sides above stoutly obliquely, the lower part transversely striated,
the ocellar region irregularly reticulated, the keels below them
mostly curved ; above the reticulated upper portion are four long
curved keels, the vertex behind these is irregularly rugosely
striated; the ocellar region is distinctly depressed; the three
tubercles forma triangle. The base of the pronotum is smooth
and shining; behind on the sides are two stout curved keels; the
rest of the pronotum is opaque and irregularly transversely striated.
The base of the mesonotum is smooth and shining ; the rest of it
bears mostly large and deep punctures, except on a space on either
side of the centre; on the sides and base the punctures tend
to become confluent. Scutellum somewhat triangular in shape,
smooth, shining, and impunctate. Median segment closely,
stoutly, irregularly punctured; behind the punctures run into
reticulations. Propleurze smooth and shining ; the meso- opaque,
irregularly punctured, and striated : the meta- rugosely punctured.
296 MR. P. CAMERON ON [ Mar. 19,
The four front legs are rufous, with the cox darker ; the hinder
black, except the apical two-thirds of the tibiz and the tarsi,
which are rufous at the base, blackish towards the apex; the
hinder coxe are, as usual, irregularly striated ; the two teeth on
the hinder femora are acute; the apical one is longer and narrower
than the hinder. Wings fuscous-violaceous ; the nervures and
stigma are black. The petiole is longer than the rest of the
abdomen united; it is opaque and is closely striated. The
ovipositor is annulated with white and is not quite so long as the
body. The recurrent nervure in the front wings is interstitial.
BRACONIDS.
BRACON DIORES, sp. Nov.
Niger ; ore, mandibulis, thorace pedibusque anterioribus rufis ; alts
nigro-violaceis. @.
Long. 8; terebra 1-5 mm. ;
Antenne stouter than usual; thickly covered with short, stiff,
black pubescence. Head black, smooth and shining; the inner
orbits narrowly, the apex of the clypeus, the space between the
eyes and the mandibles, and the mandibles at the base rufous ;
the apical half of the mandibles black. The frontal furrow is
wide and deep; its sides oblique, and it becomes gradually narrowed
towards the apex. Except above the antenne, the head is thickly
covered with long, soft, white hair; the face bears also longer
fuscous hair; the base of the mandibles thickly covered with white
pubescence. Thorax smooth and shining, almost bare. Abdomen
smooth, bare, and shining; the apices of the segments are narrowly
lined with white; the dorsal surface is devoid of transverse or
oblique furrows. The four front legs are of a paler rufous colour
than the thorax ; the hinder are black, except the apices of femora, —
which are dull rufous ; their tarsi on the under surface are thickly
covered with rufous pubescence ; the calcaria pale. Wings large,
uniformly dark violaceous; the stigma and nervures are deep
black.
CRATOBRACON, gen. nov.
Apex of scape of antenne projecting into a short sharp tooth.
Head cubital, largely developed behind the eyes; the occiput
roundly incised in the middle, its margin placed very low down
and margined. Eyes oval, widely distant from the base of the
mandibles. Oral depression large. Mandibles becoming gradually
narrowed towards the apex and without a subapical tooth. In
front the head is transverse. Thorax more largely developed in
front than usual, so that the fore wings are placed almost in the
middle. Median segment largely hollowed in the middle above.
Legs stout, of moderate length ; the fore tarsi twice the length of
their tibiae. The 2nd and 3rd abscisse of the radius are almost
equal in length ; the first is very short, not half the length of the
third transverse cubital nervure; the transverse basal nervure is
interstitial; the recurrent nervure is interstitial Hind wings
1901.} HYMENOPTERA FROM NEW BRITAIN. 227
with one cubital cellule. Abdomen twice the length of the head
and thorax united ; the suturiform articulation is deep; it is the
only transverse furrow, and there are no oblique ones. Hypopygium
cultriform, large; the last segment is well developed above, being
about two-thirds of the length of the penultimate.
The pterostigma is large; the radius issues from behind its
middle; the sheaths of the ovipositor are slender and not pilose ;
the palpi are not densely pilose; the eyes on the inner side are
margined ; the antennal tubercles are distinct; the scape of the
antenn is not very stout; the 3rd joint is slightly longer than
the 4th. The basal three segments of the abdomen are striated,
the others smooth and shining; the penultimate segment is not
quite so long as the preceding. Metathoracie spiracles large.
Middle lobe of mesonotum distinctly separated.
The fact of there being only one—the suturiform—transverse
furrow on the abdomen and no oblique ones separates this genus
from Iphiaulaw, Odontoscapus, Chaolta, and Zaglyptogastra, with
which it appears to be most nearly allied otherwise.
CRATOBRACON RUFICEPS, sp. nov.
Niger; capite flavo-rufo ; pro- mesothoraceque ruts; pedibus anticis,
femoribus tibusque intermedius rufis; als nigro-violaceis,
stigmate nervisque wigris. &.
Long. 16 ; terebra 24 mm.
Scape of antenne rufous; the flagellum covered with a stiff
black microscopic down. Head smooth and shining, pale rufous-
yellow; the face below sparsely covered with pale hair; the
mandibular teeth black. Thorax smooth and shining; the median
segment covered with black hair; its apex in the middle is largely
depressed, the depression is narrowed towards the base and apex.
The anterior legs bear no black; the middle pair are black, with
the femora and tibie rufous. The petiole is keeled down the
middle ; the lateral furrows are wide and deep and are obscurely,
irregularly, transversely striated. The second segment has the
central region irregularly rugose, the sides longitudinally striated ;
the central keel becomes weaker towards the apex; its dilated
basal part is small and is minutely striated, on either side of it is
a stout oblique keel; the transverse depression is stoutly striated ;
the third segment is closely longitudinally striated, the strize are
irregular and run into reticulations, the apex is smooth; the
basal half of the 4th is coarsely aciculated; the basal three
seements are for the greater part white.
IcHNEUMONIDA.
OPHIONINI.
LEPTOPHION, gen. nov.
Disco-cubital nervure not broken with a stump of a vein; its
middle broadly and roundly curved; the first abscissa of the radius
thickened, the second roundly curved upwards; the transverse
228 MR. P. CAMERON ON [ Mar. 19,
median nervure is received in front of and not far from the
transverse basal; the 2nd recurrent nervure is received at a
slightly greater distance than the length of the first transverse
cubital, not at double, or more than double, the distance as in
Ophion. In the hind wings the transverse median nervure is
broken shortly below the middle. Median segment reticulated,
except at the base, where there is a transverse keel; its base is
widely and deeply depressed. Abdomen more than three times
the length of the thorax.
This genus has greater affinity with Hnicospilus than with Ophion.
From the former it may be known by the absence of the horny
points in the fore wings and by the transverse median nervure in
hind wings not being broken far below the middle ; from Ophion
it may be separated by the disco-cubital nervure not having a
stump of a nervure and broadly rounded, by the apical abscissa o
the radius being broadly curved upwards, and by the swollen base
of the radius.
LEPTOPHION LONGIVEN TRIS, Sp. NOV.
Luteus; segmento mediali reticulato ; alis hyalinis, nervis stigmate-
que ngris. &.
Long. 21 mm.
Antenne dark luteous. Head pallid yellow ; the face distinctly
and closely punctured; on the top, in the middle below the
antenne, is a stout smooth keel or elongated tubercle. Olypeus
roundly convex, smooth, and sparsely punctured. Mandibles broad,
smooth; the apical teeth black and rounded at the apex, they
are almost equal in length. The prothorax is paler, more yellowish
in colour then the rest; the scutellum is minutely punctured ; the
lateral keels are prominent only at the base; the apex is finely
shagreened, almost striated. The depression at the base of the
median segment is wide and deep; in the middle there are some
stout longitudinal striations ; the central two form a\-shaped area;
the space between this and the curved transverse keel is smooth ;
the rest of the segment is closely and coarsely reticulated, except
the lower half of the metapleure. Pro- and mesopleure smooth
and shining. Wings clear hyaline; the stigma and nervures black;
the stigma is pale at the base; the basal abscissa of the radius is
thickened ; the transverse median nervure is almost interstitial.
The tarsi are minutely and thickly spinose; the tibie are thickly
covered with short pubescence. The abdomen is paler than the
thorax ; apical three segments are brownish black.
Mr. W. H. Ashmead (Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, xxiii. p. 86)
describes a genus Plewroncurophion which has the radius swollen
towards the base as it is in this genus and in Hnicospilus ; but it
has a short nervure on the disco-cubital nervure and the transverse
cubital nervure in hind wings is broken below the middle at the
basal third, or at least far below the middle. The abdomen in our
species is longer than usual compared with the length of the thor
The eyes are very large and prominent. The subdiscoidal nervure
1901. / HYMENOPTHRA FROM NEW BRITAIN. 229
is received higher up than usual, in the upper fourth of the
nervure.
ENICOSPILUS NIGRINERVIS, sp. nov.
Luteus; flagello antennarwm abdominisque apice late nigro-juscis ;
alis hyalinis, nervis stigmateque mgris. 2.
Long. 17-18 mm.
Scape of antenne luteous; the rest of it blackish, lighter, more
fuscous in colour towards the apex; it is longer than the body.
Head pale yellow; the clypeus darker, more rufous in tint.
Mandibles yellow, with black teeth. Thorax luteous, the pleure
more yellowish, paler in tint. Scutellum strongly keeled laterally ;
its apical half is closely, irregularly, transversely striated, and is
bordered behind by a distinct transverse keel which unites with
the lateral ones. The base of the median segment behind the
keel is smooth and is obscurely shagreened at the apex laterally ;
the rest of it is closely distinctly rugose, the rugosities in places
forming almost reticulations. The lower half of the mesopleurse
is closely, longitudinally, irregularly striated ; the lower part of
the meta- irregularly, obliquely, and not very closely striated.
Wings hyaline ; the costa, nervures, and stigma black; the basal
abscissa of the radius is thickened, becoming thinner on the apical
third ; the apical abscissa is also thickened; there is only one
horny point ; it is large, rounded on the lower side; the basal
half above is straight and oblique, the apical half becomes
gradually uarrowed towards the apex. The abdomen is three
times longer than the head and thorax united; the basal two
segments are coloured like the thorax; the others are deep
fuscous-black.
The apical abscissa of the radius is roundly and broadly curved
upwards ; the transverse median nervure is received distinctly in
front of the transverse basal, and not behind it or interstitial as
usual; the first abscissa of the radius has the basal two-thirds
thickened ; the middle third is curved upwards.
PIMPLINI.
RHYSSA FULVA, sp. Nov.
Intea; capite pleurisque flavis ; flagello antennarum, mandibulis
verticeque nigris ; tarsis posticis fuscis; alis hyalinis, macula
substigmatali fusca. .
Long. 17 mm.
Scape of antennz luteous, bare, smooth, and shining; the
flagellum closely covered with stiff, short, blackish pubescence.
Head pallid yellow ; the vertex with a broad black stripe between
the eyes, enclosing the ocelli. The face is punctured in the
centre below the antenne ; the rest of it and the clypeus smooth
and shining. The clypeus is distinctly separated from the face;
the fovee are large, deep, and are united by a narrow curved
furrow; the apex of the clypeus is transverse and bears three
short nipple-like teeth, the central is smaller than the lateral.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vor, I. No, XVI. 16
230 MR. P. CAMHRON ON [| Mar. 19,
Mandibles black, brownish at the base: the apical tooth is tri-
angular, blunt, and is clearly separated; there is a short triangular
incision between it and the slightly oblique inner part. The eyes
slightly converge above. The transverse striation on the meso-
notum is coarse; the scutellum is transversely striated, the base
not quite so strongly as the rest. The base of the median segment
is obliquely depressed ; its centre is broadly furrowed ; the lower
half of the metapleura is strongly punctured. Legs: the tarsi
are closely spinose; the anterior are more than twice the length
of the tibiz, which are narrowed at the base; the hinder are bent
distinctly there and dilated before the apex. The cloud in the
wings extends from the costa to the middle of the transverse
cubital nervure; it originates at the end of the stigma; the
areolet is oblique, its pedicle is not quite so long as the basal
fork of the nervure.
RHYSSA TRIDENTATA, Sp. DOV.
Nigra, late flavo-maculata ; segmento mediali flavo ; alis hyalinis,
macula substigmatali nigro-cerulea; pedibus rufis, tarsis
TUBHS, Qs
Long. 18; terebra 23 mm.
Antenne black; the scape and base of the flagellum rufous ;
there is a narrow white ring shortly beyond the middle of the
flagellum. The face, the inner orbits to the lower ocellus, the
outer orbits entirely, and the clypeus are pale yellow; the face
below the antenne is punctured and has a shallow longitudinal
furrow there; over the clypeus isa distinct furrow ending on
either side in a fovea; the apex of the clypeus is transverse and
ends in three short blunt teeth. Mandibles black ; the two apical
teeth short, subequal. Occiput yellowish, suffused with rufous.
Prothorax yellow, rufous on the lower side. Mesonotum black ;
the sides next the tegule rufous, in the centre are two yellow
lines. Scutellum and scutellar keels yellow; the apex of the
scutellum rufous and finely transversely striated; the scutellum
distinctly punctured. Postscutellum smooth, yellow. The base
of the median segment black, of its pleure dark rufous; the
mesopleure yellowish below the fore wings, rufous yellow below
the hinder wings and at the apex below. Metapleure closely
punctured, most strongly on the lower half. Legs rufous; the
anterior pallid yellowish in front, especially the tibie; all the
tarsi are darker towards the apex, they are minutely spinose and
are longer than usual, the basal joint of the anterior is as long as
the tibie. Wings hyaline, except for the cloud, which extends
from the costa to the end of the recurrent nervure, it becoming
narrower as it does so, but not extending beyond its outer side;
the stigma is fulvous; the costa and nervures black; the cloud
has a distinct bluish tinge ; the areolet is distinctly appendiculated
and oblique; the pedicle is two-thirds of the length of the
branches ; the areolet is oblique, narrowed above, somewhat
triangular in shape, and receives the recurrent nervure at the apex.
1901. ] HYMENOPLERA FROM NAW BRITAIN. 231
Abdomen rufous; the basal five segments black above, the sides of
all the segments black at the base; the basal two segments have a
large mark, narrowed towards the base, on their apices above; the
3rd, 4th, and 5th have yellowish marks on their sides, and the 6th
and 7th indistinct ones.
The fore tarsi appear to be longer than usual compared to the
tibie, and the areolet has the pedicle much longer.
XANTHOPIMPLA INSULARIS, Sp. Nov.
Lutea ; face, orbitis oculorum, pleuris covisque flavis ; alis hyalinis,
apice fumatis. .
Long. 14 mm.
Scape of antenne yellow; the flagellum black, brownish at the
base. Face closely and distinctly punctured and thickly covered
with short pubescence. Clypeus smooth, its upper part convex ;
labrum triangular. Mandibles yellow, black at the apex. Thorax
smooth and shining; the middle lobe of the mesonotum with a
triangular band of punctures on the base. Scutellum smooth, the
keels distinct on the sidesand apex. On the base of the median
segment are two curved keels, which form large ares, wider than
long, which are indistinctly joined to the apical transverse keel by
two oblique ones; the outer side of the latter is straight and
oblique and is united to the upper outer keel, which is more
distinct than the inner one. The lower half of the mesopleure
closely and distinctly punctured, the upper half has the middle
depressed and less distinctly and more irregularly punctured.
The metapleure behind the spiracles are minutely punctured.
The areolet is shortly appendiculated above. The abdomen has
the apices of the basal five segments yellowish; the petiole has
on the basal half two curved stout keels ; the oblique apical furrow
is smooth, the furrows on the apices of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th are
striated, the oblique lateral ones on them are wide and smooth.
The ventral surface is pallid yellow. The ocellar region is deep
black; the tibie have no spines; the top of the scutellum is
rounded and is clearly raised above and separated from the lateral
keels ; the raised apex of the petiole is depressed, the apex of the
depression being narrowed; there is a short wide depression on
the base of the second segment in the middle; the petiole is
distinctly longer than the width of its apex and is as long as the
second segment; the face is distinctly longer than broad;
the tarsi bear short spines.
Comes near to X. micholitz, Kreiger, from New Guinea. The
metanotal areze are somewhat similar to those of X. octonotata, as
figured by Kreiger, Sitzung. d. naturf. Ges. Leipzig, 1898.
CRYPTINI.
EURYCRYPTUS, gen. nov.
Head large, wider than the thorax. yes large, largely pro-
jecting beyond the temples, which are only slightly developed; on
16*
239 MR, P. CAMERON ON [ Mar. 19,
the inner side they are almost parallel and extend below the top of
the clypeus; the malar space is small. Apex of clypeus trans-
verse. Antenne slightly thickened beyond the middle, where
there isa large white ring. Areolet wide, the nervures almost
parallel; the second transverse cubital is faint; the transverse
median nervure is placed considerably behind the transverse basal.
In the hind wings the transverse median nervure is broken near
the middle. Parapsidal furrows narrow. Median segment smooth
and bearing two transverse keels; its spiracles small, oval. Fore
tibise narrowed at the base, shorter than the tarsi. Petiole rather
broad; all the abdominal segments are banded with white; the
last segment is entirely white. Ovipositor exserted. The last
segment longer than the preceding, its upper third projects over
the lower part.
A genus easily known by the large wide head, very little
developed behind. The scutellum is roundly convex; the meso-
pleural furrow is wide; the oblique furrow on the metapleure is
wide and crenulated ; the radial cellule is long and lanceolate at
the apex ; there is no nervule on the disco-cubital nervure, nor on
the recurrent nervure ; the stigma is linear.
KURYCRYPTUS LATICEPS, Sp. NOV.
Niger, flavo-maculaius; alis hyalinis, stigmate nervisque n-
GPS Qe
Long. 10 ; terebra 5 mm.
Antenne with the 9th to 15th joints white; the tubercles white.
The face and clypeus, the inner orbits—the lower white part
obliquely narrowed,—the outer entirely, and the base of the
mandibles white. The face is sparsely punctured, on it are two
narrow furrows which end in the clypeal fovee. Front and vertex
smooth and shining; the lower ocelli are bordered by a furrow ;
there is an indistinct furrow down the middle of the front.
Thorax shining, bare; a line on the pronotum, the apex of the
middle lobe of the pronotum, the scutellum, the median segment
behind the second transverse furrow, except for a conical black
mark in the centre of the apex, the tubercles, a pyriform mark
under the hind wings, and the greater part of the metapleure—the
top and base are black—white. The mesopleural furrow is deep
and crenulated, except at the apex; the base of the meta- and the
apex of the mesopleure are foveated; the metapleurs obscurely
punctured ; the apex is depressed, and has on the lower side four
short stout keels. The front legs are white, with the tarsi black ;
the middle coxe white, their trochanters black; the hinder cox
black, broadly white behind ; the trochanters are black; the rest
of the four hinder legs are broken off. Wings clear hyaline ; the
nervures and stigma black. Abdomen black; the apices of the
segments bordered with white, the last is entirely white; the 2nd
and 3rd segments are closely and distinctly punctured; the
2nd segment at the base is raised, the raised part roundly narrowed
towards the apex and bordered by a shallow depression.
1901.) HYMENOPTERA FROM NEW BRITAIN. 233
XANTHOCRYPTUS, gen. Nov.
Areolet minute, square; the second transverse cubital nervure
faint; the transverse median nervure is placed distinctly behind
the transverse basal; the stigma is linear. Apex of clypeus
depressed obliquely, the middle with a short tubercle. Clypeus
distinctly separated behind. Labrum large, its apex rounded.
Temples not much developed behind ; the occiput transverse, with
the edges rounded. Eyes large, parallel, reaching to the middle of
the clypeus. Mandibles short, stout, the upper tooth projecting.
Parapsidal furrows distinct to shortly beyond the middle of the
mesonotum. Scutellum convex, but not much raised. Base of
the median segment smooth, the rest of it closely, stoutly, trans-
versely striated; there are no teeth; the spiracles are oval.
Petiole rather broad, the basal third only narrowed; the spira-
cles are placed almost in the middle, only a very little behind
it. Abdomen smooth and shining; the last segment is largely
developed above and below; ovipositor as long as the abdomen.
Hinder legs long; the tarsi spinose; the fore tibie not much
longer than the basal joint of the tarsi, they are distinctly
narrowed at the base.
There is no little vein on the discoidal or recurrent nervures ;
the last joint of the tarsi is long, with its claw long, curved, and
simple; on the front legs the basal joint of the tarsus is longer
than all the others united ; the antenne are long and ringed with
white; the occiput is not very sharply margined; in the hind
wings the transverse median nervure issues from shortly below
the middle. The hinder tibie are longer than the femora and
the tarsi.
This genus may be referred to the Mesostenini, but it has hardly
the facies of that group or of the Cryptini. The fore tibie remind
one of the Xoridini, e.g. Xylonomus; but the totality of its
characters agrees with the Mesostenini. The minute areolet,
anterior tibiz contracted at the base, transversely striated median
segment, depressed apex of clypeus, and projecting labrum enable
it to be easily recognized.
XANTHOCRYPTUS ROBUSTUS, Sp. NOV.
Luteus ; facie orbitisque oculorum flavis ; antennis nigris, albo
annulatis ; alis fulvo-hyalinis, nervis stigmateque nigris. @.
Long. 18 mm.
Antenne not quite so long as the body; black, a short white
ring before the middle of the flagellum, the scape yellow. Head
smooth and shining, the vertex broadly black. Pro- and meso-
thorax smooth and shining, and tinged slightly with yellow. The
lower half of the metapleure is closely and distinctly punctured,
the upper stoutly obliquely striated. The apices of the four front
tarsi and almost the whole of the hinder are black. The apical
halves of the mandibles are black. The median segment behind the
keel is closely transversely striated, the striz extending to the
234 MR. P, CAMERON ON [ Mar. 19,
metapleural keei ; the lower part of the metapleure closely punc-
tured. he hinder tarsi are for the greater part black.
CHRYSIDID 4.
STILBUM SPLENDIDUM Fab.
A species common in the Indian and Australian Regions.
Curysis (HEXACHRYSIS) NOVO-BRITANNICA, sp. Nov.
Viridis, aureo ceruleoque variegata ; flagello antennarum nigris ;
alis fusco-violaces. Q.
Long. 10 mm.
Scape of antenne brassy blue; the 2nd and 3rd joints metallic
bright green, the remaining joints are black; the Ist joint is
sparsely covered with white hair, the 2nd and 3rd with a pale
down; the 3rd joint is twice the length of the 2nd, and about
one-third longer than the 4th. The vertex is deeply and closely
punctured; the ocellar region is broadly blue; the top of the
front has a distinct margin; its middle is roundly incised ; the sides
roundly project; the central depression is smooth; the lateral
projections bear some large, deep punctures; the front is covered
thickly with long white hair. The lower outer orbits bear a
stout keel between the centre and the eyes; the base of the
mandibles punctured, but not strongly or closely. Thorax emerald-
green largely mixed with blue; the pro- and metapleure are
largely brassy. The thorax, including the scutellum, is closely,
deeply, and uniformly punctured; the thorax is not clearly
separated above; below there are two large, deep, smooth foves,
somewhat oval in shape and separated by a narrow keel which
does not reach the top ; on either side of their basal half isa large,
shallower oblique depression, which is rounded behind and trans-
verse and oblique in front ; in the middle of the central fovea are
two stout curved keels. The upper half of the propleure is
largely excavated, the lower bears two large foveee. Mesopleuree
rugosely punctured, except on the lower part, which is depressed,
smooth, and irregularly punctured round the edges; the upper
part roundly projects in the middle. Metapleure for the greater
part closely and minutely striated; the edges, except below, are
deeply and largely irregularly punctured. Wings uniformly dark
fuscous violaceous; the costa, stigma, and nervures deep black.
The basal two segments of the abdomen are uniformly, but not
very deeply punctured; the basal segment has a deep rounded
depression in the centre above at the base; the 3rd segment is —
more closely punctured, especially towards the apex; the 6 teeth
are not large or acute; the divisions are shallow and waved ; the
outer teeth are smaller, there are 7 fovee on either side, the inner
ones are broad; the dorsal surface is for the main part blue
mixed with brassy tints; the ventral surface is green mixed with
golden ; the sides of the median segments project largely and are
gradually narrowed towards the outer side.
1901.] HYMENOPTERA FROM NEW BRITAIN. 235
Closely allied to the foregoing is the following from New
Guinea :—
CHRYSIS (HEXACHRYSIS) DEMOCRATICUS, sp. nov.
Long. 12mm. 9°.
The basal three joints of the antenne are green, the rest black ;
the third is fully twice the length of the fourth. The upper part
of the head is deeply, closely rugosely punctured ; the centre is of
a darker bluer tinge, the sides are more brassy; the lower edge
is ——-shaped and deeply excavated in the centre below the
keel; the raised sides have large deep fovee. The front is much
more golden in tint than the vertex; it is closely and minutely
punctured with some minute striz; the orbits are deeply, irregu-
larly punctured. Thorax above strongly, closely, and uniformly
punctured ; the punctures on the post-scutellum are larger and
deeper ; its sides, above, project; the middle fovea is large, and
wider than long; the lateral are smaller, shallower, oval, and are
placed obliquely. The apex of the median segment has an almost
perpendicular slope; the projecting sides are sharply pointed. The
upper part of the propleure is coarsely punctured, the lower part
of it is deeply excavated, above it is rounded; the base is straight,
the lower part has a straight, oblique slope, the centre of the
depression is closely, obliquely striated. The base of the meso-
pleure is golden, closely and minutely punctured, and is distinctly
bordered on the outer side; the rest is coarsely and deeply
punctured; the lower part projects; this lower part is separated
from the upper by an oblique row of more elongated irregular
punctures ; the posterior lower part is finely and closely striated.
Metapleure closely and minutely striated, they are golden in tint.
The coxe and femora are golden; the tibie are also tinged with
golden; the tarsi are for the greater part black; the hair is thick
and white. Wings fuscous-violaceous; the nervures are deep
black, with a slight violaceous tinge. Abdomen green, blue in the
centre; the sides largely tinged with golden; the basal two
segments are uniformly punctured, but not very closely or deeply ;
the third is more closely and deeply punctured; the punctures
become deeper and closer towards the apex; there are 6 teeth;
the foveze are deep and irregular; the ventral surface is largely
brassy ; the last is broadly black round the edges.
MuUTILLIDS.
MUTILLA NOVO-BRITANNICA, sp. nov.
Nigra, dense albo pilosa, abdominis basi late rufa ; alis violaceis,
basi hyalius. oS.
Long. 12 mm.
Scape of antennez closely punctured, sparsely covered with
white stiff hair; the scape opaque, covered with a pale down.
Head: the face thickly covered with long glistening white hair;
the front and vertex closely and strongly punctured, and covered
with white glistening hair; the antennal tubercles on the outer
236 MR. P. CAMBRON ON [Mar. 19,
side are rounded, smooth, shining, and bare; the eye-incision is
punctured. Mandibles black, with a dull rufous band before the
middle; the base and lower side thickly covered with long white hair ;
the apical tooth is long and rounded at the apex. Thorax covered
with white hair, except on the mesonotum, where it is shorter,
stiffer, aad black ; the median segment is reticulated, more closely
on the apical slope than on the base; the central area is long,
contracted in the middle, and extends to the top of the apical
slope. Legs thickly covered with stiff white hair; the calcaria
and spines are pale. Wings dark violaceous; the base to the
transverse basal nervure hyaline ; the 2nd cubital cellule at the top
and bottom is about one half the length of the 1st; the Ist
recurrent nervure is received near the base of the apical third
of the cellule. The base of the petiole is black; the rest of it, the
2nd segment, and the basal half of the 3rd are bright ferruginous :
the ventral keel of the petiole has a slight, rounded curve, its base
is more dilated than the apex; the keel on the epipygium becomes
gradually dilated towards the apex, the space between it and the
outer edge is punctured; the sides are smooth, shining, and
impunctate ; the pygidium is closely and rather strongly punctured,
except in the middle, where it is smooth and shining ; this smooth
central part becomes gradually wider towards the apex, which is
depressed.
SCOLIIDA.
DISCOLIA FOVEIFRONS, sp. Nov.
‘Nigra, capite thoraceque nigro pilosis ; alis fusco-violaceis. 3 9.
Long. 30 mm.
Head only slightly shining on the vertex, the rest of it opaque ;
behind it is thickly covered with longish black hair. The sides of
the clypeus bear deep, distinctly separated punctures ; its apex is
depressed, smooth, closely punctured behind; the central part
is opaque, somewhat bell-shaped, the narrow part being at the top,
above the centre it is depressed. The space immediately between
the antenn is opaque and impunctate; above this, on either side,
is a large and strongly punctured depression ; the depressions are
oblique and narrowest above. The vertex, in the centre and
behind, bears scattered, deep punctures. The central part of the
mesonotum is impunctate, as is also the apical in the middle;
the sides and base bear scattered punctures. Scutellum and post-
scutellum closely and uniformly punctured, except the apex of
the former and the centre of the latter towards the apex. Median
segment closely and strongly punctured ; the longitudinal furrows
are wide and deep. Pleure closely and distinctly punctured,
except fora large irregular space in the centre of the pro- and
mesopleure. ‘The spines and hairs on the legs are black ; the fore
cealcaria are dark rutous. The abdominal segments are sparsely,
slightly, and irregularly punctured; the hypopygium is coarsely
punctured, except at the apex. The wings are deep violacecus,
very highly iridescent, and with greenish tints towards the apex.
1901.] HYMENOPTERA FROM NEW BRITAIN. 237
The abdomen does not shine much and has hardly a trace of
blue or violet tints.
DIscoLia PULCHRIPENNIS, sp. nov.
Nigra ; alis violaceis, basi late flavo-hyalinis.
Long. 3 21-22 mm., 2 25 mm.
Antenne black; the scape covered with very long black hair;
the flagellum opaque, covered with a pale microscopic down. Head
rather narrow ; except on the front it is thickly covered with long
black hair. The vertex is not very shining and is sparsely punc-
tured; the front below the ocelli is smooth and shining; the lower
part obliquely projects, is closely and distinctly punctured and
with a furrow down the centre; this oblique lower part is dis-
tinctly separated from the upper. Clypeus strongly punctured,
except in the centre. Thorax thickly covered with black hair;
it is closely and strongly punctured all over, except on the upper
half of the mesopleure behind. Wings fuscous-violaceous; the
base to shortly beyond the transverse basal nervure and the first
radial cellule fulvous-yellowish. Abdomen black, distinctly viola-
ceous on the back, closely punctured and thickly covered with black
hair.
The 2 has the mesonotum in the centre impunctate; its
antenne are fuscous beneath; the punctuation of the thorax is
stronger, closer, and more uniform; the hypopygium is strongly
punctured except at the apex: the wings are of a brighter viola-
ceous tinge; the front is not excavated and there is a broad
impunctate band below the ocelli; its fore spurs are rufous; the
tarsal spines are of a brighter rufous colour.
POMPILIDA.
SALIUS INSULARIS, sp. nov.
Flavus ; abdomine nigro ; metanoto nigro, fulvo bimaculato; alis
flamis. 2.
Long. 27 mm.
Antenne reddish yellow, paler beneath and towards the apex.
Head rufous, thickly covered with depressed golden pubescence ;
the eyes slightly converge above and are there separated by a little
more than the length of the fourth antennal joint, which is not
much longer than the scape and distinctly shorter than the third.
The ocelli are almost in a triangle and are close together; the
hinder are separated from the anterior by nearly the same distance
they are from each other; from the eyes they are separated by a
perceptibly greater distance than they are from each other. The
apex of the clypeus is bluntly rounded; the mandibles have the
teeth black; the apical one is bluntly rounded; the subapical is
transverse at the apex, and is not separated behind. Pro- and
mesothorax thickly covered with golden depressed pubescence,
and more sparsely with fuscous hairs. The scutellum is not much
raised above the mesonotum, and is rather flat ; the post-scutellum
238 MR. P. CAMERON ON [Mar. 19,
is more prominent, and is obliquely sloped on the sides and apex ;
the part between it and the wings is black. Metanotum black,
thickly covered with pale down and more sparsely with longish
fuscous hair; the striation is as usual; in the middle are two
large, somewhat oval fulvous marks, which, on the outer side
of their apex, are prolonged to near the end of the segment.
The mesosternum and the basal half of the mesopleure are
black; the black on the latter is roundly incised on the apex
above. Metapleure black, except on the apical third. Legs
coloured like the antenne; the tarsi have a yellowish, paler tint ;
the claws have one stout tooth at the base. Wings yellowish
hyaline with a violaceous tinge; the space bounded by the tips of
the lst and 2nd transverse cubital nervures is almost equal in
length to that bounded by the 2nd and 38rd; the apices of both
wings are very narrowly bounded by a fuscous cloud. Abdomen
entirely black; the ventral surface sparsely, the hypopygium and
epipygium more thickly covered with long black hairs.
The 3rd transverse cubital nervure is roundly and broadly
curved ; the 2nd transverse cubital nervure is received at the apex
of the basal third of the cellule; the 2nd recurrent nervure has
the lower part straight and obliquely bent backwards; the 2nd
submedian nervure in the fore wings is received distinctly behind
the middle of the discoidal cellule; the Ist recurrent nervure is
not quite interstitial, as itis in some of the species of the Mygnimia
section, it being received shortly, but distinctly, behind the trans-
verse cubital; the apical tooth of the mandibles is blunter, broader,
and more rounded than in most of the species, than in, ¢. g., S. cey-
lonicus and S. flavus ; and the apex of the clypeus is more rounded,
not so broadly transverse in the middle, than it is in the two species
just mentioned; the sides of the pronotum do not bulge out
roundly as in S. flavus; the metanotal tubercles are large and
prominent, on the base they have a longer and more oblique
slope than on the apex, where the slope is much more abrupt;
the furrow on the mesopleure is straight and oblique and ends
behind in a distinct fovea.
SALIUS BASIMACULA, sp. nov.
Flavus; abdomine nigro, petiolo late flavo balteato, femoribus
posticis supra late nigro-lineatis ; alis flavo-hyalinis. 3.
Long. 17 mm.
Antenne pale yellow; the third joint is shortly but distinctly
longer than the fourth, which is not quite so long as the vertex
between the eyes. The ocelli are in a triangle, the hinder are
separated from each other by half the distance they are from the
eyes, which converge only very slightly on the lower side. The
vertex across the ocellar region is black, the black line enclosing
all the ocelli. The whole head is covered with depressed golden
pubescence, and more sparsely with long pale hairs; the apex of
the clypeus is transverse, with the sides broadly rounded; the
apical tooth of the mandibles is triangular, the subapical is short
1901.] HYMENOPTERA FROM NEW BRITAIN. 239
and blunt. Thorax thickly covered with depressed golden pubes-
cence; the sternum, the base of the meso- and metapleure, the
space between the scutellums and the wings, and the base of the
median segmentare black. The sides of the pronotum are broadly
rounded behind ; the post-scutellum is raised above the level of
the scutellum, and is clearly separated from it by a wide, rounded
depression ; its top is smooth and shining. The metanotal tuber-
cles are large, prominent, bluntly rounded above; the basal and
apical slopes are about equal in length. The wings have a slight
violaceous tinges the first and second transverse cubital nervures
above are separated by a slightly greater distance than the second
is from the third; the third transverse cubital nervure has a rounded
slope; the first recurrent nervure is distinctly separated from
the transverse cubital; the second is received shortly behind
the apex of the basal third of the cellule. Except for black marks
on the four posterior coxe behind and a broad black line on the
hinder femora, the legs are coloured like the body; the single
tooth on the claws is large, stout, and curved. Abdomen black,
with a plumbeous hue; the petiole luteous, black at the base and
apex ; the penultimate ventral segment is thickly covered with
long black hairs.
This species is only represented by males. It is certainly not
the male of S. imsularis, as apart from the marked difference in
coloration, the two differ in important structural characters not
of a sexual nature, ¢. g. in S. basimacula the post-scutellum is
raised above the level of the scutellum, which is not the case with
insularis.
SALIUS WILLEYI, sp. nov.
Luteus, abdomine migro; alis violaceis; antennis nigris, bast
luiers. .
Long. 12 mm.
Antenne black, the scape clear, the base of the flagellum dark
luteous ; the third joint is shortly, but distinctly, longer than the
fourth. On the head the vertex, the occiput, and the front,
except at the sides, are black. yes distinctly curved on the
inner side; the ocelli form a triangle, the hinder are separated
from each other by a distinctly less distance than they are from
the eyes. Apex of clypeus broadly rounded. The apical tooth of
the mandibles is large, triangular; the lower oblique, not projecting.
Prothorax broadly rounded at the base. The thorax has the
following parts black:—the mesonotum except in the middle
behind, the space at the sides of the scutellums, the median
segment broadly on the basal half, the apex slightly in the middle,
the mesosternum, the lower half of the mesopleure at the base,
and the metapleure except at the apex. Post-scutellum and
scutellum roundly convex; the former is large and is on a level
with the scutellum. The median segment is not transversely
striated ; the tubercles are large and rounded. Wings uniformly
fuscous violaceous, strongly iridescent; the cubital cellules are equal
240 MR. P, CAMERON ON [Mar. 19,
in length above; the 1st recurrent nervure is received near the base
of the apical fourth, the 2nd near the apex of the basal third.
The hinder tibie are sparsely, the tarsi are more thickly spinose ;
claws bifid, the inner tooth stout. The apex of the abdomen is
thickly covered with black hairs; the last segment is roundly and
broadly incised below; above, the incision is not so wide, but is
equally distinct.
It is not clear if this is a Salius or a Pompilus ; there seems to
be a transverse furrow on the second ventral segment. It is not
unlike a Pompilus of the peregrinus-group. .
SPHEGIDA.
SPHEX CONFRATER Kohl.
Sphex confrater Kohl, Ann. k.-k. Hofmus. Wien, v. pp. 414, 106.
Described from New Britain. A handsome species, easily
known by its shining black abdomen, with the apical three segments
bright red.
SPHEX UMBROSUS Christ.
A single male, which I am disposed to consider identical with
this variable and widely spread species. The hair on the thorax
is dense and pale golden.
SpHEex (IsODONTA) INSULARIS, sp. nov.
Niger, dense wgro-prlosus ; mandibulis rufo-piceis ; alis fusco-
violacers. oC.
Long. 10 mm.
Antenne black; the flagellum covered with a pale down; the
3rd joint is fully longer than the basal two joints united and dis-
tinctly longerthan the 4th. The eyes distinctly converge at the top;
the hinder ocelli are separated from each other by a distinctly less
distance than they are from the eyes. The hair is long, black,
and thick ; the front and vertex are also covered with depressed
silvery pubescence ; the clypeus is keeled down the centre. Man-
dibles tridentate ; the apical tooth is somewhat triangular, broad
at the base, becoming narrowed towards the apex; the other two
teeth are short, of equal size, and do not project much. The thorax
is thickly covered with long black hair; the mesonotum is smooth
and shining, as is also the scutellum ; the post-scutellum is more
opaque ; neither is furrowed down the centre. Median segment
opaque, minutely, obscurely transversely striated in the middle ;
it can hardly be said to be furrowed down the centre, but there
is an obscure fovea on the apex of the basal part. Wings highly
iridescent ; dark fuscous-violaceous, the costa, stigma, and nervures
black; the space bounded by the 3rd and 2nd transverse cubital
nervures is one-third of the length of that bounded by the 2nd
and Ist and not quite one-half more than that bounded by the
2nd and the 3rd recurrent nervures; the 1st recurrent nervure
is received about the same distance from the 2nd transverse cubital
1901.) HYMENOPLERA FROM NEW BRITAIN. 241
nervure ; the 3rd transverse cubital nervure is roundly curved on
the lower side. Legs black, pruinose; the tibie and tarsi are
sparsely spined. Abdomen black, shining; the petiole long, curved,
clearly longer than the fore tibie, it is rather thickly covered with
long black hair; the apical ventral segments are thickly covered
with long black hair.
This species cannot well be confounded with the other New
Britain Jsodonta (egens Kohl), which is easily known from it by
the difference in the colour of the body and wings, and by the very
different form of the antenne. (Of. Kohl, Terméz. F uzetek, xxi.
1898, p. 335, pl. xv. f. 23.)
VESPIDA.
VESPA AFFINIS Fab.
This is probably only a variety of Vespa cincta Fab. The New
Britain queens do not differ materially from the normal forms ;
but the workers are much darker than usual, not only on the
thorax but on the abdomen; the brownish colour is either very
obscure, much darker than usual, or completely obliterated.
POLISTES MACULIPENNIS Sauss. (stigma).
The abdomen is richly coloured; the black is deeper and the
yellow and rufous brighter than in most of the examples I have
seen.
POLISTES ARTHURI, sp. nov.
Ferrugineus ; scutello, mesopleuris metathoraceque nigris ; pedibus
rufis, coxis, femoribus tibiisque sosticis mgris ; alis fulvo-hyi-
linis, nervis stigmateque fulvis. 9.
Long. 20-21 min.
Antenne rufous, covered witha pale microscopic down. On the
head, the occiput, the vertex from shortly behind the ocelli to the end
of the upper part of the eye-incision, the space between the antenne
and above the top of the clypeus are black. The part below the
eyes of the clypeus is distinctly longer than the part above it ; it
becomes narrowed towards the apex, which is broadly rounded,
not sharply pointed as with most of the species of the genus; it
is fringed there with fulvous hair. The vertex is closely and
rather strongly punctured ; the clypeus bears scattered punctures.
On the thorax the pronotum and the mesonotum are rufous; the
edges of the latter, a line down the middle, and the apex broadly
are black; it is covered with a white down; the pleure and scu-
tellum are punctured, but not closely or deeply; the furrow on
the median segment is wide and deep; the post-scutellum has a
rather sharp oblique slope. Tegule black. Legs black ; the four
anterior tibie and tarsi are rufous, with the middle tarsi paler
towards the apex ; the hinder tarsi are pale yellow, except at the
base, where they are more rufous in tint. The basal segment of
the abdomen is entirely black ; the 2nd and 3rd segments may be
black at the base; below they may be entirely black.
242 MR. P. CAMERON ON [Mar. 19,
The ¢ is coloured like the 2; its fore legs may be entirely
without black in front and the coxe there pale yellow; the an-
tenne only differ from those of the Q in being thinner towards
the apex: the clypeus is flat, with the sides slightly raised; the
lateral suture at the top is not so widely oblique, the space between
it and the eyes being much less; its apex in the middle broadly
and roundly projects, and is clearly separated from the lateral
portions, which are narrower than it: the epipygium is armed at
the apex with two stout teeth; their basal slope is longer and more
rounded than their apical, which is straight and only slightly
oblique.
Comes nearest apparently to the Australian P. lepidus Fab.,
but, among other differences, that may be known from it by the
clypeus ending in a sharp angle.
POLISTES LYCUS, sp. nov.
Flavus, abdominis basi nigro maculata ; alis fulvo-hyalims ; nervis
stagmateque fulvis. 9.
Long. 20 mm.
Antenne rufous, covered witha white pubescence. The ocellar
region is deep black; the front ocellus is separated from the
posterior pair by a distinctly greater distance than these are from
each other. Clypeus smooth and sparsely covered with rufous
hairs; it is longer than broad; above it is roundly and broadly
incised downwards: the fovese are not widely separated from the
eyes; the keel issuing from them to the eyesis not widely separated
from the eyes; the space bounded by them and the latter being nar-
row, distinctly longer than broad, and not forming a triangle as in
P, hebreus. The part between the antenne distinctly projects.
Thorax smooth and shining and covered with a white microscopic
down. ‘The sides of the mesonotum at the tegule, its base more
broadly, and an oblique line over the hinder coxe are black. The
suture on the mesopleure below the tegule is roundly curved
on the lower part and bulges backwards below the middle;
there is no suture running to the base. Legs coloured like the
body. Wings hyaline, with a distinct fulvous tinge, which is
deeper and more distinctly visible along the apical margin; the
costa and stigma are fulvous, as are also the nervures. On the
abdomen the bases of the basal three segments are black; the
amount of the black colour probably varies.
This species looks at first sight like one of the pale yellow forms
of P. hebreus, but it wants the black, or at least dark-coloured,
waved lines found always on the abdomen of the latter. The two
may be readily separated by the difference in the form of the
clypeus: in hebreus its breadth in the middle is not perceptibly
greater than its length; in the present species its length is dis-
tinctly greater than its greatest breadth ; in hebreus, too, the suture
at the top is much more oblique, so that its top is much more
widely separated from the eyes.
1901. | HYMENOPTERA FROM NEW BRITAIN. 243
POLISTES ASTEROPE, sp. Nov.
Rufus, late pallide flavo maculatus ; pedibus pallide rufis, basi late
paullide flava ; alis hyalinis, apice fere violaceis, nervis, costa
stigmateque fuscis., Q.
Long. 14 mm.
Antenne rufous, covered with a white microscopic pile. Head
pale yellow, rufous on the vertex; the vertex and the upper part
of the front sparsely, but distinctly punctured ; there is a distinct,
rather wide furrow on the lower part of the front. Clypeus longer
than wide; its apex roundly projects in the middle; the furrow
on its top is broadly curved downwards in the middle; the lateral
one is oblique and is angled in the middle where it unites in the
fovea. Mandibles pallid yellow, rufous round the edges; the
teeth are black. Occiput for the greater part black. Thorax
pallid yellow ; the upper part of the pronotum and the centre of
the mesonotum rufous ; the sides, the base and apex of the meso-
notum are black; the inner side of the black lateral and apical
parts are lined with pale yellow. Scutellums pale yellow ; the post-
scutellum is lined with black behind. The furrow on the median
segment is black, wide and narrowed at the top. The upper part
of the mesopleura at the apex, the lower two-thirds of the meta-
pleure at the base, and a mark placed between the basal suture
and the spiracles, and two irregular marks on the mesosternum,
black. The nervures, costa, and stigma have a violaceous tinge ;
along the costa the colour is tinged with fulvous, along the radial
cellule with violaceous. Abdomen rufo-fulvous ; all the segments
are pale yellow at their apices all round; the apex of the petiole
is much more broadly marked with yellow.
RHYNCHIUM BRUNNEUM Fab.
One example. The black colour on the basal three segments
extends to near the apex of the segments, which have only a narrow
band of the rufous colour. The wings, if anything, are more richly
coloured than usual.
ANTHOPHILA.
Moutipona (TRIGONA).
A single species of this genus, which I have not been able to
identify. In view of the present very unsatisfactory state of this
genus, I have not ventured to describe it.
XYLOCOPA PERKINSI, sp. nov.
Long. 24 mm.
In Willey’s ‘ Zoological Results’ (p. 388), Dr. Sharp has written
the following remarks :—‘‘ Mr. R. C. L. Perkins has (E. M. M., Feb.
1899, p. 38) called attention to the very extraordinary symbiosis of
the female bees of the genus Koptorthosoma (Xylocopa) and certain
Acarids ; the bee being provided with a special chamber in the
abdomen which is tenanted by the Acari. The males do not
244 MR. Pe CAMERON ON | Mar. 19,
possess this structure. Mr. Perkins mentions the remarkable fact
that in this species from New Britain the female is destitute of
the special chamber, though it exists in the closely allied
K. estuans.”
The New Britain bee is closely allied to the last mentioned
species, from which it differs in not having the whole of the upper
part of the thorax covered with yellowish hair. The species may
be a'form of X. provida Smith, from Mysol aud Waigiou; but I
cannot make out this with any degree of certainty, either from the
original description (Journ. Linn. Soe. vil. p. 48) or from that given
in his Monograph of Xylocopa in Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 274.
@. Black; the hairs black, except on the thorax behind the
tegulz, where they are orange-yellow. The basal three joints of
the antenne are bare, smooth, and shining; the rest are opaque
and thickly covered with a pale microscopic down; the 3rd joint
is narrow and longer than the 4th and 5th united. The hair on
the head (including the face) is long, dense, and deep black. The
clypeus is closely and deeply punctured ; its top, centre, and a
curved line on the sides are smooth and shining; its apex is dis-
tinctly raised and separated. The mandibular teeth are bluntly
rounded; the upper is rounded and not much shorter than the
lower. The wings are fuseous black, with a dull greenish irides-
cence; the 2nd transverse cubital nervure has on the upper two-
thirds a straight, oblique slope; the lower third is not, or only
very slightly, oblique; the upper and lower halves of the 2nd _re-
current nervures are oblique, straight, and form an angle at their
junction and are not roundly curved as in X. estwans.
ANTHOPHORA ZONATA Fab.
A common Oriental species.
MBGACHILE MEGISTIA, Sp. Nov.
Nigra, dense nigro larsuta; fronte, facie clypeoyue longe albo-
pilosis ; alis mgro-violaceis. .
Long. 13 mm.
Scape of antenne almost bare; the flagellum covered with a pale
microscopic down. Front and vertex closely and distinctly punc-
tured and covered with black hair; the lower part of the front,
the face, and clypeus thickly covered with long pale fulvous hair ;
the clypeus is rugosely punctured. The basal half of the man-
dibles closely punctured; there is a large, not very sharply
pointed apical tooth, and a broad, bluntly pointed subapical one.
Thorax ciosely and distinctly punctured and thickly covered with
black hair; the pronotum and the parts above and below the
tegule with longer white hair. The upper part of the median
segment is opaque and shagreened ; the lower irregularly punctured.
Legs black, thickly covered with black hair; the base of the
anterior with longer white hair; the anterior femora in front and
the middle joints of the front tarsi are rufo-testaceous ; the cox
are not toothed, Abdomen black ; the 4th and 5th segments edged
1901.] HYMENOPTERA FROM NEW BRITAIN. 245
towards the apex with rufous; the apex of the last segment has
a wide rounded incision in the middle; the sides of the incision
_ project into a blunt tooth ; outside there are two shorter, blunter
teeth ; the central part is roundly raised and surrounded by a wide
depression ; the apical half in the centre is distinctly keeled. The
ventral surface is more or less brownish ; the epipygium is obliquely
raised and obliquely narrowed towards the apex, which is acutely
pointed. The wings are uniformly fuscous-violaceous, with black
stigma and nervures.
Comes nearest to M. alecto Smith, from New Guinea: that
species may easily be known from it by the central keel on the
last segment of the abdomen extending backwards to the base of
the segment, it being also much broader; the apex of the abdomen
too is not toothed, only incised in the middle, and the apical tooth
of the mandibles is much longer and stouter, and the apex of the
clypeus and the space between the antenne only are covered with
pale hair.
MEGACHILE OTHONA, Sp. Nov.
Nigra; abdomine late rufo-vestito ; pedibus anticis rufis; alis
fusco-violaceis. 3.
Long. 12 mm.
The lower part of the front, the face, and clypeus are thickly
covered with pale fulvous hair; the front and vertex are strongly
punctured. The mandibles are closely punctured, except at the
apex ; the apical tooth is sharply triangular; separated from this
by a short space is a shorter triangular tooth, followed by a much
larger, more projecting, rounded one. ‘Thorax closely and dis-
tinctly punctured. Legs black; the anterior femora, tibie, and
tarsi in front rufous; the femora are also rufous above and the
tarsi dark testaceous; the tooth on the front coxe is stout; the
tarsi are thickly covered with pale hair. Wings fuscous-violaceous ;
the nervures and stigma deep black; the 2nd transverse cubital
nervure has the lower part slightly oblique; the upper is sharply
oblique, with the top ona different angle from the rest. Abdomen
above densely covered with brick-red depressed pubescence, except
on the basal and on the greater part of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th seg-
ments; the apex in the middle has a shallow incision ; the part
behind this is depressed; the part on either side is irregularly,
slightly toothed. The apical segment roundly, broadly projects in
the centre above ; below it is broadly curved inwardly.
This may be M. placida Smith, from Gilolo (Proc. Linn. Soe.
1861, p. 60), but as no mention is made of the form of the man-
dibles or of the anal segment, this is a mere guess.
Allied to this species is the following from New Guinea :—
M&GACHILE MALAYANA, Sp. nov.
Nigra; capite thoraceque dense nigro-pilosis ; abdominis dorso rufo-
vestito ; alis fusco-violaceis. .
Long. 11-12 mm.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. XVII. 7
246 MR. P. CAMERON ON [ Mar. 19,
Antenne black; the last joint straight and oblique on the lower
side. Head black; closely and distinctly punctured ; the apex of
the clypeus and the part between the antenne thickly covered
with long white hair; the front bears also longish hair, and the
vertex is covered wtih short pale hair. The base of the mandibles
is closely and distinctly punctured ; the apical tooth is long, becomes
eradually narrower towards the apex which is rounded, it is
widely grooved in the middle. Thorax closely and uniformly
punctured ; the pubescence is short, stiff, dense, and black above ;
on the sides it is longer and not quite so deeply black in colour.
Legs black, the apical three joints of the fore tarsi brownish, and
they are covered with pale hair; the hair on the middle pair is
more rufous in tint; the posterior on the underside are thickly
covered with stiff rufous pubescence. Wings uniformly fuscous-
violaceous, the nervures black. The upper surface of the abdomen
is covered, from the apex of the first segment, with depressed
rufous pubescence; the ventral segments are fringed at the apex
with pale fulvous hair. The apex of the last abdominal segment
is entire; in the middle is a deep, somewhat triangular, depression.
The apex of the clypeus is transverse, it is not furrowed in the
middle.
Allied to M. bicolor Fabr.
CrICOSA BMARGINATA Lep.
This species is found in the Himalayas, China, India, and South
Africa.
NOMIA FULVIVENTRIS, sp. Noy.
Fulva ; mesonoto, scutello abdominisque dorso late nigris ; pedibus
fulvis ; tibiis posticis late nigris ; alis hyalinis, costa stigmate-
que wgris, nervis fuscis. 3.
Long. 10 mm.
Scape of antenne and pedicle fulvous, sparsely covered with long
pale fulvous hair; the scape densely covered with a pale down,
which gives it a whitish look. The front, face, and clypeus densely
covered with fulvous pubescence, smooth and shining ; the clypeus
is almost square, its apex is raised and transverse, in its centre is
a narrow carina which does not reach to the apex. Mandibles pale
fulvous, becoming gradually narrowed towards the apex, which is
black. Thorax smooth and shining ; on the mesonotum is an in-
distinct central line, and a larger one on either side. Scutellum
large, slightly but distinctly depressed in the centre; the post-
scutellum furrowed in the middle. The metanotal area is clearly
defined behind by a stout, curved keel; the edge behind it is
also raised; inside it is irregularly longitudinally striated, almost
reticulated ; the centre is distinctly furrowed; the lower half of
the sides is bounded by a stout keel. Behind the middle of the
mesopleure is a narrow, but distinct, oblique, slightly curved keel ;
the central furrow is wide but shallow and ends in a fovea in the
middle. Wings almost hyaline; the costa and stigma are black.
1901.] HYMENOPTERA FROM NEW BRITAIN. 247
Abdomen smooth; the basal two thirds of the basal segment, the
greater part of the fifth, the apex and the ventral surface are
reddish fulvous.
NomiIA (PARANOMIA) PULCHRIBALTEATA, sp. nov.
Nigra ; capite, thorace pedibusque dense grisco-hirsutis ; abdominis
segmentis virrdo-marginatis; alis fere hyalinis, stigmate nervisque
nigris ; post-scutello spinis duabus armatis. ¢ et Q.
Long. 8-9 mm.
@. Scape of antennze sparsely covered with pale hair. The
vertex and the sides of the face are thickly covered with griseous
pubescence ; the pubescence on the other parts is much sparser.
The lower part of the vertex, the face, and the clypeus have a
distinct keel down the middle; the face is punctured, except in
the centre; the clypeus is closely, irregularly, longitudinally
striated ; its sides and apex are bordered by. distinct keels. The
base of the mandibles in the centre is rugose, aud bordered above
and below with keels; the apex of the mandibles is oblique.
Mesonotum and scutellum closely punctured; the scutellum is
slightly depressed in the middle; the post-scutellum is armed with
two spines, which are stout, straight on the inner side, rounded above
on the outer. The basal area of the median segment is longitudi-
nally striated ; the striz are more widely separated in the centre
than at the sides. The legs are thickly covered with griseous
pubescence ; the calcaria are dark rufous; the scopa has white,
mixed with longer, black hairs. Abdomen shining; the basal four
segments banded with green, mixed with yellow on their apices ; the
basal band is narrower than the others; the segments are closely
punctured except at the apex; the basal is covered with white, the
apical segments with longer, black hair ; the ventral segments are
thickly covered with white hair. Median segment at apex closely
punctured, except for a triangular smooth space at the top.
The ¢ is similarly coloured; the scutellum has the sides obliquely
narrowed, and ends laterally in a short tooth; the scutellar spines
are longer and narrower than in the @; the hinder femora are
greatly swollen ; on the basai part above are two curves, the basal
being the shorter and straighter ; the tibiz are thickened, and broadly
rounded on the outer side, the apex on the inner side is oblique ;
the greater part of the tibiz behind, their apex, and the base of
the tarsi are fulvous ; the tarsal spines are rufous.
NOMIA METALLICA, sp. nov.
3. Long. 7 mm.
A species easily known from J. pulchribalteata by its smaller
size, by the head and thorax having brassy metallic tints, by the
head in front not being keeled, and by the abdomen not being
banded with greenish yellow.
Antenne black ; the flagellum brownish beneath. Head black,
with distinct brassy tints; thickly covered with griseous pubes-
cence; closely and distinctly punctured, except in the centre of
ii
248 DR, C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Mar. 19,
the face above; the apex of the clypeus is broadly pallid yellow
and is sparsely punctured and almost bare. Mesonotum and
scutellum distinctly brassy, closely punctured ; the scutellum is
broadly depressed in the middle. Post-scutellum unarmed and
thickly covered with white pubescence. Basal area of median
segment bare, shining and irregularly reticulated. Wings clear
hyaline; the stigma and nervures black. Legs black, thickly
covered with white hair; the hinder femora are dilated, above
they have a rounded curve from the base to the apex; the tibie
are not much narrower than the femora and become gradually wider
from the base to the apex, which is straight and oblique, their upper
side is rounded, their lower straight; the calcaria and spines are
pale. The abdomen at the base has bluish tints ; the segments are
ringed with white hair at the apices.
2. On Lemur mongoz and Lemur rubriventer.
By C. I. Forsyra Masor, F.Z.S.
[Received March 4, 1901.]
(Plate XXII.)
(Text-figures 61-70.)
It is well known to those who have approached the subject
that we are not yet satisfactorily acquainted with the members of
the genus Lemur, and that the synonymy of the species is there-
fore far from being settled.
The reasons for this state of things are also known, at least in
great part. Some of the species vary considerably in the color-
ation of theirskin. In others the male is different from the female
in outer appearance. In others again two different species
resemble each other in external characters. Quite a number of
so-called species have been introduced without sufficient de-
scriptions, and, the types being lost or uncertain, it is impossible
exactly to know what their authors had in view.
In menageries, different varieties of the same species, or two
different species, have been again and again crossed together, and
there is every likelihood that in more than one instance species
have been founded upon hybrids.
With the exception of, perhaps, the Paris Museum, no collection
contains sufficient materials for our present exigencies.
And, last not least, the species have without one single
exception been based upon external characters, and the skull
especially has been almost entirely overlooked.
Schlegel’s excellent ‘Monographie des Singes’ of 1876, the
fruit of researches extending over fifty years, is still the standard
work from which we have to start when studying most of the
* For explanation of the Plate, see p. 268.
|
1.
Pi, Zoe Sia I QIOIMS Woo) WAL LO
Bale & Danielsson,L'? London
H.Gronvold.del.
SOO Edy Ss) OUEY | IL AM WaSe IS).
1901. ] LEMUR MONGOZ AND L. RUBRIVENTER. 249
groups of the Primates. Although the author limited himself
almost exclusively to outer characters, his practised eye very often,
aud, so far as the genus Lemur is concerned, as a rule, hit upon
the truth. His shortcomings are due to the lack of sufficient
collections, and the entire neglect of cranial characters, considered
by him to be “un terrain glissant.”
In the following paper I have done my best to contribute to a
better knowledge of two species of the genus Lemur, with especial
reference to some characteristic features of their skull. Inci-
dentally have been pointed out the cranial characters of a third
species, one which is almost always confused with Lemur mongoz L.
1. Lemur mMoncoz L.
The Mongooz, G. Edwards, Gleanings of Natural History, Ch. v.
pl. 126, p. 12 (1758).
Lemur mongoz, Linn. 8. N. (12) i. p. 44 (1766); A. Wagner
in Schreber’s Siiugthiere, Suppl. i. pp. 267, 268 (1840) (exe. p.
syn.); id. op. cit. Suppl. v. p. 144 (1855) (exc. p. syn.); H.
Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 75 (1866); H. Schlegel
et Pollen, Rech. Faune Madag. ii. p. 4 (1868); P. L. Sclater,
Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1871, p. 231 (exe. p. syn.); H. Schlegel,
Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, vii. p.312 (1876); Jentink, Mus, Hist.
Nat. Pays-Bas, ix. p. 62 (1887).
Lemur albimanus, E. Geoffr. 8.-H., Tabl. des Quadr. p. 160
(1812); I. Geoffr. S.-H., Cat. méth. p. 72 (1851); A. Milne-
Edwards et Oustalet, Nouv. Arch. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. (2) x.
p. 282 (1888); A. Milne-Edwards et A. Grandidier, Hist. Nat.
des Mammiféres (Hist....de Madagascar, éd. A. Grandidier),
x. tome v. Atlasii. pls. 156, 157, 162-164, 165, figs. 1, 2 (1890) ;
L. v. Lorenz-Liburnau, Abh. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. xxi. il.
p. 450, pl. xxxui. fig. 2 (1898).
Mongous @ Anjouan, F. Cuvier (EB. Geoffr. 8.-H. et F. Cuvier),
Hist. Nat. des Mammiféres, 87, sub “ Le Mongous,” pp. 2 & 3
(1819).
Lemur dubius, F. Cuvier, op. cit. 93 (1834).
Lemur anjuanensis, Peters, Reise nach Mossambique, Zool. i.
p. 21 (1852); Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) iil. p. 215 (1879).
Prosimia albimana, J.B. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863,
. 139.
‘ Lemur cuvieri, Fitzinger, Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, !xii.
i. p. 58 (1870).
Anticipating the result of the following detailed review, I may
state at once briefly the history of the name “ Lemur mongoz.”
Linneus based his species upon the tolerably good figure and
the good description of “ The Mongooz ” in G. Edwards’s Gleanings.
Schreber ' and soon afterwards Gmelin* extended the name to
1 Die Saugthiere, i. p. 137 : “ Der Mongus ” (1774).
? Caroli a Linné, Systema Nat. xiii. ed. pp. 42, 43 (1788).
250 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [ Mar. 19,
one or more other forms, quite certainly to one other species ;
and this has been going on to the present day’, although
A. Wagner, Schlegel, and P. L. Sclater had, in succession, arrived
at the truth. Sclater, moreover, was the first to point out that,
as in some other species of the genus, the sexes have a different
coloration in the true L. mongoz. :
To begin with the description of “ The Mongooz” by G. Edwards.
“The Mongooz is less than a small cat. This was a female.—
The head of this animal is shaped much like that of a fox, and is
wholly covered with hair; the eyes are black, with orange-coloured
irides, or circles round the eyes: the hair is black and joins
between the eyes, tending downwards in a point toward the
nose, which is also black; but there is a space between the eyes
and nose purely white, which reaches under the eyes, on the sides
of the head. The upper part of the head, neck, back, tail, and
limbs is of a dark-brownish ash-colour, the hair being something
woolly ; the underside of the body is white... .; all the paws are
covered with short hair of a light ash-colour; the tail is long, the
hair is pretty thick and soft, and appears to have a mixture of
lighter and darker parts all over the body.”
That E. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire’s Lemur albimanus is a synonym
of LZ. mongoz was not recognized at the time, because the species
was founded apparently upon a male specimen, as results from the
description of the coloration *.
Possibly for the same reason Fr. Cuvier’s excellent description
of the ‘‘ Mongous d’ Anjouan” has been generally overlooked :—
“J’ai eu en méme temps deux males et deux femelles de
Mongous, auxquels la description que je viens de donner convenait
également sous tous les rapports. Mais jai possédé un male qui
avait avec ces animaux la plus grande ressemblance, et qui en
différait cependant par quelques points assez remarquables pour
que je croie devoir le faire connaitre ici.
“Ce Maki avait été emmené d’Anjouan.... I] était male et
trés-adulte, toutes les parties supérieures de son corps, et le
sommet de la téte lui-méme, étaient d’un gris jaunatre, résultant
de poils alternativement colorés sur leur longueur, de gris sale et de
noir; ce gris était plus pur sur les jambes de devant, et sur les cotés
1 Gf. e.g. A. Milne-Edwards and E. Oustalet, Nouv. Arch. Mus. d’Hist.
Nat. (2) x. p. 22 (1888).—A. Grandidier et A. Milne-Hdwards, Hist. Nat. des
Mammiferes (Hist... . de Madagasear, éd. A. Grandidier), v. Atlas ii. pls. 133-
153 (1890).—F. A. Jentink, Mus. d’Hist. Nat des Pays-Bas, xi. Cat. Syst. des
Mammiféres, pp. 68-72 (1892).—H. O. Forbes, A Handbook to the Primates,
i. pp. 71-73 (1894).—Trouessart, Catal. Mamm. tam viv. quam foss. i. p. 57
(1898-99).
* “ Pelage gris-brun en dessus : poils d'un roux cannelle sur les cdtés du cou :
poitrine blanche: ventre roussiitre: mains blanches” (Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire,
Tableau des Quadrumanes, Ann. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. xix. p- 160, 1812).—* Gris
en dessus avec la gorge et la poitrine blanches, le ventre roussatre ; fraise d’un
roux cannelle se prolongeant supérieurement assez pour entourer l’oreille.
Oe dernier caractére distingue mieux l’espéce que la couleur des mains, qui sont
blanchatres ou d'un fauve sale” (I. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, Catalogue métho-
dique, p. 72, 1851).
1901. ] LEMUR MONGOZ AND L. RUBRIVENTER. 25]
du corps. La partie postérieure des cuisses de derricre était jaune, et
ce caractére était remarquable. Le ventre était d’un jaune sale, et
le gris-blane dominait a la poitrine, au-dessous du cou, et de la ma-
choire inférieure, et au-dessus dela supérieure. Enfin il avait, comme
le Mongous, de larges favoris 4 la base des machoires, mais au lieu
d’étre orangés, ils étaient d’un roux sale. La forme de sa téte
différait aussi sensiblement de celle du Mongous male: le crane
était plus éleve, le museau moins allongé, et il y avait une
dépression 4 la racine du nez plus forte encore que ‘celle qui se
voit dans notre téte de Mongous femelle ; enfin la partie antérieure
du museau était blanche. Du reste, il “eesseumlelent entierement aux
Mongous.” *
A. Wagner in his turn gives a good description of the species ;
from the following we are able to gather that his specimen was a
female :—“ Ein Halsband, das von den Ohren beginnt und um die
Kehle herumzieht, der Unterhals, die Brust und ein schmaler
Streif auf der Innenseite der Vorderglieder sind weiss; der
Bauch und die Innenseite der Schenkel ist licht rothlichgelb. Die
Stirngegend bis ausserhalb und unterhalb der Augen herab ist am
dunkelsten und bildet eine fast ganz schwarze Querbinde; die
Schnautze fallt mehr ins Weissliche, die Schnurren sind schwarz.” 2
He also identifies Fr. Cuvier’s Mongous d’Anjouan—to which
Fitzinger subsequently gave the name of ZL. cuvieri—as belonging
to L. mongoz, and likewise the L. albimanus of Geoffroy Saint-
Hilaire *. It is very probable that, as Wagner and several of the
following writers have maintained, the L. na grifrons of E. Geottroy
Saint-Hilaire is likewise a synonym of L. mongoz.
In the fifth Supplement of Schreber’s ‘Siugthiere,’ Wagner
has unfortunately up to a certain extent again undone his
previous good work. Cuvier’s Mongous @ Anjouan is here * ex-
cluded from the synonymy of L. mongoz on the ground that it had
red whiskers, which was not the case in Geoffroy’s and Peters’s
specimens from Anjouan’. Wagner therefore now ranges it under
L. collavis®, as he does likewise with L. albimanus.
The fact is, that Peters’s specimen was a female.
In his eight days’ sojourn at Anjuan, one of the Comoros,
Peters obtained a young male and an “older” female of “ Lemur
anjuanensis.” The female is described as follows :—‘‘ Gesicht und
Schnauze schwarz, Oberkopf, Nacken, Oberriicken, Schwanz und
die Aussenseite der Vorderextremititen grau, der tbrige Theil des
Riickens bis zur Schwanzbasis und die -Hinterextremititen grau-
braun, die Seiten des Gesichts bis zu den Ohren, die Kehle, Brust
und die innere Seite der Vorderextremititen bis zu den Pfoten
weiss, der ganze Bauch bis zur Schwanzbasis rostbraun, die nackten
Hist. Nat. Mammiferes, 87, sub ‘“‘Le Mongous,” pp. 2 & 3 (1819).
Schreber’s Saugthiere, Suppl. 1. p. 268,
Op. cit. p. 269.
Schreber’s Saugthiere, Suppl. v. p. 145.
Peters’s specimen was a female ; see below.
Op. cit. p. 145.
oo — Ww He
252 DR. C. 1. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Mar. 19,
Theile des Gesichts und der Hinde schwarz. Die Linge des
Thiers von der Schnauzenspitze bis zur Schwanzbasis betrug im
frischen Zustande 13 engl. Zoll .. .”? :
H. Schlegel repeatedly asserted, between the years 1866-1876 °,
that with the real Lemur mongoz of Linneus, based on the
* Mongooz” of G. Edwards, has been almost constantly confused
a different species, for which he adopts the name ZL. collaris
E. Geoffr. S.-H. He showed that, apart from JL. catta,
which stands aside from all the other species of the genus, these
last may be divided into two groups—thoee with a black snout, and
those in which ‘all the parts of the snout are covered with white
hairs.” To the latter group belong the L. mongoz L. and the
L. coronatus Gray.
Thirty years ago *, the Secretary of this Society “ submitted as
an hypothesis to be confirmed by subsequent investigation,” that
two kinds of Lemurs in the Society’s Gardens, the “ Yellow-
cheeked”’ and the ‘‘ Black-fronted,” hitherto regarded as distinct
species, were really male and female of the same species, to which
the earliest name applicable appears to be the L. mongoz of
Linneeus, founded on the “ Mongooz” of Edwards, a female. The
female specimens of the Gardens are said to be certainly the anmmal
figured by F. Cuvier (Hist. Nat. des Mammiferes) as “ Le Maki
i gorge blanche, femelle—Lemur dubius.” Now, certainly not all
the ‘“ Yellow-cheeked” Lemurs are the males of the species
L. mongoz, nor are all the “ Black-fronted” its females. But
neither was this Sclater’s view of the question, for he expressly
states as his opinion that F. Ouvier’s L. nigrifrons and Gray’s
L. xanthomystax are different.
In his ‘Monographie des Singes,’ Schlegel partly endorses
Sclater’s view, which on the whole was a confirmation of his own.
He omits, however, from the synonymy of L. mongoz the L. collaris
of E. Geoffroy 8.-H., on the other hand adding to it LZ. albimanus
of the same author.
From Schlegel we also obtain, for the first time, information
about the exact locality where the species was found in Madagascar ;
most of the specimens in the Leyden Museum were obtained by
the Dutch collector Van Dam near Bembatoka Bay, West Coast
of Madagascar. The description of the skin is given as follows :-—
“Teinte dominante dun gris brunatre, plus ou moins lavé de
roussatre et tiqueté de noir. Dessous blanchatre, quelquefois
roussatre, ou méme teint comme les parties supérieures. Teintes
de la téte assez différentes dans les deux sexes: le male ayant les
1 Reise nach Mossambique, Zool. i. p. 21 (1852).
? H.Schlegel, Contributions 41a Faune de Madagascar et des Iles avoisinantes:
Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde, iii. p. 75 (1866).—Schlegel et
Pollen, Rech. sur la Faune de Madagascar et de ses dépendances. II. Mammi-
féres et Oiseaux par H. Schlegel et Francois P. L. Pollen, p. 4 (1868).—
nn Mus. d’Hist. Nat. des Pays-Bas, vii. Monogr. des Singes, p. 312
76).
8 P. L. Sclater, “ Notes on rare or little-known Animals,” Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, 1871 (p. 280).
1901. ] LEMUR MONGOZ AND L. RUBRIVENTER. 2593
favoris, un bandeau frontal ou méme tout le front et le vertex
dun roux vif; tandis que la femelle offre des favoris blanes et un
large bandeau noir sur le devant du front, sans nulle trace de roux.
Ce bandeau noir est trés caractéristique pour la femelle du Mongoz,
et ne se retrouve pas non plus dans aucune autre espece du
genre.” ?
Four specimens of a Lemur collected by Mr. C. E. Bewsher in
Anjuan and preserved in the British Museum have been described
by Giinther, likewise under the name L. anjuanensis. It is stated
that Peters’s description of the female ‘agrees entirely with a
specimen of the same sex obtained by Mr. Bewsher.” The three
males are exactly alike ; ‘“‘the face before the eyes is white, the
nose blackish, the forehead with mixed black and whitish hairs ;
the side of the throat below the eye, and the throat itself, bright
brownish red; crown, back, outer side of the legs, and the greater
part of the tail grey, with a not very perceptible rufous tinge on
the rump ; chest aud abdomen greyish, with a rufous tinge; inner
side of the legs with scarcely any white; hands and feet grey (in
one specimen whitish); the terminal third or fourth of the tail
blackish.” ?
It will have been observed that Peters states the snout of the
female to be black. The female in the British Museum, said by
Giinther to agree with the one described by the former writer, has
only the tip of the nose black. Peters may have used the term
“‘Schnauze” in a loose sense, or he may have disregarded the
whitish hairs covering the dark skin of the snout *. The agreement
with the British Museum specimens from Anjuan is so perfect in all
the other characters, that | have given Peters’s specimen a place in
the synonymy of Lemur mongoz.
A specimen in the British Museum (Z. D. No. OAD),
collected by Dr. (Sir John) Kirk in another of the Comores,
Mohilla, agrees exactly in the characters of the skin with the male
specimens from Anjuan. The cranial characters are those of the
species under consideration (see below). This is the only record
of a Lemur occurring in Mohilla Island.
In their ‘‘ Etudes sur les Mammiteres et les Oiseaux des Iles
Comores” *, A. Milne-Edwards and Oustalet state that the species
of Lemur, common in the forests of the Island of Anjuan, at about
1000 metres, is the Lemur albimanus HE. Geoffr. S.-H. They deny
that this species has ever been found in Madagascar: “ Le Lemur
albimanus a été décrit par Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire @apres un
exemplaire de la collection du Muséum rapporté par Péron et
Lesueur, lors de l’expédition de la corvette le Géographe, en 1803,
et indiqué comme recueilli & Madagascar. Or jamais, a notre
¥ Op. cit. p. 312. Schlegel adds: “M. Sclater a indiqué a l’inverse le sexe
de ces deux individus.” This applies, of course, only to the explanation of the
figures in pl. xvi. of the P. Z.8. 1871.
? Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (5) iii. p. 215 (1879).
* Cf, plates 162-165 in Grandidier’s Atlas.
4 Nouv. Arch. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. (2) x. p. 222 (1888).
254 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [ Mar. 19,
connaissance, cette espéce n’a été trouvée sur cette grande terre et
il est probable que la provenance avait été donnée d'une manicre
approximative par Péron et Lesueur, ce qui n’étonne pas quand on
sait combien, i cette époque, on attachait peu dimportance aux
questions de Géographie zoologique.” " From the description they
give of this Lemur * it is quite evident that we have not only the
same species as that described by Peters and by Giinther, but also
the one described by Sclater and by Schlegel; but both the last-
named writers, and especially the latter’s statement about the
occurrence of the species on the West Coast of Madagascar, are
overlooked.
In the same article *, the two French zoologists mention a second
species of Lemur from Anjuan, under the name of LZ. mongoz L.
(=L. wgrifrons B. Geoffr. S.-H.), adding that the type of
Geoffroy’s L. anjuancnsis, in the Paris Museum, is a synonym of
the former. As Giinther had already pointed out*, E. Geoffroy’s
diagnosis of his L. anjuanensis° can be applied to more than one
species. Schlegel made, with regard to the “Lémur de Tile
d’Anjuan, Lemur anjuanensis,” the vague statement that persons
who have seen specimens pronounced them not to be different
from the ordinary ZL. collaris; although he refers to Peters’s
description, he overlooks that the description of the female in the
‘Reise nach Mossambique’ corresponds exactly with his own
description of the female from Bembatoka*. With regard to
E. Geoffroy’s LZ. anjuanensis, in the absence of a more accurate
description, we must rely on Milne-Edwards’s and Oustalet’s
assertion, that the type is distinct from the same author’s L. albi-
manus. As a consequence, the name L. anjuanensis cannot stand
for the Lemur described from Anjuan by Peters and by Gunther,
nor as a synonym of L. mongoz L.
Bearing in mind what Milne-Edwards, Grandidier’s colla-
borator in the work on Madagascar, asserts about the patria of
L. albimanus (see above), we must assume that the plates of
“ Lemur albimanus’’ in the ‘ Histoire de Madagascar,’ issued two years
later, in 18907, were drawn after specimens from Aujuan. The
' Op. cit. p. 223.
2 «Tes males différent beaucoup des femelles, ils ont tous une fraise jaune ;
les femelles ont la poitrine blanche, la teinte du corps varie plus ou moins du
gris au roux, mais les caractéres que nous venons dindiquer sont constants et
se remarquent méme chez les jeunes sujets” (op. cit. p. 223).
3 Op. cit. p. 222.
4 Op. cit. p. 216.
° « Pelage roux-vif en dessus, gris-roux sur les membres: les parties anté-
rieures du trone cendrées ” (Ann. du Mus. vol. xix. p. 161). I. Geoffroy 8.-H.’s
diagnosis is slightly more complete: “ Gris en dessus et en dessous jusqu’aux
épaules ; roux en dessus et en dessous dans tout le reste du corps; queue et
cuisse rougeatres” (Cat. Méth. p. 78, 1851). Whatever the habitat of this
type of L. anjgwanensis may be, the above diagnoses, insufficient as they are,
support Milne-Edwards’s and Oustalet’s view that this species is different from
L. albimanus.
§ Op. cit. p. 309.
T Pls. 156, 157, 162-164, 165, figs. 1 2.
1901.] LEMUR MONGOZ AND L, RUBRIVENTER. 255
sex has been wrongly indicated in the plates 156, 157, and 162,
just as in Sclater’s figures.
From the descriptions by Giinther, Schlegel, Milne-Edwards
and Oustalet, and from Grandidier’s plates, we learn that, apart
from the very characteristic coloration of the throat and front,
different in both sexes, the colour of the skin varies to some extent,
although on the whole the males are more reddish, the females
more greyish.
Von Lorenz describes our species from specimens collected by —
Dr. Voeltzkow at Kandani and Antema, near Bembatoka Bay,
the same district whence the Leyden specimens were obtained.
Although the description is given under the heading “LZ. albi-
manus,” the writer states expressly that he inclines to agree with
Schlegel and Sclater in assuming that the appropriate name is
L. mongoz L. Von Lorenz also records that, out of twenty
individuals, two females approached to the colorotion of the males,
and vice versa one male had a grey head *.
I trust that by the foregoing quotations the synonymy of
L. mongoz L., placed at the heading, has been justified, and that
its outer characters have been abundantly pointed out.
It is a matter of considerable difficulty to find out the proper
name for the one species with which the Lemur mongoz L. is
generally confused. Schlegel adopted for it the name Lemur
collaris Geott., but the descriptions of the older writers are mostly
insufficient, so that, if the types are not forthcoming, the matter
will never be satisfactorily settled. All I wish to say for the
present on this subject, with which I am not directly concerned
here, is, that there exists in Madagascar and the Comoros a wide-
spread species, varying considerably in the colour of its skin, but
constant in some cranial features of easy observation, which last
will be described farther on. To this species, besides the name
L. mongoz, the following names have been applied at one time or
other :—Lemur albifrons, L. anjuanensis, L. bruneus, L. collaris,
L. fulvus, L. mayottensis, L. nigrifrons, L. rufifrons, L. rufus,
Prosimia melanocephala and Prosimia wanthomystax. L. fulvus
KE. Geoffr. S.-H. has the priority, and I therefore adopt this
name.
Oranial Characters.
Lemur mongoz has the smallest skull of ali the species of the
genus, L. coronatus not excepted. Assuming that Edwards's
specimen was adult, the dimension assigned to it, ‘less than
a small cat,” would be appropriate. As observed by F. Cuvier
and von Lorenz, the facial cranium is short for a species of —
Lemur ; it approaches in this character the L. rubriventer.
Von Lorenz has figured the skull in the side view, which he
describes as follows: “* Die Stirne ist infolge der stark entwickelten
Sinus frontales weit vorgewolbt und von der Nasenwurzel
' Abb. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. xxi. 11. p. 450 (1898).
256 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [ Mar. 19,
an ziemlich steil ansteigend, doch zeigen die verschiedenen
Individuen eine sehr wechselnde Entwickelung der Stirnhohlen ;
bei einigen beschriinken sie sich mehr auf den vorderen Theil der
Frontalia, bei anderen verursachen sie auch eine Vorwolbung der
hinteren Partieen und der verticalen Fortsitze der Stirnbeine. Mit
Text-fig. 61.
Right orbital region of Lemur catta, nat. size (Br. M. 59c).
/,=lacrymal ; pl.=planum; fr.=frontal ; pa.=palatal ; os.=orbito-sphenoid ;
sq.=squamosal ; «=intercalar bone.
Left orbital region of the same specimen of Lemur catta, nat. size.
ma.=malar ; 71.=maxillary.
dem Geschlechte stehen diese Unterschiede in keinerlei Zusam-
menhang ”'. The specimens from Anjuan and Mohilla before us
agree with the foregoing descriptions.
Still more characteristic for the present species are some
peculiarities in the basis cranii, due also to pneumatic cavities.
The conditions of these pneumatic cavities, which give a
) Op. cit, p. 452, pl. xxxiii. fig. 2.
1901.] LEMUR MONGOZ AND L. RUBRIVENTER. 257
characteristic feature to the skull of Lem mongoz, are so peculiar
in this and the following species (Lemur rubriventer) that, in order
to understand them, some general considerations must precede
their description.
Text-fig. 63.
Left orbital region of Lepidolemur mustelinus, 3 nat. swe.
(Letters as in text-fig. 61.)
Text-fig. 64.
Lepidolemur mustelinus.
Same specimen as fig. 63. The bones forming the roof of the sinus have
been removed, in order to exhibit its floor.
mt.=basal plate of maxillo-turbinal ; other letters as in text-fig. 61.
Tt has been stated that in the “Common Lemur ”__whereby I
take the genus Lemur to be implied—* the os planum of the
ethmo-turbinal does not enter into the inner wall of the orbit, but
is shut out from it by the maxilla, as in most inferior Mammals ”'.
At this Society’s meeting on February 19th, I showed that in
1 W. H. Flower, An Introduction to the Osteology of the Mammalia,
3rd ed., p. 166 (1885).
258 DR, 0. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Mar. 19,
all the Oriental and Ethiopian Lemurs, as well as in the Malagasy
Microcebus, an os planum is always very evident, so long as the
sutures in the orbit remain distinct, adding that, with the ex-
ception of Chiromys, IT had observed the os planum in all the
Malagasy Lemurs in which sufficiently young stages could be
examined. in the majority of the Malagasy Lemurs the frontal,
and here and there to a slight extent the orbito-sphenoid—
not the maxilla—overgrow the medial part of the planum. The
Text-fig. 65.
Left orbital region of Lepidolemur mustelinus (Br. M. 97.9.1.18), } nat. size.
ma.=malar ; mc,=maxillary; other letters as in text-fig. 61.
Text-fig. 66
Left orbital region of Lepidolemur globiceps Maj. (Br. M. 97.4.6.1), 3 nat. size.
mex,=maxillary; ma.=malar; other letters as in text-fig. 61.
lateral part has become united with the palatal at a very early
stage; a remnant of the suture with the latter bone is seen in the
adult at its antero-medial extremity ; in exceptional cases, e. g.
Lemur catta and young specimens of Lepidolemur, the planum
remains completely (pl., text-fig. 62, p. 256) or almost completely
(pl., text-fig. 63, p. 257) distinct from the palatal (text-figs. 61,
1901. ] LEMUR MONGOZ AND L, RUBRIVENTER. 259
62). It always forms the roof of a pneumatic cavity, which
often (Lemur catta, Lemur macaco, Lemur varius) is but an
appendix of the maxillary sinus. The anterior portion of the
palatal also participates, as a rule, in the formation of this
Text-fig. 67.
Left orbital region of Lepidolemur grandidieri (Br. M. 68.9.7.4), 3 nat. size.
S,=intercalar bone ; as. =alisphenoid ; ma.=maxillary ; ma.=malar ;
other letters as in text-fig. 61.
Reversed right orbital region of Hapalolemur griseus (Br. M. 67.9.1.12),
3 nat. size.
ma,=maxillary ; ma.=malar ; other letters as in text-fig. 61.
pneumatic cavity, by forming its posterior cul-de-sac (text-figs. 63,
64, p. 257). But the early union of the palate-bone with the
planum renders it very difficult to state for every genus and every
species, where no young stages were available and no sections
could be made of the skull, in what degree, if at all, the palatal
partakes in the formation of the walls of the pneumatic cavity.
260 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [ Mar. 19,
With regard to the Oriental and Ethiopian Lemurs, all of which,
as stated, have a well-developed planum and in all of which the
orbital process of the palatal is small, I submit, pending a more
accurate investigation, that this process belongs to the palatal
exclusively.
In the Malagasy Lemurs, in which part of the planum is shielded
bv the frontal, the anterior prolongation of the orbital process is
large (Microcebus occupies an intermediate position between the
Malagasy and non-Malagasy Lemurs) (text-figs. 65, 66, p. 25%).
For the reasons stated above, I have subinitted, that in this group
the larger portion of the orbital process is in reality a part of the
planum, which, in union witha small portion of the palatal, helps to
form the walls of a pneumatic cavity. There are cases, however—
Hapalolemur and sometimes Lepidolemur (text-figs. 67, 68, p. 259)
—in which occurs besides a separate bone, which, from its position,
has the claim of being a small independent portion of the planum.
So that in these exceptional cases the planum is represented by
three distinet portions—one covered by the frontal, another con-
tributing towards the formation of a sinus, and a third, which plays
the usual part of a planum, but is greatly reduced in size. This
last can scarcely be regarded as a stop-gap, an intercalar bone, for
in the case of Hapalolemur at least it is already present in a
new-born specimen.
In Man, the orbital process of the palatal is more or less hollow
and completes, so to say, one of the ethmoidal cells, by closing it.
In very exceptional cases (M. J. Weber) this cavity of the human
palatal opens into the maxillary sinus.
The palatal of Man is, according to the general assumption,
developed from a single osseous centre. But Cleland has drawn
attention to the circumstance * that, not uncommonly in Man, the
orbital process is unusually large, owing, he believes, to its having
incorporated one of the three elements of the sphenoidal spongy
bones (ossicula Bertini); for it has the same position which 1s
occupied by that element when it appears in the orbit, and the
enlarged orbital process replaces the element by contributing
towards the formation of the lateral wall of the cavity (sinus sphe-
noidalis) which owes its origin to the spongy bones. In three
young Orang skulls Cleland found that “the sphenoidal spongy
bones take part in the formation of the orbit, while the palatal has
no orbital plate ” °.
Henle holds that part of the processus orbitalis_heips to close
the sinus sphenoidalis when its wall is incomplete *. A similar view
is advocated by Toldt *, who says that when the spongy bones are
rudimentary, the orbital process may contribute in a comparatively
' Phil. Trans. Roy. Soe. London, vol. 152, pp. 291, 292 (1862).
> Ope Gilt 1% ZY
* “Was von der Grundfliche des Proc. orbitalis hinter seiner Offnung ubrig
bleibt, legt sich vor die laterale untere Ecke der vorderen Wand des Wespen-
beinkorpers und tragt, wenn diese Wand unvollstindig ist, zur Schliessung der
Wespenbeinhohle bei.” (Handb. d. syst. Anat., 3rd ed., I. i. p. 190, 1871.)
* Lotos, Jahrb. f. Naturwiss., N.F, iii. & iv. p. 75 (1838).
1901.] LEMUR MONGOZ AND L, RUBRIVENTER, 261
large measure towards the formation of the wall of the sinus sphe-
noidalis ; or else this function may be taken over by an tntercalar
bone making its appearance in the most posterior part of the
medial orbital wall and articulating with the same bones as does
the “third element” noticed by Cleland.
Gegenbaur states ! that the superficies sphenoidalis of the orbital
process, situated behind the latter’s superficies ethmoidalis, articu-
lates with the body of the sphenoid, from the cavity of which a
hollow (“ Buchtung ”) extends on to the sphenoidal surface, and he
accordingly figures” a small cavity in this part of the orbital process,
almost symmetrical with, but smaller than, the cavity of the
ethmoidal surface.
There is therefore no perfect accord amongst the writers on this
topic—Gegenbaur representing as the normal condition what by
other anatomists is termed an occasional occurrence; and, like
Henle before him, he does not speak of an articulation of the orbital
process with the ossicula Bertini, but with the presphenoid.
In Lemurs— Lemur fulvus (“ L. mongoz,” B.M. Z. D. No. 60 6),
Lepidolemur (see text-figure 67, p. 259), Avahis (see s., text-
figure 27, above, p. 132)—I find sometimes present a separate bone,
occupying exactly the position of Cleland’s “third element” * and
Toldt’s “ Schaltknochen.” Inone instance at least amongst Lemurs
(see below under Lemur rubriventer), the anterior portion of the
sphenoidal sinus is annexed in a later stage by a palatal sinus.
Tam likewise inclined to assume that the small cavity in the
human orbital palatal communicating with one of the ethmoidal
cells is the remnant of the condition in Lemurs, where ethmoid
and palatal concur in forming a cavity. From this it follows that
the so-called “ cellule: ethmoidales ” are not organites proper only
to the ethmoid of Man, and hence are not without phylogenetical
importance, as assumed by Seydel °.
Proceeding now to an examination of the conditions in Lemur
mongoz, I find that in all the skulls of this species which I had
the opportunity to examine the pars perpendicularis and the orbital
process of the palatal diverge considerably from behind forward, so
as to enclose between them the posterior triangular portion of a
spacious cavity. The divergence of the pars perpendicularis takes
place by its advancing into the cavum nasale from behind forwards
in a latero-medial direction, so that the two parts of either side
converge slightly towards the middle line (Pl. XXII. fig. 10, p.p.) ;
each of them terminates freely with a sharp vertical margin, which
forms the posterior boundary of the large opening of the cavity
into the cavum nasale. The divergence of the orbital process is
produced by its being inflated in a lateral direction. The vaulted
1 ©. Gegenbaur, Lehrb. d. Anat. d. Menschen, 6te Aufl., i. p. 234 (1895).
2 Op. cit. p. 238, fig. 176 C.
3 “ Articulating behind with the sphenoid, in front with the ethmoid, inferiorly
with the palatals, and sometimes [in Lemurs always—F. M.] above with the
frontal.”
4 Morph. Jahrb. xvii. pp. 86, 89 (1891).
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. XVIII. 18
262 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [ Mar. 19
roof of the cavity has invaded the whole bottom of the orbit ;
bearing in mind what I stated m the above introductory remarks,
it may be assumed that the planum, possibly some part of the
sphenoid also, shares with the palatal the roofing of this cavity.
The sutures having disappeared (text-fig. 69), I must leave this to
future investigation.
Text-fig. 69.
Right palatal view of Lemur mongoz, showing the large opening (7) of the
right-side sinus into the cayum nasale. Nat. size.
It has been stated above that the medial and lateral walls of the
triangular posterior portion of the cavity are formed by parts of
the palatal. The anterior portion is triangular also, but the apex
is at its anterior end; the walls of this anterior portion are formed
by parts of the ethmoid, the medial wall by the basal plate of the
maxillo-turbinal, the posterior free margin of this plate, which is
concave backward, forming the anterior boundary of the large
opening of the cavity. This aperture (a, in text-fig. 69) therefore
has somewhat the shape of a D, placed parallel to the long axis
of the skull, the curved part anteriorly ; the vertical part of the
D is the posterior margin of the opening. The anterior and lateral
walls of the cavity are apparently formed by the planum, the
former of the two at the same time marking the boundary between
this cavity and the true maxillary sinus, which in this species does
not advance into the orbit; nor can I see any communication
between the two cavities. The bottom of the cavity under con-
sideration is formed by the bony palate, almost exclusively by
the maxilla ; the alveoli of the two anterior true molars protrude
into it.
The characteristic features of this cavity, as compared with other
species, are :—
(1) its large opening ;
(2) its not being connected with the maxillary sinus (into the
bottom of which always protrude the two posterior pre-
molars); and ae ey,
1901.] LEMUR MONGOZ AND L. RUBRIVENTER. 268
(3) the characteristic position of its postero-medial wall, as seen
from behind, when the skull is held in a horizontal position,
with the basis directed upwards (Pl. XXII. fig. 10).
There are other species of Lemurs (e. g., Lemur macaco, Lemur
nigerrimus, Lemur coronatus) in which the pars verticalis of the
palatal advances into the cavum nasale in a slightly oblique direction ;
but in none does it form a high vertical wall as in Lemur mongoz,
which therefore is by this character alone at once to be distinguished
from all the other species.
Lemur fulvus, generally confused with Lemur mongoz, is pre-
cisely the one which exhibits no trace of a similar wing-like
structure, there being no pneumatic cavity intercalated between
the posterior region of the orbit and of the cavum nasale respec-
tively. An equally striking character of the skull of Lemur fulvus
is the great vertical extension of the sphenoidal sinus (Pl. XXII.
fig. 9, ss), which produces a considerable and sudden change of
level between this part of the basis and the cavum nasale in
advance of the sinus sphenoidalis, the former coming to be situated
much higher *.
2. LEMUR RUBRIVENTER.
Lemur rubriventer, 1. Geoffr. S.-H., C. BR xxxi. p. 876 (1850) ; id.
Cat.méth. p. 71(1851); H.Schlegel, Nederl. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 75
(1866) ; id. Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, vii. p.311 (1876); Jentink,
Mus. Hist. Nat. Pays-Bas, ix. pp. 61, 62 (1887) (exe. cran. nos. 0,
p, 8); A. Milne-Edwards et A. Grandidier, Hist. Nat. des Mammi-
féres (Hist.....de Madagascar, éd. A. Grandidier), x. tome v.
Atlas ii. plates 168-170 (1890); Jentink, op cit. xi. pp. 72, 73
(1892) (exe. sp. d): Forsyth Major, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond. 1899,
. 504,
: Lemur flaviventer, I. Geoffr. S.-H., C. R. xxxi. p. 876 (1850) ;
id. Cat. méth. p. 71 (1851); A. Milne-Edwards et A. Grandidier,
op. cit. pl. 191 (cranium).
Prosimia rufipes, J. E. Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vii.
p- 339 (1871); id. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1872, p. 852, pl. 69
(nec Milne-Edwards, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 177).
At the Society’s meeting of May 2, 1899°, I gave expression
to some doubt against the correctness of the view brought forward
by Milne-Edwards’, that Gray’s Prosimia rufipes is the female
of Sclater’s Lemur nigerrinus. My observations may be epitomized
as follows :—
(1) Gray’s species was based upon a male and a female speci-
men, both of them rufous.
(2) I myself have collected numerous specimens of both sexes
1 This is seen also in Grandidier’s plate 189. figs. 3, 6 (“ Lemur mongoz”’) &
pl. 193. figs. 3, 6 (“ Lemur albimanus”). Von Lorenz had already rightly guessed
that the latter plate does not represent the skull of Lemur albimanus
(=L. mongoz, .).
2 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1899, pp. 553, 554.
3 Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, pp. 177, 178. nee
264 DR. 0. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON [Mar. 19,
of the same as Gray’s species, and have never met with a
black male.
(3) According to Schlegel’s view, Gray’s Prosimia rufipes 18 a
synonym of I. Geoffroy S.-H.’s Lemur rubriventer and Lemur
flaviventer, the latter being the female, the former the male
form. The difference in coloration between the sexes of
Lemur vubriventer—which name antedates Prosimia rufipes
—would therefore appear merely to consist in a lighter
coloration of the underparts in the female.
This view I found to be supported by my own material also.
(4) In the specimens collected by myself, the iris is yellow and
not greenish blue, as is the case, according to Milne-
Edwards, with Lemus nigerrimus.
(5) The skull of one of the two types of Prosimia rufipes’,
which agrees perfectly with those collected by myself, is
very different from the skull of Z. nigerrimus figured in
the ‘ Hist. Nat. de Madagascar.’
The conclusion was that Gray’s Prosimia rufipes, which is I. Geof-
froy’s Lemur rubriventer and L. flaviventer, is a very different species
from Lemur nigerrimus. Not having seen the types of L. rubri-
venter and flaviventer, nor any specimen of L, nigerrimus, I ex-
pressed myself in perhaps too cautious a manner, although at that
time already the matter was settled in my opinion. Thereby I
did not wish in the least to cast a doubt on Milne-Edwards’s
statement with regard to the colour of the female Lemur ngerrimus.
His mistake is easily explained by the circumstance that in the
description of the types of Prosimia rufipes none of the very charac-
teristic features of the species are mentioned : the accompanying
plates are inaccurate even with regard to the coloration.
I have, since the date of my first note, been able to examine
(1) a couple of Lemur rubriventer, deposited some time ago in the
Society’s Gardens by the Hon. Walter Rothschild ; (2) one of the
types of Geoffroy’s Lemur flaviventer, in the Leyden Museum, it
was obtained in 1834 by Bernier and received in 1835 from the
Paris Museum ; (3) a skull of the adult male of Lemur nigerrimus,
presented last year by Mr. Stanley Flower to the Natural History
Museum.
From an inspection of the individuals living in the Gardens, any
one may convince himself that the male of Lemur rubriventer is
not black; and that the iris in both is yellow, and not greenish
blue as in Lemur nigerrimus according to Milne-Edwards. Grandidier’s plate i91 (* Lemur flaviventer”) conveys a good general idea
of the skull of Lemur rubriventer.
266 DR. C, I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON © [ Mar. 19,
the skull. In the orbit (PI. XXII. fig. 1) the inflated part of
the palatal appears situated medially from the orbital plate of the
maxilla, and medially as well as posteriorly from the os planum ;
the latter helps to form the posterior prolongation of the maxillary
sinus and covers besides the anterior prolongation of a sphenoidal
sinus, laterally it is in its turn covered by the frontal.
In this stage the palatal pneumatic cavity rather resembles the
swollen orbital maxillary plate above the germs of the molars of
young individuals; so that, if it has ever been seen at all, it may
have been mistaken for that part of the maxilla. As the figures
(Pl. XXII. figs. 1, 2) show, both parts are lying side by side and
are very distinct from each other. With the increase in age of
the animal, the palatal pneumatic cavity continues to pervade the
orbit in every direction, antero-posteriorly as well as laterally and
medially (Pl. XXII. fig. 3). Anteriorly, the hinder portion of the
maxillary sinus is the loser in the struggle, for it is gradually
encroached upon and pushed forward by the palatal sinus ; but I
am not aware that a communication between the two cavities
takes place. The palatal cavity becomes, however, enlarged at the
cost of another sinus; in a youngish specimen (m.3 not yet in
place) the following can be seen owing to its somewhat damaged
condition (see text-fig. 70):—the before-mentioned sphenoidal
Text-fig. 70.
AS SPR.
Lemur rubriventer.
Right orbital region. The bones forming the floor have been partially removed,
in order to exhibit the disposition of the underlying sinuses. About
3 nat. size.
s.sph.=sphenoidal sinus ; s.m«.=maxillary sinus; spa.=palatal sinus.
sinus (s.sph.), which in the posterior part of the orbit runs
parallel to the palatal cavity, medially from it, finally turns round
in a lateral direction, ending in a cul-de-sue between the maxillary
(s.ma’.) and the palatal sinus (s.pa.), thus separating the two. As in
later stages I have found no more trace of this cul-de-sac, its
place being occupied by the palatal sinus (text-fig. 70), it is evident
that it must have been absorbed by the latter.
1901.j LEMUR MONGOZ AND L. RUBRIVENTER. 267
Finally, the palatal sinus covers completely the orbital maxillary
plate also, and constitutes for itself the whole inflated bottom of
the orbit (Pl. XXII. fig. 4). As has already been mentioned, the
sinus expands also on the basis cranii; the most posterior part
of the palatal, the processus pyramidalis, becomes inflated, and
the choane are considerably narrowed by the swollen pars perpen-
dicularis (Pl. XXII. fig. 7, pp).
In very old specimens a partial absorption of the root of this
sinus takes place (Pl. XXII. fig. 5).
I have found this very curious palatal sinus in all the specimens
of Lemur rubriventer examined, eight in the Zoological Department
of the Natural History Museum, seventeen in the Leyden Museum,
and six specimens forming the remainder of my collections made in
Madagascar.
It is one of the characteristics of pneumatic cavities in Mammalia,
that they often vary greatly within the same genus, so as to offer
excellent specific characters for systematic purposes, when, as is
the case in the present and in the before described species (Lemur
mongoz), the change in the skull is such that it becomes apparent
without any dissection being necessary. The skull of Lemur
rubriventer can at once be recognized by the unique feature of its
bulla-shaped palatal sinus.
As to its particular function, it certainly has not the one to
supply space for the teeth. Conversely, a section of the maxillary
sinus in this and other species shows that the latter apparently
has amongst its functions to favour or protect the development of
the two posterior premolars; and in the Z. mongoz before described,
the peculiar posterior sinus affords a similar protection to the two
anterior true molars. But the palatal sinus of L. rubriventer
certainly interferes with the development of the last true molar,
for its floor grows over the corresponding part of the maxilla at
the very time when the tooth is in the state of germ. The fact
that L. rubriventer is the one species of the genus which has
the smallest and most reduced m.3 (see Pl. XXII, fig. 7) is a con-
firmation of the above.
The distribution of these pneumatic cavities over the whole of
the family (Lemuride), and their various degree of development in
different groups, gives a clue as to their principal function when
they are greatly developed.
In those Lemurs which are characterized by their sluggish
movements (Loris, Mycticebus, Perodicticus), the pneumatic cavities
are small. In the nearly related Galagos, known for their agility,
the sinuses around the cavum nasale are equally reduced; but the
pneumatic cavities of the mastoid region evidently act as a com-
pensation. In Malagasy Lemurs inflations of the mastoid region
are an exceptional occurrence and, when present, never greatly
developed, except in “ Ohirogaleus trichotis.” The maximum of
development of aerial sinuses, almost exclusively of those starting
from the cavum nasale, occurs in the larger forms of Malagasy
Lemurs, all of them excellent climbers and acrobats.
268 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [Mar. 19,
Of Tertiary Lemurs, Microcherus (Necrolemur) agrees in this
and other respects with the Galagos, Adapis with the Malagasy
Lemurs.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII.
(All figures are of the natural size.)
Figs. 1-5. Lemur rubriventer 1. Geoffr. S.-H. Left orbit of young, adult, and
old individuals.
Fig. 6. Lemur rubriventer. Lower view of part of the skull (region of the
posterior nares), to show the position of the opening, @, of the palatal
sinus.
7. Lemur rubriventer. Lower view of the skull. The opening of the
choanz is narrowed by part of the palatal sinus (pp).
8. Lemur rubriventer. View of part of the orbit. The bony roof of the
palatal sinus has been removed in order to show the inner aspect of
the floor. «=the aperture of the sinus leading into the nasal
cavity (cf. fig. 6).
9, Lemur fuluus E. Geoffr. S.-H. (Br. M. 91.1.22.5). Part of lower view
of the skull, to show the lower wall (ss) of the sphenoidal sinus.
10, Lemur mongoz L. (Br. M. 77.4.2.21). Part of lower view of the skull,
to show the pars perpendicularis (pp) of the palatal.
3. Descriptions of new Freshwater Fishes discovered by Mr.
F. W. Styan at Ningpo, China. By G. A. BouLencsr,
EER S:
[Received March 11, 1901.]
(Plates XXIII. & XXIV.")
Mr. F. W. Styan, F.Z.S., who has added so largely to our know-
ledge of the Fishes of the Yantse-kiang ~, has lately brought home
a small collection made at Ningpo, which he has presented to the
British Museum. Few freshwater Fishes have hitherto been col-
lected in this district, a single species having been described from
the collection of Abbé David’, and a few from a series sent by the
Chinese Government to the Berlin Fisheries Exhibition in 1883 *.
It is therefore not surprising to find representatives of some new
species in the small series brought together by Mr. Styan. These
belong to the family Cyprinide, so richly represented in the fresh
waters of China.
CROSSOCHILUS STYANI, sp. nov. (Plate XXIII. fig. 1.)
Depth of body 3} to 32 times in total length, length of head
47 to 43 times. Snout with strongly curved profile, projecting
* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 271.
* A. Guyruer, Third Contribution to our Knowledge of Reptiles and Fishes
from the Upper Yangtse-Kiang. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) iv. 1889, p. 218.
° H. E. Sauvace et Dasry pe Turersant, Notes sur les Poissons des Eaux
douces de Chine. Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) i. 1874, art. 5.
* W. Peters, Ueber die..... Fischsammlung aus Ningpo. Mon. Berl. Ac.
1880, p. 921.
“‘VINOSONELS VNOSOTVWNOH MAAINNON O1I800'S INVALS EQUINE OSS Oreo
-durtt' sorzg utequrpy
=, 2
Ne
"WOOOE Wal “WS WOES 4 el
TS GletAGh imc O26 ‘SANHTOOHLNVOV SAH Leola SaG
“WAT 32 Tee Feetg C
‘dust’ soag W138 PAL
TIDOS lel 1 IGS Wal Ss A al
1901.] NEW FRESHWATER FISHES FROM NINGPO, 269
beyond the mouth ; upper lip not fringed; two pairs of barbels,
anterior 5 or ? diameter of eye, posterior as long as or a little
longer than eye; end and sides of snout pitted (scars of nuptial
excrescences ?); diameter of eye 13 to 14 times in length of snout,
which equals interorbital width, and 4 to 44 times in length of
head. 5 or 6 short gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.
Dorsal IIT 8, equally distant from occiput and from base of caudal ;
longest rays about # length of head. Anal LIT 5; rays as long as
dorsals. Pectoral nearly as Jong as head, not reaching ventral ;
latter inserted below middle of dorsal. Caudal deeply forked.
Caudal peduncle 13 to13aslongas deep. Sq. 39-412; 33 series of
scales between lateral line and ventral fin. Olive-brown above the
lateral line, white beneath ; a dark brown band above the pectoral,
behind the gill-opening, and a dark brown stripe along the lateral
line from the shoulder to the middle rays of the Caudal fin; six
rather indistinct dark bars across the back in the smallest
specimen; some dark brown vertical streaks or mottlings between
the rays of the dorsal fin; other fins immaculate.
Total length 135 miilim.
Three specimens.
GOBIO NUMMIFER, sp. noy. (Plate XXIII. fig. 2.)
Very similar in general appearance to Gobio flaviatilis. Depth
ot body 4 times in total length, length of head 3? times. Hye in
the middle of the head, its diameter equal to interorbital width
and contained 3? times in length of head; mouth subinferior,
extending to below nostrils; barbel ? length of eye; 4 bifid
gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Pharyngeal teeth
as in G. fluviatilis. Dorsal ILL 7, equally distant from nostrils
and from base of caudal; longest rays 2 length of head. Anal
111 6; longest rays $ 2 length of head. Pectoral 2 3 length of head,
hot reaching ventral. Latter below middle of dorsal Candal
deeply notched. Caudal peduncle nearly twice as long as deep.
Sq. 455; 4 series of scales between lateral line and ventral fin.
Olive-brown above, whitish beneath ; head speckled with blackish ;
small black spots and dots about the lateral line; a series of six
round black spots along the body and tail, above the lateral
line; dorsal and caudal dotted with blackish, other fins imma-
culate.
Total length 102 millim.
A single specimen.
OPSARIICHTHYS ACANTHOGENYS, sp.nov. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.)
Depth of body 33 to 4 times in total length, length of head
4 times. Snout obtusely pointed, projecting slightly beyond the
mouth, 13 to twice as long as the eye; latter 43 to 5 times
in length of head, 13 to twice in interorbital width. A large,
deciduous, horny excrescence, bearing a longitudinal series of 5 or
6 spines, on each side of the snout, and another on the lower part of
270 ON NEW FRESHWATER FISHES FROM NINGPO. [ Mar. 19,
the cheek, below the eye. Dorsal IT 7, a little nearer the occiput
than the root of the caudal; longest ray nearly 3 length of head.
Anal III 8-9, anterior soft rays more or less produced, longer
than the head. Pectoral nearly as long as head, not quite
reaching base of ventral. Caudal forked. Caudal peduncle 13 to
12 as long as deep. Sq. 49-51 7s 2 series of scales between
lateral line and base of ventral. Brown on the back, greyish
or plumbeous with irregular whitish vertical bars on the sides ;
belly white; large, purplish-black spots on the membrane between
every two rays of the dorsal ; other fins immaculate.
Total length 130 millim.
Several specimens.
The nuptial excrescences on the head in this species are quite
unique. In describing specimens of O. bidens, Dr. Giinther *
observes :—‘* During the spawning-season the male develops
brown horny tubercles on the snout and head ; they are arranged
in several rows on the mandible, and in a single row along the
preopercular margin, below the eye, along the lower margin
of the suborbital ring and on the intermaxillary. After the
breeding-season the tubercles drop off, leaving a circular scar
which after some time disappears entirely.” This description
applies very well to O. platypus Schleg., from Japan, Formosa,
Hainan, of which examples measuring up to 160 millim. were
obtained at Ningpo by Mr. Styan. A figure of the head of one
of these specimens is here given (Pl. XXIV. fig. 2) for comparison
with O. acanthogenys, in which a fusion of the tubercles has taken
place, the enlarged bases forming a large plate which is only com-
parable to the nuptial horny plates on the breast of some South
American Frogs of the genus Leptodactylus. The scar left by
each of these plates is in the form of a series of large pits, corre-
sponding to the number of cusps.
HOMALOSOMA STENOSOMA, sp. nov. (Plate XXIII. fig. 3.)
Body feebly depressed, its depth 6 times in total length, length
of head 53 times. Snout much longer than postocular part of
head, a little longer than broad, with rounded edge; diameter of
eye 6 times in length of head, 3 times in interorbital width; upper
lip not fringed; barbels short, simple, subequal. Dorsal with 9
rays (7 branched), originating a little in advance of ventral, equally
distant from occiput and from root of caudal. Anal with 7 rays
(5 branched). Pectoral as long as head, not reaching ventral.
Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle a little deeper than long.
Scales extremely small; lat. 1. 85. Brown above, white beneath ;
head vermiculate with blackish; some dark bars on the caudal
pedunele ; dorsal and caudal fins spotted with black.
Total length 105 millim.
A single specimen.
Fishes allied to the one here described have been figured by
* Ann. Mus. St. Pétersb, 1896, p. 216.
1901.] MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON GALAGO GARNETT. 271
Dabry de Thiersant, Piscicult. et Péche en Chine (1872), pl. xxxvil.
fies. 9 & 10, under the name of Gobius? Usin-ting-yu and
i. ? Pa-chee-tsee-yu, trom Sze Chuen.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats XXIII.
Fig. 1. Crossochilus styani, p. 268.
2. Gobio nummifer (p. 269), head and anterior part of body.
3. Homalosoma stenosoma (p. 270).
3d. 3 - upper view of head and pectoral fins.
Puare XXIV.
Fig. 1. Opsariichthys acanthogenys (p. 269).
Nar 0 upper view of head.
2. ¥ platypus (p. 270), side view of head.
4. A Note upon Galago garnetti. By Frank i. Bepparb,
M.A., F.R.S., Prosector and Vice-Secretary to the
Society.
[Received March 9, 1901.|
(Text-figures 7 1-74.)
I believe that attention has not been directed to a curious point
of likeness between the hind toot of the Galago garnetti and the
fore foot of Hapalenur griseus which I propose to describe in the
present note.
As is to be seen in the accompanying drawing (text-fig. 71, p. 272),
there is upon the ankle of this Lemur close to the roots of the 2nd
and the Sth digits a patch of spine-like structures which are ex-
ceedingly like those borne upon the wrist of the male Hapalemur
griseus as figured by myselt’, Mr. Bland Sutton’, and Prof. A.
Milne- Edwards *.
The spines form a dense tuft occupying an area of from
8-10 mm. square, and they lie beyond the line where the hairs of
the arm cease. To the proximal (elbow) side of the large branch
of spiny outgrowths there is a very much smaller one completely
separated from it (text-fig. 72, p. 273) and consisting entirely of very
small spiny outgrowths. As is correctly shown in Messrs. Murie
and Mivart’s paper upon the anatomy of the Lemuroidea, the
hair upon the fourth foot (of Galago crassicaudata) * ends off in a
-Y-shaped line, the arms of the V being directed towards the hand.
This agrees with the condition which I have observed in G. garnett,
the chief difference being (apart of course from the spiny structures
which it is the object of the present communication to describe)
that the area of naked skin upon the ankle is more extensive.
1p, Z.S8, 1884, p. 393, fig. 1. 2 P.Z.S. 1887, p. 369, fig. 1.
3 Hist, Nat. Phys. et Pol. de Madagascar, Maimm. pl. 1222.
‘ Pyans. Zool. Soe. vii. p. 11, woodeut, fig. 8.
272 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON GALAGO GARNETTI. _[ Mar. 19,
The patch of spines lies behind the pad lettered 5 in the figure of
Murie and Mivart.
The spines themselves are of a brown colour, paler therefore than
the corresponding structures in Hapalemur griseus. The longest
of them are quite 10 mm. in length; and this fact coupled with the
relative smallness of the area which they cover renders them rather
more conspicuous than in Hapalemur. On the other hand, they
might be readily destroyed in the preparation of a skin, and thus
have escaped notice at the hands of zoologists. Whether they are
Text-fig. 71.
Chi)
Galago garnetti.
Right hind foot :—I, hallux; A, patch of horny outgrowths.
present in other species of the genusas a general rule or not, Iam
unable to say; but 1 can at any rate assert that there is no such
modification of the skin of the foot of Galago maholi, the only
species which I am at the present moment able to examine in the
flesh. The dried skin of G. monteiri shows no traces of these
structures, but I do not regard that piece of evidence as so strong.
There can be no doubt that in Hapalemur griseus the corre-
sponding structures are a permanent and apparently universal
1901.) MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON GALAGO GARNETTI, 273
characteristic of the species, at least of the males of that species.
It is quite likely therefore that these horny spinelets are equally
characteristic of Galago garnetti, though unfortunately through an
oversight | am: not able to say anything about the sex of the indi-
vidual examined by myself. Mr. Sutton held that in Hapalemur
“the patch of spines was in reality formed by the hardened
secretion of the gland underlying them.” In this case the structure
could have no possible relation to hair or spines, or to any mam-
malian integumental callosities ; they would be rather comparable
to the cuticular “ hairs” and spines of Arthropods. One argu-
ment against Mr. Sutton’s view appears to me to be this: the
lumen of sebaceous and other integumental glands—indeed of all
glandular struetures—is either circular or oval ; in any case without
angles. Now the spinelets of this Galago, as may be readily noted
in the more highly magnified drawing (text-fig. 72) which I ex-
hibit, are distinctly quadrangular; and the same angular character
was noticeable in the arm-spines of Hapalemur.
Text-fig. 72.
Galago garnetti,
Patch of horny outgrowths, more highly magnified.
A, the main patch ; A’, a group of smaller outgrowths.
It is difficult to imagine that the squeezed-out secretion of a
tubular gland would have an angular contour. The existence of
a large gland in Hapalemur lying beneath (though as far as I can
recollect not exactly corresponding to) the patch of spines lends
of course some colour to the view of the glandular origin of the
structure in question in that Lemur. After removal of the skin
in Galago garnetti, no gland was to be observed beneath the patch
of spines. I do not propose to assert the total absence of integu-
mental glands in this region; but no large glandular body compar-
able to that of Hapalemur griseus was visible. To produce such
274 MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON GALAGO GARNETTI. _—[ Mar. 19,
large fibres as are those which constitute this peculiar organ in
Hapalemur griseus and Galago garnetti would seem to need some-
thing larger than the normal glands of the integument, if we are to
explain them as a glandular secretion. The spinelets are hard
and horny, much of the consistence of nails. When softened a
little with potash, they can be readily split longitudinally into
fibres. When this is done, the spinelets appear to be made up of
irregularly-shaped flakes (see text-tig. 73) which imbricate in a scaly
fashion not at all unlike the outer coat of hairs. The individual
flakes readily become detached when a fragment is teased with
needles. They are rather angular and of different shapes, not at all
Text-fig. 73.
Galago garnetti.
One of the horny outgrowths, teased in glycerine to show cornified cells,
Highly magnified.
unlike the scales of hair. Their general appearance will be gathered
from an inspection of the accompanying drawing (text-fig. 73),
which represents a fragment teased in glycerine after softening in
potash. Treatment with acetic acid showed no traces of a
nucleus in any of these flakes; but this negative result is not
necessarily fatal to regarding them as cornified cells.
I made some transverse sections of this region of the integument
(see text-fig. 74, p. 275) in order to see if there were any glands
concealed in the thickness of the dermis which might be responsible
for the formation of these spiny structures. There were a few sweat-
glands, but so few that they were not an important feature of the
sections. The sections showed the great contrast between the spine-
covered area of the ankle and the hair-covered tracts which abut
upon it and enable me, | think, to settle the nature of the spinelets.
The hairy part of the skin has a very slight horny layer superticially ;
1901.] MR. F, E. BEDDARD ON GALAGO GARNETTI. 275
this latter is easily recognized by its not staining with borax-
carmine ; it remains of a ‘yellow colour. Imbedded in the dermis
in this region are bundles of 5 or 6 hairs apiece, the exact number
of which to each bundle I have not ascertained. The non-staining
horny layer gets gradually thicker as the spine-covered area 1s
approached, and at the same time the ridges upon the epidermis
get more and more marked.
Text-fig. 74.
Se eae
BA)
Ser
“i $: 3 Sees Fey.
Galago garnetti.
Section through the skin of the forearm in the region of the horny outgrowth.
H, cornified epidermis, beneath which are seen nuclei of epidermic
cells ; S, one of the horny outgrowths. Highly magnified.
Ultimately the dense columns arise from the subjacent layer of
non-staining horny epidermis which are the spiny structures them-
selves. It is impossible to detect any break between the spiny
columns and the horny epidermis (text-fig. 74) of which they are
extensions ; nor are there any differences in minute structure that
276 ON ABNORMAL HORNS OF CERVUS SIKA. [Apr. 2,
would justify the placing of the horny spines in any other category
than as modified tracts of epidermis. The whole structure is an —
exaggeration of the pads of thickened epidermis upon the soles of
the foot, and is in all probability comparable to such eallosities as
those found in the Equide. In any case I claim to have disposed
of any theory that could account for these horny spines as the
hardened secretion of a gland. They are plainly of a corn- or
wart-like texture, though possibly to be looked upon as a patho-
logical condition which has persisted and become normal.
A final point to which I would direct attention in this communi-
cation is the interesting correspondence shown between hand and
foot. A structure peculiar to the hand of one Lemur is now known
to characterize the foot of another species. There are among the
Mammalia but few details of structure in which the hind limb does
not, as it were, copy the fore limb. This correspondence is shown
among the Lemurs in another curious point to which attention
has of course been directed, since the facts are well enough known.
It is not unusual in that group for the second digit in both manus
and pes to be peculiar in some respect. This digit in the foot has
a claw instead of a nail, while in the hand it is sometimes aborted
altogether. The structure, however, with which I deal in the
present paper is a positive and detailed point of likeness between
hand and foot.
April 2, 1901.
Dr. A. Ginrner, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.
Prof. Bell exhibited two specimens of an Echinoderm, Astro-
phyton clavatum, the many-branched arms of which were closely
entertwined, while the bursal slits (by which the genital products
are evacuated) were turgid and widely open.
Recalling the observations of Prof. Ludwig on Asterina and of
Dr. Jickeli on Antedon, Prof. Bell suggested that we had here a
third example of sexual congress among Echinoderms. He further
stated that he had called the attention of his valued correspondent,
Mr. F. W. Townsend of Karachi, from whom the Trustees of the
British Museum had received the specimens, to the difference in
coloration between the two specimens, and had asked him to use
his opportunities for discovering if the difference was constant
and sexual. Since he had come into the room, Mr. Byrne had
suggested to him that the entanglement of the arms might aid in
the fertilization of the ova.
Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited and made remarks upon the horns
of a Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), indicating arrest in the develop-
ment of the left horn, apparently due to a cerebral tumour and
adhesions in the right hemisphere of the cerebrum. *-Ph. FL.
™M.P Parker lith. Parker & West imp. —
LARYNX OF BALAYNOPTERA & COGIA.
IZ SION velloit IPN ORV Ne
see
ney
Parker & West imp.
LARYNX OF BALAXNOPTERA,COGIA & ZIPHIUS.
MP Parker lith.
1901.] LARYNX OF CERTAIN WHALES, 279
Flower and Lydekker, in their text-book of “ Mammals,” state
that very little is known of the soft parts of this small
Cachalot, and it seems, therefore, worth while to figure, side by
side, corresponding views of the larynx of Oogia and Balenoptera,
in order to bring out more forcibly the differences in this organ
between the Odontocete and the Mystacocete; for, although the
text-books of earlier authors, such as Owen, Huxley, Stannius,
and others, refer to the fact, yet in such modern works as
Wiedersheim no mention is made of it, and it may be that other
zoologists in the same case as myself will appreciate the differences
when presented pictorially.
The young Rorqual was very evidently newly born ; the navel
had not healed up; the umbilical cord still remained attached to
the inner surface of the abdominal wall; umbilical arteries and
vein still existed, and had evidently only recently been ruptured.
I had a plaster cast made of half of the body of the animal,
intending to place the skeleton therein, in the way that the late
Prof. Flower had had carried out in the British Museum. I found,
however, that the bones were but slightly ossified and were of no
use for Museum purposes.
The animal measured 9 ft. 93 inches in a straight line, from the
tip of the snout to the bottom of the caudal notch (10 ft. 1 inch
along the curve of the back). Its greatest diameter was 5 ft.
23 inches, at a distance of 5 ft. 7 inches from the snout.
The specimen of Cogia only came into my possession a week
after it had been washed ashore. When I arrived at Purakanui—
about an hour’s railway journey from Dunedin—I found that the
original finder had cut the animal about considerably. The blubber
from the back, including the dorsal fin, and the ‘“ spermaceti ”
from the head, had been carried away, as well as the lower jaw and
the caudal fluke. The head had been very skilfully disarticulated
from the atlas, but had not been removed. The body had been
opened, and the viscera were lying about. The body and organs
were much mixed up with sand that had been blown over them.
However, I ultimately obtained the entire carcase, as well as most
of the internal organs.
The specimen was a fully grown, and apparently adult, male; it
measured 8 ft. 9 inches in a straight line from the tip of the
snout to the notch in the fluke; of this the head occupied 16 inches,
2. e. between one-sixth and one-seventh of total length. I did not
make any attempt to measure the girth.
The pectoral fin was 14 inches long in a straight line, and
15 inches along the slightly-curved anterior margin; its posterior
margin presented a rounded angle 4 inches from the base and
8 inches from the tip, the distal moiety of this side being concave.
The fin was 5 inches across at the base, 54 inches at its widest.
The fluke, or tail-fin, was 27 inches from point to point; the
median notch was 53 inches deep, and this point was 10 inches
from the plane of origin of the fluke from the tail, so that the
total length of the fin was 153 inches.
Ligh
980 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [A pr. 2,
With regard to colour:—The dorsal surface of the body was
black, the under surface of the fluke was also black ; the belly
dirty yellowish-white, but much discoloured ; but how far the dark
colour extended down the sides, and other details, I was unable to
ascertain with sufficient accuracy to put on record.
The only detailed accounts of the external features of Cogia to
which I have access are those by Owen (1865) and by Von
Haast (1873).
Owen describes two specimens from Indian seas under the
name of Huphysetes simus; the male measured 6 ft. 8 inches, and
the female 6 feet only.
Von Haast’s account of “ Huphysetes pottsi” (according to
Flower, these names are synonyms of Cogia breviceps) deals with
a specimen thrown up on the New Zealand coast which measured
7 ft. 2 inches, its tail 163 inches, the pectoral fin 9 inches by
37 inches.
“The colour black, belly greyish white.”
These specimens, then, are considerably smaller than my Cogza.
IT hope to give, in a later contribution, some account of its
viscera, but at present will confine my remarks to the larynx.
I. Tus Larynx or BALHNOPTERA ROSTRATA.
The only detailed account of this organ in the Rorqual that I
have been able to consult is that by Drs. Carte and Macalister
(1867), who in their very careful and interesting memoir on the
anatomy of the Rorqual give a fairly good description of the
external features, and of the muscles, both extrinsic and intrinsic ;
but the figures illustrating this account are small and poor, and no
sufficient details are given as to the shape of the cartilages. In
some respects I have to differ from these authors.
i have not been able to consult the original memoir of Dubois
(1886), and only know the general conclusions to which he arrives
from the abstract in the Zool. Jahresbericht, and this publication
makes no reference to any account of the larynx in the abstracts
of Delage’s memoir (1885). It is likely, therefore, that I am
repeating, to some degree, work that has already been carried out ;
but my apology lies in the isolation in which scientific men have
to work in New Zealand.
It will be seen that in general, the larynx of Balenoptera agrees
with that of Balena, but in several details it differs therefrom.
The aditus laryngis is,in form, an isosceles triangle, with the
apex directed anteriorly upwards; the sides are formed by
the aryteno-epiglottid folds (A.ep.f.), which diverge posteriorly and
embrace the arytenoid bodies, while they converge anteriorly and
meet at the apex of the epiglottis. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 22.)
The epiglottis is a tongue-shaped or conical body arising from
the floor of the pharynx and directed upwards and forwards. The
tip of the epiglottis is, as the drawings show, a rounded point, and
1901.] LARYNX OF CERTAIN WHALES. 281
contrasts very strongly with that, ot the Odontocete. There is
no special means for “ locking » it into the narial canal, though
its free end is inserted into the posterior nares, in the manner so
well known for Cetacea and several other Maminals.
The epiglottis is 3 inches long in this young Rorqual: its
postero-dorsal surface is grooved, the sides of the groove being
thick and rounded near the apex, but becoming thinner as they
pass into the aryteno-epiglottid folds. The groove is, near the
end, narrow and almost slit-like, the lips being closely pressed
together ina state of rest. Along the floor of this groove is a
ridge, which commences about one inch from the tip of the epi-
glottis, and increasing 1n height as it passes backwards, is con-
tinued into the sublaryngeal pouch (see below) for a short distance
and then gradually dies out.
The arytenoid bodies project upwards from the floor of the
pharynx to a height of only 14 inches ; they are sufficiently high
just to enter the posterior nostril, though when food is passing
along it appears as if, with the distension of the pharynx, the
arytenoid bodies would not reach the nostril. (Plate XXVII.
fig.21.) But as Carte and Macalister show, the extensive muscles
are so arranged as to pull the whole larynx upwards during the
process of respiration. The two bodies are united posteriorly, and
this point is somewhat recurved, but their anterior dorsal margins
are free and enclose a deep groove——a groove that, becoming
deeper, leads downwards into the laryngeal chamber, which is
entered through a large oval aperture, the sides of which are
supported by the posterior processes of the arytenoid cartilages.
(Plate XXVIII. fig. 23.)
The epiglottidean furrow, on the other hand, leads downwards
into the “ sub-laryngeal pouch.” This is a long tubular sac, ending
blindly behind, provided with thick muscular walls, and lined with
a smooth mucous membrane, which laterally is somewhat folded
and trabeculate. This pouch lies on the ventral aspect of the
larynx between the two cornua of the ericoid cartilage. (Plate
XXV. fig. 1a.)
The ventral wall of the pouch is formed by muscle, its dorsal
wall by the arytenoids, between which the pouch communicates,
by a wide aperture, with the laryngeal chamber.
The sub-laryngeal pouch is essentially a czecal diverticulum of
the ventral wall of the larynx, bebween the thyroid and cricoid
cartilages. (Plate XXVIII. fig. 24.) It exists in Balena, though
the musculature there seems to be somewhat differently arranged
according to the account given by Hschricht and Reinhardt.
Whether it is homologous with the sacs present in several
other mammals seems extremely doubtful. (See below.)
Carte and Macalister (p. 233) describe a ‘“ hood-like fold” of the
mucous membrane of the floor of the pharynx just in front of
the root of the epiglottis. This I have not seen. My figures
(21-24) were drawn from the fresh animal, before I had looked
up any literature on the subject ; but I do not think I should have
989 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [Apr. 2,
omitted to notice a fold—sufficiently large, according to these
authors, to be drawn over the aditus laryngis—if it had existed.
The drawings given by these authors are small and indistinct,
and from an inspection of them I was inclined to regard this
“fold” as the epiglottis itself; but their account in the text is
quite precise, and from the size of the “fold” in the adult it
is remarkable that it does not exist in the young.
The general form of the larynx is shown in figs. 1, 2, 5, as seen
in various aspects. It is of greater diameter from side to side
than in the dorso-ventral direction, and the aryteno-epiglottid
apparatus is relatively short, as compared with the long tube
in the Odontocete.
The base of the larynx passes gradually into the trachea, the
rings of which are incomplete on the ventral surface.
The windpipe is, of course, very short, and there is no “ third
bronchus” (nor is there in Balenda), such as will be seen in Cogia.
It will be convenient to describe the cartilages first, and then
refer to the muscles connected with them.
The Cartilages.
In dealing with the topographical relations, the larynx is
supposed to be still within the body of the animal, which is in its
natural position, back upwards.
The thyroid cartilage consists of a distinct body and paired
posterior cornua. The body is a transverse, narrow band, i. e¢., it
has a very short antero-posterior diameter; its anterior margin is
concave, its posterior convex, but with a median V-shaped notch.
At the extreme right and left extremities, where the body becomes
continuous with the cornua, the anterior margin is thicker and
more prominent than elsewhere ; the ridge-like tubercle so formed
probably represents an anterior cornu; just below it is inserted
the sterno-thyroid muscle.
Opposite this ridge-like tubercle, the body of the thyroid curves
abruptly backwards, and forms the conspicuous long posterior
cornu on each side. This is a stout rod, curved as it passes
backwards (2. ¢. posteriorly) with a rather strong convexity towards
the dorsal surface; it is, of course, articulated at its hinder end
with the cricoid cartilage.
Whereas the body of the thyroid is flat and band-like, the cornu,
though of the same character at its origin, soon becomes a thick
subeylindrical rod.
It is 4 inches long, measured from the anterior margin of the
body to the posterior end of the cornu.
The body of the thyroid measures 5 inches from side to side;
measured from the outer extremities its antero-posterior width
(v. @ length) is about one inch, though this becomes greater
towards the middle; the depth of the notch is 4 inch; a line from
the bottom of the notch to the anterior margin, on the median
i
Ime, measures % inch.
1901. ] LARYNX OF CERTAIN WHALES. 233
The cricoid cartilage differs from the form usual in mammals in
that it is incomplete ventrally ; it consists of a great dorsal plate,
which curves round the sides and is produced backwards, towards
ihe yentral face, into two “ horns” or processes. (Plate XX VI.
Uo)
We may, therefore, distinguish a body and a pair of cornua. The
body is nearly square; when seen from the dorsal surface, its
anterior margin is nearly straight in the middle line, though the
corners are obliquely truncated to bear the arytenoid cartilage ;
the posterior margin is produced backwards in the middle line, to
form a somewhat rounded prominence, with which, in this young
individual, 4 or 5 of the upper tracheal rings are continuous.
The dorsal surface is almost flat, slightly concave in the middle.
As this broad plate of the cricoid curves round the side of the
larynx its longitudinal diameter diminishes.
The anterior margin, beginning at the arytenoid facet, commences
to slope gently backwards, and the inclination increases as the
ventral surface is reached, till it makes an abrupt backwardly-
directed curve near the middle line, giving rise toa rounded angle ;
the margin then continues nearly straight backwards to constitute
the ventral or inner edge of the cornu of the cricoid.
The posterior margin, meanwhile, is inclined forwards from the
mid-dorsal line towards the thyroid facet, but the inclination is
slight; beyond this point it is continued forwards for a short
distance and then curves backwards, forming a shallow lateral bag
in the cricoid ; their margin then passes nearly directly backwards
to form the dorsal or outer edge of the cornu.
The cornu itself is not so deiinitely marked off from the cricoid
as is the cornu of the thyroid from its body, it is rather the
ventral posterior angle drawn out backwards to form on each side
a short parallel bar for the support of the peculiar “ sublaryngeal
pouch ” of the Mystacocete.
As to measurements, the cricoid is 3 inches long in the mid-
dorsal line and 3 inches across, taken from the lower edges of the
arytenoid facets, and the same between the thyroid facets, while
the space between the two arytenoid facets is 13 inches. The
lateral margin, as seen from the back, i.e. the distance from the
outer edge of the arytenoid facet to beyond the thyroid facet, is
2 inches.
The ventral margin of the cricoid (or rather of its cornu) is
2 inches; the dorsal or outer edge of the cornu is 13 inches.
In the text-books, both of Owen and Huxley, the ventral
incompleteness of the cricoid is mentioned.
Carte and Macalister give no clear figure of the ericoid, and
do not represent the yentro-posterior cornua; but in the text
this “ tongue-shaped process ” is described as reaching to the first
ring of the trachea. In the present youthful specimen it extends
backwards to the sixth ring.
The arytenoid cartilage consists of a somewhat conical “ body ”
or processus muscularis, of a stout cylindro-conical posterior
284 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [Apr. 2,
“ process,” and of a thin lamelliform, antero-ventrally placed
“wing.” (Pl. XXVII. fig. 15.)
Of these, the body and the “ wing” are visible from without,
after removal of the muscles, while the posterior “ process” can
only be seen by removal of the wall of the larynx.
The “ body,” or processus muscularis, of the arytenoid is some-
what conical, with an obtusely rounded apex directed forwards
and outwards (Pl. XXYV. fig. 2); the base—measuring 1} inches—
is narrow and elongated transversely ; it articulates with the cricoid
in a typical fashion at the antero-lateral dorsal margin of the
latter; its apex serves for the insertion of the crico-arytenoid
muscles.
The anterior “ wing-like” process (=supra-arytenoid of
Thompson) rises from the body by a comparatively thick basal
region, but this soon becomes a thin plate, which is somewhat
erescentic in form—the form is, after all, best appreciated by a
study of the figures. One horn of the crescent is directed forwards
and dorsally,and the right and left “ wings ” approach one another
at their extremities, supporting the “ arytenoid bodies.”
The posterior half of the crescent is continuous with the
posterior process of the arytenoid: the convex margin of the
“wing” is directed inwards, towards the cavity of the larynx ; its
extreme edge is reflected outwards, and the whole of the lower
half of the wing is set at an angle with the plane of the posterior
process, so that a “fossa ”’is enclosed by them.
In this fossa, to the external concave face of the arytenoid
wing, are inserted the upper portions of the aryteno-epiglottidean
muscles.
The third part of the arytenoid, the posterior “ processus
vocalis,” arises from the body by a broad stout base ; its long axis
is directed backwards, parallel to its fellow, close to the dorsal
wall of the larynx. In addition to serving for the insertion of
the lower aryteno-epiglottidean muscles and the thyro-arytenoids,
these two processes form the margins of the true entrance into
the laryngeal sac.
The total length of the arytenoid is 4 inches, measured in a
straight line from the anterior end of the “ wing ” to the posterior
tip of the “ process.”
In the Greenland Right Whale the two processus vocales of the
arytenoid cartilages are continuous at their distal ends, forming a
posterior support for the laryngeal opening; this is not the case
in the young Korqual, though the ends were connected by dense
connective tissue, and very probably this became replaced by
cartilage in older animals.
The epiglotvid cartilage is embedded in the aryteno-epiglottid
and other muscles, so that only a small piece of it comes to the
surface. On dissection, however, the cartilage is found to have the
usual form (Pl. XXVI. figs. 11, 12), resembling a shoe-horn ;
it consists of an upper thin plate (a) with a wide shallow groove,
and a lover thicker moiety (6) which is connected by fibrous tissue
1901.] LARYNX OF CERTAIN WHALES. 285
to the thyroid cartilage, and whose lower end is seen projecting
through the muscles (Pl. XXV. fig. 1); the upper end is in this
young Rorqual very thin, and the margin is reflected to support the
overlying mucous membrane ; the ridge supporting the ‘ cushion ”
is of short extent and does not reach the upper end.
It measures 32 inches in length; ? inch deep at its base,
which is 4 inch wide, while the upper region is ? inch wide.
Before passing to a consideration of the muscles connected with
the cartilages, reference may be made to the form of the laryngeal
cartilages in Balena mysticetus, which are fully and beautitully
figured by Eschricht and Reinhardt (1866).
The form of the cartilages is very similar in the Right Whale
to those of the Rorqual, thcugh, as would be expected, the
proportions of the various cartilages are slightly, but not markedly,
different; the only important divergences are that the posterior
processes of the right and left arytenoids are united behind
the entrance to the larynx, and the smaller size of the
epiglottid cartilage, while the body of the thyroid is of very much
sreater extent than in the Rorqual; nevertheless these two
members of the Mystacocetes have a larynx formed on one plan,
and this plan is very different from that of the Odontocetes.
The Musculature of the Larynx.
Drs. Carte and Macalister gave a detailed account of the
various muscles of the larynx—both extrinsic and intrinsic—for
Balenoptera,and Lhave made no attempt here to go over this ground.
I shall content myself with referring to those only that are con-
spicuous in this whale, and those that are of interest in contrast
with the larynx of Cogia. Carte and Macalister recognize 17
muscles, intrinsic muscles, in the larynx; most of these I have
identified.
1. The crico-thyroid muscle (Pl. XXV. fig. 1, C.t.) is of consider-
able size ; it arises from the hinder half of the latero-ventral face of
the ecricoid (body); the muscle-fibres pass forwards and outwards,
diverging as they go, to be inserted on the inner surface of the
posterior cornu of the thyroid.
2. The ventral surface of the larynx is occupied by a great
bundle of muscle, longitudinally disposed in the middle line;
on dissection it is found that this mass of muscle forms part of
the wall of the sublaryngeal pouch, and can readily be separated
into an external layer of longitudinal muscles and an inner sheet
of circular fibres. Carte and Macalister describe and figure only
the latter, and state that “the thick walls are almost entirely
composed of circular fibres.”
(a) The longitudinal muscles of this sublaryngeal sac take their
origin in the body of the thyroid, to which they are attached
,in the sides of the V-shaped notch (Pl. XXV. fig. 1, 7.c.) and on
the inner face in the mid-line. From their point of origin the
fibres spread out on both sides, forming two more or less distinctly
286 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [ Apr. 2,
separable sheets, a right and a left; these are inserted partly in the
“cornu” of the cricoid, and partly in the five or six uppermost
tracheal rings on each side.
This longitudinal muscle is, topographically, a “ thyro-cricotd.”
(6) Below the “ thyro-cricoid” is a thick layer of muscle
(2 inch in thickness), dispersed transversely for the most part, but
some fibres pass entirely round the sublaryngeal sac (Pl. XXYV.
fig. 1a, n). The transverse muscles are inserted at each end to
the inner (7. ¢. dorsal) face of the ericoid cornu.
(c) This transverse, or inter-cricoid, muscle is not distinctly
separated from a series of muscle-fibres (7) that also are related
to the sublaryngeal sac. These fibres pass from the antero-ventral
margin of the cricoid, obliquely forwards to their origin in the
inner face of the body of the thyroid. The more ventral fibres of
this muscle, becoming more and more oblique with regard to the
sagittal plane, ultimately become transverse, and I was unable to
separate this sheet from the “ transverse muscles ” just described,
but they are quite distinct from the longitudinal thyro-
cricoids.
This sheet of “ accessory crico-thyroids ” (7) forms the side-walls
of the anterior part of the sublaryngeal pouch.
Murie (1871) has suggested that the muscular wall of this pouch
is derived from the thyro-arytenoid muscle; in this he is supported
by Dubois (1886), who sees also a representative of the lateral
erico-arytenoid in part of the musculature. In this latter view
I am inclined to concur, so far as my observations on Balwnoptera
go; for the sheet of muscle labelled ‘“‘7” in the figures appeared
to be quite continuous with that portion of the crico-arytenoid
which passes round to the side of the cricoid, aud it was only
separable by careful dissection. Now this muscle (7) is continuous
with ‘‘ 2,” which forms the inner muscular coat of the sublaryngeal
pouch, so that the representative of the “ lateral crico-arytenoid ”
is here in the Mystacocetes of enormous size.
In discussing the myology of the human larynx, Kanthack
(1892) has, by the use of microscopic sections, confirmed the view
held by Disse and Fiirbringer that the “ lateral crico-arytenoid ” is
only part of—“ a second head of ”’—the thyro-arytenoid, some of
the descending fibres of which ‘“‘ blend with the lateral crico-ary-
tenoid, and come into close connection with the crico-thyroid.”
I think my observations confirm this view.
3. The thyro-epiglottidean muscle (T.ep.) is also a conspicuous
constituent in the ventral region of the larynx; it arises from the
inner face of the lateral region of the body of the thyroid, and
passes forwards into the mass of muscle that forms, with the
cartilage, the “epiglottis.’” The fibres of this muscle are not
distinctly marked off from that part of the aryteno-epiglottid
muscle lying in front of the thyroid.
4, From the dorsal surface (Pl. XXV. fig. 2) two muscles are
ae ; the paired crico-arytenoids (C.ar.) and the inter-arytenoid
(/.ar.).
1901.] LARYNX OF CERTAIN WHALES. i 287
The circo-arytenoid is a powerful muscle arising from the greater
part of the dorsal and lateral face of the cricoid, the lateral
portion being concealed below the crico-thyroid. The muscle
passes forwards to be inserted in the apex of the processus
muscularis of the arytenoid cartilage.
The lateral portion is not separable from the posterior portion
(as Carte and Macalister and others have pointed out) ; there is no
distinct lateral crico-arytenoid, it is one huge mass of muscle.
5. The inter-arytenoid muscle has the usual disposition, and, as
already remarked, arises from the “ wing ” of the arytenoids.
6. The thyro-arytenoid muscle (Pl. XXVILI. fig. 17, Zar.) arises
from the inner face of the body of the thyroid near the middle
line—precisely as in the human subject—and is inserted into the
ventral or inner surface of the body of the arytenoid, and partially
to the upper part of the posterior process of the latter cartilage,
above and external to the aryteno-epiglottid muscle.
7. The latter muscle (4.ep.)—which is much less streaked by
blood-vessels—passes from the outer face of the wing of the
arytenoid, and also from the posterior process of the same, to
the epiglottid cartilage, which is embedded in muscle, and here
the substance of the muscle is penetrated by fibres of the hyo-
epiglottid and thyro-epiglottid.
This aryteno-epiglottid in reality consists of a supero-internal
sheet attached to the arytenoid wing, and an infero-external
sheet attached to the arytenoid process. These sheets are not
well defined on their outer surface; but when the mucous
membrane of the larynx is dissected away their demarcation is
readily seen.
8. The hyo-epiglottid muscle (H.ep.), whenit reaches the epiglottis,
appears as a single muscle inserted in the antero-ventral face of
the epiglottid cartilage; the fibres mingle with those of the
previous muscles, some passing forwards, and some curve upwards
round the side of the epiglottis.
As to the extrinsic muscles of the larynx, I will only refer to two,
the thyro-hyoid and the sterno-thyroid (Pl. XXYV. fig. 1, 7.h., S.2.).
The thyro-hyoid arises from the anterior region of the ventral
surface of the thyroid cartilage, along nearly its whole width ; it
is triangular in outline, as the fibres converge forwards to be
attached to the hyoid cartilage, near the middle line. This
muscle is represented and described by Carte and Macalister, but
the existence of the sterno-thyroid in Balenoptera is explicitly
denied by them, though it appears to have been recognized by later
authors. Certainly there is a muscle of considerable size attached
to the ventral face of the thyroid near the lateral margin where
the *‘ cornu” arises, where fibres pass backwards asa broad sheet an
inch and more across, which is direeted downwards and backwards
towards the sternum. Unfortunately I had cut through this
muscle without noting carefully its relations, while tracing out the
blood-vessels ; but it is, I think, pretty evident, from the direction
of its fibres, that it goes to the sternum.
288 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [Apr. 2,
Il. Tue Larynx oF Co@r.
From the few references to this small Cachalot that I have been
able to discover, I gather that very little is known of its viscera.
The larynx agrees on the whole with that of other Odontocetes
hitherto described in detail, but in certain points—as, for instance,
and in particular, in the duplicity of the thyroid cartilage—
it appears to be unique amongst the Cetaceans, at least so far as
is indicated in the small amount of literature available and
references therein.
The specimen to which this larynx belonged had, as I have stated
above, been cut open and injured in various ways before I was able
to obtain possession of the carcase, and the larynx itself had been
cut through and severed from the pharynx and from the hyoid
bone, hence I am unable to give an account of the relations of
the organ to the neighbouring parts ; but, as these are well known
for several other genera, this deficiency is of little importance.
The general form of the larynx is seen in the accompanying
drawings (Pl. XXV. figs. 4, 5, Pl. XXVI. fig. 6). It has a greater
diameter dorso-ventrally than laterally, which is the reverse of the
condition in Balenoptera and in Gilobiocephalus melas, according to
Murie (1867). Its dorso-ventral diameter (8 inches) is much
ereater than that of the trachea (1? inches), so that the postero-
ventral margin projects considerably and forms a veritable “‘pomum
adami.”
From the upper and anterior end of the larynx the conjoined
arytenoids and epiglottid cartilages project as a distinct tube, and
this characteristic Odontocete tube is directed upwards and
forwards towards the dorsal surface; this makes a very distinct
angle with the longitudinal axis of the laryngeal cavity, whereas
in the Rorqual the arytenoids and the epiglottis diverge from one
another, each forming an angle with the axis of the larynx, but
in opposite directions.
The “aryteno-epiglottidean tube” projects upwards from the
floor of the pharynx for about 14 inches. The upper end is
thickened so as to be firmly clasped by the velum palati and retained
within the narial canal; it had been cut away from its natural
position, so that the relation of the end of the tube to the nares could
not be ascertained, though there is no reason to believe it to be
different from what has been described for other Odontocetes.
The aditus laryngis (Pl. XXVII. fig. 20), when stretched to its
fullest extent, is somewhat rectangular, with thickened, rounded
margins ; the lateral margin on each side is formed by the thick
and fleshy “aryteno-epigiottid ” fold, which reaches upwards to
the apex of each of the cartilages concerned ; the dorsal margin
by the rounded edges of the two arytenoid bodies, which are
continuous along their dorsal surfaces right to their tips, and are
in strong contrast with those of Balwnoptera, for in place of their
lamelliform separable plates, we have in the Odontocete a thick,
rounded or continuous fold. The ventral margin of the aperture
1901.] LARYNX OF CURTAIN WHALES. 289
s, of course, formed by the tip of the epiglottis, also thick and
rounded.
This aperture is, then, perfectly well defined; it measures
two inches by one inch, butit is rather wider at the ventral than at
the dorsal (arytenoid) end. As seen from the side, this tube is
somewhat peniform, the free end terminating in the thick lips
just referred to, the arytenoids projecting beyond the epiglottis.
I have seen no trace or indication of a sublaryngeal pouch in
Cogia, such as has been described by Murie (1871) for Risso’s
Grampus, by Watson and Young (1879) for Beluga, and by Sir
Wn. Turner (1886) for Mesoplodon.
Murie writes (p. 127), near the base of the epiglottis there is
“a median orifice leading into a moderate-sized pouch, which fills
in great part the angle of junction between the enlarged epiglottis
and the thyroid cartilage ; ” and Turner says (p. 165) that between
the forks of the bifurcated epiglottis and the upper border of the
thyroid cartilage there is a shallow mesial pouch, lined by mucous
membrane, which freely communicates with the interior of the
larynx.
With these statements before me I looked carefully for this
pouch in Cogia, but it is absent. There is no space or “angle”
between the epiglottis and the thyroid such as Murie describes,
and there seems to be actually “no room ” for any such pouch.
At any rate, there is none, nor is there any glandular tissue to
represent it, which Murie describes and figures (p. 128) in relation
to the pouch.
In Cogia the lining membrane both of the arytenoids and of the
epiglottis is smooth ; the median ridge on the latter forms a slight
depression on each side (which is precisely what occurs, too, in
Balenoptera), and in the lower half of these lateral! grooves the
mucous membrane is pitted ; these small pits and depressions are,
however, present only on the sides, not in the middle line as
Murie describes for Risso’s Grampus. Nor does he mention any
pouch in Gl. melas (1867), nor do I find one in Zphius (see
below).
The Cartilages.
The tracheal rings are here complete, and the upper ones
present certain irregularities that will be better understood by
reference to the figures than by a description.
About one inch below the larynx the trachea gives off on the
right side a bronchus—the third bronchus—as in most other
Odontocetes.
The cartilages, as will be seen by a glance at the figures, differ
very considerably in form and proportions from the correspondiug
parts in the Rorqual.
The thyroid cartilage (Pl. XXV. fig. 4, 7.) is represented by two
separate pieces, a right and a left, which meet ventrally. These
two halves may be termed for convenience the thyroid plates or
ale. Hach thyroid plate presents a ‘‘ body ” and cornu, and forms
290 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [Apr. 2,
one side of the larynx, meeting its fellow at a distinct angle,
and so forming a ridge.
The body is irregularly rectangular (Pl. XXVI. fig. 6), with a
nearly straight but slightly curved ventral border having a thin
edge, a curved aaterior border presenting a recurved and thickened
edge, which passes dorsally with the posterior cornu ; the posterior
border of each ala is oblique but straight, while the dorsal border
is curved, and passes forwards to join the root of the posterior
cornu.
These various “borders” pass into one another at rounded
angles, but the angle formed by the ventral and posterior borders
is better marked than the rest, and it is at this angle that the two
ale—the right and left—approximate most closely; nevertheless
they only just meet, and this when the apparatus is at rest. It
is here that the lower end of the epiglottis rests, as will be seen
later.
The posterior cornu of the thyroid is a short, flat, narrow plate,
whose base passes quite imperceptibly into the dorso-anterior
region of the body, but between the cornu and the dorsal border
of the plate there is a well-marked “ bay.”
Hach thyroid plate is nearly flat ; it is only feebly convex in a
dorso-ventral direction (a convexity which is slightly exaggerated
in the figure of the ventral view); the edge is thin, except along
the anterior border, which is thick and everted, and probably
represents the “ anterior cornu.”
The measurements of this plate are as follows :—
The ventral border is 3 inches, measured along the curve.
The posterior border is 23 inches.
The anterior border is 1; inches.
The dorsal (behind the cornu) is 2 inches.
The outer curve of the posterior cornu is 4% inches,
while its inner (7. ¢. ventral) margin is about 13 inches,
and its breadth ? inch.
In the Pilot Whale the figures and account given by Murie
show a very different thyroid; the body, which is single, being
transversely extended across the ventral surface of the larynx,
while the posterior cornua are much longer, leaving a deep wide
bay on each side between themselves and the body.
The cricoid cartilage (Pl. XXVI. figs. 8, 9, 10) is a complete
ring, and, as usual, is of greater height (¢. e. antero-posterior
length) on its dorsal half than on its ventral.
The dorsal half of the ring is a broad thick band, deeply
excavated on its binder margin, while its anterior margin is
irregularly convex ; when viewed trom this aspect, then, it has the
appearance of an inverted V with a very open angle (about 90°)
and thick limbs.
The median line of this dorsal face projects as a slight
convex ridge, separating the right and left muscular fossee from
one another. The sloping sides bear on the upper margin the
1901. ] LARYNX OF CERTAIN WHALES, 291
arytenoid cartilages, and below the articular facets the cricoid
passes as a nearly horizontal band, much narrower than before,
round the side and across the ventral surface to the other side.
At the lower angle formed by the lateral and dorsal moieties is
the facet for the thyroid cornu, and from here a slight ridge passes
obliquely forwards and ventralwards to reach the anterior margin
of the latero-ventral moiety of the cricoid ; this is much thinner
and of less diameter than the dorsal moiety.
The measurements of the cricoid are as follows :-—
Length along the median dorsal ridge 17 inches.
Width of each limb of V 12 inches.
Separation of thyroid facets 2 inches.
Width of the latero-ventral moiety 4 inch
(except in ventral mid-line, where it is ? inch).
In the Pilot Whale the cricoid has a much greater posterior
(dorsal) surface, for according to Murie (1871) it is a “trifle
longer than the body of the thyroid,” while on the ventral surface
it is produced into completely posterior cornua which embrace
the trachea and “ wellnigh meet in the mid-line.”
In the Porpoise, too, the cartilage is incomplete ventrally
(Owen).
The arytenoid cartilage (Pl. XXVII. fig. 16) is of considerable
length, as in other Odontocetes, and though the same regions may
be recognized as in the arytenoid of Balenoptera, these are less
distinctly marked off from one another. But the descriptive terms
used in that Whale are no longer appropriate here. In general
form it closely resembles the corresponding cartilage in the
Porpoise.
Each arytenoid is a long fiat rod, oval in transverse section
through the greater part of its extent, broader and thicker
inferiorly, thin and flat superiorly. On the dorsal side is a distinct
shoulder, at a point about two-thirds of its length from the summit;
this makes nearly a right angle with the narrow (superior) moiety,
and from this point, which projects about 3 inch, the dorsal
(or posterior) border slopes very gradually downwards ; on this
margin, just below the shoulder, is the articular facet from the
cricoid.
The lower end of the cartilage is broad and rounded and very
thick,
The upper moiety or supra-arytenoid (Thompson) becomes quite
thin as the extremity is approached, and the plane of this narrow
plate becomes twisted near the extremity, so as to take on a
position finally which makes an angle with the plane of the broad
face lower down. The margin of this upper extremity is recurved,
and supports the mucous membrane that constitutes the arytenoid
body, and the two cartilages touch one another here.
The external surface of the posterior moiety or “ processus
vocalis ” is irregularly convex and serves for the attachment of
muscles.
292 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE (Apr. 2,
The region that represents the “ processus muscularis” of
Balenoptera is here a slight, nearly circular, convex promimence,
not at all well marked. The internal face of the entire cartilage
is smooth.
The length of the arytenoid is 53 inches; its greatest breadth
is 13 inches; while its upper moiety is only five-eighths of an
inch across.
The epiglottid cartilage (P!. XXVI. fig. 13, Pl. XXVIT. fig. 14)
has the usual trough-like character; it is, in contrast with that of
Balenoptera, very massive, being 6 inches in length, and its greatest
breadth is 1? inches. Seen in side view, it is club-shaped in out-
line ; the upper, narrower region being somewhat flattened from
side to side, while the broader posterior region is much compressed ;
at the junction of these two regions the hyo-epiglottid muscle is
inserted. This lower region is rounded posteriorly, where it abuts
against the thyroid plates.
The lateral surfaces are here somewhat excavated, serving for
the attachment of muscles. These surfaces meet in a relatively
sharp ventral edge. The upper end of the cartilage becomes quite
thin, and the extreme upper margin is recurved.
The posterior or internal surface is grooved ; this groove at its
commencement is shallow and wide, but further down becomes
deeper and narrower. Rising from the floor of the groove in
the upper half is a ridge, which fades away posteriorly ; thus a
transverse section near the upper region is W-shaped, while lower
down it is V-shaped.
The broad base of the epiglottid cartilage is capped by two
small cartilages: one is patellitorm, measuring ? x 3 inch, and is
thrust between the two thyroid plates so as to be visible when
the ventral margins of these are parted (Pl. XXV. fig. 4); the
second is smaller, oval, and nodular in form, situated dorsal of the
first; it measures three-eighths of an inch long, and is closely
related to the ventral edge of the right thyroid plate, connected to it
by fibrous tissue. It is situated at the origin of the thyro-arytenoid
muscle of the right side, and rests against a small hard prominence
on the inner surface of the ventral edge of the left thyroid plate.
Each of these two subepiglottid cartilages is separated from the
epiglottis by the thickened layer of fibrous tissue. It is possible
that they represent the ‘“ lobule ” of the 4th and 5th visceral arch,
one of which persists in Hchidna. I saw no representative of the
process (marked ¢ in Howes’s figures) passing inwards from the
base of the epiglottis towards the base of the arytenoid, to which it
is connected by fibrous tissue.
Muscles of the Larynx.
The outer surface of each thyroid plate serves for the attachment
of three muscles (Pl. XXVI. fic. 6).
1. The thyro-hyoid muscle (T.h.) is attached over the whole breadth
of the anterior region of the plate, partly to the thickened edge,
1901. ] LARYNX OF CERTAIN WHALES. 293
but also to the outer surface. Only a short piece of the muscle
remained in connection with the larynx, but the anterior direction
of the fibres and the position of its attachment render it probable
that it is the muscle of this name.
2. Just below this is the sterno-thyroid muscle (S.t.), the fibres of
which pass obliquely backwards and downwards towards the
position occupied by the sternum.
3. Separated from this muscle by a sheet of fibrous tissue is a
third large muscle (wv) whose identification is uncertain. The
fibres are directed antero-ventrally, 7. ¢. downwards and somewhat
forwards, though the inclination is but slight, and they pass nearly
directly ventralwards. This mass of muscle is attached over
nearly the whole of the lower half ot the thyroid plate between
the * bay ” and the ventral margin, which, however, it does not
reach. As the larynx had been cut away from the neighbouring
organs, and indeed cut across near the lower end, I am unable to
identify the muscle: perhaps it is an accessory sterno-thyroid.
4, The dorsal edge of the posterior cornua and of the thyroid
plates also serves for the attachment of muscles, probably the
stylo-pharyngeal and the basio-thyro-hyoid (cf. Macalister, 1867).
5. Crico-thyroid muscle.—This is very small in Cogia and invisible
from without, as it is entirely concealed, partly by the posterior
cornu and partly by a fan-shaped tendon that passes from its
ventral edge across the “bay” to the thyroid plate. But when
this tendon is removed, asmall muscle is exhibited (Pl. XXV. fig. 4,
Pl. XXVI. fig. 6a, C.t.). In its diminutive size it contrasts very
notably with the homologous muscle in Balenoptera, and indicates
a very feeble mobility of the thyroid cartilage upon the cricoid.
In some Odontocetes, e. g. Globicephalus melas, according
to Murie (1867), this muscle is of “considerable size,” while
Macalister mentions that in G. svineval the crico-thyroid is
attached “to the posterior edge of the thyroid cartilage,” and
makes no mention of its attachment to the cornu.
5. The crico-arytenoid muscle is here represented by a posterior
and lateral division (the latter being absent in Mystacocetes).
The posterior muscle (Pl. XXV. fig. 5, C.ar.) is a large quadrate
mass arising from the dorsal face of the cricoid and passing for-
wards to the arytenoid, to the “‘ processus muscularis” to which it is
attached. The lateral division (Pl. XXVILI. fig. 18) arises from the
side of the cricoid, ventral of the thyroid facet, and some of its
fibres arise from the horn of the thyroid (as Murie states is also
the case in Globiocephalus), and indicating the close relation of this
muscle to the thyro-arytenoid.
6. The transverse arytenoid muscle is a thin sheet having the
usual relations, and forming the dorsal wall of the ‘‘ aryteno-
epiglottidean tube.”
7. The aryteno-epiglottid muscle (Pl. XXVII. fig. 18, A.ep.) is
comparatively small, and connects the lower regions only of the
two cartilages. -
8. Above this is a much stouter muscle, the thyro-epiglotted (T.cp.),
which arises from the inner surface of the thyroid near its ventral
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. XX. 20
294 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [Apr. 2,
margin, and after a very short course is inserted into the dorsal
edge of the epiglottid cartilage at about the middle third of its
extent (figs. 18, 19).
9. The hyo-epiglottid muscle has the usual relations.
10. The thyro-arytenoid is a small muscle arising from the inner
surface of the thyroid plate (Pl. XX VII. figs. 18, 19, T.ar.) below
the thyro-epiglottid, and is inserted in the outer surface of
the enlarged base of the arytenoid cartilage, between the aryteno-
epiglottid and the lateral crico-arytenoid muscles.
III. Norse on tHe LARyNx OF ZIPHIUS.
Tn 1887 a brief account of the external features and some parts
of the skeleton and viscera of a species of Ziphius was presented
to the Society by Professors Parker and Scott (Trans. Zool. Soe.
xii. p. 241). In it the larynx is stated to agree with that of
Cetacea in general, but no details or figures are given.
The late Prof. Parker had the larynx cut into two symmetrical
halves, one half of which is amongst the many anatomical
specimens accumulated by him in the laboratory of the Otago
Museum, and it may be not without interest to add a brief
account of it here. Jt presents features of greater resemblance
to the Porpoise and Grampus than to Cogia (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 26).
The thyroid cartilage is continuous across the ventral surface,
though this region 1s thinner than elsewhere. The body of the
cartilage is otherwise like that of Cogia, but is stouter ; the “bay”
between the posterior cornu and the body is wider and deeper ;
the anterior cornu (which has been cut across) is more distinct.
The cricoid, on the other hand, is incomplete ventrally as in
several other Odontocetes ; its dorsal and lateral regions are much
stouter than the corresponding regions in the ericoid of Cogia. The
anterior border slopes backwards rather abruptly as it approaches
the ventral surface and meets the posterior border, which is
practically horizontal, in a blunt angle; this angle nearly meets
its fellow below the thyroid.
The arytenoids appear to be closely similar to those of Cogza ;
there is no independent supra-arytenoid cartilage such as occurs
in the Porpoise.
The epiglottis has relations to the thyroid intermediate between
the conditions found in Balenoptera and Cogia, a condition in
fact quite like that in the Porpoise. Its base rests against the
upper margin of the thyroid, instead of pushing its way downwards
between the two ale of that cartilage. I see no subepiglottid
cartilage.
The chief purpose for which I examined this larynx was
with a view of ascertaining whether it presented any indications
of the ‘median sac” described in some other Odontocetes, but
there is no sign of this sac.
The ridge, a cushion of the epiglottis, is continued beyond the
cartilage in the form of a high membranous fold or septum,
subdividing this part of the laryngeal cavity into a deep right
and left pouch—much deeper than in Cogia—the lining of which
1901.] LARYNX OF CERTAIN WHALES. 295
is much pitted; the pits lead into long tubular branching tubes,
terminating blindly ; they have not a muscular wall, nor is there
any glandular tissue here (as in Risso’s Grampus). These tubes
are not seen well in the section, which involves the median
septum, but the ends and sides of the tubes of the right (7. e.
removed) pouch are seen adhering to this septum, and thus excluding
the possibility of the existence of a median pouch.
The series of pits is continued to the commencement of the
trachea, but naturally they become shorter as this is approached.
These tubes lie between the cavity of the larynx and the thyroid
cartilage, fillmg up the angle between the latter and the epiglottis,
mingled with connective tissue and some blood-vessels. ‘They are
evidently of the same nature as the pits visible on a less extensive
seale in Balenoptera, as well as in Cogia and other Odontocetes
(cf. Murie’s fig. of a longitudinal section of the larynx in Risso’s
Grampus (1871), p.128). The lining of the back and sides of the
larynx, and of so much of the trachea as is present in the
preparation, is thrown into a series of parallel, equidistant, and
well-defined ridges, which start—each by two or three “ roots ”—
at the hinder margin of the arytenoid; these are not mere foldings
of the mucous membrane due to shrinkage, but are extremely
well-defined.
ITV. Genera REMARKS,
Two points of general interest are presented by the larynx of
the Cetacea: firstly, the absence of vocal cords, and even of any
rudiment of them; secondly, the peculiar modifications undergone
by the arytenoid cartilage. As to the former, little more than the
statement is necessary ; possibly the disappearance (? primitive
absence) of all rudiments is related to the second point.
It may be noted, however, that some authors have attempted to
identify certain structures as being the rudiments of the cords;
thus Murie (1371, p. 130) considers the “ parallel folds ” at the base
of the epiglottis in Risso’s Grampus, which form the margins of the
entrance to a small sublaryngeal sac, as their representatives.
These, however, pass from epiglottis to thyroid, instead of from
arytenoid to thyroid, and more recent authorities, e.g. Dubois,
deny the existence of vocal cords in the Cetacea.
As to the modifications of the “arytenoid cartilage,” not only
do we find it under two very different forms in the Mystacocetes
on the one hand, and the Odontocetes on the other, but both these
agree in the fact that this cartilage represents something more
than the true arytenoid in Man and Dog.
Howes (1879) pointed out that in the young Porpoise there are
two cartilages closely united by connective-tissue, but distinctly
separate; not only in the young, but in the adult, are these
cartilages distinct. He gave reasons for believing that the upper
of these cartilages—the supra-arytenoid, as D’Arcy Thompson
named it later—represents, in all probability, the cartilage of
Wrisberg of the Dog’s larynx ; in this view he was confirmed by
Cleland (1884), who finds a similar condition in the Dolphin.
At a later date, D’Arcy Thompson (1890), as the outcome of an
20*
296 PROF. W. B. BENHAM ON THE [Apr. 2,
examination of the young of several species of Whales‘, put for-
ward the view that part of this supra-arytenoid is also equivalent
to the cartilage of Santorini. He, moreover, believes that the
condition of the cartilage in the Cetacea is a primitive one.
Now, in the case of Balenoptera—where the condition of the
“aditus laryngis” is less modified than in Cogia—the tips of the
“wing” of the arytenoid cartilage enter the arytenoid body,
very much as does the cartilage of Santorini in normal mammals;
but the convex border, it seems to me, can scarcely be said to be
“in the aryteno-epiglottidean folds” (see Pl. XXVILI. fig. 17), in
the manner in which the cartilage of Wrisberg should lie; and
in my opinion the “ supra-arytenoid ” of the Mystacocete is not
altogether and completely homologous with that of the Odontocete.
Thus in Cogia a considerable part of the inner (or ventral)
margin of the ‘“supra-arytenoid ” may, perhaps, be regarded as
supporting the arytenoid fold, which is extremely reduced in
length, though from the examination of the adult of this form it
¢ Text-fig. 75.
Diagrammatic longitudinal section through the larynx of A. Man; B. Bale-
noptera; C. Cogia. In each :—a, arytenoid; 0, cartilage of Santorini ;
c, cartilage of Wrisberg ; d, epiglottis ; e, thyroid; f, cricoid ; g, trachea;
m, thyro-arytenoid muscle. Intended to illustrate the composite nature
of the “arytenoid” in the Cetacea, and the disposition of the thryo-
arytenoid muscle.
would not readily appear that this is the case. However, ad-
mitting, as I am quite willing to do, the truth of Thompson’s
views for the Odontocete, there is still, I think, a possibility that
there is no cartilage of Wrisberg in the Mystacocete.
The lower portion of the “arytenoid” includes the processus
muscularis and the processus vocalis; this region is the real
“arytenoid.” And the chief point of interest lies in the great
development, in Balenoptera, of the processus vocalis (text-fig. 75)
and the change in its direction. For in Man this process—sup-
porting as it does the vocal cord and part of the thryo-arytenoid
muscle—is horizontal, with respect to the longitudinal axis of the
larynx, while in the Rorqual it passes almost vertically downwards,
* It does not appear, from the abstract of bis paper given in the ‘Zool
Jahresbericht,’ that Thompson examined any Mystacocete.
1901.] LARYNX OF CERTAIN WHALES. 297
parallel to the long axis, and, as we have seen, forms the lateral
margins of the entrance to the larynx, which, according to Dubois,
corresponds to the “ glottis’—the rima glottidis of human anatomy.
In the case of Coyia this process is less distinctly marked off
from the rest.
Two further points of interest occur within the Cetacea, viz.,
the great ventral, sublaryngeal pouch in the Mystacocete, and the
peculiar aryteno-epiglottid tube of the Odontocete.
I have already referred to the view that the sublaryngeal pouch
of the Mystacocete is, in part at least, derived from the thryo-
arytenoid muscle; the great downward “ sagging,” so to speak, of
this muscle, so as to project between thryoid and cricoid cartilage,
has led to the oblique and nearly vertical position of the
“« olottis ””—the wide entrance to the laryngeal chamber.
This glottis is approached, in these Whales, by a comparatively
wide, short canal, owing to the loose connection between the
arytenoids and epiglottis.
But in the Odontocete these cartilages are very heavily built,
especially at the lower ends; and that of the epiglottis projects
much further into the larynx than in the other group, so that the
entrance is reduced to a narrow cleft, and the glottis itself is
greatly blocked up by the lower end of the epiglottis. Further, the
glottis is not so definitely marked out as in the Mystacocete ; it
can be located only by the position of the thryo-arytenoid
muscle.
One is tempted to see some interrelation between the “ pouch”
and the “tube”; to think that in some way the junction of the
pouch of the Mystacocete is taken on by the glottideal tube and
the elaborate “ spiracular sacs ” of the Odontocete. And this leads
us to look for any homologue in the Odontocete of the sublaryngeal
pouch of the Mystacocete.
The latter, as is known, is a median, ventral evagination of the
muscular wall of the larynx, between the thryoid and cricoid
cartilages ; in position it is post-thryoideal.
But in the Odontocete, no outgrowth occurs in the same re-
lative position. Itis true thatin various genera—e. g. Mesoplodon,
Beluga, Grampus—a small median sac has been described by
various authors; but this sac has glandular walls (a few muscles
are mentioned by Murie), and at any rate occupies a different
position, viz., between the base of the epiglottis and the upper
(anterior) border of the thyroid cartilage. In fact, it is pre-thy-
roideal in position.
Nevertheless, Murie, Watson and Young, and Sir W. Turner,
regard this sac as homologous with that of the Mystacocete, and
Dubois agrees with them, and, further, includes in the homology
small, lateral, glandular outgrowths which occur in some genera
(no doubt the conditions represented by Cogia).
Now, lateral outgrowths in this position—at the sides of the
base of the epiglottis and projecting, more or less, over the upper
margin of the thyroid, either actually or morphologically—are
known ina great variety of mammals. In some cases the two
sacs or “ventricles of Morgagni” are near together and close to
298 PROF, W. B, BENHAM ON THE [Apr. 2,
the epiglottis; in other cases, as in Man, they are more strictly
lateral in position, lying in all cases between the “ true ” and
‘‘false” vocal cords, when both are present. In Man, each
“ ventricle” extends upwards, intervening between the aryteno-
epiglottid and the thryo-epiglottid.
In some Monkeys, in addition to their lateral pouches, there is
a smaller or larger (e. g. Mycetes) median pouch; but in all these
cases, the pouch or pouches lie above the thyroid cartilage, either
actually or morphologically.
Only in the Mystacocete ’, apparently, do we meet with a post-
thyroideal pouch. It seems to me this must be distinct from the
preceding. Naturally, I write with considerable hesitation in the
face of the views of such well-known authorities on the Cetacea
as those quoted above; but I cannot think that the median post-
thyroideal sublaryngeal pouch of the Mystacocete is truly and
genetically homologous with that of the Odontocete and other
mammals—whether median or lateral—which is pre-thyroideal.
References to Literature.
OwrEn.—“ On some Indian Cetacea.” Trans. Zool. Soe. vi. 1865,
poli
Von Haast. On the Occurrence of a new Species of Huphysetes
(E. pottsit) on the Coast of New Zealand.” P.Z.8. 1874,
p- 260; and Trans. New Zeal. Instit. vi. 1873, p. 97.
Carte & Macauistmr.—‘*On the Anatomy of Balenoptera.”
Phil. Trans. p. 158 (1867).
Y. Denacu—< Hist. d. Balenoptera musculus.” Arch. d. Zool.
Exp. et Gén. i. 1885.
Turner, W.—‘‘ The Lesser Rorqual (B. rostrata) in Scottish Seas,
with Observations on its Anatomy.” Proc. R. S. Edinb. xix.
1892.
Dusors.—“ Ueber d. Larynx” (¢n Max Weber's ‘Stud. iib. Siiuge-
thiere ’), 1886.
Escuricut & Rerymarpr.—Ray Society’s Memoir—1866. “On
the Greenland Right Whale (Balena mysticctus).”
Owern.— Comp. Anat. Phys. of Vertebrates, vol. iii.
Howes, G. B.—“ On some Points in the Anatomy of the Por-
poise.” Journ. Anat. & Physiol. xiv. 1879, p. 467.
CLELAND.—“ On the Viscera of the Porpoise and White-beaked
Dolphin.” Journ. Anat. & Physiol. xviii. 1884.
D’Axcy THompson.—“ On the Cetacean Larynx.” Studies, Mus.
Dundee, i. p. 1890.
Kantuack, A.—“ The Myology of the Larynx.” Journ. Anat.
& Physiol. 1892, p. 279.
Muris—“ On the Organization of the Caa’ing Whale (Globio-
cephalus melas).” Trans. Zool. Soc. viii. 1867.
Moriz.—“ On Risso’s Grampus.” Journ. Anat. & Physiol. iv.
HS7y p. Ls:
1 But, according to Owen (iii. p. 598), there is, both in Ateles arachnoides
and in Hapale rosalia, a “small sacculus” which “ projects from the crico-thyroid
space.
a
1901.] LARYNX OF CERTAIN WHALES. 299
Macatister.—“ On some Points in the Anatomy of Globiocephalus
suineval.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 477.
Prrrin.— Notes on the Anatomy of Balenoptera rostrata.” Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1870, p. 805.
Turner.—“ Anatomy of Mesoplodon bidens.” Journ. Anat. &
Physiol. xx. 1886.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,
The letters used have the following significance; in the case of muscles, the
letters refer both to the muscles and their attachments.
A, Arytenoid cartilage. | nm. Transverse and circular
a. Upper plate of epiglottis. muscles of the sublaryn-
A.ep. Avyteno-epiglottid muscle. geal pouch.
A.epf. Aryteno-epiglottid fold. O. Glottis: entrance to larynx
A.pi. Processus muscularis, or from sublaryngeal pouch.
base of arytenoid cartilage. (i, Gisophagus.
Ar. Arytenoid body. p. Processus vocalis of aryte-
Aw. Supra-arytenoid region of noid cartilage.
arytenoid cartilage. Pal. Palate.
6. Lower half of epiglottis. Ph, Pharynx.
C. Cricoid cartilage. Phfl. Floor of pharynx.
C.ar. (Posterior) crico-arytenoid Ph.mus. Muscular wall of pharynx.
muscle. P.n. Posterior nares.
C.ar.l. Lateral crico-arytenoid vr. Accessory crico-thyroid
muscle. muscle (Balenoptera).
C.c. Ventro-posterior cornu of r, Ridge on cricoid cartilage
cricoid cartilage. (Cogia).
Ct, Crico-thyroid muscle. S.ep. Subepiglottid cartilage.
EL. EKpiglottid cartilage. S.l.p. Sublaryngeal pouch.
Ep. Epigiottis. S.t. Sterno-thyroid muscle.
Ep.c. Cushion or ridge of epi- T. Thyroid cartilage.
glottis or its cartilage. T*. Posterior cornu of thyroid
Ff. Fossa; on external face of cartilage.
arytenoid cartilage. T.ar, Thyro-arytenoid muscle.
ja. Articular facet for arytenoid T.c. Thyro-ericoid muscle in
cartilage. Balenoptera.
jc. Articular facet for cricoid T.ep. Thyro-epiglottid muscle.
cartilage. 7T.h. Thyro-byoid muscle.
ft. Articular facet for posterior tr. Trachea, or tracheal rings.
cornu of thyroid cartilage. Z.t. Tubercle or ridge on the
gr. Groove inepiglottid cartilage. anterior margin (=ante-
Hep. Hyo-epiglottid muscle. rior cornu) of thyroid.
far, Inter-arytenoid muscle. W. Tendon, passing from body
L. Cavity of larynx. to posterior cornu of thy-
m. Median dorsal prominence roid (in Cogia).
of ericoid (Cogia). xz. Muscle of uncertain homo-
mus.p. Muscular wall of sublaryn- logy.
geal pouch.
Puate XXY.
Fig. 1. Balenoptera. Ventral view of entire larynx, as seen after the removal
of the hyoid and the wall of the pharynx. Some of the muscles
have been removed from the right side of the figure, so as to show the
shape and relations of the cartilages.
The right longitudinal muscle (thyro-cricoid) of the sublaryngeal
pouch bas been cut away so as to exhibit the deeper circular
muscles (M.).
Fig. 1 a. The median region of the above figure, after the removal of the whole
of the thryo-cricoid muscle, showing now the outline of the sub-
laryngeal pouch. Theareaof attachment of the longitudinal muscle
is indicated by the dotted lines.
300
Fig.
Fig
Hig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fie.
ON THE LARYNX OF CERTAIN WHALES. [Apr. 2,
2. Dorsal view of the larynx of the same. Some of the muscles have
been removed from the right side. Note the continuity of the upper
tracheal rings with the cricoid cartilage.
. View of the right side of the larynx of the same.
Cogia. Ventral view of the larynx, the extrinsic muscles of the left
side having been removed. ‘I'he thyroid cartilage is seen to consist
of separate right and left alz or plates, which have been somewhat
forced apart in order to show the subepiglottid cartilage.
On the left side, the tendon (W. on the right) had been cut away
so that the small crico-thyroid muscle is partially exposed.
we Os
5. Dorsal view of the larynx of the same.
Piate XXVI.
_6. The larynx of Cogia from the right side.
. 6a. Aperture of the same, showing the small erico-thyroid muscle, the
outline of which is dotted, where it is hidden by the thyroid cornu.
.7. Balenoptera. The cricoid cartilage from the ventral surface.
8. Cogia. The cricoid cartilage (ventral view).
. 9. The same, dorsal view.
_10. The same, sideview. 7. ridge, along which the lateral crico-arytenoid
is inserted.
. 11. Balenoptera: the epiglottid cartilage from within (7. e. dorsal surface).
a, the upper and 6, the lower region.
_ 12. The same, side view, in situ (cf: fig. 17): a, b, transverse sections of the
epiglottid cartilage.
. 18. Cogia. The epiglottis from the side.
Pruarz XXVIT.
_14. The epiglottis of Cogia from within: a, 6, transyerse sections at the
levels similarly marked.
. 15. Balenoptera. Vhe right arytenoid cartilage from without.
. 16. Cogia. The right arytenoid cartilage from without.
,. 17. Balenoptera. The aryteno-epiglottidean apparatus, seen after removal.
of the right half of the thyroid cartilage.
. 18, Cogia. The aryteno-epiglottidean tube, from the right side, after
remoyal of the right ala of the thyroid. The cricoid cartilage had
been cut and the epiglottis has sunk downwards slightly.
.19. Cogia. The inner face of the left thyroid plate, showing muscle
attachments.
. 20. Cogia. The entrance to the larynx, at the apex of the aryteno—
epiglottidean tube.
. 21, Balenoptera. The right side of the pharynx has been cut through, and
carefully litted without disturbing the relations of the epiglottis and
palate.
Puate XXVIII.
22. Balenoptera. The same as fig. 21, after the depression of the floor
of the pharynx, so that the entrance to the larynx is displayed.
23. Balenoptera. The sublaryngeal pouch has been opened bya longitudinal
incision ; the right arytenoid has been turned upwards so as to open
out the groove between them and expose the glottis, the opening
between the pouch and the larynx. This aperture (@.) is placed
between the posterior processes of the arytenoid cartilages.
. 24. Balenoptera. Outline of larynx, supposed to be transparent, so as to
exhibit the extent and relations of the sublaryngeal pouch and the
cavity of the larynx: the contained cavities are shaded.
. 25. Cogia. View of the interior of the aryteno-epiglottid tube, as seen
when it has been opened by an incision separating the right arytenoid
from the epiglottid. It is seen that there is no median sac at the
base of the epiglottis.
g. 26. Ziphius, sp. A median longitudinal section through the larynx.
Z, tubular outgrowths from the lateral pouches; s, membranous
septum separating the right and left pouches.
1901. ] ON THE LIZARDS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 301
2. On a Collection of Lizards from the Malay Peninsula,
made by Members of the “Skeat Expedition,’ 1899-
1900. By F. F. Latpnaw, B.A., Assistant Lecturer
and Demonstrator at Owens College.
[Received March 14, 1901.]
(Text-figure 76.)
I. Native names of the Lizards.
The small House-Geckos are known to the Malays as “ chi-chak ”
(“‘chee-chak”’). Gecko verticillatus is called “‘tokay.” ‘The different
members of the genus Varanus are called “ biawak” or ‘ bewak ”
(biawah”). Liolepis belli is the ‘‘ bewak pasir” (sand-lizard) ;
Gecko stentor the owl lizard, ‘“ bewak pongo.” Draco is often
spoken of as “‘chichak terbang” or flying lizard, sometimes
“ bidadari” (fairy or celestial spirit), occasionally by way of a joke
‘**bidandari” (bidan=midwife). The species of Calotes and Gono-
dactylus are called “ sumpah-sumpah ” in the south, farther north
“pokah.” The Skinks are called “ bengkarong” (or “mengkarong”’),
except Lygosoma chalcides, which is regarded as a snake and
ealled ‘ ular berkaki,” the snake with feet, or “ ular bengkarong,”
lizard-like snake. Tachydromus sevlineatus, on the other hand, is
“ bengkarong ular,” the snake-like lizard.
IL. Distribution of the Lizards’.
The distribution of Lizards throughout the Peninsula is of
course modified by the physical characters of the country. Thus
along the east coast, where there are large tracts of barren sandy
country, Liolepis bellu is exceedingly abundant and in such
localities is the only reptile to be seen. ‘This lizard is the only
example from the Peninsula of the terrestrial group of Agamoids,
so numerous in Australia and Africa, and it is interesting to find
that it keeps to the driest and most exposed places to be found.
A number of species are only to be found in the cultivated
lands lying alongside the rivers and spreading out over the plains.
Calotes cristatellus is certain to be met with wherever there are
groves of cocoanut, palms, or banana plants. The common species
of Varanus too are abundant, sometimes they are to be seen right
in the towns. I shot a specimen of V. salvator well over 5 feet in
length at the back of our house in 'Tringganu, where it was feeding
on a dead pig.
Draco volans is also found in cultivated lands; in the north
Gecko verticillatus, which does not live in houses in the Peninsula,
is sometimes to be met with under the bark of trees along with
Hemidactylus frenatus. ‘The most widely spread of all is perhaps
Mabuia multifasciata, equally at home in the thickest forests ‘and
in towns within a few feet of high-water mark. The small house-
haunting Geckos complete the Lizard-fauna of the cultivated
1 The position of the localities in which specimens were collected is shown in
the sketch-map, text-fig. 76, p. 302.
302 MR, F, F. LAIDLAW ON THE [ Apr. 2,
country. It will be noticed that all these species have a wide
range in the Oriental region. On the other hand, the forest fauna
consists for the most part of species with a limited range. The
most characteristic genus of Lizards inhabiting this part of the
Text-fig. 76.
LOGI ip melvin i bie 102
Nae
NAWNG-CHII te (Town & mov ct Fiver)
‘ RA
BN ce (ei
‘\
‘\ (GALA A RSS
KEDAH jy Biserat of ie
wh
ii - LJ,
i *~ 7.7 )Rhols Bhants SAIN
Bakit Blings~S of j eTanjo ila
be | -RAMAN / “Teemangen /' Va Khota Bhanu
1 *, f\ LIGEH 3
ras ! ofan " o :
{¢ i \ ped bs i |
Jo A Tomah 5]
\ b/ yw % omal s
Wh te Gunorg Ines 3\ H 5
a ia ae ‘
n Ij
PERAK Ry
Ey KELANTAN
Si \ Kuala Aring © Redang I*
Pg °
STringganu
(Fown & miouth of river) |
\ i Re a
HI 4 y ny Be 4
| ee \ f Aring ae
; Guneng
S Saié Jahan raga?
wt, TRINGGANY |
PAHANG
|"
Map of part of the Malay Peninsula, to show the localities mentioned
i in the text.
world is certainly Draco, and the distribution of its various species
is interesting as bearing on the general question of the distribution
of the Malayan fauna. Mr. Boulenger (Cat. Liz. Brit. Mus. i.
p. 253) divides the genus into two main groups—one with the
1901.] LIZARDS OF THE “‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 303
nostrils directed laterally, the other with the nostrils directed
vertically upwards. The former group has a wide range. On
the mainland, D. maculatus ranges from Yunnan to Singapore; in
Hainan it is replaced by the closely allied D. whiteheadi. Next
come two species common to the Malay Peninsula and the three
great Malay Islands, viz. D. volans and D. fimbriatus. D. punctatus
is known from Borneo and the Peninsula, and there are three
species confined to Borneo: these are D. cornutus, D. rostratus,
and D. cristatellus. Eastwards, D. lineatus has been recorded from
the Moluccas and doubtfully from Java. Jour species are known
to inhabit Celebes: one of these, D. reticulatus, occurs also in the
Philippines, which have also six or seven ‘ precinctive’ species.
Lastly, D. walkert and D. timorensis are found in Timor. On the
other hand, the second group does not extend farther east than Java.
Jt may conveniently be divided into two sub-groups: in one the
gular pouch of the males is covered with very large scales, in the
second the scales on the pouch are not enlarged.
The first sub-group contains four species, these are :—
D. blanfordi, from Tenasserim to Perak (Larut Hills).
D. teniopterus, Tenasserim and Siam.
D. formosus, Perak and Penang.
D. obscurus, Borneo.
D, formosus is intermediate in structure between the first two
species.
Of the second sub-group, D. dussumieri is found in India; all
the others are from Borneo, but some range into Java, Sumatra,
aud the Malay Peninsula :—
Borneo. Java. Sumatra. Peninsula.
D, maximus,
Dy affinis.
D. quinquefasciatus. D. quinquefasciatus.
D. nucropterus.
D. hematopogon. D. hematopogon. D. hematopogon.
D, melanopogon. D. melanopogon,
On the whole the Peninsula comes nearer to Borneo than do any
of the other neighbouring countries; the other Agamoid lizards
support this view strongly. The genus Aphaniotis is common
to Borneo and the Peninsula, and not found in Java or Sumatra.
The last-named island, on the other hand, has the precinctive
genus Phoxophrys, and one species of the genus Cophotis, of which
the other species is found in Ceylon, and belongs to a small group
of three genera with processes on the snout otherwise peculiar to
Ceylon. Java has the precinctive genus Harpesaurus, and is
inhabited by Lophurus amboinensis, an eastern form belonging to
that group of Agamoids furnished with femoral pores.
There remain for consideration three large genera widely
distributed in the Oriental region. One of these, Acanthosaura, is
entirely continental and reaches its southern limit in the Peninsula,
The second, Gonyocephalus, is chiefly found in the archipelago,
as far east as N. Guinea; this genus is represented in the
304 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON THE [Apr. 2,
Peninsula. Lastly the genus Calotes, more widely spread than
either of the preceding, is poorly represented in the south of the
Peninsula by but one species C. cristatellus, but more abundantly
both to the north and in the neighbouring islands.
It is worth remarking that I have never seen a really young
specimen of any Draco; whilst young examples of Aphaniotis fusca
and Gonyocephalus borneensis seem to be more frequently caught
than adults.
III. Systematic List of the Species, with Notes.
Fam. GECKONID A,
GYMNODACTYLUS MARMORATUS (Kuhl).
Gymnodactylus marmoratus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 44; 8.8.
Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 626.
I caught a young specimen of this lizard under a large stone
in the Botanical Gardens at Penang, about 300 ft. above sea-level,
a large one at the foot of Gunong Inas from under a boulder, and
a young one at Kuala Aring in a dead bamboo.
GYMNODACTYLUS PEGUENSIS Bler.
Gymnodactylus peguensis, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xiii.
p- 314, pl. vi. fig. 2.
One specimen, an adult male, was collected in Patalung by
Mr. Annandale, who tells me that he saw another individual of
the same species on a hill in Legeh.
This is certainly one of the most beautiful of lizards. The
following is a brief description of our specimen :—Head ovoid,
covered above with very small granules, largest on the snout.
Forehead concave. Har-opening small, oblique, and oval in shape.
The back is covered with small granules ; scattered amongst these
are numerous small trihedral tubercles. The scales on the
are very small, those of the belly considerably larger and somewhat
imbricate. Hight pre-anal pores. Ground-colour a delicate brownish
pink; on the dorsal surface are large patches of rich dark brown,
darkest at the margins and unsymmetrically arranged. ‘Tail with
black rings.
Teneth of head.......... feos 9 2A0) ann
- ody: cot nossa is eee 45,
* GALI pos Cease ees nee GO 5p
Hy HORS: IMD gooe so00c6 26 e.
ss nna cll inal oe erent Be
JB Ohln OF INEACLs Go bees dangoe 13
GONATODES KENDALLI (Gray).
Gonatodes kendalh, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 63; S. 8S. Flower,
IDs AIS eos joe teloas3 WG es VAIS. We) 10, G2P
One specimen from Bukit Timah, Singapore.
GONATODES AFFINIS (Stol.).
Gymnodactylus affinis, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 42; 8.8. Flower,
12 nse WEDS, fo; SO2,
1901.) LIZARDS OF THE ‘‘ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 305
Gonatodes penangensis, S. 8S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 863,
pl. xliv. fig. 1.
Gonatodes affinis, id. P.Z.S8. 1898, p. 455; id. P.Z.S. 1899,
p- 627.
I found this species common on Gunong Inas between 3000
and 4000 ft., where it was the only lizard I came across except a
Draco that I could not catch. I collected about half-a-dozen
specimens amongst boulders on the course of a small stream,
these were all of small size, and I saw several others none of
which appeared to be larger than the individuals I caught. The
measurements of one of these are :—
iBreadkihvothead anne seo 7mm.
Mengtheotsiea die eryy errr TIL
i bod yRiceh aie sere: BO) 155
ss Le hillany Soares ey catsy pete LLP Rr Suues
if MOIS! LORIN Gocooage 14. ,,
i hua! Ione) . 6 50cn0e oes
On the other hand, a specimen taken some two thousand feet
lower down was approximately of the size of the specimen figured
by Capt. Flower (/oc. cit.) and by Stoliczka (Journ. As. Soc. Bengal,
xxxix. 1870, pl. x. fig. 1), but two others from about the same
level agreed in size with my smaller specimens. The measurements
of the large specimen are :—
Bieealiin Cie INEM. o sate noo bat 10:5 mm
Weng ihwon heady ys a. oreole 1G 4
ss | oyeroliys sales Pt AU Wiaehieee ADs
cf Bates oe et GH)
as LOGEp Moy yes avi 2 as
. lamnvolthvmlaooaeoba5 Biel dy
HEMIDACTYLUS FRENATUS (Schleg.).
Hemidactylus frenatus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p.120; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 85; S. 8S. Flower, P.Z. 8. 1899, p. 629.
Khota Bharu, Kelantan. In houses.
Ulu Selama, Perak. Under the bark of dead trees.
HEMIDACTYLUS GARNOTI Dum. & Bibr.
Hemidactylus garnotti, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 141; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 94.
Two specimens were caught inside our house at Kuala Aring.
This species has not, I believe, been recorded previously from the
Peninsula.
HEMIDACTYLUS PLATYURUS (Schneid.).
Hemidactylus platyurus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. 1. p. 143; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 95; 8. 8S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 629.
Very abundant in Khota Baru, Kelantan, Tringganu, Singapore,
and at Bangkok.
306 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON THE DAtore2,
GEHYRA MUTILATA (Wiegm.).
Gehyra mutilata, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 148; id. Faun. Brit.
Ind., Rept. p. 96; S. S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 866; id. P. Z.8.
1899, p. 630.
Khota Baru, Kelantan, inside houses. Singapore, in Botanical
Gardens.
GECKO VERTICILLATUS (Laur.).
Gecko uerticillatus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. 1. p. 183; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 102; 8. 8. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 631.
Common in Singgora and as far south as Patani, rare at Khota
Baru, Kelantan, and apparently unknown farther south along the
E. coast. The specimens recorded by Dr. Hanitsch from Singapore
were, I am inclined to suppose, accidentally introduced. In the
Peninsula this species does not inhabit houses. If, however, one
is set at liberty in a house it will often remain about the place.
GECKO STENTOR (Cant.).
Gecko stentor, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 184; id. Faun. Brit.
Ind., Rept. p. 103; 8. 8S. Flower, P. ZS. 1899, p. 634.
This is essentially a forest-haunting species and its loud barking
cry is not unfrequently to be heard in the up-country jungle,
although the lizard is but seldom seen. I have heard its cry
“ tok-tok-tok” repeated six or seven times and ending in a harsh
chuckle several times, but never saw the beast alive myself. Mr.
Annandale obtained two specimens, both males, one at Biserat,
the second at Kuala Aring. The former was mature and had 11
pre-anal pores, the latter, a younger specimen, had only 9. Its
head too was much more flattened than that of the adult individual.
It was caught in a dead bamboo.
Gucko monancuus (Schleg.).
Gecko monarchus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 187; id. Faun. Brit.
Ind., Rept. p. 103; S. S. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 868.
Khota Bharu, Kelantan; Singapore.
Fam. AGAMID2.
Draco ForMosvs Bler.
Draco formosus, Boulenger, A.M. N. H. (7) vi. p. 190 (1900).
A Malay in Penang sold me a specimen of this lizard (3),
preserved in spirit along with a number of specimens of D. voluns.
He assured me that he had caught it on the island, but had never
seen another like it.
ensthvot lead iia eee 17 mm.
A body} jaaiiune x5 Aue 844;
a bail io. een Ae UCD 55
wd MORIN s 6 ooo0u 4 Bl os
aR lanolin) 555 25 HO 6
Breadth of head .......... 2 ane
1901. ] LIZARDS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 307
Draco MELANOPOGON Bler.
Draco melanopogon, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. iii. p. 492 7 Hanitsch,
Rep. Raffles Libr. & Mus. 1897, p. 9; S. S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899,
p- 637.
This species is common in the forest of the Ulu Selama district
up to about 1000 ft. above sea-level. I caught three specimens,
two females and a male. One of the females contained three
large eges. At a height of some 3500 ft. above sea-level on
Gunong Inas, I saw two or three Flying Lizards belonging to
another, smaller species, but could not capture any.
Draco vouans IL.
Draco volans, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 256; S. S. Flower,
P2728. 1896, p..8685 id) BP. Z. 8. 1899; ps 636:
This lizard is very generally distributed all over the low-lying
country, and we obtained a considerable number of specimens at
Kuala Aring, Tringganu, Penang, and elsewhere. Mr. Ridley
tells me that the longest flight of one of these lizards he has
measured was about twenty-five yards; in the course of this flight
it descended from a height of fifteen yards to the ground. They
appear to have some power of avoiding obstacles in their flight.
Females of this species contained two eggs, or in one instance
three.
APHANIOTIS FUSCA Peters.
Aphaniotis fusca, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 274; S. 8S. Flower,
P.Z.8. 1899, p. 637.
We collected three young specimens of this lizard on the E. side
of the Peninsula, and one young and three adults (2 g,1 @) at
the foot of Gunong Inas in Perak. The adult male, which I
caught myself, was hiding under a large dead palm-spathe; the
other adults, a pair, were caught sitting on a branch of a fallen
tree. They seem to be rather sluggish little creatures, but are very
difficult to see on the ground on account of their coloration. The
inside of the mouth in our adult specimens was of a curious blue
colour.
GONYOCEPHALUS BORNEENSIS (Schleg.),
Gonyocephalus borneensis, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. [te rele) 8 tS SE
Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 637.
A single young specimen from the foot of Gunong Inas.
CALOTES CRISTATELLUS (Kuhl).
Calotes cristatellus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p- 316; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 184; 8.8. Flower, P. ZS. 1896, pa ov Ls) ide
P. ZS. 1899, p. 639.
This species, exceedingly common in the south of the Peninsula,
becomes rarer towards the north, where it is replaced by C. versicolor.
We collected specimens at Biserat, in Singapore, Penang, and
Perak. A pair from Biserat, apparently sexually mature, were
308 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON THE [ Apr. 2,
exceedingly small. The measurements of the female of this pair
are :—
rene thvoienesce me arent 24:5 mm.
nS nodiya ces emecce tract Somes
ss Gale iss cae nmntats al)
Fe OEE gina Deena A ae
a laimdeliaaata) eee Owe.
Bread tor saend maces errr a aes
The female lays two spindle-shaped eggs, which are left uncovered
in any shady place.
CALOTES VERSICOLOR (Daud.).
Calotes versicolor, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 821; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 135, fig. p. 186; 8S. 8S. Flower, P. Z.S. 1876,
p- 072.
Note by Mr. Annandale :—‘ The male of this species dances in
a conspicuous position before the female, which remains concealed.
He is then of a pale yellowish flesh-colour, with a conspicuous
black smudge on each side of the gular pouch, which is much
dilated. He stands with the fore part of the body raised on the
fore legs, and bows his head slowly and repeatedly, opening and
shutting his mouth continually ; after a time he advances a few
steps towards the female and repeats the performance. If disturbed
the black marks disappear. The males fight very readily with one
another, and change colour as they do so; the victor becomes of
a warm reddish brown. This species is common as far south as
Biserat, less so in Raman, and I did not meet with it at all
farther south.”
CALOTES EMMA Gray.
Calotes emma, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 324, pl. xxv. fig. 1; id.
Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 137; 8.8. Flower, P. Z. S. 1899, p. 641.
This species is fairly common at Patalung, but grows rarer
towards the south, and probably does not range beyond Patani.
LIOLEPIS BELLII (Gray).
Liolepis bellii, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 403.
Lnolepis belliana, id. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 156.
Liolepis bellir, 8. S. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899, p. 642.
Mr. Annandale has given me the following notes concerning this
species: —‘‘The commonest species of lizard in the barren stretches
of sand which are common in Lower Siam near the sea-coast, on
the east side of the Peninsula. It is exceedingly active and very
timid. Though its colour is brilliant, the green and grey ‘ eyes’
which ornament its back, and the orange and purple stripes on its
side, are not conspicuous amidst its natural surroundings: the
former harmonizing with the shadows cast on the sand by the
scanty vegetation which it supports; the latter are more or less
concealed by the fold into which the skin that covers the ribs
naturally falls. When the male, which is more brilliant than
a)
1901.4 | LIZARDS OF THE “ SKEAT EXPEDITION.” 309
the female, is roughly handled, and is prevented from using its
powerful jaws, it flattens its body in such a way that the stripes
of colour on the sides become most conspicuous. ‘The female is
unable to do this with such effect, as her ribs seem to be less
mobile. Lvolepis lives in holes in the ground, which often go down
vertically for two feet before there is a bend in their course. The
Malays say that the holes are dug by the lizard with the aid of
claws and snout, but Lzolepis is so timid that I have never been
able to watch one digging. A male and female were generally
captured in each burrow, and the natives assured me that the
lizard is strictly monogamous.” A female I opened contained
eight large eggs with leathery shells. In the stomach of another
specimen I found remains of a large spider, several grasshoppers,
and a quantity of vegetable food.
Malay name, ‘‘ Bewak pasir” (sand-lizard).
Fam. VARANID A.
Two large species belonging to this family are common in
suitable localities all over the Peninsula. These are Varanus
salvator and V. nebulosus. Mr. Annandale has given me the fol-
lowing note concerning these species :—‘‘ V. salvator is perhaps
more aquatic than V. nebulosus, otherwise their habits appear to be
identical and they are equally at home in water, on land, or amongst
the branches of trees. They lay their eggs in hollow tree-trunks.
When in the water they swim beneath the surface, their legs
closely applied to their sides ; the powerful tail functions both as
a propeller and as a rudder. ‘heir food is very varied. In the
States of Patalung and Singgora, in which the Siamese practise a
form of tree-burial, these great lizards are accused, and probably
with justice, of devouring the corpses. I have disturbed a large
monitor eating the body of one of its own kind which had evidently
been dead for some days; another when chased dropped from its
mouth a small flying-squirrel (Sciwropterus); a third, which I
dissected, had swallowed a small tortoise the carapace of which had
been broken into innumerable little fragments; the stomachs of
several others contained nothing but dung-beetles, for which
Varani may often be seen hunting, turning over the dung of
elephants or buffaloes with its fore feet.”
I have watched a small V. salvator eating a rat in the Botanical
Gardens at Singapore. It shook the rat very violently, banging
it against the walls of its cage and on the ground, then bit it all
over, until presumably all the rat’s bones were broken, then bolted
it head first. They may sometimes lay their eggs in burrows. A
specimen at Kuala Aring lived ina very long and deep burrow,
so deep that we could not dig it out. In and near Tringganu they
are especially plentiful near the burial grounds,
VARANUS SALVATOR Laur.
Varanus salvator, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 314; id. Faun.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1901, Vou. 1. No. XXI. a1
°
310 ON THE LIZARDS OF THE ‘‘SKEAT EXPEDITION.” [Apr. 2,
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 166, fig. p. 162; 8. 8. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899,
p- 873. bie
Our largest specimen measured 6 ft. 6 in. in total length.
VARANUS NEBULOSUS Gray.
Varanus nebulosus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. ii. p. 311; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 165; S. 8. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 643.
VARANUS RUDICOLLIS Gray.
Varanus rudicollis, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. 11. p.313; 8.8. Flower,
P.Z.S. 1899, p. 643.
A specimen of this lizard was brought to me at the foot of
Gunong Inas. It appears to be an inhabitant of forest country
only.
Fam. LACERTID 4.
TACHYDROMUS SEXLINEATUS Daud.
Tachydromus sealineatus, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. iii. p. 4; id.
Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 169; 8S. 8. Flower, P. Z. 8. 1899,
p. 644.
Mr. Annandale tells me that this lizard is common at Biserat,
where it is called “‘ Bengkarong Ular” or snake-lizard. It runs about
on the top of the long buffalo-grass (lalang) ; apparently the great
length of its body, produced chiefly by the remarkable extent of
the tail, saves it from breaking the grass or falling through to the
ground. When chased it seeks safety by diving, so to speak,
down through the grass to the ground. ‘This species has not, I
believé, been recorded previously from the Peninsula, although
_ known to occur in Borneo and Burmah.
Fam. SCINCID4.
MAsBvia MULTIFASCIATA (Kuhl).
Mabuia multifasciata, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. i. p. 186; id. Faun.
Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 191; 8. 8S. Flower, P. Z.S. 1899, p. 645.
Abundant everywhere, both in the forests and in open country.
I have seen one of these Skinks climbing high up on a large forest
tree.
LyGosoMA FLOWERI, sp. n. (sect. Hinulhia, Gray).
Form moderately slender ; limbs well developed, pentadactyle,
rather long; adpressed hind limb just reaches axil. Ear-opening
moderately large. No auricular lobes. Hye large, its diameter
nearly equal to its distance from the end of the snout. Lower
eyelid scaly. No supranasals, fronto-parietals distinct, fronto-nasal
in contact with rostral; five supra-oculars, 32 scales round the
body. Colour: upper surface brown, with a mid-dorsal row of
irregular black spots extending to the base of the tail, which is
mottled brown and white; the limbs brown and black; lower
surfaces brown.
1901.] ON THE PrERYLOSIS OF THE GIANT HUMMING-BIRD. 311
Two specimens from the foot of Gunong Inas: one, very young,
J caught running on the trunk of a tree, the other, a female, on
the ground ; its dimensions are :—
Menebhiot head a. eee ase. 11 mm
. body oer Some
a allah eee eons oy es TOs.
a forewianbert es ne 20a
Bs aways! MEDI peed se so Oe
iBreadthvor headwear rye oy
T have much pleasure in naming this species after Mr. Stanley
Flower, to whose work on the Reptilian fauna of the Malay
Peninsula I am much indebted.
LyGosoMA CHALCIDES (Linn.).
Lygosoma chalades, Boulenger, Cat. Liz. iii. p.340; 8.8. Flower,
P.Z.S. 1899, p. 652.
Malay name, ‘‘ Ular Berkaki” or legged snake.
Specimens were collected at Ban Kong Rah in Patalung and at
Khota Bharu, Raman. The natives regard it as the young of
Typhlops or Cylindrophis, and say that its legs gradually grow
smaller and smaller until they finally disappear.
3. On the Pterylosis of the Giant Humming-bird (Patagona
gigas). By Professor D’Arcy Wzntwortn Tuompeson,
CB Ziss:
[Received April 2, 1901.]
(Text-figures 77-82.)
Our knowlege of the pterylosis of the Humming-birds is ex-
tremely scanty. It is based mainly on Nitzsch’s very brief notes,
supplemented by some observations of Dr. Shufeldt’s. Nitzsch’s
very elementary figures are the only ones that I am acquainted
with. The following account is based on the examination of a
spirit-specimen of Patagona received lately by the Museum of
University College, Dundee, from Mr. Alexander Rodger of the
Perth Museum.
THe PreRyLosis oF THE Hwan.
The feathering of the head may be most simply described as
starting backwards from the base of the bill in three lateral lines
and a median ventral one. The three lateral lines start respectively
(a) from the base of the upper mandible, above the nasal flap or
cover ; (6) from the neighbourhood of the nostril below the level of
its cover; (c) from below the gape parallel to the line of the jaw.
The upper lateral band (a), corresponding to the fronto-parietal
area of Pycraft, forms a closely feathered triangle (text-fig. 77,
fr.tr.) over and behind the nasal valve, after which it narrows so
as to leave a moderately wide space in front of and over the eye ;
then, the interspaces between its feathers becoming much wider,
Le
31D PROF. DARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Apr. 2,
it runs in three somewhat widely separate feather-rows downwards
outside the line of the hyoid cornua. It is separated from its
fellow of the other side, firstly, by an elongated oval apterion
(text-fig. 78, fr.apt.) extending as far back as the middle of the
Text-fig. 77.
RAM. TR —_---
INTE RRAM.TR
Pterylosis of Patagona gigas, side view, reduced.
Sr.tr., frontal tract; dor.tr., loral do.; ram.tr., ramal do.; Jat.tr., lateral do. ;
lat.cerv.tr., lateral cervical do.; p.cerv.apt., posterior cervical apterion ;
scup.apt., scapular do.; /at.thor.apt., lateral thoracic do.; hyp., bypo-
pteron; ax.", ‘second row’ of axillaries.
orbit and directly continuous with the posterior extension of the
horny beak, and secondly by a small triangular space on the top of
the head (text-fig. 78, occip.apt.), corresponding to the vertex of
the triangle between the long hyoid cornua. Between these two
1901.] PTERYLOSIS OF THE GIANT HUMMING-BIRD. 313
interspaces, the bands come near together in the middle line, and
the space between is here occupied by a longitudinal row of three
or four feathers.
The second lateral band (6), beginning in the loral area (text-
fig. 77, lor.tr.) behind the nostril, that is to say considerably
Text-fig. 78.
Pterylosis of Patagona gigas, dorsal view, reduced.
fr.apt., frontal apterion ; dors.apt., dorsal do. ; supra-oc.apt., supra-ocular do. ;
D.al.apt., dorsal alar do. &e.; ¢. marg., med., maj., marginal, median, and
major coverts; hwm.tr., humeral tract; dors.tr., dorsal do.
posterior to the commencement of the upper band, divides into
three parts: firstly, a single row of feathers which courses over
the top of the orbit and then divides into two rows, of which the
outer stops short above the ear, while the other, running parallel
and close to the band previously described, proceeds down the side
314 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Apr. 2,
of the neck; secondly, a little patch extending to the inner
canthus of the eye, there becoming connected with a ring of tiny
feathers that closely surrounds the eye very near the margin of
the eyelid to the number of about 16 or 17 above and below, and
finally continued backwards from the posterior canthus; thirdly,
a well-defined band which forms firstly a well-defined row of
feathers running backwards below the eye, secondly a band running
downwards in front of the ear, and thirdly, between these two, a
circlet of feathers surrounding the opening of the auditory meatus,
from which it is separated by a wide interspace.
The znferior lateral band (c), or, again to use Pyeraft’s nomen-
clature, the ramal area (text-fig. 77, ram.tr.), starts from the apex
of the lateral angle of the horny lower mandible and curves back-
wards and downwards until below and a little in front of the ear
it becomes confluent with the adjacent tracts, and merges in the
general feathering of the sides of the neck.
Separated in front by a considerable space from the last-men-
tioned band, the median ventral or interramal tract starts as a
narrow triangle between the rami of the lower mandible, and very
soon, about the level of the front of the eye, forks into two lateral
branches which proceed downwards, merging with the lateral
cervical tracts (text-fig. 77).
The arrangement of feathers on the head in Patagona is in
striking contrast with the more uniform arrangement of ordinary
Passerines. For purposes of comparison, I have examined a few
birds only, especially Collocalia (as a type of the Swifts) and Capri-
mulgus ; but bearing in mind the general scantiness of our know-
ledge, and also what we already know of the variability of the
pterylosis within even limited groups, it is plain that we need
countless additional observations before the comparative method
shall be properly available.
In Collocalia (text-fig. 79) the top of the head is feathered with-
out any median interruption from the beak to the nape of the neck,
the feathers in front reaching to the border of the gape external
to the nostrils. Laterally, a distinct crescentic apterion separates
this feathered area, whose outer feathers are larger than those
within, from a single row of outwardly directed feathers running
above the eye and again separated from it by a considerable
interspace. This row starts, very much as in the Humming-bird,
from a loral patch which feathers the base of the bill between
nostril and eye, and from which another row of feathers passes
below the eye to stop short immediately behind it. Between
these two rows is a row of eyelash-feathers-on the lower lid only,
continued into a, little group behind the outer canthus. A third
line of feathers starting from the same region becomes connected
with the circlet of feathers around the wide auditory aperture. —
Below the gape, fringing its margin, a ‘ ramal’ band of feathers is
present separated by a narrow space from the broad feathered
‘interramal’ area which oceupies the rest of the mandibular
triangle.
To a certain extent there is a resemblance traceable between this
1901,] PTERYLOSIS OF THE GIANT HUMMING-BIRD. 315
pterylosis and that of Patagona. The converging lines of feathers
that run backwards over the crown, the crescentic row of feathers
over the eye, and the crescentic apteria, internal and external to
this latter row, are features that the Swift possesses in common
with the Humming-bird. But, on the other hand, the absence of
the median frontal and occipital apteria, of the eyelashes of the
upper lid, and in general the uniform feathering of the back of
the head, all these are striking differences.
Text-fig. 79.
B
Pterylosis of Collocalia spodiopyga.
A, dorsal view; B, ventral view of wing.
In Caprimulqus macrurus (text-fig. 80, p. 8316) the arrangement
of the feathers on the head is as follows :—A double row of feathers
starts on the dorsal side of each nostril and curves inwards to
approximate to its fellow on a level with the anterior border of
the eye, leaving a lanceolate space vacant between, much as in
the Humming-bird. A few median feathers intervene between the
two rows (each of which has become uniserial) on the top of the
head, and behind these the two rows first fuse in the middle line,
then diverge slightly (behind the level of the eye), and each after-
wards bifurcates prior to running down over the occiput and nape.
Two other rows immediately external to these on each side run
316 _ PROF. D'ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Apr. 2,
backwards, diverging as they go, and combine with the former to
form a complicated pattern on the back of the head and nape. The
more external of these two sends forward in the posterior part of
its course a branch communicating with a short longitudinal row
of feathers dorsal to the eye: in the anterior part of its course it
blends with a triangular patch of feathers, forming the ‘ loral area ’”
dorsal to the line of vibrisse that fringe the gape. Dorsal to the
eye, and separated by a considerable interspace from the short row
already mentioned, comes another more complete row, of somewhat
stiff and prominent feathers, and external to it again the eyelid
bears two incomplete rows of feathers on its dorsal surface, and
Text-fig. 80.
te x,
ac |
soiree ES
. Cy Oe? ZR
"TX. Qeety C
Pterylosis of head of Caprimulgus macrurus, from above and from the side.
then a fringe of stiff eyelash-feathers at its edge; these eyelash-
feathers are continued round the edge of the lower lid also. The
row of vibrisse, of which 10 or 11 are conspicuously stiff, is
continued backward into a row of softer feathers that run between
the ear and the eye towards the general feathering of the back
of the head. | Immediately dorsal to them is another row of smaller
feathers, which may, in like manner, be traced backwards along a
similar course diverging somewhat from the former; and as they
run below the eye they resemble, and at the anterior canthus they
1901.] PTERYLOSIS OF THE GIANT HUMMING-BIRD. 317
are not clearly disconnected from, the row of stiff and prominent
feathers already described above the eye; the lower surface of the
eyelid bears one row of feathers internal to them. The large
auditory aperture, whose lower border is very distinctly produced
and everted, is surrounded by a conspicuous fringe of feathers ;
this line of feathers around the ear is not distinctly connected with
any of the other rows. On the outer side of the lower mandible,
parallel with the vibrisse, a double row of ‘ ramal’ feathers runs
backward towards the angle of the jaw; the outer row of this
double series is in very close relation, if not in direct connection,
with the feathers of the auditory ring. The interramal ‘ chin-
feathers’ are sparse and are separated from the mandibular or
ramal area by a wide interval.
It will be found that this account is very similar to Mr. H. L.
Clark’s account of Phalenoptilus nuttalli. Bearing in mind the
general features and minor difference in other genera of Caprimul-
gide, as described by Mr. Clark, I think we may say that there is
a somewhat surprising resemblance between the pterylosis of the
head in these forms and in our Humming-bird. The linear
arrangement of the feathers is in a general way comparable; the
median frontal apterion is well marked and the occipital one is
indicated in the Goatsuckers ; the main row of feathers over the eye
is similar in both, and both have the complete circle of eye-
lashes, though these differ in appearance, being complete small
feathers in the Humming-bird, and not single stiff ‘ cilia’ as in the
Goatsucker. The connection between the auditory ring of feathers
and those of the regions anterior to it is not very clear in either
case, and would seem to be slightly different in the two according
to my description and figures; the strong vibrisse of the Goatsucker
have no counterpart in the Humming-bird ; but, apart from these
differences, the resemblance between the two forms seems to me
very noteworthy, and the more noteworthy and the more puzzling,
in being apparently much greater than the resemblance of either
form with the Switt.
Tur PTERYLOSIS OF THE WING.
The Humming-birds are universally described as possessing ten
primaries and six secondaries. As a matter of fact, Patagona
possesses a distinct but minute seventh inner secondary.
The fourth primary from the end of the wing, that is to say the
seventh reckoning from within outwards, is associated with the
phalanx of the third digit (=ad-digital remex). Of coverts we find,
both above and below, a row of major and of median coverts, the
latter separated by a considerable interspace from the marginals.
On the dorsal surface of the wing (cf. text-fig. 78) major coverts
are present in connection with each remex and overlap the bases
of their corresponding remiges distalwards ; their insertions, which
at the base of the wing are distinctly on the proximal side of their
corresponding remiges, shift outwards till at the farther end they
are as distinctly distal.
An additional ‘aquintocubital’ covert (text-fig. 81) is interca-
318 PROF. D’ARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Apr. 2,
lated between the fourth and fifth cubitals, and another intercalated
feather is present at the carpal joint.
Text-fig. 81.
To MED Wn -- - > e
T. MAJ _- 30"
Z
Part of the wing of Patagona, dorsal view.
aq., ‘aquintocubital’ feather ; ¢.med., tmaj., median and major coverts ;
carp., placed over an apparently intercalated covert at the wrist-joint.
All these belong clearly to a single row or series, and this series
is further prolonged proximally beyond the correspondmg row of
remiges into a series of some five or six feathers that course dorsal-
wards along the humerus to merge with the humeral tract.
The median coverts are in each case placed a little in front of
their corresponding majors. There are in the primary series ten,
beginning with that in the interspace of the wrist. There are
three only on the cubitus, corresponding to the second, third, and
fourth secondaries, reckoning inwards.
The account here given is not entirely satisfactory to me, but 1
cannot from the examination of a single specimen arrive at
greater certainty. My difficulty arises from the fact that I do
not recognize a ‘remicle,’ and that I am not quite sure of the
nature of the apparently intercalated ‘carpal’ covert. This
latter, from its small size and from its position, one would
naturally assume to be an intercalated or supernumerary one,
especially as we shall see it to be still better shown in the Swift,
and to be associated with a rudimentary remex in the Goatsucker.
On the other hand, it lies directly opposite to a ventral covert
which seems clearly associated with the first primary. The ventral
major coverts, moreover, are all distinctly proximal to their
corresponding primaries, while those of the dorsal side, unless
we reckon the ‘ carpal’ covert as the first of the primary series,
are more and more distal to theirs. In the one case, the feather
on the outer side of the tenth primary is to be interpreted as a
remicle, in the other as the tenth major covert. I have merely
described the feathers I have seen, and admit the possibility of a
difference of interpretation.
1901.] PTERYLOSIS OF THE GIANT HUMMING-BIRD. 319
On the ventral side of the wing (cf. text-fig. 77) the inferior
major coverts are only present in correspondence with the ten
primaries and the four first or outermost secondaries. Thus the
whole series stops short precisely where the median coverts stopped
short on the dorsal side of the wing.
The median coverts of the ventral side are present in number
corresponding to all the remiges except the outermost, and are
further continued downwards and forwards on the under
surface of the wing towards the pectoral tract, to the number
of four or five more, much in the same way as the dorsal major
coverts were extended inwards to the humeral tract, and con-
stituting the so-called axillaries or hypopteron (text-fig. 77, hyp.).
Between these two proximal extensions, that namely of the
dorsal major coverts running to the humeral tract and that of the
ventral median coverts running downwards towards the pectoral,
we have a more conspicuous and more numerous row of about
eight feathers running along the posterior border of the axilla and
right down to the pectoral tract. They deserve the name axillaries
more strictly than the former row, but for the purposes of this
paper we may speak of them as the second row of axillaries
(text-fig. 77, ax''.). It is impossible to say whether this row is in
serial continuation of either the remiges or the ventral major
coverts (that is to say, with either of the series lying between
those with which the two other extensions are continuous), and
as a matter of fact it seems to be separated by a gap from both of
them.
This last series, together with the one above it, corresponds
to the parapteron and penne humerales of Nitzsch, while the
extension of the ventral coverts corresponds to the hypopteron or
axiilaries of Nitzsch and Wray. But, whereas the axillaries are
commonly described as being extensions of the ventral minor
coverts, they are here, at least, clearly an extension of the median
coverts, and the penne humerales are as clearly an extension
of the dorsal major coverts.
Between the median and the marginal coverts there is present
on the ventral side a row of six or seven small minor coverts,
which run, pointing strongly distalwards, from the level of the
third primary towards the end of the wing.
The marginals themselves form several transverse rows of small
closely-set feathers, having as usual no numerical relation lon-
gitudinally with the remiges or the other tectrices already
described.
The marginal feathers encroach but a little way on the patagium,
which is bare save for three or four rows of feathers on its
anterior border.
There is a well-marked humeral tract nearly over the head
of the humerus and extending backwards thence to the axilla.
Anterioriy it unites with the marginals, and so comes into close
relation, over the clavicle, with the forward continuation of the
pectoral tract. It comes very near to the dorsal tract poste-
riorly, though it is difficult to say that it is connected with it;
320 PROF. DARCY W. THOMPSON ON THE [Apr. 2,
in the main the two tracts are separated by a prolongation back-
ward of the triangular apterion at the base of the neck.
The pollex is entirely concealed beneath the skin and bears no
free alula, though a few somewhat larger feathers appearing
among the marginals correspond to the position of the latter.
The whole wing is of a remarkably simple type. The small
number of marginals, the scanty feathering of the patagium, and
the absence of minor coverts on the whole dorsal and greater part of
the ventral surface of the wing seem to me to leave the arrangement
of the remaining rows unusually clear; and in particular, the
relation of the upper and lower posterior extensions, parapteral
and hypopteral, of the coverts to the rows of coverts themselves
seems to be much more simple and definite than is usual.
The wing of Collocalia has ten primary feathers and seven well-
developed secondaries, internal to which latter are two rudimentary
ones. There is a greater covert to each of the primaries on the
dorsal side and another on the ventral, of which, if my inter-
pretation be correct (for it is in part subject to the same difficulty
that I have discussed in describing Patagona), the ventrals are all
proximal to, and the dorsals distal to, their corresponding primaries.
There seem here to be clearly intercalated at the wrist a pair of
dorsal and ventral carpal coverts. There is no aquincubital covert
among the secondaries, at least in this particular Swift ; there are
seven major coverts on the ventral side, and on the dorsal side the
series is further prolonged backwards to connect with the humeral
tract. On the dorsal side of the wing there are median coverts
present in connection with the seven outer primaries and all the
secondaries, which latter are furnished also with a row of minor
coverts. Median coverts are present on the ventral side in
connection with all the primaries and secondaries, and are further
continued backwards into a line of hypopteral feathers. On the
ventral side of the manus is an incomplete row of minor coverts.
The marginals are few, but the patagium bears on the dorsal
surface more numerous feathers (in 3 or 4 rows) than in the
Humming-bird.
The wing of Caprimulqus macrurus (text-fig. 82, p.3821) possesses
ten primaries and ten conspicuous, together with one or two rudi-
mentary, secondaries. There is a rudimentary remex at the carpal
joint. The alula is of large size and bears three long feathers.
On the dorsal side of the wing there is a major covert corresponding
to each primary, to each secondary including the rudimentary
carpal remex, and also a well-marked ‘aquintocubital’ feather. The
six outer primaries (that is to say, numbers 5 to 10) possess each
a well-formed median covert, and the first and second also each
possess two coverts, the outer (or that corresponding to the median
covert) being of large size, though not so big as the major one;
besides these, the dorsal surface of the hand possesses no other
coverts.
The secondaries all possess well-formed median as well as major
coverts, including one for the aquintocubital feather; and these are
succeeded by three rows of minor coyerts, which rows become
1901.] PTERYLOSIS OF THE GIANT HUMMING-BIRD. 321
successively shorter, the outermost having only about five feathers.
The median coverts each bear two tiny plumes at the base. There
are several rows (about five) of marginal feathers which curve
round on the shoulder to join the strong humeral patch. On the
ventral side of the wing there isa complete series of major coverts,
including an aquintocubital covert, and there is also an equally
complete series of median coverts. There is one row of minor
coverts together with a few others on the arm, not very regularly
disposed.
Text-fig. 82.
CG.
(Ae eee
7.™ OOO. C
oe
“e
fe
Wing of Caprimulgus macrurus, dorsal view.
c7., carpal remex, with its major covert.
The variations in the pterylosis of the wing are too numerous
and too little known to justify us in drawing much from a close
comparison of these types. They all three possess wings of com-
paratively simple structure, that of the Humming-bird being the
most so, that of the Goatsucker the least. The wing of the Goat-
sucker is aquintocubital, with the apparently interstitial coverts
present both above and below ; in the Humming-bird we see one
only on the dorsal side; in Collocalia there is no sign of either.
The median coverts of the primaries on the dorsal side are
interrupted alike in the Goatsucker and the Swift; in both of
these birds, and especially the latter, the minor coverts of the
cubitus and the patagial feathers are much more numerous than
in the Humming-bird.
THE PYERYLOSIS OF THE REST OF THE Bopy.
In Patagona the general feathering of the back of the head,
formed by the convergence of the bands above described, and
supplemented by additional feathers on the occiput between the
hyoid cornua, divides at the nape of the neck to run down on
each side of a great posterior cervical apterion, fully an inch long,
and occupying all the back of the neck nearly to the shoulders.
The middle of the back is occupied from the shoulders to a little
way in front of the oil-gland by a somewhat broad, lanceolate,
dorsal apterion. The rest of the back is covered by a broad
dorsal feather-area, which in front divides into two very narrow
teathered strips that border the posterior cervical apterion, and
merge halfway up the neck with the lateral cervical feather-tracts,
B22 PROF. D’'ARCY Ww. THOMPSON ON THE [ Apr. 2,
The dorsal area descends in a triangular patch far on to the sides
of the body midway between wing and leg ; it covers the head of
the femur and descends some little way behind that bone; it
terminates posteriorly in a pointed extension on the base of the
oil-gland, and a little way to the side of the latter it sends a little
triangular patch some short way downwards behind the femur.
On either side of the breast-bone we have the broad median
ventral apterion, which extends all the way from the anus to the
region of the gape.
The lateral cervical feathers-tracts, on arriving at the level of
the shoulders, communicate with the prepatagial marginal feathers
of the wing and then pass on into the broad ventral or pectoral
tracts. Between the prepatagial extension and the main pectoral
tract there is a well-marked patch running backwards towards the
hypopteron ; this last is the ‘‘ pteryla lateralis ” of Nitzsch.
The ventral feather-tracts are broad along the sides of the
breast ; posteriorly they are continued by a single line of feathers
to join with a feather-tract behind the anus; anteriorly over the
shoulder-joiut they merge with the humeral tract and with the
marginal or pre-patagial wing-coverts, and each then runs forward
on the side of the neck, to be joined by the strip already mentioned
from the dorsal tract, and so to form the lateral cervical areas.
We thus recognize the following apteria in Patagona :—
(1) An elongated apterion on the top of the head divisible into
an anterior and posterior portion.
(2) A more or less crescentic supraocular apterion on each side
of the top of the head.
(8 & 4) The apteria around eye and ear.
(5) A small apterion extending backwards from the angle of
the mouth, very narrow when the mouth is closed, but
stretching into a wide triangle when the mouth is open.
It is possible that this is directly continuous with a little
triangular apterion intercalated in the lateral feathering
of the neck just below and behind the ear.
(6) The great posterior cervical apterion.
(7) The dorsal apterion.
(8) The lateral thoracic apteria, more or less subdivided by
the downward extensions of the dorsal tract and also
encroached on by certain feathers, to be subsequently
described, in connection with the wing. This apterion is
continuous with a large naked space on the underside of
the wing, and with the bare space on the side of the femur.
(9) The great ventral apterion which runs all the way from the
fore part of the neck to the anus.
(10) A triangular apterion, which we may call the scapular
apterion, on each side of the neck, separated from the
posterior cervical apterion by the narrow anterior prolon-
gations of the dorsal tract, and separated by the humeral
tract from
(11) the apterion on the dorsal surface of the wing.
1901.] PIERYLOSIS OF THE GIANT HUMMING-BIRD. 323
In Collocakia the interramal area is continuous with a feathered
area which occupies the front of the neck tothe level of the shoulders,
the feathers here pointing towards the middle line, where they are
divided by a narrow medianapterion. The dorsal tract has a small
lanceolate median apterion, in front of which it runs more than
halfway up the neck to form a median shoulder-patch of strong
stiff feathers ; it covers, much more closely than in the Humming-
bird, the sides of the body, the outer surface of the thigh, and the
rump, also the base of the oil-gland in its middle line, where,
indeed, the feathers are very stiff and strong.
The pectoral tracts are widely separate in the middle line, and
are further separated from the feathering of the neck, so that
here the feathering of the head and neck is entirely cut off from
that of the body. Oneach side of the breast is also a long narrow
lateral apterion, which is only prevented from communicating with
the apterion of the neck by a single row of feathers that run
inwards from the humeral tract to the sides of the shoulder-patch.
On the leg we have no well-defined femoral tract, which may,
however, be represented by a single row of about seven feathers,
imperfectly differentiated from the dorsal tract. The outer and
inner surfaces of the leg are bare, but on the tibia there is a band
of feathers on the edge of the leg in front and behind, which two
bands unite at the ankle and are continued down the front of the
tarsus.
The tail consists of ten rectrices, each with a corresponding
upper and lower covert, the lower row of coverts, however, con-
taining two additional outer feathers on each side.
The anus is crowned with a circlet of long feathers. The oil-
gland, as is well known, is unfeathered.
In Caprimulgqus the feathering of the back of the head is
continued into a narrow posterior cervical tract, three rows broad,
without either the posterior cervical apterion of Patagona or the
interruption seen in Oollocalia. The posterior cervical tract, which
is placed on a median fold of skin, as in Pycraft’s description of the
Owls, divides over the shoulders into two narrow bands which unite
with similarly formed extensions of the dorsal tract to enclose a
small diamond-shaped apterion and to form a dorsal saddle much
less extensive than in the Humming-bird. ‘There are well-marked
femoral tracts, and scattered feathers between them and the dorsal
tract. The inferior cervical tract divides near the middle of the
neck, and gives off a branch to the prepatagial border of the wing
and shoulders, as it merges into the pectoral (or ventral) tract on
each side. The median branch between these two, broad and
characteristic in the Owls, is not present.
The pectoral tracts are wide apart, and somewhat narrower, and
they contract a little way in front of the posterior edge of the
sternum into narrow bands that run backwards curving in
towards the anus.
The pterylosis of the neck differs much, therefore, in the three
birds described, the narrow posterior cervical tract and broad lateral
324 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Apr. 16,
apteria of Caprimulgus being very different from the characters
of either of the other two. The median dorsal apterion is common
to the three, and the general arrangement on the back is otherwise
not so different as is that of the neck, or rather the difference is
more one of degree; for the broad saddle of the Humming-bird
includes the lumbar and femoral tracts of Collocalia,and the apterion
between is in part occupied by scattered feathers in the Goat-
sucker.
As an instance of the great divergence of characters to be found
in certain groups often more or less closely approximated to the
Macrochires, under such names as Picarie or Coraciiformes, we may
take the Kingfisher, than which it would be scarcely possible to find
a bird whose pterylosis, at least, is im more striking contrast with
those above described. The nearly complete and close feathering
of the head, the junction of the occipital feathers with those of the
strong posterior cervical tract, the separation of the latter from
the dorsal tract, the numerous secondaries, the close feathering of
the patagium—all these and other differences contrive to form
a strong and evident contrast.
On the balance of evidence, I am inclined to think that the
facts of pterylosis, so far as they go, tend to justify the association
of the Humming-birds with the Goatsuckers and Swifts, and, if
anything, to bring them somewhat nearer to the former than
the latter of the last two. But 1 am bound’ to confess that the
evidence is confused and the judgment far from clear. There are
many resemblances and many differences, and we are not yet in a
position to decide what proportion of weight several characters
deserve.
April 16, 1901.
Howarp Saunpers, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the
Society's Menagerie during the month of March 1901 :—
The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-
gerie during the month of March was 106, of which 33 were made
by presentation and 34 by purchase, 37 were received on deposit
and 2 in exchange. The total number of departures during the
same period, by death and removals, was 160.
Amongst the additions special attention may be called to a
male Tasmanian Wolf (Thylacinus cynocephalus), received in ex-
change on March 19th, this animal having now become extremely
scarce and seldom seen in captivity.
T may also call attention to the Indian birds presented to us on
March 8th by Mr. E. W. Harper, F.Z.S., of Calcutta, nearly all of
which are new to the Society’s series.
PZ S VOM vol 2 Kea
DEL.
Horace Knight del.et lth. . Nantern Bros. Chromo.
IBUBAIN CishOIWAL (Olr els; IVAN (GONE 12, UDA28
cel ‘i -
hey
bol}
127.3 USO svell i. IP UOCk.
Horace Kmght del.et hth, Mintern Bros.Chromo.
RHYNCHOTA OF THE FAMILY COREID/:#.
1901. ] ON THE RHYNCHODA IN THE HOPE COLLECTION. 325
Mr. Selater exhibited (on behalf of Mr. Phil Robinson) a copy
of a copper-plate engraving made in 1771 by George Stubbs, Jr.,
from a painting by George Stubbs, Sr., which gave an excellent
representation of a specimen of the Mountain Zebra (Lquus zebra)
and bore the following inscription :—
“The Sebra, or Wild Ass.”
‘Presented to Her Majesty in the Year 1762, by Sir Tho*
Adams, Cap’ of the Terpsicore Man of War, who brought it from
the Cape of Good Hope.”
«Printed for Carington Bowles, Map and Printseller, No. 69 in
St. Pauls Church Yard, London, Published 3 Aug. 1771.”
Mr. Sclater stated that he was informed by Mr. Tegetmeier that
the original picture from which this engraving had been taken was
now in the possession of Sir Walter B. Gilbey, Bart., F'.Z.S., and
hore the following inscription :—
“A Zebra, the first seen in England,and presented to the Princess
Charlotte of Wales; painted from life, and exhibited at the Society
of Artists, Spring Gardens, 1763. George Stubbs R.A.”
A letter was read from Mr. L. A. Borradaile, F'.Z.S., stating that
the Crustacean described by him at the Meeting on November 20th,
19001, as Armadillidium pacificum belonged to the genus Cubaris,
and not to Armadillidium. In describing it the author had over-
looked the presence of the ininute exopodite of the uropod and had
consequently regarded a linear inequality on the under surface of
the outer flange of this limb as ajoint. Had this been correct, the
species would have been an interesting exception to the ordinary
distribution of the genus Armadillidium, and in pointing out this
supposed peculiarity the name pacificum, now inappropriate, had
been given to it.
The following papers were read :—
1. Revision of the Rhynchota belonging to the Family
Coreide in the Hope Collection at Oxford. By
W. L. Distant.
{Received March 23, 1901.|
(Plates XXIX. & XXX.")
This communication concludes the revision of the Rhynchota
briefly described by the late Prof. Westwood in the only two
parts published of “A Catalogue of Hemiptera in the Collection
of the Rev. F. W. Hope,” which forms an integral portion of the
well-known ‘“ Hope Collection” at Oxford. I have now, by the
kind permission of Prof. Poulton, examined the Coreide which
1 See P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 796.
* For explanation of the Plates, see p. 335.
Proc. Zoot, Soo.—1901, Vou. I, No, XXII. 22
326 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THH RHYNCHOTA [ Apr. 16,
constitute the material described in the second part of that
Catalogue ; the revision of the Pentatomide treated in the first
part, the Society has already done me the honour to publish in
their ‘ Proceedings’ (1900, p. 807). The introductory remarks there
given are also applicable to this concluding instalment and need
not be repeated. Y’
Owing to the very attenuated descriptions given in these
catalogues, considerable synonymy has been created by other
workers, which under the circumstances may cause regret but no
surprise.
Subfam. Micrin 2.
MELANTA, gen. noy.
©. Body oblong, compressed. Head subquadrate, distinctly
excavated between the apices of the lateral lobes ; antennz simple,
third joint not dilated, first and fourth joints subequal in length ;
rostrum passing the anterior coxe, third joint shortest ; pronotum
about as long as broad at base, lateral margins not denticulated,
lateral angles not produced. Abdomen distinctly broader than
corium, its lateral margins dentate, apical angles of second, third,
fourth, fifth, and sixth abdominal segments distinctly spinous ;
abdomen beneath at junction of second and third abdominal
segments armed with two long diverging spines. Posterior femora
wide apart, regularly incrassated, about equally thick throughout,
armed above and on sides with four series of spinous tubercles,
and with a short but robust spine near apex beneath; posterior
tibiee dilated on each side, convexly outwardly, and angulately and
truncately narrowed on inner margin at about one fourth from
apex.
This genus is allied to Pternistria, Cipia, and Odontoloba, from
all of which, apart from other characters, it may be separated by
the dentate lateral margins of the abdomen and the spinous apical
angles of the abdominal segments. The tuberculated posterior
femora reflect a character in Prionolomia. In the female the
posterior tibize are simple, the posterior femora less tuberculate
than in the male, the abdomen unarmed, and the abdominal
margins much less denticulate and spinous than in the other sex.
MBrANIA GRACILIS. (Plate XXIX. fig. 4, 9.)
2. Myetis gracilis Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 11 (1842).
_¢. Dark castaneous, finely ochraceously pilose; connexivum
piceous ; eyes, abdominal spines, apex of scutellum, and sub-
quadrate spots to connexivum pale ochraceous ; antenne, anterior
and intermediate legs, and the posterior tarsi ochraceous. Abdomen
ae black, with two discal longitudinal series of ochraceous
spots.
The antenne have the first and fourth jeints subequal in length,
the second a little longer than the third, the first and fourth
longest ; the pronotum is granulate and coarsely punctate; the
scutellum is irregularly transversely rugose, its apex levigate ; the
1901.] IN THE HOPE COLLECTION AT OXFORD. 327
corium is thickly and finely punctate ; the lateral areas of the pro-
and mesosterna, the centre of the mesosternum and the disks of
the metasternum, and first, second, and third abdominal segments
are thickly ochraceously pilose, the sternum coarsely punctate, the
abdomen finely tuberculate ; other structural characters as detailed
in generic diagnosis.
Long. $ 25 millim. Exp. pronot. angl. 64 millim. Max.
abdom. lat. 84 millim.
Hab. Java (Hope Mus. Oxon. @ ); Singapore (Atkinson Coll.
Brit. Mus. ¢ ).
In the female (figured) the body beneath is more unitormly
greyish or ochraceously pilose than in the other sex.
MIcTIS TENEBROSA.
Lygeus tenebrosus Fabr. Mant. 0. p. 288 (1787).
Myctis fasciatus Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 11 (1542).
- ANOPLOCNEMIS PHASIANUS.
Lygeus phasianus Faby. Spee. 1. p. 361 (1781).
Myctis punetum Westw. in. Hope Cat. ii. p. 10 (1842).
Myctes affinis Westw. loc. cit.
Myctis bicolor Westw. loc. cit.
ANOPLOCNEMIS VARICORNIS. (Plate XXIX. fig. 3.)
Myctis varicornis Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 12 (1842).
ANOPLOCNEMIS FUSCUS.
Myetis fuscus Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 13 (1842).
Myetis ventralis Westw. loc. cit.
Mictis similis Dall. List Hemi. il. p. 387. n. 4 (1852).
PACHYLIS LATICORNIS. -
Lygeus laticornis Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 538. n. 15 (1798).
Pachylis grossus Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 13 (1842).
Thasus grossus Stal, En. Hem. i. p. 133. n. 4 (1870); Leth. &
Serv. Cat. Gén. Hem. t. 1. p. 14 (1894).
Westwood’s type is a unique specimen, a dark variety, and in
bad condition. Along with it were mixed up some specimens of
Thasus heteropus Latr. var. This is the circumstance which
probably misled Stal as to the genus (supra).
NEMATOPUS NERVOSUS.
Nematopus nervosus Lap. Ess. Hém. p. 30 (1832).
Nematopus ventralis Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 14 (1842) (@ ).
Nematopus punctiger Dall. List Hem. i. p. 427. n. 18 (1852)
(2).
Stil (En. Hem. i. p. 142) rightly opined of the NV. ventrals
Westw., ‘‘an femina JV. nervosi 2?” ; this is also the sex of NV. punc-
tiger Dall., and both agree with the female specimen of NV. nervosus
which I recorded from Panama (Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch. i.
p. 397).
22*
328 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE RHYNCHOTA (Apr. 16,
Subfam. A MORBIN 2.
AMORBUS BISPINUS.
Physomerus bispinus Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 9 (1842).
AMORBUS RHOMBIFER.
Physomerus rhombifer Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 9 (1842).
Amorbus rhombeus Dall. (nee Westw.) List Hem. ii. p. 411. n. 7
(1852).
AMORBUS RHOMBEUS.
Physomerus rhombeus Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 10 (1842).
Amorbus rhombifer Dall. (nec Westw.) List Hem. i. p. 411.
n. 8 (1852).
A, rhombifer and A. rhombeus are very closely allied and doubt-
fully distinct. Beyond a generally darker hue and greater ineras-
sation of the posterior femora in the male of A. rhombeus, there is
scarcely a character to separate the two forms.
AMORBUS ANGUSTIOR. (Plate XXIX. fig. 2.)
Physomerus angustior Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 9 (1842).
This species can be separated from A. obscwricornis Westw.,
to which it is closely allied, by the colour of the posterior
tibie. Dr. Mayr (Reise Novara, Hem. pp. 86-7) separates the
species by the colour of the antenne, and by the presence or
absence of a small black apical spot on the red upper surface of
the abdomen. These characters are, however, both inconstant, and
this distinctlion cannot be maintained. Westwood omitted to
describe the colour of the posterior tibie in his A. angustior, but
the unique type is now figured.
AMORBUS SUBSERRATUS. (Plate XXIX. fig. 5.)
Physomerus subserratus Westw.
The only really distinguishing feature of this species from the
above is found in the character described by Westwood as “ tibiis-
que pone angulum medium marginis interni 4-serratis.”
Subfam. DALADERINA.
DALADER RUBIGINOSUS.
Acanomeus rubiginosus Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 8 (1842).
Dalader parvulus Dist. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 122
(1893).
Subfam. ACANTHOCEPHALIN 2.
ACANTHOCHPHALA UNICOLOR.
Metupodius unicolor Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 15 (1842).
Metapodius distincta Walk. Cat. Het. iy. p. 50. n. 21 (1871).
Connexivum brownish ochraceous.
i A species allied to A. gran-
ulosa Dall,
1901.] IN THE HOPE COLLECTION AT OXFORD, 329
ACANTHOCEPHALA FEMORATA.
Cimex femoratus Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 708 (1775).
Metapodius bispinus Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 15 (1842).
ACANTHOCEPHALA HQUALIS. (Plate XXIX. fig. 1.)
Metapodius equalis Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 14 (1842).
Allied to A. latipes Dru., from which it differs by the more
attenuated and less notched posterior tibia.
ACANTHOCHPHALA CONSOBRINA. (Plate XXIX. tig. 7.)
Metapodius consobrinus Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 15 (1842).
Metapodius nigricans Westw. loc. cit.
Westwood’s types are unlocalized; the British Museum also
possesses two specimens of the species, but both without habitats.
ACANTHOCEPHALA APICALIS.
Metapodius apicalis Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 15 (1842).
Form and size of A. consobrina, pronotal angles less produced,
colour different, de.
ACANTHOCEPHALA ANGUSTIPES.
Metapodius angustipes Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 15 (1842),
Metapodius constrictus Walk. Cat, Het. iv. p. 47. n. 4 (1871).
Westwood’s type is unlocalized; Walker’s typical specimen is
from Barbadoes ; another specimen in the British Museum is
from Cayenne. The Colombian specimen identified by Dallas
(List Hem. ii. p. 430. n. 6, 1852) as A. ungustipes is not West-
wood’s species.
EMPEDOCLES 'TENUICORNIS. (Plate XXX. fig. 1.)
Metapodius tenurcornis Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 16 (1842).
Empedocles tenuicornis Stal, Kn. Hem. i. p. 152 (1870).
Both Westwood’s type and Stal’s representative are unlocalized,
so that the habitat of this species is still to be discovered.
STHENOSCELIDEA ALBOVARIA. (Plate XXX. fig. 7.)
Stenoscelidea albovaria Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 18 (1842).
Subfam. HommocrriIn®.
HOMGOCERUS BIGUTTATA.
Homeeocerus 2-guttatus Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 22 (1842).
Homeocerus sikkimensis Dist. Knt. Month. Mag. xxy. p. 231
(1889).
HoM@OCERUS SERRIFER.
Coreus serrifer Westw. in Hope Cat. it. p. 24 (1842).
Homeocerus parvulus Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 101. n. 32 (1871).
Homeocerus unipunctatus Dall. (nee Thunb.) List Hem. i.
p. 447. n. 11 (1852).
330 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE RHYNCHOTA (Apr. 16,
Subfam, CLORESMIN A.
NoToBITUS SEXGUTLTATUS.
Nematopus 6-guttatus Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 13 (1842).
Nematopus longipes Dall. List Hem. u. p. 423. n. 2 (1852).
Subfam. CoLPURIN 2.
CoLPURA VARIPES. ~
Gonocerus varipes Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 25 (1842).
Lybas annulipes Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 464. n. 2 (1852).
Subfam. ANISOSCELINZ#.
LEPTOGLOSSUS PHYLLOPUS.
Cimex phyllopus Linn, Syst. Nat. ed. X11, 1., ii. p. 731 (1767).
Anisoscelis fraterna Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 16 (1842).
LEPTOGLOSSUS FULVICORNIS. (Plate XXX. fig. 4.)
Anisoscelis fulvicornis Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 17 (1842).
Subfam. PHYSOMERIN #.
ACANTHOCORIS SCABRATOR.
Coreus scubrator Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 195. 19 (1803).
Crinocerus fuscus Westw. (part.) in Hope Cat. 11. p. 21 (1842).
ACANTHOCORIS SCABER.
Cimea scaber Linn. Cent. Ins. rar. p. 17. 43 (1763).
Crinocerus fuscus Westw. (part.) in Hope Cat. u. p. 21 (1842).
ACANTHOCORIS AFFINIS. (Plate XXIX. fig. 6.)
Crinocerus affinis Westw. in Hope Cat. il. p. 21 (1842).
The female specimen is figured showing the rugosity of the
posterior femora.
Subfam. GoNnocERIN a,
PLINACTHUS BASALIS.
Coreus basalis Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 24 (1842).
Plinacthus peltastes Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxit. p. 144. 1 (1861).
Subfam. PsnupopHLers.
CERALEPLUS GRACILICORNIS.
Coreus gracilicornis Herr.-Schait. cont. Panz. Deut ‘
5, t. 182 (1835). anz. Deutschl. Ins. 135.
Arenocoris ? tibialis Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 25 (1842).
CERALEPTUS HGYPTIUS.
Arenocoris ? egyptius Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 25 (1842).
1901. | IN THH HOPE COLLECTION AT OXFORD. 331
_ Ceraleptus squalidus Costa, Cimic. regni Neap. Cent. 2 a, p. 12,
pl. 4. £. 7 (1847).
Horv. (Rev. d’Ent. xvii. p. 278) considers the specific name
obtusus Brull. (1838) as taking precedence; but I know neither
the species nor the description.
Subfam. Lerrocorisin a».
LEPTOCORISA TIPULOIDES.
Cimex tipuloides de Geer, Mém. iii. p. 354, pl. 35. f. 18 (1773),
Leptocorisa crudelis Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 18 (1842).
LEPTOCORISA ACUTA,
Comex actus Thunb, Nat. Ins. Sp. ii. p. 34 (1783).
Leptocorisa bengalensis Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 18 (1842).
Subfam. Anypin 2,
HYALYMENUS DENTATUS,
Alydus dentatus Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 249 (1803). :
Alydus ichneumoniformis Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 18 (1842).
MEGALOTOMUS RUFIPES.
Alydus rufipes Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 19 (1842).
Alydus consobrinus Westw. loc. eit. p. 20.
Alydus pallescens Stal, Rio Jan, Hem. i. p. 34 (1860).
Alydus debilis Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 160. u. 12 (1871),
MEGALOTOMUS PARVUS. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.)
Alydus parvus Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 19 (1842).
ALYDUS GRACILIPES Westw. in Hope Cat. i1. p. 20 (1842).
This species is represented only by the unique type, which is in
far too mutilated a condition for generic allocation.
Head, pronotum, and prosternum pale castaneous; head be-
neath and base of prosternum black; a luteous fascia traversing
each lateral area of head and prosternum; meso- and metasternum
very pale ochraceous. Abdomen wanting.
ALYDUS SIMPLEX Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 18 (1842).
Thetype and only specimen possesses neither head nor pronotum,
Judging from the remaining portion of the body, it is almost
certain that this is a synonym of Megalotomus rufipes Westw. ?
MIRPERUS TORRIDUS.
Alydus torridus Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 20 (1842).
Alydus albidens Westw. loe. cit.
It is very doubtful whether this species can be really separated
from M. jaculus Thunb. Certainly not by locality, as specimens
from both South and West Africa entirely agree. The structure
332 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE RHYNCHOTA (Apr. 16,
of the first joint of the antenne is distinctive in some specimens,
but seems to fail when a larger number are examined; the color-
ation of the antennz is an entirely variable character.
RiProrTUS ABDOMINALIS,
Alydus abdominalis Westw. in Hope Cat. 1. p. 19 (1342).
Alydus obsewricornis Dall. List Hem. i. p. 475 (1852).
Hab. Australia: Port Essington (Brit. Mus.).
The types of Westwood’s species are unlocalized., “ Habitat in
Brasilia ? ”
Subfam. Corizin x,
Corizus Ropustus. (Plate XXX. fig. 2.)
Oorizus robustus Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 26 (1842).
Corizus VINCENTIL. (Plate XXX. fig. 3.)
Corizus vincentii Westw.in Hope Cat. il. p. 26 (1842).
SERINETHA FRATERNA. (Plate XXX. fig. 6.)
Pyrrhotes fraterna Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 26 (1842).
The unique type is without legs, antenne, or habitat.
SHRINETHA GRISEIVENTRIS.
Pyrrhotes qrisciventris Westw. in Hope Cat. 11. p. 26 (1842).
Serinetha chevreuwi Noualhier, Bull. Mus. @Hist. Nat. Paris,
1898, p. 233.
Stal (Hem. Afr. ii. p. 114) describes this species, of which it is
stated “ Exemplum typicum Westwoodi haud examinavi,” as having
the “rostrum coxas posticas attingens.” The rostrum, however, is
much longer and generally reaches the third abdominal segment.
This is the real distinguishing character which separates the species
from S, hematica Germ.
Summarized Disposition of the Hopetan Genera and Species.
CoREIDE.
GENERA REMAINING UNDISTURBED.
Brachytes Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 8 (1842).
Stenoscelidea Westw. loc. cit. p. 17.
GENUS TREATED AS SYNONYMIC,
Ceratopachys Westw. in Hope Cat, ii. p. 22 (1842)
= Homeocerus Burm.
SPECIES AND GENERA REMAINING UNDISTURBED.
Menenotus wnicolor Westw. in Hope Cat. ii. p. 8 (1842).
Brachytes bicolor Westw. loc. cit. pe
Myctis (Mictis) longicornis Westw. loc. cit. p. 11-
1901.] IN THE HOPH COLLECTION AT OXFORD.
Nematopus fasciatus Westw. loc. cit. p. 14.
- obscurus Westw. loc. cit.
Leptoscelis tricolor Westw. loc. cit. p. 17.
Stenoscelidea albo-varia Westw. loc. cit, p. 18.
Leptocorisa apicalis Westw. loe. cit.
333
Homeocerus angulatus Westw, loc. cit. p. 22.
a 2-guttutus Westw. loc. cit.
Corizus robustus Westw. loc. cit. p. 26.
» vincentu Westw. loc. cit.
SPECIES REQUIRING GENERIC REVISION,
Spartocerus scutellatus Westw. in Hope Cat. 1. p. 7 (1842)
belongs to genus Hubule.
Acanonicus planiventiis Westw. loc. cit. p.8 ,,
% rubiginosus Westw. loc. cit. -
Physomerus angustior Westw. loc. cit. p.9 ,,
subserratus Westw. loc. cit. a
obscuricornis Westw. loc. cit. ,.
39
35
Fe bispinus Westw. loc. cit. és
a rhombifer Westw. loc. cit. 5
rhombeus Westw. loc. cit. p.10 ,,
M, yetis lobipes Westw. loc. cit. p. 11 R
, albiditarsis Westw. loc. cit. “A
» gracilis Westw. loc. cit. i
» granulipes Westw. loc. cit. ms
» alatus Westw. loc. cit. p. 12 <
,, scutellaris Westw. loc. cit. i
» varicorns Westw. loc. cit. =
» fuscus Westw. loc. cit. p. 13 A
Nematopus dor ‘salis Westw. loe. cit. ts
3 6-guttatus Westw. loc. cit. -
. marginalis Westw. loc. cit. p. 14.,
* nepalensis Westw. loc. cit. a
i javancus Westw. loc. cit. X
Metapodius wqualis Westw. loc. cit. 1
Fe unicolor Westw. loc. cit. p. 15 ,,
ns apicalis Westw. loc. cit. ie
+ consobrinus Westw. loc. cit. ,,
angustipes Westw. loc. cit. i
tenwicornis Westw. loc. cit. p. 16
Antisoscelis quadricolrs Westw. loc. cit. p. 17
Bi fulvicornis Westw. loc. cit. zi
» fasciata Westw. loc. cit. 5
Alig parvus Westw. loe. cit. p. 19 Ps
» rufipes Westw. loc. cit. .
, @bdominalis Westw. loc. cit. Ep
» torridus Westw. loc. cit. p. 20
Hypsclonotus centrolineatus W estw. loc. cit. p.
_ Crinocerus affinis Westw. loc. cit. +3
Chariesterus regalis Westw. loc. cit. p. 22 ,,
39
9)
Dalader.
99
Amorbus.
93
Petillia.
Ochrochira.
Melania, g.n,
Hlasmomia.
Holopterna.
Anoplocnemis.
99
MU.
99
by)
Cloresimus.
99
Acanthocephala.
99
99
Eimpedocles.
Leptoglossus.
99
>>)
Megalotonus.
9)
Riptortus.
Mirperus.
Cebrenis.
Acanthocoris.
Paryphes.
334
MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THH RHYNCHOTA
[Apr. 16,
Homeocerus diversicoris Westw. loc. cit.
Coreus varicornis Westw. loc. cit.
a
33
apicalis Westw. loc. cit.
hipunctatus Westw. loc. eit. p. 2+
rubidiventris Westw. loc. cit.
punctulatus Westw. loe. cit.
capensis Westw. loc. cit.
hasalis Westw. loc. cit. p. 24
serrifer West. loc. cit.
tenuicoriis Westw. loc. cit.
scutellaris Westw. loc. cit.
Gonocerus varipes Westw. loc. cit. p.
Arenocoris ? wgyptius Westw. loe. cit.
Pyrrhotes griseiventris Westw. loc. eit. p.
yt]
obscura Westw. loe. cit.
fraterna Westw. loc. cit.
SPECIES TREATED AS SYNONYMIC.
belongs to genus Savius.
Anasa.
: .
<, Cletus.
29
ws
99
$99
ss as Plinacthus.
be re Homacocerus.
a; i Hydara.
&, of Olavigralla.
D5 ay be - Colpura.
: Ceraleptus.
26 55 Serinetha.
7" av Jadera.
Serinetha.
Spartocerus bimaculatus Westw. in Hope=Sephina erythromelena
[Cat. ii. p. 7 (1842).
lateritius Westw. |. e.
affins Westw. |. c.
subfuluus Westw. l. c. p. §
Physomerus affinis Westw. l.c. p. 9
Myctis punctum Westw. |. c. p. 10
99
39
39
bP)
99
Pachyl
Nematopus ventralis Westw. |. c. p. 14
uffinis Westw. |. ¢.
bicolor Westw. |. ¢.
fasciatus Westw. |. c. p. 11
parallelus Westw.1.c. p. 12
aprcalis Westw. 1. ¢.
horrificus Westw. |. ¢.
religiosus Westw. |. ¢.
annulicornis Westw.|. ec. p. 138
ventralis Westw. |. ¢.
as grossus Westw. |. c.
[| White.
=Spartocera fusca Thunb.
TT ” 6
. cinnamomed
{ Hahn.
= dAmorbus rubiginosus Guer.
= dAnoplocnemis phasianus
[ Fabr.
? 39
i
29 93
= Mictis tenebrosus Fabr.
= Anoplocnenis pectoralis
[Germ.
Ks curvipes Fabr.
= » pectoralisGerm.
= CVossutia flaveola Dru.
= Anoplocnemis westwoodi
| Dist.
3 Fuscus Westw.
= Pachylis laticornis Fabr.
= Nematopus nervosus Lap.
Metapodius bispinus Westw. |. c. p. lo= Acanthocephala femorata
33
99
35
39
obscurus Westw. l. ¢.
nigricans Westw. |. c.
[Fabr.
= 99 39
= m consobrina
[ Westw.
gemmifer Westw. |. c. p. 16= Petalops azureus Burm.
Amsoscelis fraterna Westw. |. ¢.
indocta Westw. 1. c.
= Leptoglossus phyllopus
{ Linn.
= stigma Herbst.
1901.] IN THE HOPE COLLECTION AT OXFORD. 330
Leptoscelis rubro-picta Westw. l. c. p.17 = Phthia lunata Fabr., var.
Stenoscelidea bicoloripes Westw. |. c.= Placoscelis fusca Spin.
alls:
Leptocorisa benyalensis ects le. =Leptocorisa acuta Thunb.
53 furcifera Westw. 1. ¢. = Ms Jfiliformis Fabr.
¥ crudelis Westw. 1. ¢. ~ ,, tipuloides de Geer.
Alydus ichneumoniformis Westw. |. c. = Hyalymenus dentatus Fabr.
» dwersipes Westw. l.c.p.19 = tarsatus Fabr.
» . affinis Westw. 1. c.
» obscurus Westw. |. c. = 7 i
» consorbrinus Westw. |. ¢. p. 20=Megalotomus rufipes
39 99
|
[ Westw.
i ventralis Westw. |. ¢. = Riptortus fuscus Fabr.
» undulatus Westw. |. c. =Camptotus lateralis Germ,
» albidens Westw. 1. ¢. = Mirperus torridus Westw.
Meropachus subluridusW estw. |. ¢.p.2l = Hirileus gracilis Burm.
8 dorsiyer Westw. |. c. =) 4, variolosus| Burm:
Hypselonotus bilineatus Westw. l.c. = Hypselonotus interruptus
| Hahn.
Crinocerus fuscus Westw. (part.) l. c. = Acanthocoris scabrator
[ Fabr.
a3 as 5 (part. ics 59 scaber Linn,
Ceratopachys capensis Westw. 1. c. p. 22= Homeocerus nigricornis
(Germ.
Coreus parvulus Westw.l.c.p. 238 = Cletus capitulatus H.-Schiff.
» t~mmaculatus Westw. |. ¢. = Cletus ochraceus H.-Schiff.
», alternans Westw. l.c. p. 24 =Homeocerus pallens Fabr.
Neides trispinosus Westw. 1. ¢. =Jalysus spinosus Say.
Gonocerus dorsiger Westw. 1. c. p. 25 =Catorhintha guttula Fabr.
» angulatus Westw. |. c. =Sethenira testacea Spin.
Arenocoris ? tibialis Westw. 1. ¢. = Ceraleptus gracilcornis
[H.-Schiitf.
Pyrrhotes bicolor Westw. lc. p. 26 =Jadera sanguinolenta Fabr.
TYPES MUTILATED AND THEREFORE OF DOUBTFUL POSITION,
Alydus simplex Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 18 (1842).
» gracilipes Westw. loc. cit. p. 20. @
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prare XXIX. Pate XXX,
Einpedocles tenuicornis, p. 329.
Corizus robustus, p. 332.
vincentii, p. 332.
. Leptoglossus fulvicornis,
p. 330.
Megalotomus parvus, p. 831,
. Serinetha fraterna, p. 332.
Stenoscelidea albovaria, p. 329.
Acanthocephala equalis, p. 329.
. Amorbus angustior, p. 328.
| Fig.
| §
. Anoplocnemis varicornis, |
p.o27.
Melania gracilis, p. 326.
Amorbus subserratus, p. 328.
Acanthocoris affinis, p. 380.
Acanthocephala consobrina,
p. 329.
Nome goto
NID o Poot
336 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Apr. 16,
2. On some Earthworms from British East Africa ; and on
the Spermatophores of Polytoreutus and Stuhlmannia.
By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.
[Received April 1, 1901.]
(Text-figures 83-88.)
CONTENTS.
(1) On some Earthworms from Eastern Tropical Africa in the Collection of
' the British Museum, p. 336. :
(2) On the Spermatophores of Polytoreutus, p. 340.
(3) On the Spermatophores of Stuh/mannia, p. 344. :
(4) On the Ovaries, Oviducts, and Sperm-ducts of Stwhlmannia, p. 301.
(5) Contributions to our Knowledge of the Genus Gordiodrilus, p. 358.
(1) On some Earthworms from Eastern Tropical Africa in
the Collection of the British Museum.
Mr. F. Jefirey Bell has been so good as to forward to me for
identification a number of earthworms which were collected by
Mr. L. 8. Hinde, C.M.Z.S., at Titui, in elevated country some 3000
or 4000 feet in altitude. The specimens were sent to Prof. Lankester
at the Museum, and are of two, possibly three, species. The larger
individuals, of which there are three speciinens with the head end
perfect, belong to the genus Polytoreutus, a genus that is, so far as
we know at present, peculiar to Hast and Central Africa; the small
worms are referable to the genus Benhamia.
Of the larger specimens two at least belong to an undescribed
species of Polytoreutus; while the third, upon which I shall offer
some necessarily brief observations, seems to me not to belong to
that species, but to some other which may or may not be new. I
shall call the new Polyloreutus.
POLYTOREUTUS HINDEI, 0, Sp.
The larger of the two specimens, the only one which is absolutely
complete, is also fortunately fully mature, with the clitellum
developed—so far as I can judge—to its full extent. It measures
130 mm. in length and is a fairly stout worm, having a diameter
of 5mm. The external characteristics of this species enable it to
be distinguished from any other species; it seems to bear the
closest likeness to Polytoreutus finni, to which species its internal
anatomy also affines it; but there is no possibility, I believe, of
confounding the two species. The present form is, as has been
said, a fairly largeand stout worm. Polytoreutus finni is strikingly
characterized by its length and slenderness. Nevertheless the
appearance of the area which surrounds the generative pores has a
certain likeness in the two species, both of which differ in this
respect from other species of Polytoreutus. As will be seen from the
accompanying drawing (text-fig. 83, p. 337), the ventral area of the
1901.} FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 307
seventeenth and eighteenth segments is occupied by an exceedingly
prominent sucker-like structure ; this does not stray beyond the
limits of the two segments mentioned. Its outline is that of a
rounded square, and the walls which surround the central depres-
sion are well marked. In Polytoreutus finni each pore, both the male
and the female, has a similar wall surrounding it. In the present
species the two seem to have as it were fused together—a state of
affairs which is not in the least due to a greater contraction of the
worm, since the clitellar region was not at all contracted. The
actual orifices within this area I could not detect, and did not wish
to injure the specimen by an exploration, | imagine, however,
Text-fig. 83.
Clitellar region of Polytoreutus hindet. xX 4.
that the male pore is on segment xvii., a very general position,
and that the pore of the spermathecal sac is either on xvii. or
just on the verge of xix., 7.c. that it is placed intersegmentally
between segments xvili./xix., also a very general position. This
sucker is exceedingly conspicuous, and can be readily seen to bulge
ventrally on a lateral view of the worm. It is important to notice
that it appears to be fully matured before the clitellum. For in
the second specimen, which is only a little more than half the size
of that which I have made the type of the new species, there is
no trace of a clitellum, but the generative area is quite as well
developed. The clitellum of Polytoreutus hindei occupies seg-
ments xili.—xvill. and is developed all round the body.
Behind the clitellum the next four segments, 7. ¢. xix.-xxii., show
a yentral thickening such as occurs in Polytoreutus gregorianus and
338 MR. F. BE. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Apr. 16,
P. keilindinensis?. The appearance is very characteristic of those
species, and, apparently, of those only. The grooves between the
several segments are perfectly distinct. The appearance of this
“ Pubertiitspolster ” is indistinct im the figure (text-fig. 83). I
could not find a similar structure in Polytoreutus finn, between
which and P. kilindinensis the present species seems to stand.
The scte have the usual arrangement which characterizes the
genus, i. ¢. the two sets of the ventral couples stand apart, while
those of the lateral couples are closely paired.
As is the case with some but not all of the species of this genus,
the prostomium does not in the least impinge upon the buceal seg-
ment, but is sharply marked off from it by a transverse groove ;
the prostomium is in fact what Michaelsen has called “ prolobisch.”
There are of course no dorsal pores. The nephridiopores are in
front of the lateral couples of sete. i i
Such are the principal external characters of the present species,
which are, I think, sufficient of themselves to establish its dis-
tinctness. In internal characters the members of this genus
mainly differ in the form of the spermathecal sacs and of the
spermiducal glands. The other viscera are not so variable, unless,
indeed, the form of the sperm-sacs in different species is really
distinctive of them and not merely due to varying stages of de-
velopment. I am disposed to think, from my observations upon
the present species, that the sperm-sacs do offer characters of some
use in discriminating the species of Polytoreutus from each other.
In deseribing Polytoreutus finni* I drew attention to the extra-
ordinary slenderness of the sperm-sacs, which extend like white
threads, hardly, if at all, thicker than the sperm-ducts, for some
distance backwards. Michaelseu has by a query suggested that
this appearance may be due to immaturity—and a reasonable
enough suggestion. And yet I am not altogether disposed to
aeree with him, since in Polytoreutus hinder I find precisely the
same state of affairs. The two sperm-sacs are slender threads
which reach back to about the level of the commencement of the
spermiducal glands and are swollen here and there like a ganglio-
nated nerve-cord. Now the present specimen is fully mature, as
was that of Polytoreutus finni, upon which I founded that species.
The probabilities appear to me to be in favour of considering the
condition of the sperm-sacs as characteristic of the species and not
to be due to immaturity. However, the question cannot be settled
definitely at present. The sperm-duct is very noticeable in the
dissection on account of this thickness, which is fully that of the
duct leading from the spermathecal sac to the egg-sac. It has a
swollen sac at its beginning, as in the other species of the genus.
The two spermiducal glands are white thick tubes of some length;
they have not the extraordinary thinness and length that character-
izes those organs in Polytoreutus finmi. Hach gland was somewhat
bent like an elbow, a feature often shown by these glands in
: See Beddard, P.Z.8. 1901, vol. i. text-fig. 50, p. 188, and text-fig. 51, p. 190.
* “A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Oligochzeta of ‘Tropical Eastern
Africa,” Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. xxxvi. p. 241.
1901.) FROM BRIVISH EAST AFRICA. 339
Polytoreutus. he two glands open on to the exterior by a median
bursa copulatrix of circular outline, which of course underlies the
nerve-cord and the end of the spermathecal sac.
A more careful examination of the spermiducal glands shows
that they can, hke those of Polytoreutus gregorianus for example,
be divided quite plainly into two regions. The “elbow,” already
mentioned, marks the boundary-line between these two regions.
The proximal part of the gland, i.¢. that which is nearest to the
orifice into the bursa copulatrix, is perhaps one half of the length
of the rest. It is oval in form and gradually tapers to a slender
tube, which opens into the bursa copulatrix. At the very extremity
of the latter, just before its orifice into the bursa, opens the sperm-
duct, which is here as elsewhere covered with a thick layer of
muscular fibres which dilate the duct to twice the diameter it would
have were there no muscular coat, and, of course, thus accounts for
its prominence in dissections. The distal part of the spermiducal
gland has not the lateral diverticula that occur in Polytoreutus
coeruleus, according to Michaelsen’s figures and descriptions '; but
it presents some hint of this in a series of irregularly disposed
bulgings of the wall of the tube. The bursa copulatrix appears to
have a circular contour; but when the upper part into which the
spermiducal glands open is pushed aside it is seen to communicate
with the exterior by a curved peduncle, so that on a lateral view it
appears almost pear-shaped.
The'spermathecal sac is like that of several species, including
P. kilindinensis and P. finni, in that it has but two diverticula.
The median part of the sac is very wide anteriorly and gradually
shrinks in diameter until—where it traverses the bursa copulatrix—
it is of quite small diameter; from the anterior end two relatively
huge lateral sacs are given off, one on each side. These reach back
to nearly the point of external opening of the sac. From the
underside of each of these, quite hidden until the diverticulum is
lifted up, arises the tube communicating with the egg-sac and the
oviduct, the arrangement of which parts is as in other species of
the genus, there being also a representative of what Michaelsen
has termed the “Samenkiimmerchen ” in Polytoreutus coeruleus, &e.
This seminal chamber is a very extraordinary formation. In the
specimen which I examined there was but one instead of the four
figured in Polytoreutus ceruleus by Michaelsen. The single chamber
was choked by a mass of ripe spermatozoa (as I interpret the
structure in accord with Michaelsen), the tails of which depended
into the lumen of the oviduct, while their heads were apparently
fixed in the epithelium of the chamber; this recalls the case of
the spermathecal diverticula of many Megascolicide, where, as I
first showed *, the spermatozoa are confined to the diverticula and
are there attached to certain glandular cells.
1 « Beschreibung der von Herrn Dr. Franz Stuhlmann im Miindungsgebiet
des Sambesi gesammelten Terricolen,” JB. Hamb. wiss. Anst. vii. pl. i, fie. 10,
p. 24. iu
2 «On the Specific Characters, &c. of certain New Zealand Earthworms, ”
P, Z, 8. 1885, p. 830,
340 MR. F. B, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Apr. 16,
The median part of the spermathecal sac is traversed by two lon-
gitudinal blood-vessels, of which one is the ventral blood-vessel and
the other a special branch for this part of the body; the two give
off branches laterally and have the relations of an artery and a
vein.
The interior of the spermathecal sac was filled with a white mass
friable, and when broken up of a ‘‘curdy ” appearance. This when
examined microscopically was seen to consist of a granular substance
in which I could detect no structure and of multitudinous spermato-
phores (described below, p. 541). :
The immature Polytoreutus, to which I have referred, is probably
not an example of P. hindei. But I am unable to fix its specific
identity further. Ishould have hardly thought it worth whileto give
any account of this worm were it not for the fact that a study of
it enables me to point out that the female generative apparatus is
not always developed before the male as I found to be the case in
P. kilindinensis'. In the present specimen the male pore was
conspicuous and upon the middle of segment xvi. One of the
ventral pair of sete has disappeared—naturally the innermost one
on either side. On the boundary-line between segments xviii. and
xix. was the smaller aperture of the spermathecal sac. The ventral
pair of setee were not modified im the neighbourhood of this pore.
Internally I could find no trace of the spermathecal sacs. On the
other hand, the sperm-sacs were fairly developed and were divisible,
as is often the case in this genus, into a thin proximal region and
a stout distal region, They originated in segment xii., and the thin
part of the sacs did not widen out until the fourteenth segment.
At the distal end the two sacs were fused together as in P. gregor-
ianus*, The terminal apparatus of the male ducts was only
represented by a bursa with muscular walls, and of a long and thin
form, not a spherical pouch as in Polytoreutus generally. It
suggested in fact the disconnected bursa of Stuhlmannia. — If the
shape was a transitory embryonic feature, it is of interest; but
such a bursa may of course characterize the species.
(2) On the Spermatophores of Polytoreutus.
The spermatophores of this genus, the only genus of exotic
earthworms save Alma * known to possess these structures, were
discovered by myself in P. magilensis * and later in P. violaceus °..
In the present species they appear to havea very different general
appearance from those of the former species mentioned, but they
1 “ A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Oligochta of Tropical Eastern
Africa,” Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. (n.s.) xxxvi. p. 240.
ZAP AZs Sol IOI volsaeape Oss
* See Beddard, ‘On the Clitellum and Spermatophores of an Annelid of the
Genus Alma,” P.Z. 8.1901, vol. i. p. 215.
* «Two new Genera and some new Species of Earthworms,” Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci. (u.s.) xxxiv. p. 250.
5 “A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Oligocheeta of Tropical Eastern
Africa,” ib. xxxvi. p. 234,
1901. | _ FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA, 341
resemble those of P. violaceus. The accompanying drawings
(text-fig. 84) show their considerable variety of form, which is
very striking when a portion of the contents of the spermathecal
sac is teased out in glycerine. Claparéede', as is well known, at
first mistook the spermatophores of Twhifea for a parasitic
organism which he termed Puchydermon, a mistake which was
later rectified by himself and by Ray Lankester >. Tad Claparéde
made his discovery upon the present species, the mistake would
have been equally natural. Vor these remarkable spermatophores,
when of large size, are invariably twisted and coiled, precisely like
Text-fig. 84.
Spermatophores of Polytorcutus hindei, greatly magnified.
a bunch of parasitic Nematoids, which animals do occur in the
tissues of earthworms. Tue vermiform appearance of the sperma-
tophores is shown in the drawing (text-fig. 84), There are, how-
ever, many of the spermatophores which are much smaller, and |
have selected a series to illustrate the main varieties which I have
observed. The small spermatophores may subsequently grow,
though I have noticed no signs of immaturity about them or
evidence of any kind that they do grow while within the sperma-
thecal sac.
The complicated coils into which some of the spermatophores
have thrown themselves seem to me to indicate the strong possi-
bility that they are motile. There is no doubt whatever that the
1 “tudes Anatomiques sur les Annélides, Turbellariés, Opalines et Gréga-
rines observés dans les Hébrides,’” Mém. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Genéve, xvi.
1861, p. 88. ‘ .
2 «On the Structure and Origin of the Spermatophores or Sperm-ropes ot
Tubifex,’ Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. xi, p. 189. For a fuller account of the
literature of the spermatophores in the Tubificide, see Vejdovsky’s ‘System
u. Morph. d. Oligocheten,’ Prag, 1884, p. 151.
Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vor. 1. No. XXII. 23
342 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Apr. 16,
spermatophores of T'ubifex and some of its allies are motile. Many
observers have noted this fact. Thus one of the first, if not the
first, to note the point, Jules d’Udekem ', remarked that “ ils font
quelquefois plusieurs circonvolutions.’ Before him Budge” had
described these structures in Tubifew or in Limnodrilus; and though
stating that they bear “‘ cilia” (which are of course the ends of the
individual spermatozoa) did not comment upon their motility as a
whole. Gegenbaur in his ‘Grundztige’ records the movement of
these spermatophores. Claparéde ’ observed that “ils agitent leurs
cils longs 4 la manicre des Dicyema, mais ne changent que peu de
place. Leur pouvoir de locomotion parait assez limité.” On the
other hand, in Psammoryetes umbellifer (or P. barbatus as it appar-
ently should be properly called) Lankester * noted a movement of
ereat rapidity which resulted in the description of “a figure of
eight passing and repassing on the same track.” The enormous
quantity of the spermatophores within the spermathecal sac is very
noteworthy and a difficult fact to understand. It must be borne in
mind, however, that Polytoreutus produces a considerable quantity ~
of egos, while the Tubificide, in whose spermathece there is but
room for a few spermatophores, have large-yolked and few eggs.
Text-fig. 85.
Le EY
(\ A
= Sri
Wee SSS Zy )))
=a"
~ Z ZIT ty Dey
S S = i
ff’
Kz =
~
SS Z
‘ S x — Sm
SS
S
=
Iw
Spermatophores of Polytoreutus magilensis, greatly magnified.
A, fully mature spermatophore; B, an empty case.
My original drawings of the spermatophores of Polytoreutus
magilensis do not do entire justice to their remarkable form in that
species, though the sketch given is quite an accurate representation
of a spermatophere. I therefore exhibit some sketches (text-
fig. 85) which will enable the spermatophores of the two species
ae Histoire natur elle du Tubifex des Ruisseaux,” Mém. cour. et Mém. des Sav.
étrang. Acad. Belg. xxvi. p. 26.
** Ueber die Geschlechtsorgane von Tubifea rivulorum,” Arch. f. Naturg. xvi.
1850, p. 7.
3 Loe. cit. * Loe. cit.
LO 2 - FROM BRIVISH EAST AFRICA. 343
to be compared together. Up to the present these and P, violaceus
are the only three species of the genus in which they have been
discovered. | have re-examined ’P. gregorranus and P. finni in
the hope of finding spermatophores, but quite in vain. ‘The
matter would be of obvious interest, since it is clear from the
drawings exhibited that the two species with which IT am con-
cerned in the present communication can be amply discriminated
by their spermatophores alone. In P. magilensis they are all of
the same form and vary only in their length, which is in some
cases (see text-fig. 85, p. 342) considerably in excess of the length
which I originally figured. The spermatophore is extr emely thin
im proportion to its length, and is expanded invariably at one end
into a spoon-shaped head. It dies away at the other end to a
fine point. The body throughout is closely beset with a fine
covering of spermatozoa, and I cannot but doubt that these
spermatophores also are mobile during life. But they were not
twisted into the tight coils so characteristic of those of P. hindei.
The relative sizes and the differences in structure can be gathered
from the sketches (text-figs. 84 & 85).
In originally describing these spermatophores I commented upon
their likeness to immature spermatophores in Zubzfev, and thought
that the ey might be in a state of immaturity. However, the occur-
rence of abundant spermatophores of precisely the same form ina
second individual of the same species which I record here seems to
me to do away with that possibility. Furthermore, there were no
intermediate stages which would suggest a development of the
theoretically immature spermatophores of P. magilensis into fully
formed ones like those of P. hindet and P. violaceus. All the
spermatophores—a very large number and, as I have already stated,
from two individuals—were at precisely the same stage, which
must be therefore, | should imagine, their definitive stage.
Among the fully-formed spermatophores were a number (text-
fig. 85, B) which had lost their contents, and were simply empty
sacs, more or less hyaline in character, and preserving the exact
form of the uninjured spermatophore. This material was not
suggestive of the granular matter figured py Vejdovsky in the
immature spermatophore of Yubifex, which he ascertained to
proceed from the secretion of the cement-giand or at least from
the atrium of that worm. It appears to me, in fact, that the
spermatophores of Polytoreutus magilensis are really constructed
on the same plan as those of the two other species of the genus
in which they occur, but that the actual case of the spermatophore
is much more slender and thus the spermatozoa project much
further out. The result is an entirely different aspect, which is
well shown in the drawings exhibited herewith. As to the
spermatophores of Polytorcutus violaceus and P. hindei, their close
likeness to those of the Tubificide other than Bothrionewron is very
striking, and applies to details of structure. Very often, though
not in every case, the anterior end of the spermatophore, which is
sometimes slightly swollen, was distinctly open, as oe in the
YO
3b44 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Apr. 16,
drawings (text-fig. 54, p. 341). This peculiarity has been lately
figured by Vejdovsky' in Tubifer blanchardi, a species of that
genus discovered in Algeria. Among the exceedingly numerous
spermatophores of P. hindei and P. violaceus, I did not discover
any intermediate forms which were suggestive of immaturity. The
shorter spermatophores I do not regard as immature, as they
possess the same layers and are of equal thickness with the largest.
T have been able to find no evidence at all of a conclusive nature
as to the site of the formation of these spermatophores in the
genus Polytoreutus, so remarkably like those of Tubifer, Limno-
drilus, Psummoryctes, kc. Frequently the spermatophores could
be observed imbedded among the tall columnar cells of the sper-
mathecal sae, which has bowed right and left to make way for
them. But in such cases there was no organic fusion between the
cells and the spermatophores suggestive of their origin from these
cells.
Itis interesting to note that an earthworm has now been shown
to possess spermatophores which agree in all essentials, and even
further, with the spermatophores of the Tubificide. On the other
hand, Stole has shown in Bothrioneuron vejdovskyanum*—and 1
have been able to confirm his results in another species of that
genus, B. iris*—that a Tubificid may possess spermatophores
essentially like those of a Lumbricid. These two series of facts
further break down—if any more destruction is necessary—the old
division of the Oligocheta, devised by Claparede, into Limicole and
Terricole. It is difficult, however, to understand why the form of
the spermatophores should be so different in earthworms. It is
true that many African forms—possibly including the species
which is the subject of the present communication—are aquatic,
unlike the majority of earthworms. But so are such genera as
Alma and Criodrilus, which possess spermatophores of a different
form. The difficulty would be got over were it certain that the
spermatophores were invariably formed in the spermathece. But
it appears on the whole that their elongated form and at least the
central axis is a product of the spermiducal glands in Zubifex, and,
according to Lankester, the bulk of the outer case is also a deriva-
tive of the epithelium of the atrium or of the cement-giands.
That they are moulded in the spermathece seems to be proved
by Lankester’s researches. There is, however, at present no evi-
dence of a like formation for the spermatophores of Polytoreutus.
They are, moreover, so totally different from the spermatophores of
an allied genus of earthworms, Stuhlmannia, which I shall describe
immediately and of which I shall indicate the probable origin, that
the place of their formation seems hardly likely to be the same.
(3) On the Spermatophores of Stuhlmannia.
The site of the formation of the spermatophores in the Order
' “ Note sur un Tubifex d’Algérie,” Mém. Soe. Zool. France, 1891, p. 1.
7 “Mongrafie Ceskych. Tubificidu,” Abhandl. Bohm. Ges. vii.
; a ouee Aquatic Annelid of the Genus Bothrioneuron, &e.,” P. Z. 8. 1901,
Vol. 1. p. OL.
1901.) FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, B45
Oligocheta has been much debated, and is, perhaps, not yet settled
in all cases. It seems clear, however, that in such Lumbricids
as Allolobophora constricta', Alma stuhlmanni”, and, among the
aquatic forms, the Tubificid Bothrioneuron *, the spermatophores
must be formed by the glandular tissue which envelops the exit of
the sperm-duct on to the body-wall, since not one of these forms pos-
sesses either spermathecze or tubercula pubertatis, which have been
set down by various authors as the seat of their manufacture. Eyen
in those genera of Oligocheeta which do possess either spermathecz
or tubercula pubertatis, or both, there is not always substantial
evidence in favour of assigning to one or other of these two struec-
tures the duties of the production of spermatophores. Thus the
comparatively narrow lumen of the terminal enlargement of the
male efferent apparatus in 7vbifea ' and its allies seems better suited
to mould the elongated spermatophores of these Annelids than are
the comparatively capacious spermathece. So too with the genus
Polytoreutus, which possesses spermatophores, as I have just
pointed out, of pretty nearly the same characters as those of the
Tubificide : its extensive spermiducal glands with their narrow
lumen is, at least on a priori grounds, admirably suited for the
formation of the spermatophores, while the enormously capacious
spermathecal sacs are distinctly not.
Nevertheless there are facts which seem to show that the
spermatophores of many Tubificidee are—at any rate largely—-
produced by the activity of the epithelium lining the spermatheci.
Lankester pointed out that in Tubifew rivulorum there was fre-
quently to be observed a ridge round the “ head” of the spermato-
phore, the form of which corresponded exactly with the contour of
the distal end of the spermathece where it debouches on to the
exterior ; spermatophores were even found at this spot fitting into
the short diverticula on either side of the end of the spermatheca,
which is of course strong evidence of their having been moulded
in situ. The same author mentioned in support of his opinion the
fact that in Psammoryctes barbata, where the end of the spermatheca
has no such crumplings, the spermatophores have not the peculiar
head of those of Tubifex rivulorwm—a fact which subsequent in-
vestigations upon Psammoryctes barbata have fully borne out’.
At the same time, not all the spermatophores of 7’. rivulorum have
this peculiarity of form; and it is remarkable that in the Algerian
Tubifer blanchardi, whose spermathece are stated by Vejdovsky *
1 “ Sull’ Assenza dei Receptacula Seminis in aleuni Lumbricidi,”’ Boll. Mus.
Zool. Torino, iv. No. 71, Nov. 1889.
2 IPs aio WOO Wolk ty fos BA
’ “Monografie Ceskych. Tubificidu,’ Abhandl. Bohm. Gesells. vii. 1888 ;
Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1901, vol. i. p. 81.
‘ « On the Structure and Origin of the Spermatophores or Sperm-ropes of
two Species of Tubifew,” Quart. Journ, Mier, Sci. xi. p. 180.
> Vejdovsky, ‘‘ Ueber Psammoryctes wmbellifer (Tubifex umbellifer BW. R.
Lank.) und ihm verwandte Gattungen,” Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. xxvii. p. 137; Stole,
loc. cit. pl, iti. fig. 14,
6 * Note sur un Tubifex d’Algérie,” Mém. Soc, Zool. France, iv. p. 1.
346 MR, F. EB, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS (Apr. 16,
to be like those of 7’. rivulorum (though he enters into no detail in
the matter), spermatophores with sharply marked-off heads are
not figured, the utmost being an oval swelling at that end of the
spermatophore. The one positive fact, however, seems to be of more
value than these negative discoveries. Prof. Lankester does not
assert that the spermatophores are actually formed in the sperma-
thee ; he is of opinion that while the epithelium of those pouches
« furnishes a secretion which occupies part of its cavity and in all
probability also assists as a cementing material in the formation of
the sperm-ropes,” it is probable “that the bulk of the cementing
material is introduced into them with the spermatozoa from the
male organs. of another worm.” It is mainly the moulding and
hardening which, according to Lankester, is accomplished in the
spermatheca. On the other hand, Vejdovsky * leans towards the
view that the axial core of the spermatophore is the result of the
activity of the spermiducal glands in the Tubificide, while the
transparent sheath is a product of the epithelium of the sperma-
thecze—a view mainly based upon the fact that immature sperma-
tophores without the outer sheath are found in the spermathece,
and that a secretion enveloping and binding together the individual
spermatozoa has been detected in the spermiducal glands. Vejdovsky
would thus divide the labour of producing the spermatophores be-
tween the terminal portion of the male efferent apparatus and the
spermathece ; but would assign the most characteristic and impor-
tant part of the spermatophore to the activity of the spermathecal
epithelium.
I do not venture to dispute this view, as I have no new facts to
urge either in its favour or against it; but I may point out that
any actual secretion of the case of the spermatophore by the
spermathecal epithelium has not been described. It is true that
Nasse* has stated that during the epoch of sexual maturity the
epithelium of the spermathecee undergoes a change and partly
breaks down into or secretes a fluid substance, which he compares
in its nature to the spermatophore-case. On the other hand, the
spermathecee of many earthworms show the same features at the
time of ripeness, and in them there is no question, apparently,
that the spermatophores are not formed in the spermathece.
Vejdovsky considers this as ‘héchst wahrscheinlich”; but adds
that the spermatophores of Limnodrilus hoffmeistert and of L. cla-
paredianus might settle the question, as their spermathece possess
glandular cells which are coloured with a granular pigment. The
spermatophore of the latter species has been since described by
Stole; but it is not apparent from his ‘figures that there is any
pigment in the hyaline sheath of the structure. Neither does
Vejdovsky again allude to the matter im his later account of the
spermatophores of T’ubifex blanchardi. In the meantime therefore
the actual source of the materials employed in the manufacture of
the spermatophores in those werms cannot be entirely traced.
fe System u. Morph. d. Oligochasten, Prag, 1884, p. 153.
* Beitrage zur Anatomie der Vubificiden, Inaug.-Diss., Bonn, 1882.
1901.) FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA, 347
The case is, | believe, different with the spermatophores of an
2arthworm which it is the object of the present paper to describe.
The species upon which my observations were made is of the genus
Stuhlmannia, an Kast-African Eudrilid whose general anatomy was
detailed some years since by Michaelsen. I am in possession of a
quantity of examples of that worm which are in an excellent state
of preservation for microscopical work. This Annelid, like other
Eudrilide, bas no true spermathece like those of the majority of
earthworms, unless, indeed, the actual external orifice of the pouches
and the epithelium which passes from the epidermis of the body-
wall fora short way into the interior be regarded as the equivalent
of the spermathece ; it has capacious sacs which are probably (in
other forms of Eudrilide certainly) formed by the peritoneal
epithelium, and whose cavities therefore are coelomic. They are
lined throughout by an epithelium of tall columnar cells, whose
characters I shall attend to in detail immediately. In the sper-
mathece are frequently to be found masses of spermatozoa which
are not compacted together by any cementing material apparent
on staining, but which seem to be perfectly free and floating
spermatozoa. This was the case with some examples which 1
studied. In two or three were these masses of spermatozoa com-
pacted into spermatophores, which are always contained in the
median sac}.
The spermatophores of Stwhlmannia differ from those of any
other Oligocheta whose spermatophores are known. Their
characters are somewhat intermediate between the two types
which these organs present in the Order. It will be recollected
that in the Lumbricide, in Criodrilus, and in Alma the spermato-
phores are chitinous cases open at one end, but quite impervious
elsewhere, of not very elongated form, which are found attached to
the body-wali of individuals belonging to these genera in the
vicinity of the generative pores. To this type belong also the sper-
matophores of one genus of Tubificide, Bothrioncwron, which has
essentially similar spermatophores, and which, in accordance with
their structural resemblance to those of the Lumbricid and the other
genera mentioned, are attached to the body superficially. On the
other hand, in the Tubificidee (Tubhifew, Limnodrilus, Psammoryctes,
Clitellio), and in the genus Polytorewtus among the Eudrilide, the
spermatophores are elongated structures, with often an aperture
at one end, and always with the ends of the spermatozoa pro-
jecting through their chitinous (?) walls. These spermatozoa are
capable of individual movement, which results in a movement as a
whole of the spermatophore. They are invariably found in the
spermathece. Of the first kind of spermatophores, it is certain
now that they are formed by the epithelium surrounding the
terminal male efferent apparatus. The second kind of spermato-
phores seem to be, in the case of the Tubificide at least, moulded
in the spermathece, though the precise nature of their origin is
1 See below (p. 351) for a description and figures of these sacs.
348 MR. FP. BH. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [A pr. 16,
not completely ascertained ; in Polytoreutus there are no facts
which prove one or the other origin for these structures. The
spermatophores of Stwhlmanma are very large ; the largest which
T measured was fully 3 mm. in length, and it must be noted that
the diameter of the worm in which it occurred was only 2mm.
The spermatophore, therefore, has to lie longitudinally in the
spermathecal sac.
Text-fig. 86,
PEN AP ea
SUES
Spermatophore of Stuhlmannia, greatly magnified.
The form of the spermatophore is illustrated in the drawing
(text-fig. 86). It is not by any means unlike a cestoid worm, for
which, indeed, for amoment I mistook it. The strongly pronounced
“head” and the bag-like body widening irregularly is very like
the immature stage of those parasitic worms. The shape is not,
however, suggestive of that of any other spermatophore with
which I am acquainted, either at first hand or by descriptions,
It has the length of the longest spermatophores of Polytoreutus,
but the wideness and bulk generally of the spermatophores in the
ae Baie,
1901.) FROM BRITISH EASY APRICA. BAD
Lumbricidee. ‘The head-end is in several respects reminiscent of
the corresponding region of the spermatophore of Tuhifea rivu-
lorum. ‘There is a terminal beak, which is followed by a thick
collar, after which the—at this part narrow— spermatophore
gradually widens out into the bag-like posterior region. The
spermatophores are so bulky that there is only room for two in
the large spermathecal sac; at least I have not seen more than
two, though the sac might accommodate perhaps three with some
little difficulty. In every case the mouth of the spermathecal sac
was plugged with one spermatophore, while another lay further up
the sac and not in contact with the first spermatophore. Lankester,
as L have already mentioned, found in Dubifew rivulorum that the
head of the spermatophore was moulded by the terminal part of
the spermatheca ; he proved this not merely by the correspondence
in form, but by the actual occurrence of a spermatophore with the
projections of the head fitting into the lateral depressions of the
spermatheca. | find precisely the same thing in these spermato-
phores of Stuhlmannia. The wing-like processes of the head fit into
concavities and on to convexities on the walls of the spermathecal
sac with great accuracy, while the beak-like anterior termination
of the spermatophore corresponds to the narrow terminal duct of
the sperm-receptacle. There can be, therefore, in my opinion, but
little doubt that this part of the spermatophore at least is moulded
by the form of the spermathecal sac. The rest of the spermato-
phore also shows evidence of being moulded by the spermathecal sac.
The sac is narrower at first and then widens out. In the same
way the spermatophore is narrower at first and afterwards becomes
proader. Its diameter is throughout not far short of the sac in
which it lies.
The only alternative locality for the formation of the sperma-
tophore in Stuhlmannia is the spermidueal gland, or possibly
the unpaired muscular sac which opens on to the exterior in
relation to the spermiducal glands. But the lumen of neither
of these organs has anything like the requisite breadth for the in-
clusion of the fully formed spermatophore, which cannot therefore,
so far as I can see, be possibly moulded in its entirety anywhere save
in the spermathecal sac. This, however, is not tantamount to saying
that the spermatophore is altogether formed in the spermathecal
sac. But before discussing the actual place of its origin, the rest
of its structure must be dealt with. ‘The walls of the spermato-
phore are much thicker at the collar region than elsewhere; in
front of the collar the thin and narrow beak has thin walls, and is
widely open at the end. This, it must be remembered, is the end
which is turned towards, and indeed is not far from, the external
orifice of the spermathecal sac. In examining closely with a
high power the end of the spermatophore, I observed a stream of
spermatozoa which had evidently issued from the open mouth.
Why this apparent waste takes place I do not know, but that it
must under normal circumstances take place is clear from the
width of the mouth, which is not narrow enough to keep the active
350 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [A pr. 16,
spermatozoa sate inside. In having this open end the spermatophore
of StuhImaniia agrees with the spermatophores of all(?) other Oligo-
cheta. The walls of the spermatophore behind the thickenings at
the neck are thin; their constitution suggests that they are net
hardened in the specimens which I haye examined. The walls are
of a granular appearance, being compacted entirely of smaller and
larger, more or less obvious, granules, some of which are more, and
others hardly at all, stained by borax-carmine. The spermatozoa
within the spermatophore closely fill the case, and for the far
greater part, if not entirely, lie with their long axes parallel to
the long axis of the sac. At the head-end, but atter the beak-
like process in which the spermatophore terminates in front, there
are a quantity of greenish-black granules imbedded in the walls of
the spermathecal sac. I have always seen these pigmented gra-
nules in the spermatophores, and with equal constancy at the head
part and nowhere else. The point is of some little importance, as
will be seen presently. Although the interior of the spermathecal
sac is densely packed with spermatozoa, they do not protrude any-
where through its walls. In this characteristic the spermatophore
of StuhImannia is more like those of the Lumbricide than those
of the Tubificidee, or its near ally Polytoreutus. Its soft and
collapsible looking walls are, however, different from the hard
chitinous cases of the spermatophores of Lumbricus, Oriodrilus,
Alma, and Bothrioneuron. It may, however, on looking back at
its various characters, be regarded as mtermediate in form and
structure between the two types of spermatophores which I have
briefly detailed above.
The question now arises,—Is the wall of the spermatophore
formed out of materials provided by the spermathecal sac or does
this material, as 1t does at least to some extent in Tuhifew and its
allies, reach the interior of the spermathecal from some other
source, such as the spermiducal glands? It seems to me that the
evidence, as I read it, points to a double origin for the material of
the walls of the spermatophores. I have already brietly called
attention to the granular and apparently soft walls of the sperma-
tophore. An examination with high powers of the microscope
shows that among the irregular granules of which the wall is
mainly composed behind the neck are bodies which seem to be of
the nature of nuclei. J cannot in fact distinguish them from
the nuclei of the elongated and irregularly shaped cells of the
lining membrane of the spermathecal sac. The size, general
shape, and reaction to the staining reagent were identical in both
cases, while the cells of the inside of the spermathecal sac were
evidently undergoing some breaking up. I may remark at this
point, that some observations of Dr. Michaelsen support this
interpretation of the characters of the wall of the spermatophore.
Dr. Michaelsen* noticed constantly in the spermathecal sac of
* “ Beschreibung der yon Herrn Dr, Fr. Stuhlmann auf Sansibar und dem
gegenuberliegenden Festlande gesammelten Terricolen,” JB. Hamb, wiss.
Anst, ix. p. 27.
1901.) FROM BRITISH HAST AFRICA. 301
this worm a peculiar compact body, ‘ whose structure I was
unfortunately unable, on account of the unfavourable preservation
of the material, to understand. The whole interior of this body
appeared to be formed of a structureless granular mass. An
outer .... layer encloses this mass. This outer layer seemed to
me to possess a cellular structure” '. Michaelsen then suggested
the possibility that this body was an embryo—a by no means un-
natural suggestion in view of its size and appearance in a badly
preserved specimen. I emphasize, however, the remark that the
outer layer appeared to be of a cellular nature; as this opinion
was no doubt founded upon the observation of the deeply staining
bodies, which, | think, must be the nuclei of the cells lining the
spermatheca. J am far from asserting, however, that the outer
case of the spermatophore is a layer of living cells. This may be
so; but in the meantime I should regard it rather as produced by
the broken down débris of the cells of the spermatheca, including
liberated nuclei, all of which will possibly lese their characters as
the spermatophore gets riper. The facts, however, so far do not
permit, as I think, of a decisive statement of opinion. So far,
then, the case of the spermatophore appears to be a product of the
spermathecal sac where it is found. At the head-end of the
spermatophore the case is filled with the dark granules already
mentioned, which are particularly thickly clustered along the
narrow beak. The cells of the spermathecal sae contain no
granules of this character. They are like those of the chloragogen
cells ; but in this particular worm I noticed no chloragogen cells
which might serve to explain the origin of the granules. The
only place where there were cells filled with such granules were
the innermost layer of cells of the spermiducal gland.
The evidence seems to me therefore to be strongly in favour of
the view that the wall of the spermatophore in the head-region is
derived from materials existing in the spermiducal glands. The
final plug of granular matter must therefore be added after the
spermatozoa have been injected into the spermathecal sac from
the male orifice. There is a remarkable analogy here with the
(or a) supposed use of the prostatic fluidsin mammals. It has been
held that it serves as a plug to retam the sperm in the female
organs, and it may apparently harden into a definite plug useful
for that purpose. The use of spermatophores of the type described
here may be largely to prevent the sperm from wandering and
from finding its way out of the receptacle intended for its storage.
But it must be remembered that we are at present in absolute
ignorance of the way in which fertilization is effected in these
Annelids.
(4) On the Ovaries, Oviducts, and Sperm-duets of Stuhlmannia.
Although the main features in the structure of this Hudrilid
genus haye been amply elucidated by the careful observations of
' The italics are mine,
)
355 MR. EF. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Apr./16,
b
Michaelsen ', which I am able to confirm, there remain one or two
points, in addition to the structure of the spermatophores, which
he has not treated of so exhaustively. It is to these that I desire
to call attention in the present communication.
I have pointed out myself that there is often in the species
S. variabilis *, to which my present observations appear to apply,
a curious asymmetry of the repreductive organs resulting in the
entire disappearance of one of the two receptacula ovorum. The
same asymmetry in examples which I have examined by micro-
scopical sections has involved the ovary, there being in at least one
specimen but a single ovary which corresponds to the receptaculum
ovorum, both being those of the left side. The ovary itself I
have succeeded in finding.
Michaelsen’s description does not exactly apply to these gonads
in the worms which I have examined. His account of the
matter, translated, is as follows :—‘t From the bottom of the saes
[which enwrap the intestine | stretch out small lobulated cell-
masses into the lumen of the tubes. These cell-masses stain in
picrocarmine with more intensity than the epithelium cells of the
walls fof the tube], and can only be regarded as ovaries. This
interpretation is supported, apart from their appearance, by their
position. The wide atrium extends beyond the level of its external
opening forwards, and the point of origin of the two sacs lies
anteriorly in the thirteenth segment; thus the cell-masses con-
tained in it lie in the position where the ovaries are normally found
among earthworms.” There is ne suggestion that Michaelsen’s
second species of Stuhlmannia, viz. S. gracilis, differs from the
type species in this point.
Now I find that the single ovary—lI found but one, as already
stated—is contained in a special forward diverticulum of the
terminal atrium of the female spermathecal system, which is in
connexion with the two sacs which surround the gut, but is quite
distinct from them as a special outgrowth of the complex system
of sacs which constitutes in this worm the spermathecal sac.
This small forward diverticulum nearly, but not quite, touches
the septum dividing the two segments xil./xiil. At the very end
the walls of the sac are slightly imperfect so that the tissue
of the base of the ovary is there free ; it is not, however, in contact
with the septum. The appearances suggest that the ovary has
been, so to speak, forcibly torn away from the septal wall by the
growth of the sac which has surrounded it. It is important to
notice the distinctness of the ovarian sac from the rest of the
soermathecal apparatus, since in Hudrilus and in other forms a
longish duct intervenes between the sac which contains the ovary
and the external orifice of the spermathecal sac. The ovarian
' “ Beschreibung der von Herrn Dr. Fr. Stuhlmann auf Sansibar und dem
gegeniiberliegenden Festlande gesammelten ‘l'erricolen,’ JB. Hamb. wiss. Anst.
ix.; and ‘‘ Die Regenwiirmer Ost-Afrikas,” in Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, iv. p. 23.
> A Monograph of the Oligochata, Oxford, 1895. It must remain for the
present uncertam whether this species is really S. variadilis,
1901.) rROM BRITISH BAS! AFRICA. 303
tissue was not much in amount, and | detected no ripe ova therein ;
but there were cells far on the way to become ova. This gonad,
in fact, as always, contrasts with the testes, where the germinal
cells are loosened and ae into the sperm-sacs before undergoing
much development. I direct attention to the diagrammatic sketch
(text-fig. 87, p. 354) of the complicated female reproductive system
of this Annelid, which has not been figured. It will be noted that
the cells from the ovary of the thirteenth segment have to travel an
exceedingly devious course to reach the receptaculum ovorum,
Where, according to current views, they complete their develop-
ment. The passage would have to be through the terminal atrium
to one of the circumcesophageal spermathecal sacs, and then
through one of the two ducts only leading thence to the reeepta-
culum ovorum by way of the oyiducal funnel.
The alternative view is to suppose the transport of the ovarian
cells at a period before the spermathecal sacs are established.
But it is not easy to suppose that in such an immature condition
the reproductive products would be sufficiently ripe; and if they
were, why should so much be left behind? I am disposed to
resume an hypothesis which I advanced some years ago’, and
which was stoutly combated by Dr. Horst *, but is accepted by
Dr, Hisen *, viz., that the contents of the receptaculum ovorum are
im ovary, a second ovary belonging to the fourteenth segment
which has become evolved in the septal sac which is the recepta-
culum. At the time that Dr. Horst wrote, the existence of two
pairs of ovaries and ducts in the embryo Octochwtus* was not
known, nor the double oviducts of Zumbriculus. These and a
few other examples show that there is no @ priori objection to
two pairs of ovaries in an Oligochete. Lt is permissible to attempt
to show a prima facie case for the enquiry; but I hope to bring
forward actual facts in support of the contention. ‘Two ovaries
might exist without the presence of two pairs of oviducts ; but
it is not necessary to weaken the position by allowing only a
single oviduct which alone exists in Ludrilus. Stuhlmannia seems
to me to have the requisite two pairs of oviducts. The recepta-
cwlum ovorum has no communication with the body-cavity or
with the outside world except through the oviducal funnel; this
is much plicated, and enters nearly every one, if not all, of the
chambers into which the receptaculum is divided. Immediately
after the funnel narrows into the oviduct it divides into two
branches, neither of which is appreciably thicker than the other.
IT can find no “ Eitrichterblase,” as Michaelsen terms it. As is
shown in the accompanying figure (text-fig. 87, p. 394), one branch
runs tothe body-wall and opens upon the exterior in the xivth seg-
ment in the usual way that the oviducts of earthworms open. The
other branch has a rather longer course, and, passing fairly straight,
l Pp. Z. 8. 1887, p. 376.
* Mém. Soe. Zool. Franee, 1890.
3 Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci. ii. No. 2, 1900.
' Beddard, Quart, Journ. Micr, Sei. xxxiii.
304 MR. F. EB. BEDDARD ON BARTHWORMS [Apr. 16,
without windings, opens into the spermathecal sac above the
alimentary canal, just at the point where the two sacs surrounding
the gut coalesce. The mode of its opening 18, however, important
for description. ‘The duct, I may say in the first place, has a
ininute structure which is very similar to that of the part of the
oviduct which runs from the funnel to the exterior. It is ciliated
Text-fig. 87.
Semidiagrammatie representation of the female generative system of
Stuhlmannia. x 6.
be, bursa copulatrix ; ds, dorsal prolongation of spermathecal sac; ms, median
region of the same; 0, ovary; od, oviduct; p, ovidueal pore; sp.p, sperma-
thecal pore; x, cut end of spermathecal sae.
for a short way below, but higher up appears to lose its cilia. It
is lined, however, with cubical cells, and has a thickish muscular
wall. The sac into which it opens is of a very different nature:
the cells which line it are tall and glandular-looking ; it is thus
easy to demarcate the orifice of the tube where it opens into the
sac. At this point the lower epithelium of the duct is spread out
for a short distance round its actual orifice in a fashion quite
reminiscent of the funnel of some of the lower Oligocheta ; more
than this, the cells were ciliated in this region.
As to the ciliation as a criterion of the oviducal nature of the
duct, it is apparently not necessary to insist upon it. Eisen dis-
tinctly states that the oviduct, the undoubted oviduct of Hudrilus,
is not ciliated ; and Horst did not find cilia everywhere. Now it
must be borne in mind that the sacs of the spermathecal apparatus
belong to the xiith segment. Their enormous development
causes a growth backwards; but nevertheless the orifice of the
mouth of the tube must be placed in the xitithsegment. I cannot
in fact explain the structure of this part of the egg-conducting
apparatus except on the view that we must look upon the tubes
1901.) FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 309
illustrated in the figure as two oyiducts with two funnels, each of
which funnels will then correspond to one of the two ovaries.
The tube which opens into the sac is clearly continuous at the
other end with the oviduct which leads to the exterior. It is as
clearly not a diverticulum of the spermathecal sac, so different is
the histological structure of the two. The only view that I can
take of it is to put it down as a second oviduct which unites with
the other, as the two sperm-ducts unite on their way to the
exterior; the inappropriate position of the two funnels, which
seems to militate against such a view, may be fairly explained by
the growth of the enormous spermathecal-sac system.
1 would further point out that the funnels of the oviducts
which open into the receptaculum ovorum look backward; they
are absolutely turned round, and the tube leading to the exterior
starts from the front of the funnel and not from behind it, as is
normal in Oligocheta. The same is the case with the presumed
funnel of segment xill., corresponding to the only funnel of
segment xiv. The fact that the second (presumed) funnel of
seoment xiii. looks forward may be perhaps put down to the
disappearance of the ovaries and of the receptacula seminis of
that side of the body, a fact which has already been referred to.
It has retamed or reverted to what is presumably the ancestral
condition. On the opposite side of the body to that which I have
just described, there is no receptaculum ovorum and apparently
no ovary; but of this latter fact I cannot be so certain as I am
about the former, of which, indeed, there is not the slightest doubt.
It became a matter of interest therefore to ascertain what were
the conditions of the oviduct. At its orifice into the spermathecal
sae above there was no difference whatever. The tube, expanding
into what I consider to be a funnel anteriorly, left the sac as a
tube in which I did not detect cilia until it arrived at the level ot
the missing receptaculum. At this point—where I could not
find the least vestige of a receptaculu—the tube passed without
any change of calibre into the ciliated region, which I traced, not
absolutely, but very nearly, to the exterior. The two tubes made
one continuous tube with the same low columnar epithelium and
thick muscular walls, and without any more vestige of a second
funnel than there was of a receptaculum. Both of the two
structures have absolutely vanished. We have thus on the left
side of the body a single tube of quite different histological
structure to, but leading from, the ccelomic pouch, which con-
stitutes the spermatheca of this worm, to the exterior.
This arrangement of the oviduct is not, however, peculiar to
Stuhlmannia. In Lybiodrilus the oviduct divides before the tube
ends in its funnels. One branch opens by the usual funnel
into the receptaculum, the other into the spermathecal sac.
Neither funnel is large, and I could not see any ciliation in either.
I find that my account of Hyperiodrilus and Heliodrilus' is not
quite accurate as regards the relations of the oviducal funnels.
1 «On the Structure of two new Genera of Earthworms, &c.,” Quart. Journ.
Mier, Sci. xxxii, p. 230.
356 MR. EF. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Apr. 16,
In both genera the oviduct gives off a branch before it ends in the
funnel lying inside the receptaculum ovorum which opens into
the spermathecal-sac system near to the position oecupied by the
ovary of its side. The two funnels are, as in Lybiodrilus, not
very different in size, a feature in which they both contrast with
Stuhlmannia, where the funnel opening into the receptaculum is
enormous and explores every nook and corner of that sac. In
Alvania’ I find, on a reconsideration of my preparations, an
identical arrangement. 1 may mention, with regard to this latter
venus, that the ezecum of the oviduct, which I described as being
visible in sections, is not an abnormality, as I thought at first,
after ascertaining its presence, that it might be. For it also exists
in Hyperiodrilus and Heliodrilus—a further reason, I must admit,
for uniting these three genera, as has been done by Michaelsen.
The same condition appears to exist in other Eudrilide, as I
judge from certain figures. Thus I am disposed to believe that
the tube lettered ‘“ os,’ in Rosa’s figure” of the female organs of
Paradrilus rose, is the oviducal tube opening into the ccelomic
sac of the spermathecal system. Possibly also the tube lettered
“sg” by Michaelsen®, in his sketch of the genitalia of Unyoria
papillata, is of the same nature. In his original description of
Stuhlmannia, Michaelsen notes the opening of the oviducts into
the spermathecal sac. He does not, however, state explicitly that
there are two funnels, only referring to the fact that the oviduct
is provided laterally with a receptaculum. In his later and more
detailed account of the species, Michaelsen speaks of a funnel
situated in the “ ovarialblase.” The latter paper deals in an
appendix with the comparative anatomy of the “ Teleudrilinen,”
au group afterwards abandoned by the author, which contained
only those forms with unpaired generative orifices. In that
review of the anatomical characters the author mentions in an
isolated sentence that ‘ Bei Platydrilus kommuniziert die Sament-
asche durch je einen Kanal mit den beidern Hileitern.” In
other cases he speaks of the “‘ Hitrichterblase,” by which term the
somewhat swollen muscular coat at the junction of the two branches
of the oviducts and the tubes themselves are described. The term
tends rather to imply a distinct structure, and does not appear to
me on this account to be quite appropriate,
I hope that the diagram (text-fig. 87, p. 354) given with this
description may render the relations of the oviduct to the ccelomic
spermathecal clear in Stuhlmannia and some of its allies.
Tt will be obvious from the foregoing that, whatever view be
taken of the homologies of the parts concerned, many, if not all,
of the more complex forms of Eudrilide undoubtedly possess two
oviducal funnels.
t «wo new Genera and some new Species of Harthworms” Quart. Journ.
Mier. Sci. xxxiy. p. 271.
~ “Die exotischen Terricolen des k.-k. naturhistorisechen Hofmuseums,”
Ann. k.-k. nat. Hofm. 1891, pl. xiv, fig. 13.
* “Die Regenwiirmer Ost-Afrikas,” in Deutsch-Ost-Afrika, iv. pl. ii. fig. 24.
1901. ] PROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA, 357
In many earthworms, for example in Sparyanophilus ', the oyi-
ducal funnel opens partly into the xiiith segment, bat the greater
part opens into the egg-sac behind. It might be held that the
Kudrilide present us with a simple exaggeration of this state of
afairs. ‘The separation between the two parts of the oviducal
tunnel is more emphasized, and at last results in its complete
division into two funnels.
On the other hand, as Dr. Benham has pointed out, the actual
change which seems to be more possible is that the funnel entirely
loses its orifice into the xiiith segment, and comes to open entirely
into the egg-sac; this at least is what ocenrs in Ludrilus. Tt
must be borne in mind that in that genus, which is in some
respects the most specialized of the Kudrilidi, the spermathecal
system is constructed on lines rather different from those upon
which the spermathecal systen of other genera of the family are
built. Now it has been shown that a large part at least of the
complicated series of sacs which constitute the spermathecal
system originate from the septa of which they are outgrowths,
like the egg-sacs or the sperm-sac. It seems therefore at least a
possible view that the lateral sacs of Stuwhlmannia which encircle
the gut are to be compared to the egg-sacs of the xivth seginent ;
that, in fact, they are an anterior pair of egg-sacs belonging to the
xuith segment. To these the second pair of funnels belong.
In Hudrilus, where there are no such lateral sacs, there are no
oviducal funnels in the xiiith segment. Just as in Stwhlmaniia,
where on one side of the body the egg-sacs of the xivth segment
are wanting, there is a corresponding absence of the funnels of
that segment.
Before leaving this matter I would direct attention again to the
remarkable asymmetry—which I found so frequently that I am
disposed to regard it as normal—of the female reproductive appa-
ratus in this species. I may compare with this an apparently
similar, and also apparently quite normal, atrophy of one oviduct
and the absence of its external orifice in Lyphoeus nicholsoni, a
species recently described by myself*, and the asymmetry of the
pores in Polytoreutus gregorianus. Asymmetry, of at alla constant
character, is so rare in Annelids, that it is legitimate to emphasize
these two cases.
The sperm-ducts of the genus Stuhklmanma show a peculiarity
which has not been apparently mentioned. It was first pointed
out by Rosa* in the case of the genus Veleudrilus that the tunnels
‘of the sperm-ducts, instead of opening in the normal way opposite
to the testes in the xth and xith segments, bent round and opened
into the xith and xiith segments. I found sabsequently the same
arrangement in Hyperiodrilus. I had thought, however, that this
peculiarity was confined to the Hudriline division of the Eudri-
‘ Benham, “A new English Genus of Aquatic Oligocheta, &c.,” Quart.
Journ, Micr. Sci. xxxiy. p. 155.
2 P. Z. 8. 1901, vol. i. p. 195.
* “QLombrichi delle Scioa,” Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova (2), vi. p. 574.
Proc. Zoot. Soo.—1901, Vou. I. No. XXIV. 24
358 MR, F. B. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Apr. 16,
lide. In any case I have ascertained that in several genera of
the Pareudriline division the arrangement of the funnels with
reference to the testes is carried out on the normal Oligochetous
plan. However, in Stukimannia, with which I deal here, the
funnels bend round and open into a funnel which faces the hinder
end of the body precisely as they do in Veleudrilus and Hyperto-
drilus. Moreover, a slight swelling of the sperm-duct just after
it escapes from the funnel suggests a rudiment of the large
chamber into which the sperm-duct of such genera as Hudrilus,
Teleudrilus, and Hyperiodrilus expands in the same region. This
fact brings closer together the two divisions of the Hudrilide.
It may be also pointed out that in beimg thus turned round the
sperm-duct funnels correspond more accurately with the .oviducal
funnels than they do in some worms.
(5) Contributions to our Knowledge of the Genus Gordiodrilus.
This genus was founded ten years ago by myself*, and five
species of it were described, to which a sixth from East Africa was
subsequently added. Since that period the genus has not received
attention at the hands of any naturalist, though the genus as such
has been universally accepted. In the present communication I
have some further facts to add to what is known about Gordio-
drilus, and the material upon which these observations were made
necessitates the creation of one new species. ‘This material was
collected in the neighbourhood of Lagos on the west coast of
Africa by the late Mr. Alvan Millson. I have examined three
examples of Gordiodrilus, which seem to be referable to two
distinct species. A fourth worm, though, so far as could be judged,
clearly a member of the same genus, was not sufficiently mature
to be placed with certainty in its proper species. Indeed none of
the species appeared to be quite fully mature. The nearest
approach to complete sexual maturity was shown by the one
individual which I consider to represent a new species, for
which I propose the name of
GORDIODRILUS PAPILLATUS, U. sp.
Of this distinctly new form of Gordiodrilus (text-fig. 88, p. 359) I
have had, as already stated, but a single example, nearly if not fully
mature, It isa long slender worm like all the members of the
genus, and its marked tenuity is more suggestive of Gordiodrilus
tenuis than of any other species. It has, moreover, as will be seen
in the sequel, other points of likeness to that, the most anomalous
species of the genus. The transparency of the body-walls is
apparent even in the spirit-preserved individual, and the sperm-
sacs show through the delicate body-wall quite plainly. This is
also a feature of G. tenuis.
f A6 On a new Genus of Oligochata comprising five new Species belonging to
the Family Ocnerodrilide,” Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) x. p. 74.
Sas FR. H. Beddard, : A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Oligochzta of
tropical Hastern Africa,” Quart. Journ, Micr, Sci. (u. s.) xxxvi. p. 252.
1901.]. FROM BRITISH BAST AFRICA. 309
The length of the single specimen was 63 mm. and the diameter
varied from 1°50 mm. to 2°75 mm. ‘The latter, the greatest
diameter, was taken across the swollen areas on the generative
segments, to which reference will be made immediately.
Text-fig. 88.
Ventral aspect of clitellar and neighbouring segments of Gordwdrilus
papillatus. x6.
The prostomium was a little difficult to study accurately. It
appears, however, to be like that of other species of the genus
and to be what Michaelsen? has termed “ zygolobisch,” 2. ¢. the
1 “Qligocheta” in ‘Das Tierreich,’ 1900.
24%
sal
360 MR, F. E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS (Apr. 16,
prostomium is not cut off from the peristomial segment by any
furrow. :
The setw present on the whole the characters of those of
Gordiodrilus tenuis in that there is a difference in size between
the ventral and the lateral pairs. The ventral pairs are much
more marked than the lateral, especially in a few segments just
anterior to those which bear the male generative orifices. In this
situation they appear to the naked eye as strongish hooks. Five
segments or so showed these particularly strong sete. But an
examination of the very last segments of the body showed a
similar difference in size, only that here the difference was not so
pronounced. The condition of the sete of the present species 1s
in some respects intermediate between that which characterizes
Gordiodrilus tenuis and G. robustus. In the latter species the
ventral setee of a few segments in front of the male genital pores
are markedly larger than the rest. In G. tenuis, on the other
hand, the whole series of ventral sete are much larger than the
lateral, and their increased size can, as has been pointed out, be
readily felt when the worm is handled. As in some other species
of Gordiodrilus, the ventral setee of the generative segments are
partly absent.
The clitellum is a little difficult to map on a naked-eye inspection
of the worm. Segments xvili._xxil. appeared to be those occupied
by this modified region of the integument.’
The genital region of this species shows several characters which
enable the species to be differentiated from all its allies. As will be
seen by the accompanying figure (text-fig. 88, p. 359), the segments
which carry the male pores are somewhat swollen when compared
with those that immediately precede and succeed. On these two
segments, which are the xvilith and the xixth, a somewhat figure-
of-8-shaped tumid area extends from end to end on each side ;
this is traversed by a longitudinal groove; the whole area of each
side measures 3°25 mm. and the groove about 1°83 mm. The
swollen structure would seem to be capable of performing the
function of a sucker. But in addition to it there are four pairs
of genital papillw, the presence of which has suggested the name
of the species, and which serve at once to differentiate Gordiodrilus
papillatus from any of the other species of the genus which have
been hitherto described. These papilla are arranged in pairs
following each other. The first pair are in front of the anterior
end of the figure of 8. The last pair oceupy a corresponding
position behind this figure of 8, and in the middle are the two
remaining pairs, closer together than either of them is to the first
or to the last pair of papillw. The groove which traverses the
swollen sucker-like structure widens at both the anterior and at
the posterior end, and at these points open the spermiducal glands.
After an interval of four segments there are three segments, each
* Lam indebted for the sketch from which the above drawing was made to
Miss Fedarb.
1901.) FROM BRITISH EAST AFRIOA, 361
of which bears a median squarish papilla, which are shown in the
figure already referred to. The segments which bear these are
XXly., xxy., xxvi. When the worm is viewed laterally these
papille are seen to project markedly. Otherwise they are not
very conspicuous by reason of colour or texture.
As in other species of Gordiodrilus, there is a single calciferous
gland in segment ix. There are two pairs of hearts in segments
x., x1. The gizzard appears to be entirely absent, as is generally
the case in the species of the genus. The septa dividing segments
v./x. are thickened, the last septum not to so great an extent as
are those which precede it.
Male Organs of Generation.—Vhis species of Gordiodrilus, like
the majority of its congeners, has two pairs of testes, which occupy
the usual segments and the usual position in those segments.
They are attached, that is to say, to the anterior septum of
segments x., x1. There is nothing noteworthy about the structure
of these gonads.
The sperm-sacs are rather unusual in number and position. In
most of the species of this genus sperm-sacs are present, and it
may be that the differences recorded in the number of pairs and
the segments which they occupy will prove to be distinctive as
marks of specific difference. In Gordiodrilus papillatus there
were three pairs of sperm-sacs lying in segments ix.,x., xi. These
sacs showed the racemose character so often exhibited by these
sacs. In addition to the tnree sperm-sacs, which had thin but
perfectly recognizable walls, a mass of loose sperm fills up the
ventral part of segments x., xi., which lodge the funnels of the
sperm-ducts. It does not appear that these masses of sperm had
any walls of their own, so that they cannot be regarded as sperm-
reservoirs ; they are merely, as has been stated, masses of sperm
for which presumably no room could be found in the sperm-sacs,
as the latter were completely filled with the usual masses of
developing spermatozoa.
The sperm-duets commence by large funnels in segments x., xi.
They lie, as is always the case, opposite to the corresponding
testes. They are much folded, and have not the simple cup-shaped
character that sometimes distinguishes the funnels of the lower
earthworms. rom each funnel arises a sperm-duct, and the two
ducts of each side are perfectly independent for the greater part
of their course. They le above the muscular layers of the body-
wall. A segment or two in front of their opening into the
terminal muscular bulbus, to be described immediately, the two
ducts of each side unite, so that there is but a single orifice into
the muscular bulbus.
The glands and other structures associated with the external
orifice of the sperm-ducts help by their structure to bridge over the
not very wide gap that separates the two African genera G'ordio-
drilus and Nannodrilus*. The latter genus, originally described
1 “On two new Genera comprising three new Species of _Harthworms,”’
P.Z. 8. 1894, p. 388,
362 MR. F. BE. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Apr. 16,
by myself, is distinguished from Gordiodrilus by the fact that the
sperm-ducts open by a single orifice on each side of the body into
a terminal muscular sac; into this also opens one of the two or
three pairs of spermiducal glands. In the first described species
of Nannodrilus the spermiducal glands are but two pairs, of which
the posterior opens into the muscular bulbus on the xvinith
segment. In Dr. Michaelsen’s subsequently described species
N. siaudei! there is in addition a third pair of spermiducal
olands which open behind the muscular bulbus; so N. africanus
can be derived from that species by a suppression of the last pair
of spermiducal glands. In Gordiodrilus, on the other hand, the
sperm-ducts open directly on to the exterior, and not through
any terminal muscular bulbus; that at least is the structure
of those species which have been investigated up to the present
time. The new form described in the present communication is,
however, different. There are as usual two pairs of spermiducal
glands which open, the one pair behind the other, on to segments
xix. and xx. On to segment xix./xx., Just at the boundary-line
and between the two pairs of spermiducal glands, open the sperm-
ducts. These ducts, instead of simply burrowing their way
through the integument, open first of all into a largish spherical
muscular bulbus like that of Nannodrilus, which is not provided
with an appended spermiducal gland. This species is thus inter-
mediate between Nannodrilus staudei and the genus Gordiodrilus
as hitherto defined. The middle pair of spermiducal giands may
be supposed to have disappeared. Pygmodrilus is a still further
reduction of the same structural plan. There is but one pair of
spermiducal glands, and the end of the vas deferens is involved
in a muscular sheath, which may be looked upon—as Michaelsen
has suggested—as the last remnant of such a muscular terminal
sac as is possessed by Nannodrilus or Gordiodrilus papillatus.
Coming now to the details of structure of these various glands, the
spermiducal glands themselves are long and extend through four
or five segments in front of their point of opening. It does not
seem to be important in which direction the glands lie, but in
the present species they are coiled and le in front of the pores.
The glands themselves are, as in other species of the genus, lined
with a single glandular layer of cells. The terminal part which
perforates the body-wall is short and of less calibre than the
glandular part. It is lined by smaller and non-glandular cells ;
the muscular layer enveloping it is thin. At the actual orifice one
of the two ventral sete has disappeared ; one, however, is clearly
present, so that in this matter Gordiodrilus papillatus seems to
differ from at any rate some of the other species of the genus,
in which the ventral pai of sete, and not merely one of the two
setze, has disappeared.
Female Organs of Generaticn—The ovaries and oviduets furnish
' “Neue und wenig hekannte afrikanische Terricolen,” JB. Hamb, wiss,
Anst. xiv.
1901. ] FROM BRILISH EAST AFRICA, 363
no material for comment. They are quite normal in position and
structure.
The spermathece are rather peculiar. There are two pairs,
which lie in segments viii., ix. Hach consists of an oval sac
with a simple linmg of cells and a very thin muscular wall; this
communicates with the exterior by an extremely long slender
duet, which is much longer than the pouch itself, and is so thin as
to hardly exceed the dimensions of the sperm-duct. There is no
trace of a diverticulum. On the left-hand side of segment Vill.
there were, in the single example of the species which I have had
for investigation, al spermathecee, each with its separate long
duct. The two ‘pouches appeared to communicate. It is clear
that the spermathec of the present species closely resemble those
of G. tenwis in the length of their ducts.
It is plain that the species described in the present communi-
cation not only, as already pointed out, bridges over the not very
wide gap which has hitherto separated the two genera Gordiodr ilus
and Nennoan lus, but that it also connects the somewhat extreme
Gordiodrilus tenuis with the more ‘ normal” species of the genus.
The peculiarities of G. tenuis would seem almost to necessitate its
inclusion in a separate genus. ‘The existence of only a single pair
of testes and of sperm-ducts and the backward position “of the
male orifices, together with the curious form of the spermathece,
are three points which might be regarded as collectively entitling
to generic separation. Gordiodrilus papillatus, however, w hile
agreeing with G'. tenuis in the form of the spermathece, in the
large size of the ventral set, and approaching it in the position
of the male genital orifices, has the normal pair of testes in each
of segments x. and xi. The clitellum, too, is like that of other
species, and is not so prolonged as is the clitellum of G. tenuis.
The sete, moreover, do not show throughout the body such
a marked discrepancy of size as is exhibited by the species
G. tenwis.
T shall conclude with a brief definition of
GORDIODRILUS PAPILLATUS, 0. Sp.
Length 63 mm. Sete of ventral pairs larger. Male pores on
xix., Xx., and xix./xx. Guzzard absent. Pour pairs of genital
papillon xix., xx., and three median papillae on xxiv., xxyv.,
xxvi. ‘Testes two pairs. Sperm-ducts open into a muscular
bursa. Spermathece, two pairs without diverticula and with
enormously long and slender duct.
Hab. Lagos.
GoRDIODRILUS ROBUSTUS.
G. robustus, F. BE. Beddard, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6) x. p. 82; id.
Mon. Olig. 1895, p. 508.
G. robustus, Michaelsen, Oligocheta, Das Tierreich, liietan xe
1900, p. 374.
Two examples of this species allow of certain additions to the
364 ON EARTHWORMS FROM BRITISH EAST AFRICA. [Apr. 16,
earlier account of this species, and of a few corrections in matters
of detail. The larger of two examples examined measured 72 mm.
by a greatest diameter of 2mm. The worm is thus quite as
slender as Gordiodrilus elegans, and the more robust form of
the original specimens is perhaps merely a matter of greater
contraction.
The openings of the two pairs of spermiducal glands is, as
correctly stated in the original description of this worm, upon
segments | xvii. and xviii, As to internal characters, 1b has been
noted that this is the only species of Gordiodrilus which possesses
a gizzard. The structure of this part of the alimentary canal
shows some further peculiarities which have not yet been referred
to. The gizzard in segment viii. has quite stout muscular walls,
but the lining of cuticle is not strongly developed as is the case
with earthworms where the gizzard is a prominent structure.
Moreover, the gizzard by no means occupies the whole of the
vilith segment ; the last one-fourth or thereabouts is occupied by
a portion of cesophagus, which differs from other parts of that
tube in that the muscular layer is rather thick, about as thick as
the epithelium lining it. There is thus evidence that the gizzard
of this species is in a state of degeneration. In segment vii. there
is a similar thickening of the muscular walls of the cesophagus,
the layers being again about as thick as is the epithelium beneath
them. Here, therefore, is another, and a rudimentary, gizzard to be
taken account of. The species seems to be descended from some
form in which there were two gizzards in vii. and vili., and while
one of them has nearly disappeared the other is commencing to
undergo reduction. These facts further emphasize the bond of
union between the genus Gordiodrilus and its ally Nannodrilus,
though in a different way from the likenesses shown between
Gordiodrilus papillatus and Nannodrilus. The genus Nannodrilus
has two gizzards, which lie in the two consecutive segments vil.
and vill. The facts, however, must apparently be interpreted on
the assumption that from Nannodrilus arose two separate lines of
descent, one represented by Gordiodrilus robustus, from which
again G. dominicensis can be derived as well as perhaps G. dztheca.
The second line gave rise to G'. papillatus in the first place, from
which may have arisen G. tenwis on the one hand and G. elegans
on the other. The relations of G. zanzibaricus” are not so plain
as the others appear to me at present to be.
* Ibis necessary to emphasize this fact since some error has crept into my
original paper upon this genus in respect to the positions of the spermiducal
gland-pores. J find on re-examination of my preparations that in G. elegans
the pores are correctly stated (upon pp. 84 and 90) to be upon segments
xvill., xix., and incorrectly stated (upon p. 95) to be upon segments Xvii.,
xviii. On the other hand, in G. dominicensis the same pores are, as in
G. robustus, wpon xvil., Xvili., as correctly stated on the table on p. 95 of my
memoir; they are incorrectly stated upon pp. 91 & 94 to be upon xviii., xix.
* Asa small matter it may be well to note that “ Gordiodrilus matthewsi,”
spoken of on p. 453 of the Mon. Olig., is not, as Michaelsen has suggested, a
lapsus penne for G. rohustus but for G. zanzibaricus,
1901.) ON THE ANATOMY OF ANASTOMUS. 365
In the original account of G. robustus the position of the first
nephridium was not fixed. The first pair seem to be in segment y.
The segments in front of this are so filled up by the pharynx and
associated glands that there would appear to be hardly room for
a pair of nephridia. ‘lhe median calciferous gland of this species
was single, not paired as seems to be sometimes the case in the
species.
The spermathece have an extraordinarily long duct, the length
of which in relation to the pouch is inadequately represented i in
the figure illustrating it in the original memoir. It is no thicker
than the sperm-duct “and runs a str aight course to its orifice.
3. Some Notes upon the Anatomy and Systematic Position
of the Ciconiine Genus dAnastomus. By Frank E.
Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector and Vice-Secretary
of the Society.
[Received April 3, 1901.]
(Text-figures 89-91.)
Two out of the three examples of Anastomus oscitans acquired
by the Society on Jan. 4th having died, I am able to contribute
to our knowledge of the structure of the Order Herodiones by an
account of certain points in the anatomy of this genus. So far as
Tam aware, Anastomus is one of the few genera of Storks which
has not been dissected ; and, as the genera of this order show some
differences of str Herunes it is important to ascertain how Anastomus
stands in relation to its allies. The chief sources of information
as to the structure of the viscera and musculature of the Ciconiide
are those stated below ?.
These various memoirs and books contain information upon
nearly all the genera of Storks; the only prominent genus which
has not been treated of is that which forms the subject of the
present communication. There has not been, so far as Lam aware
any doubt as to the truly Stork-hke char acteristies of Anastomus.
' Garron, ‘On the Carotid Arteries of Birds,” P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 457 ; id., On
certain Muscles of the Thigh of Birds, &c.,” ibid. 1878, p. 626; id., “ On the
Form of Sa Trachea in certain Species of Storks and Spoonbills,” dbid. 1875,
p: 297 ; “ Note on an Anatomical Peculiarity in certain Storks,’ b/d. 1877,
Bo Mls ““On the Trachea of Tantalus loculator, &e ,” ibid. Bes ane 625.
Waive “On the Anatomy of Phanicopterus and its Allies,” P. Z. 8. 1888,
p- 638.
Firsrimcrr, Untersuchungen iiber Morphologie und Systematik der Vogel,
Amsterdam, 1888, passim.
Bupparp, “ A Contribution to the Anatomy of Scopus wnibretta,” P. Z. 8.
1884, p. 543 ; ide On certain Points in the Visceral Anatomy of Balenic cps
rea,” ibid. 1888, p. 284; id., “ Notes on ... the Syrinx in certain Storks,” 7bid.
1886, p. 321; ‘a, « A Note upon Dissura episcopus, with Remarks upon the
Classification of the Herodiones,” ibid. 1896, p. 231; id., The Structure and
Classification of Birds, London, 1898.
Gapow, ‘‘ Aves” in Bronn’s ‘ Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier- Reichs,
366 MR. F. HB. BEDDARD ON THE | Apr. 16,
Tt has, however, been placed in asubfamily—and even in a family !—
by itself, contrasting with the remaining genera, Czconia, Mycteria,
Xenorhynchus, &e. I find no sanction for this separation of
Anastomus after an examination of its structure, unless, indeed, the
peculiar formation of the quadrate bone, to which I shall refer later,
is considered to necessitate so wide a divorce from other typical
Storks. The viscera, muscles, and the skeleton in general, conform
to the Ciconiine plan in every particular. And for my part I am
disposed to regard Nenorhynchus, Dissura (episcopus), and Abdinia
as more anomalous Storks than is Anastomus. The peculiar fringing
of the bill in Anastomaus lamelligerus is perhaps responsible for
this separation of the genus from its allies. But lamelle of a
similar character are found in Phwnicopterus, which is in my opinion
to be clearly regarded asa Stork. Moreover, they do not exist
at all in the species which forms the subject of the present com-
munication. The muscle-formula of the thigh is the typically
Ciconiine one ; no muscles are missing as is the case with Abdimia,
Xenorhynchus (in part), on the one hand, or m Leptoptilus on the
other; while the syrinx, so characteristic an organ in the Stork
tribe, though peculiar in some respects—as I shall explain imme-
diately—is constructed upon the Ciconiine plan, and does not
diverge towards the Ardeine syrinx, as do those of Scopus,
Baleniceps, and—to a less extent—Xenorhynchus, Abdimia, and
Dissura. The skeleton, moreover, with the exception of the
quadrate, is quite that of a Stork in every respect, though naturally
details permit of a definition of this genus Anastomus.
Anastonus differs from some Storks in possessing no attershaft.
The rectrices, in the present specimen, although several are missing,
appear to have been 12. The oil-gland is of course tufted.
The alimentary viscera appear to be quite Stork-like. The two
lobes of the liver are subequal as usual. The small intestine is
particularly long; it measured 7 feet 8 inches, the large intestine
being only 3 inches and the ceca mere “nipples.” As a rule the
intestinal canal in Storks appears to be shorter.
The windpipe (text-figs. 89, 90, p. 367) is also quite Stork-like.
The last 18 tracheal rings in front of the pessulus are short and
delicate, and form as in other Storks a definite area of the trachea.
The pessulus itself is ossified ; with it are fused four rings as on
the ventral side, but only two on the dorsal. There is no trace
whatsoever of a membrana tympaniformis. The bronchial rings
are thus complete, and beginning with the last, which is connected
with the syringeal box (on the ventral side), are partly ossitied.
As regards the muscular anatomy, I have paid special attention
to those muscles which differ among the Herodiones.
Tensores patagu.—TVhe tensor brevis is quite Stork-like in the
arrangement of its tendons. The tendon is flat and broad with a
thickened anterior part ; the contrast between this and the rest of
the tendon dies away as the tendon approaches its insertion,
It bifureates, as usual, intoa double tendon a little before insertion,
1901.)
ANATOMY OF ANASTOMUS.
Text-fig. 89.
Syrinx of Anastomus oscitans, front view. X 1.
M, Extrinsic muscle.
Text-fig. 90.
Syrinx of Anastomus oscitans, back view. ~ I.
M, extrinsic muscle P, pessulus,
368 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 16,
There are two recurrent tendinous slips to the tensor patagi longus
tendon. One of these, the thinner and broader, arises from the
anterior tendon of the brevis; the other, which runs almost parallel
with it, arises close to the insertion of the tensor brevis, but
distinctly from an extensor tendon of the forearm. In Ciconia
nigra’, Myeteria americana”, and Tantalus leucocephalus there is only
a single recurrent slip, which, however, in Ciconia, branches into a
double insertion. There is, as is the case with other Storks, no
biceps slip.
The two lutissimi dorsi are fairly equal in size; the auterior has
2 completely fleshy insertion; the posterior division is flat and
strap-like, as is the anterior, but ends abruptly in two tendons of
comparatively insignificant dimensions. One of these, the stronger,
is inserted on to the humerus, headwards of but beside the tendon
of the anconeus. ‘The other is inserted on to the tendinous belly
of the same muscle. This appears to be the usual insertion in
Storks and in the Flamingo, but not in Scopus.
The deltoides major has the long second tendinous head from the
scapula that is common if not universal in Storks. The main
scapular head is, however, fleshy. The scapular tendon arises from
the dorsal side of the scapula, and if the origin of the anconeus
from the ventral border of the scapula were continued forwards it
would meet that head.
The anconeus longus has two plainly separate heads of origin
which are both tendinous. One has been just referred to. The
other is thicker and arises from the scapula nearer to the coracoid.
A broad and thin tendon attaches this muscle to the humerus in
the ordinary way.
The serratus superficialis posterior is wide and thin, and largely
tendinous ; it is attached to the posterior two-thirds of the
scapula. It arises from the uncinate process of rib 1 to that of
rib 3.
The serratus superficialis anterior is a thick fleshy muscle
attached to the scapula near to the coracoid end; it arises from the
first complete rib, and a considerable gap is left between its
insertion and that of the superficialis posterior. It may be noted
that the muscle arises only from its rib, and not also from a cervical
rib as in some other Storks.
The pars metapatagialis is strong.
The serratus profundus (levator scapule of Weldon) consists of
only two slips, neither of which are of large size. They arise
respectively from the last cervical and the first dorsal rib.
The biceps is two-headed as in other Storks.
The evpansor secundariorum is present and attached to the
margin of the teres.
The thigh-muscles of Anastomus are quite typically Stork-like,
the formula being AXY-+, the complete one for a Stork *. The
' Birbringer, Unters. Morph. Syst. Vogel, pl. xx. fig. 7.
~ Forbes MS.
* There is a feeble accessory femoro-caudal in Xenorhynchus australis.
1901.} ANATOMY OF ANASTOMUS. 369
ambiens is rather small, as in Xenorhynchus australis (it 1s of course
absent in X. senegalensis), but plainly obvious.
The semitendinosus is smaller than the semimembranosus. It
ends in the septum between itself and its accessory and in a thin
tendon which joins the broad flat tendon of the semimembranosus.
The femoro-caudal is of fair size and has a fleshy insertion ; there
were no traces of its accessory.
The gluteus maximus is mainly tendinous ; its origin hardly, if
at all, extends behind the acetabulum, I find four other glutar’,
of which tertius and quartus are inserted so near together as to
appear at first sight but a single muscle. A little care, however,
shows them to be distinct.
The two adductors are separated at their insertion, one being
attached as usual with the femoral head of the accessory semi-
tendinosus.
There is only one peroneus, the p. brevis being absent.
The gastrocnemius has three heads and is joined by the accessory
semi-tendinosus.
The deep flexor tendons have the Ciconiine arrangement, a strong
vineulum joining the flexor hallucis to the flexor communis just
before the trifurcation of the latter.
Skull.—Judging from the measurements giving by Dr. Blanford”,
the skull of my example of Anastomus oscituns is about two-thirds
of the size to which it would ultimately have grown. It therefore
shows certain but not very numerous signs of immaturity®. I
have been able, however, through the kindness of Mr. Gerrard, to
compare it with the skull of an older example of Anastomus
lamelligerus. The principal specific difference which I observed
was the greater length of the beak-region of the skull in A. lamelli-
gerus as compared with other Storks. Anastomus shows some
peculiarities of skull-structure.
T could find no trace of a vomer in either specimen, a bone which,
though small, is usually recognizable in Storks.
The pterygoids are unusually short and very broadly expanded
where they come into relation with the palatines. This character of
the skull of Anastomus is shown in the accompanying drawing (text-
fig. 91, p. 370). The most salient difference, however, observable
in this aspect of the skull is the form of the quadrate, that is of
its articular surface for the attachment of the lower jaw. It will
be noted that in Anastomus the quadrate has two facets—one longer
saddle-shaped facet at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the
skull; the other shorter at the jugal end of the under surface of
the bone, much shorter than the first and more or less at right
angles to it. The articular surface of the quadrate is therefore very
narrow, and in this contrasts with the genera Crconia, Tantalus,
Xenorhynchus, and Dissura. Tn all these genera the lower articular
surface of the quadrate is very broad, and the two main facets are
1 Weldon only found three in the Storks dissected by himself.
2 The Fauna of British India, Birds, vol. ii. p. 378.
’ Tt is, for instance ‘ schizognathous.’~
370 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE (Apr. 16,
roughly of equal dimensions and parallel to each other, the posterior
facet curving forwards in a hook-like fashion at the jugal side of
the bone. It is this eurved and forwardly directed portion of the
facet which alone represents the second smaller facet of the
quadrate of Anastomus. This peculiarity of Anastomus does not, 1
may remark, link it to the Herons ; but, though there are detailed
differences, the quadrate of Platalea has a small corresponding
articular surface.
Text-fig. 91.
A, skull of Anastomus oscitans, ventral aspect, X lL.
B, quadrate and
adjoining bones of Ciconia nigra.
a, b, facets on quadrate,
When the skull is viewed laterally, the angle which the facial
portion makes with the cranial is very noticeable and not Stork-
like. This feature coupled with the curved lower jaw is not
LOO ANATOMY OF ANASTOMUS, 371
unsuggestive of the Flamingo. It may be noted that the post-
frontal process and the process of the squamosal are far from each
other as in most Storks: in Yenorhynchus these two processes
join.
In other respects the skull of Anastomus oscitans appears to me
to be quite Stork-like.
Vertebrv.—There are 17 cervical vertebrae as against 18 in Xeno-
rhynchus and Tantalus. All Storks that I have examined, except
Anastomus and Dissura, possess a catapophysial canal occupying a
varying number of yertebre. In not having this canal Anastomus
agrees with Phenicopterus among possible allies.
Ribs.—There are 5 fully developed pairs of ribs, which reach the
sternum, and of which the first four are provided with uncinate
processes. The origins of the last two are overlapped to the pelvis.
In front of the series of complete ribs are two rudimentary ribs,
of which the first pair are as usual exceedingly small. The
vertebra in front of that which bears the latter has very delicate
and thus rib-like transverse processes; but they are firmly ankylosed
to the vertebra. On the left-hand side of the body a minute frag-
ment represents a posterior pair of ribs.
The rib-formula of Anastomus may be thus stated and compared
with some other Storks :---
Anastomus: r+7'+5-+7.
Xenorhynchus australis: 7-7 +h+4.
3 senegalensis: r+r'+R+4+47",
Tantalus leucocephalus: r-+-7' +5.
Dissura maguari has five complete ribs.
The coracoids of Anastomus just overlap at their insertion on to
the sternum. Storks differ in this feature ; while Zantalus agrees
with Anastomus, the coracoids of Xenorhynchus and Dissura do not
even meet.
A final point in the osteology of Anastomus to which I desire to
direct attention is the proportion of the metatarsals, which are
not identical in all these long-legged birds. In the subject of the
present communication the second and third metatarsals are nearly
of the same length, the middle one being slightly longer as well as
slightly thicker.
In Yantalus the middle metacarpal is very decidedly the longer,
and the fourth is even slightly longer than the second.
Ardea has a foot which has diverged in the opposite direction.
The second metatarsal is distinctly the longest, and the fourth is
much shorter than the third.
Pheenicopterus agrees with Tantalus in the excess of the middle
metatarsal, but the fourth is the shortest.
372 DR, H. L, JAMESON ON THE [Apr. 16,
4, On the Identity and Distribution of the Mother-of-Pearl
Ovsters; with a Revision of the Subgenus Margaritifera.
By H. Lysrer Jameson, B.A., Telg-10),
[Received April 2, 1901.]
(Text-figures 92-95.)
Acting upon a suggestion made to me by Professor E. Ray
Lankester, [have recently been engaged in rearranging the collection
of Margaritifere in the British Museum of Natural History, and in
revising and extending the series illustrating the commercial forms.
The nomenclature of these forms has hitherto been in a chaotic
state, and it has occurred to me that this revision of the genus
may be worth publication if only to prevent further confusion of
the common commercial forms by zoological and economic writers.
The subgenus Margaritifera (P. Browne = Meleagrina Lamarck)
is one of the three groups into which the genus Pferia (Scopoli =
Avicula Olivi) has been divided.
It is distinguished from Pteria s.s. mainly by the small size or
complete absence of the posterior auricle or hinge-continuation, and
by the fact that the longest dorso-ventral axis of the valves is
approximately at right angles to the hinge-line.
In Pteria s.s. and Electroma Stoliczka (type 4. smaragdina,
Reeve), on the other hand, the shell is oblique, ¢.e¢. the long axis
of the valves is directed obliquely backwards.
Electroma is distinguished from Pteria s.s. by the shortness of
its hinge and the absence of the posterior auricle.
Such species as Margaritifera vulgaris and M. panasese, together
with certain Pteriw and Electrome, tend in many ways to bridge
over the gaps between these three subgenera.
Genus Prerta Scopoli, 1777, p. 397: type Mytilus hirundo Linn.
= Aveula Olivi, 1792, p. 125.
Subgenus Maregarrrirera P, Browne, 1756, p. 412.
(Non binom.: type J. radiata Leach ; Jamaica.)
= Margaritifere Humphrey, 1797 (ex parte), p. 44: type MW. fim-
briata (not descr.) (?=M. radiata Leach); W. Indies. Apud
Da Costa, 1776.
= Margaritophora Megerle yon Mihlfeld, 1811, p. 66: type
M. communis =M. margaritifera Linueus.
= Meleagrina Lamarck, 1812, p. 104; 1819, p. 150: type MV. mar-
garuifera Linneeus.
= Margarita Leach, 1814, vol. i. p. 107: type A. sinensis Leach
=M. margaritifera Linneeus ; China.
= Perlamater Schumacher, 1817, p. 107: type P. vulgaris Schu-
macher.
The species of Margaritifera are difficult to separate from one
1901.] MOTHBR-OF-PEARL OYSTERS, 373
another by hard-and-fast lines, owing to the absence of well-
marked diagnostic characters, and to the extraordinary amount
of geographical and casual variation.
Probably the anatomical characters will, when known, be found
to be the best guides to the limits and affinities of some of the
species.
It is possible to divide the known species and forms into two
groups—the first of which has no traces of hinge-teeth, the second
possessing a pair of minute tubercles anterior to the ligament,
and a small lamina in each valve representing a lateral tooth. The
latter group may be split up into three sections, according to the
form of the shell.
Division 1. Hinge without teeth.
Species 1. MARGARITIFERA MARGARITIFERA.
Type in Mus. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Mytilus margaritiferus, Linneus, 1760.
Margarita sinensis, Leach, 1814, vol. i. p. 180, pl. 48; China.
Margaritiphora mazatlanica, Hanley, 1855, p. 388, pl. 24. fig. AO;
Mazatlan, California (var. dist.). (Not Avicula fimbriata Dunker,
1852; for M. mazatlanica Hanley, Carpenter, 1857, p. 550 ;
Mazatlan.)
Avicula cumingii, Reeve, 1857, sp. 6; Lord Hood Island (var.
dist.).
Avicula barbata, Reeve, 1857, sp. 9; Panama = var. mazatlanica
(Hauley).
This species is distinguished from lV. maxima, the only other
known member of this division, by its greater convexity and the
shortness of its hinge, and by its colour and markings.
In typical examples the hinge-margin measures but little more
than half the length of the nacreous surface of the valve, from
the anterior to the posterior margin.
The “rostrum” or anterior angle of the hinge, dorsal to the
byssal notch, is more distinctly marked off from the shell than in
M. maxima, and the posterior end of the hinge usually meets the
posterior margin so as to form an obtuse angle (except in var.
persica and var. mazatlanica). There is no sinus in the posterior
margin.
The anterior margin, ventral to the byssal notch, projects furtber
forward than in M. maxima, so that a line perpendicular to the
hinge at its anterior end would cut off a considerable area of the
nacre anteriorly (4 total antero-post. measurement).
The lappet-like processes of the lip are more numerous, more
crowded together, narrower, and relatively longer than in JM.
maxind.
The greatest antero-posterior measurement of the nacre, parallel
to the hinge, is about halfway between the hinge and the ventral
margin, giving the shell a fairly circular outline.
The colour and markings of the exterior, though extremely
Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1901, Vou. I. No. XXYV. 25
374 DR. H. L. JAMESON ON THE [Apr. 16,
variable, generally suffice to distinguish this species. The ground-
colour is pale yellowish brown, green, olive, reddish grey, dark
brown or black. It is characteristically marked with about 10-18
radial rows of white or yellow spots, running from the umbo to
the margin, which may be so large as to fuse and form radiating
bands, or may be completely suppressed.
The interior of the lip approximates to the ground-colour of
the shell, and shows indistinct lighter markings corresponding to
the distal ends of the radial rows of spots.
The nacre is highly iridescent, often somewhat steely in lustre,
with a marginal band of dark metallic green, bronze, or brassy
yellow iridescence. |
Average specimens measure 10-18 cm. in diameter, but larger
dimensions are at times acquired, especially by Polynesian examples,
which sometimes almost rival 1. maxima in size and weight. i
Variation in this widely distributed species is so great that
the above specific characters will by no means be found to cover
every specimen. I find it necessary to break it up into several geo-
graphical races, which, although they intergrade, differ markedly
from one another.
Var. a, M. margaritifera (? typica).
The original locality of Linnzeus’s type specimens in the Linnean
Society’s collection is not known. Linnus gives “in utriusque
indie oceano” as the distribution of his Mytilus margaritiferus.
One of his specimens, a right valve, is obviously Hast Indian,
probably from the Malay Archipelago, as it agrees in all respects
with the “ Black-edged Banda” shell of the trade. The other is
apparently a Red Sea example, as it is quite indistinguishable
from trade samples from that locality. Linneus’s description in
the Mus. Reg. Ulr. is more applicable to the former than the
latter specimen ; so I feel inclined for the present to regard the
Black-edged Banda shell as representing the type of Linneeus’s
species, and to group the geographical varieties round it.
Australian and New Guinea shells do not show sufficient differ-
ences to warrant me in separating them from the type by a distinct
name, although their racial characters are enough to cause them
to be distinguished in the Mother-of-Pearl markets.
Australian, New Guinea, and Malayan examples are characterized
by dark greenish or brownish ground-colour, with well-defined
radial rows of white spots which do not as a rule fuse to form
regular strie. The margin of the nacre is usually dark green,
bronze, or smoky, but not so marked as in Polynesian examples.
The form of the shell ts usually that described for the species
generally.
Geographical Distribution. Australia, all along N. coast (Aus-
tralian Black-lip); E. coasts far south as Moreton Bay (specimens
from Moreton Bay, Mus. Cuming, B.M.), W. coast to about 29°S.,
Coasts of New Guinea and the adjacent Islands (“New Guinea
Black-lip ”), New Britain, the Solomon Islands, &c., and probably
every suitable locality in the Western Pacific.
1901.] MOTHER-OF-PEARL OYSTERS. 375
The Fiji shell of the trade, from Fiji, is also nearest to the
Australian and New Guinea varieties. I have not seen a sufficiently
large series of examples from Rotuma and the Line Islands to be
able to say if shells from these localities are distinct varieties. I
ain inclined to think that, like the Fiji shell, they will prove to be
nearest to the Australian form, but leading towards var. cumingii
Reeve. The Black-edged Banda shell of the trade, to which form
I believe Linneus’s type belongs, occurs throughout the Malay
Archipelago. Jt is more smoky and less lustrous than the Aus-
tralian shell, but the differences are slight. China (J. sinensis
Leach, ? var. dist.); Andaman Islands (sp. in B. Museum approx-
imating to var. zanzibarensis) ; Ceylon (occasionally found in Gulf
of Manaar and Palk Straits); Maldive Islands (Mr. Stanley
Gardiner informs me that it is fished by natives in Addu Atoll
and occurs elsewhere throughout the archipelago).
Var. b. M. margaritifera zanzibarensis, n. var.
Type B.M. No. 1901.2.28.30; Zanzibar, A. van Noorden, Esq.
“ Zanzibar shell ” and “ Madagascar shell ” of the trade.
Ground-colour reddish grey, rufous tints prevailing. Radial
rows of spots cloudy reddish yellow, rather indistinct. Margin of
the nacre copper-coloured ; the cupreous tint often pervading the
nacre throughout. Form and size as in M. m. typica.
Geographical Distribution. Zanzibar, Madagascar and BE. coast of
tropical Africa; Amirante Islands (B.M.); Bazaruto Is. (B.M.);
Mauritius (B.M.); Rodriguez (B.M., approaching to var. erythre-
ensis); Seychelles (B.M., pres. Sir A. Gordon; too young to
reter definitely to any variety).
Var.c. M. margaritifera persica, n. var.
Type B.M. No. 1901.2.28.23; Persian Gulf, pres. A. van
Noorden, Esq.
The “ Bombay shell” of the trade; so called because Jargely
shipped via Bombay from Persian Gulf.
The posterior margin of the nacre forms a right angle with the
hinge, as in M. maxima. Colour greyish or greenish brown,
lighter than in typzea, with radial bands of yellowish white. Inside
of lip light brown ; margin of nacre brassy yellow or golden.
The nacre lacks the somewhat steely sheen characteristic of the
species, being whiter, often with a slight roseate tint, and ap-
proaching in lustre to that of Margaritifera maxima. Size as in
M. m. typiea.
Geographical Distribution. Persian Gulf, largely fished in the
neighbourhood of the Island of Bahrein. There is an example in
the British Museum from Adam Bank, near Gettar, Persian Gulf.
Var. d. M. margaritifera erythrwensis, n. var.
Type B.M. No. 1901.2.28.24; Red Sea, pres. A. van
Noorden, Esq. Savigny, 1811, pl. 11. fig. 7.
The ‘‘ Egyptian shell ”’ of the trade.
Approximating to var. persica in form and colour, but less ~
| 25*
316 DR. H, L. JAMESON ON THE [Apr. 16,
extreme. Posterior angle, formed by the meeting of the hinge and
posterior margin of nacre, slightly obtuse, intermediate between
that of WM. m. typica and var. persica. Colour slightly darker than
in var. persica. White radii very distinct. Inside of lip olive-
green or brown. Nacre as in var. persica but less silvery. Size
as in typica.
Hab. Red Sea. A specimen in the Museum from Aden, pre-
sented by Major Yerbury.
(Mother-of-Pearl dealers recognize three classes of Egyptian
shells, differing slightly in colour and lustre, viz., Jiddah (darkest),
Massowah (medium), and Aden (lightest). ‘The last most closely
resembles var. persica. |
Var.e. M. margaritifera cumingr.
Avicula cumingit, Reeve, 1857, sp. 6 (Lord Hood
Island).
Type B.M.
The Black-edged shell of Eastern Polynesia, known in the
trade as ‘ Tahiti,” “‘ Gambier,” ‘“ Auckland,” &e. shell.
Form as in M/. m. typica, but attaining greater dimensions ; at
times as much as 24-30 cm. in diameter, and often weighing six to
eight pounds per pair of valves.
Colour deep glossy black, with, at most, very obscure traces of
the radial rows of spots. The latter are often quite suppressed.
Nacre steely in lustre, with a very broad margin of dark metallic
green, this border being wider and darker than in M. m. typica.
The ‘* Tahiti,” “‘ Gambier,” and “ Auckland” shells of the trade
are distinguished by slight differences in form, but in colour they
all conform to MW. cumingti of Reeve.
Geographical Distribution. Tahiti; Gambier Arch. ; Lord Hood
Isl.; Penrhyn Group, and Eastern Polynesia generally. [am not
aware where the “ Auckland” shells of the London markets are
fished. Their name is probably due to their being shipped per
Auckland from some Polynesian locality.
Var. f. M. margaritifera mazatlanica.
Margaritiphora mazatlanica, Hanley, 1855, p. 388,
pl. 24. fig. 40 (Mazatlan, California).
Avicula barbata, Reeve, 1857, sp. 9 (Panama). Type
B.M.
‘Panama shell” of the trade.
This shell at first sight suggests a dwarfed and very convex
example of M. mawina« rather than a geographical race of M. mar-
guritifera. It seems, however, to intergrade with the latter.
The distinctive characters of this variety are its great convexity
and its aberrant shape and colour.
The posterior angle is acute, or, more rarely, a right angle; and
the posterior margin of the nacre slopes forward from the hinge,
much as in M. maaima, so that a perpendicular to the hinge, at
its posterior end, would fall entirely posterior to the border of
1901.] MOTHER-OF-PEARL OYSTERS. oT 7
the nacre. The anterior margin, ventral to the byssal cleft, pro-
jects farther forward than in any other variety, so that a per pe n-
dicular to the hinge from its s anterior end would cut off about 3 of
the valve.
Colour greyish yellow or light brown, often resembling that of
M.maxina. Radial rows of spots very indistinct and approximating
to ground-colour of shell. Inner surface of lip yellowish brown.
Nacre silvery white, with a narrow golden or brassy margin.
Specimens from the Sandwich Islands and Mazatlan, and
occasional Panama examples, together with exceptional individuals
of M. m. typriea, link this form to Linnzus’s species.
Hanley’s name M. mazatlanica takes precedence of Reeve’s
M. barbata for this variety. It has been referred to Avicula
jimbriata Dunker (1852) by Carpenter (1857); but the species
figured by Dunker (1872), pl. 3. figs. 2 & 6, as his of Weenies a :
Ads
*
February 5, 1901 (continued).
3. A List of the Batrachians and Reptiles obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith in Somaliland
in 1899. By G. A. Boutenerr, F.R.S. (Plate VIT.)
4. On an apparently new Species of Zebra from the Semliki Forest. By P. L. Scuarer,
M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society
ee ee eC i cr ay
5. On a Second Collection of Mammals made en Mr. Th. H. ate in Siam. By J. L.
Bonnorte, B.A, .......... :
. sy
7
. On the Birds collected during the “Skeat wee ae ” to the este Sead Peninsula, 1899-
1900. By J. L. Bonnots, B.A. ....
Page
47
7. On a Freshwater Annelid of the Genus Bothrioneuron, obtained during the “Skeat —
Pre
Expedition” to the Malay Peninsula.. By Frank E. Beppanrp, M.A., F.R.S,
February 19, 1901.
81
Mr. F. E, Beddard, F.R.S. Exhibition of a skin of a female Monkey teas schmidti)
bearing a pair of supernumerary mammz
Ce ed
Dr. W. G. Ridewood. Exhibition of some microscopic slides of the hair of Johnston’s
Zebra (Equus johnstont)
wie ely woe @ es 2s oe Be cle HO Coe 0s OS ce CU OF oe te at 8h ge Me Oh a dys we
87
Prof. J.C, Ewart. Remarks on the microscopic structure of the hair of Jobnston’s Zebra
(Hawus johnstoni)
(Plate VIII). .
1. Notice of an ae new Hstuarine Dolphin from Borneo. ae R. Lyperrmr.
ei ed
is)
. Note on the Kashmir Ibex (Capra sibirica sacin). By R. Lypuxxer. (Plate 1X.)
Pee Oe re ee i er er i red
wn
~I
88
91
3. Description of anew Freshwater Crustacean from the Soudan ; followed by some Remarks
on an allied Species. By Dr. J. G. pr Mav, of Ierseke, Zeeland, Holland. (Plate X.) 94
1
2
4. A Contribution to the Myology and Visceral Anatomy of Ch/amydophorus: truncatus.
By R. H. Buryz, B.A., F.Z.8., Anatomical Assistant in the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons cee . 104
5. Notes on the Broad-nosed Lemur, Hapalemur simus. By Frank 3H. Bepparp,
MAS TE RES lata ve iver amnometacloetera ders sreiee ciel n wheiayeemetos. . 121
6. On some Characters of the Skull in the Lemurs and Monkeys. By C. I. Bose Masor,
BUA Sy SP Uiteaee DBL Be naes jee cmee rte se Wat crateth ae aR coves 6) sinliys Ae aie 5 pintahe Slates maa ee
f
7. Descriptions of some new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera o of the eee Chlamy mae.
By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. (Plate XIV.) . :
LIST OF PLATES
1901.—_VOkL. I.
PACK 1 iG
Plate Page
Dei Oymitetin SelaUsi i ces e-acs Suiginn 5% loele Oe SRI See oie ee
LE 2 PUra clove wus GSO Ge rer sapere Tee
IIT. 1. Marcusenius longianalis, 2. Polycentropsis abinobiate ieee 4
TV. 1. Pelmatochromis ansorgu, 2. P. pulcher, 3. P. teniatus ......
V. New Exotic Spiders .......:......: BPM bee anion ev ey rane ot img! 8)
VI. Horny Excrescence of Whale’s Snout ...........-- + age 44
VIL. 1. Hemidactylus levis, 2. H. burodanus. .. 1.0.2.6... Jae een
VELL: Soterloa GOnqecrs1n cic ciarw = sikte eyatntcos1 misuse a ahi eerie etme ase lala 88
IX. Capra sibirica sacin .:......... Meera be ENE SLO UA LBA TS CH 53 OL
X. Potamon (Potamonautes), flowert ..... TEA UN REIN eee ee a 94
XI. Laerymal Region of Lemurs aud Monkeys.... . eer eae
XII. Lacrymal Region of Monkeys ......... Sa erate Union y itd et
XIII. Postorbital Region of Lemurs and Mankees eA aie Sane UA
XIV. Phytophagous Coleoptera (Chlamyde) ...... secfow «a wre eae 153
NOTICE.
The * Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, forming two volumes,
as follows:—
VOL. I.
Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist.
ote, “4 3 » March and April, on August lst.
VOL. II.
I. containing papers read in May and June, on Oegtes Ist.
ys ” ” » November and December, on April Ist.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS -
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
1901, vol. I.
PART II.
_ CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN
MARCH anp APRIL.
AUGUST 1st, 1901. We. huny
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,
PATERNOSTER-ROW.
Oa 2 [Price Twelve Shillings. |
LIST OF CONTENTS.
1901 Von:
Part II.
March 5, 1901.
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in February 1901 ...-
The Secretary. List of the specimens of the Quagga that have lived in the Society’s
Menagerie 2
eee
aire
Se Na Papen Melt
Mea caeb says ed f
ere
yet BR Sty ‘ DRG) RWS a A
: Oe eb 5 Pic Wadt % ,
eas y Y ie i i oe '
Py sewegont bie Hae 0 ary . fi - ;
eagiere 3) 5044 We He hr 5 aa F
’ ‘ 4 t
Vidi to iaisey aS NaH Aa AAD RIOR Ia oKG Pep se Agu ie yas , ee!
Sauget 1 im i : Aina , wr
brie snl Sb gh i ’ * ' 5 [S 04
Ber Aura Parana aay Late Ve ak F f
yey 5 on Aa ae ana eve ig 1 Ha
SRY DPR ats a wat “ TAY RAK " "
Tia